Amendment No.1 to Draft Registration Statement
Table of Contents

This is a draft registration statement that is being confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2018.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Sunlands Online Education Group

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in Its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   8200   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Building 4-6, Chaolai Science Park, No. 36

Chuangyuan Road, Chaoyang District,

Beijing, 100012, the People’s Republic of China

+86-10-52413738

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Cogency Global Inc.

10 E. 40th Street, 10th Floor, New York, NY

10016

(800) 221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Li He, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
2201 China World Office 2

No.1 Jian Guo Men Wai Avenue

Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100004

People’s Republic of China

+86 10-8567-5000

 

James C. Lin, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

c/o 18th Floor The Hong Kong Club Building

3A Chater Road

Central, Hong Kong

+852 2533-3300

 

David T. Zhang, Esq.

Benjamin W. James, Esq.

Steve Lin, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis International LLP

c/o 26th Floor, Gloucester Tower

The Landmark

15 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

+852 3761-3300

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐             

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☒

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)

  Amount of
registration fee

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share(2)(3)

  US$               US$            

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public, and also includes ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.
(3) American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No.333-            ). Each American depositary share represents              ordinary shares.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated                 , 2018

             American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Sunlands Online Education Group

Representing              Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, representing ordinary shares of Sunlands Online Education Group.

We are offering              ADSs. [The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional              ADSs. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the ADSs being sold by the selling shareholders.] Each ADS represents              of our ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between US$             and US$            .

We [have applied for] listing the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “            .”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable U.S. federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 for factors you should consider before buying the ADSs.

 

 

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Public offering price

   US$                   US$               

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   US$                   US$               

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   US$                   US$               

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding compensation payable by us to the underwriters.

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional                  ADSs from us [and certain selling shareholders] at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in U.S. dollars in New York, New York on                 , 2018.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.   J.P. Morgan   Credit Suisse

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                  , 2018.


Table of Contents

 

 

[page intentionally left blank for graphics]

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

     6  

OUR CORPORATE INFORMATION

     6  

CONVENTIONS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

     7  

THE OFFERING

     8  

OUR SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA AND OPERATING DATA

     10  

RISK FACTORS

     15  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     53  

LETTER FROM OUR FOUNDER AND CHAIRMAN

     54  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     55  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     56  

CAPITALIZATION

     57  

DILUTION

     59  

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

     61  

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     62  

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

     64  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     68  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     72  

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     96  

BUSINESS

     103  

REGULATION

     127  

MANAGEMENT

     145  

PRINCIPAL [AND SELLING] SHAREHOLDERS

     152  

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     155  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     157  

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

     169  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     177  

TAXATION

     179  

UNDERWRITING

     185  

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

     194  

LEGAL MATTERS

     195  

EXPERTS

     196  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     197  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ADSs.

 

i


Table of Contents

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

Until              (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our ADSs discussed under “Risk Factors” and information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” before deciding whether to buy our ADSs. This prospectus contains information derived from various public sources and certain information from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by iResearch, a third-party industry research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and market position in China. We refer to this report as the iResearch Report. Such information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

Our Mission

We believe education should nurture and spread new ideas to enrich lives. High-quality education should be available to everyone. We all share a common aspiration to improve ourselves through education. Our mission is to transform education through technology and innovation, making learning experience enjoyable and rewarding.

Our Business

We are the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education in terms of gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch. We have a deep understanding of the educational needs of our prospective students and offer solutions that help them achieve their goals. We offer various degree- and diploma-oriented post-secondary courses through our online platforms. In addition, we offer online professional courses and educational content to help students prepare for professional certification exams and attain professional skills.

Founded in 2003 as a traditional education company, we transitioned to an online education model in 2014. Our online education model enables our students to access our course and educational content offerings anywhere and anytime.

We have been successful in addressing the unmet demand of a large, growing market and served approximately 550,000 students across China since we transitioned to an online education model in 2014. The number of our students was 205,806, 382,805, 286,899 and 407,960, respectively, in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. For the same periods, our new student enrollments were 179,172, 188,733, 89,066 and 148,573, respectively.

We offer post-secondary and professional education through extensive courses and educational content offerings. As of June 30, 2017, we offered Self-taught Higher Education Examination, or STE, programs covering 18 majors, MBA-related programs, and professional certification and skills programs. We adopt a counseling-oriented sales and marketing approach that seeks to offer our education solutions to meet their needs based on their education background and goals. We provide professional assistance and counseling to help students make informed decisions that best suit their learning needs. In addition, our enrollment consultants also help them formulate effective study plans throughout their enrollments in our courses.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

Our students can access our services either through PC or mobile application. Our online platform cultivates a personalized, interactive learning environment by featuring virtual learning community and a vast library of educational content offerings that are adapted to the learning habits of our students.

Our success has been driven by our ability to cultivate an engaging community among students, teachers and mentors, strong educational content development capability, and high-quality faculty, which combined allow us to continually improve student learning experience. We encourage students to become more committed and engaged by creating an interactive learning environment that fosters their desire to learn. We also provide our students with strong learning support through our dedicated mentors.

We offer a unique approach to education research and development that organizes subject content into Learning Outcome Trees, our proprietary knowledge management system. Our Learning Outcome Trees enable us to customize teaching notes for our teachers, and develop comprehensive course outlines and quiz banks to enhance the learning experience. Based on student feedback and latest updates on exam policies, we further update our educational content in our Learning Outcome Trees to continually improve teaching quality. As of December 31, 2017, we had developed over 1,750 Learning Outcome Trees covering over 123,000 knowledge points and a quiz bank designed for students pursuing STE exams covering over 973,000 quizzes.

We believe our strong branding, competitive compensation structure and robust teaching and research support enable us to attract and incentivize a large team of talented faculty members. We seek to hire experienced and passionate teachers who can make learning fun and interactive. We equip our faculty members not only with a comprehensive set of teaching methods but also advanced technologies and data insights to enable them to develop their professional skills and enhance our overall teaching quality.

Our focus on teaching quality and operating efficiency is demonstrated in recognition and awards we have received and student results. We have received numerous awards and recognition, including “Influential Online Education Brand” awarded by Tencent from 2015 to 2017. According to iResearch, Jiangsu, a populous province in China, is the only region in China that allows private education institutions to access the student STE exam results, and the average pass rate of our students taking STE exams in Jiangsu Province was 71.9% in 2016. According to the same source, the national average pass rate of the STE exam takers who had participated in STE tutoring courses was 46.5% in the same year. In student reviews collected following classes delivered in 2017, 98.6% of reviewers indicated their satisfaction with a four- or five-star rating out of five.

Our gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB912.5 million (US$134.6 million), representing an increase of 187.8% from RMB317.1 million in the same period in 2016. Our gross billings in 2016 reached RMB741.0 million (US$109.3 million), representing an increase of 66.1% from RMB446.1 million in 2015. Our net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million), representing an increase of 107.3% from RMB174.3 million in the same period in 2016. Our net revenues in 2016 reached RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million), representing an increase of 163.4% from RMB159.0 million in 2015. Our net loss in 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 was RMB318.3 million, RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million), RMB118.5 million and RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million), respectively. Our deferred revenue was RMB414.1 million, RMB727.6 million (US$107.3 million) and RMB1,269.1 million (US$187.2 million), respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017. Our net cash provided by operating activities was RMB41.2 million and RMB 267.5 million (US$39.5 million), respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and RMB0.4 million and RMB89.3 million (US$13.2 million), respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Market Opportunities

China’s education market consists of formal and informal education. Post-secondary and professional education, which targets people at the age of 18 or above, belongs to the informal education segment. Post-

 



 

2


Table of Contents

secondary and professional education in China can be further divided into diploma- and degree-oriented education and professional education. The post-secondary and professional education market in China has grown rapidly in the past several years and is expected to continue to grow by virtue of students’ desire for better employment, career advancement, salary increases, local residence permits, and higher social status. According to iResearch, the size of China’s post-secondary and professional education market increased from approximately RMB163.9 billion in 2015 to RMB178.9 billion in 2016 and is expected to continue to grow to approximately RMB351.6 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 11.9% between 2016 and 2022.

The online education model has transformed the post-secondary and professional education market in China. It has made a tremendous number of students aware of the more flexible, cost-effective education solutions provided by online education. We expect that this trend will continue to drive further demand for such services and result in online education providers taking market share away from traditional offline players. Driven by the increasing number of internet and mobile users, China’s online education has enjoyed an annual growth of approximately 20% since 2013, according to iResearch. In particular, according to the same source, China’s online post-secondary and professional education market is expected to grow from approximately RMB26.0 billion in 2016 to RMB123.5 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 29.7%.

STE tutoring represents the largest vertical in China’s post-secondary education market and is expected to grow from a market size of approximately RMB43.0 billion in 2016 to RMB79.1 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 10.7%. Given the difficulty of STE exams, it generally takes students one to five years to prepare for and pass the STE exams, which makes class-time flexibility especially important. Online education models offer greater flexibility and have been a major factor driving demand in this market. China’s online STE tutoring market size is expected to grow from approximately RMB2.4 billion in 2016 to RMB44.7 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 62.8%, accounting for more than 50% of the overall STE market in 2022, according to iResearch.

There is a large demand for education services from people without a bachelor’s degree at the age of 18 or above. According to iResearch, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 621 million people at the age of 18 or above without a bachelor’s degree in China. Most of them desire to acquire new knowledge, seek better jobs, earn higher salaries and improve their social status. They are typically busy urban blue- and white-collar workers who need greater flexibility in study time and location, are generally heavy mobile users, and desire an engaging, interactive learning atmosphere that encourages participation and interaction. In addition, such students generally require specific guidance in identifying and selecting education products that best address their needs, especially given the complexity of China’s post-secondary education system and the relatively high cost of education.

Our Strengths

We have become the market leader by capitalizing on our early-mover advantage and substantial investment in people, technology and education research and development. In particular, we have developed a comprehensive suite of Learning Outcome Trees and accumulated massive operating data, which allow us to continually improve our teaching quality and strengthen our market leadership. As a result, we believe our business model not only enjoys strong organic momentum that drives our future growth, but also presents a high barrier to entry. In particular, we believe our success is primarily attributable to the following strengths:

 

    the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education with substantial growth potential;

 

    strong flywheel effect generated by our unique business model;

 

    strong brand rooted in teaching quality;

 



 

3


Table of Contents
    robust proprietary technology infrastructure; and

 

    innovative and visionary management team with proven track record.

Our Strategies

We intend to achieve our mission by pursuing the following strategies:

 

    expand into new markets with unmet demand;

 

    strengthen our existing leadership position;

 

    enhance student experience;

 

    further enhance our brand;

 

    continue to invest in technology; and

 

    pursue selective strategic alliances and acquisitions.

Our Challenges

Our growth is subject to risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

    our ability to maintain our student enrollments and growth;

 

    our ability to conduct sales and marketing activities cost-effectively;

 

    our ability to timely improve and expand our course and educational content offerings in a cost-effective manner;

 

    our ability to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified faculty members;

 

    our ability to maintain and enhance the recognition of our brand;

 

    our ability to comply with the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC; and

 

    our ability to exercise effective control over our variable interest entity structure.

We also face other challenges, risks and uncertainties that may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospectus. You should consider the risk discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in the ADSs.

Corporate History and Structure

We commenced our education service business in August 2003. We remained an offline, classroom-based education service provider until we transitioned to an exclusively online education model in 2014.

In September 2015, Studyvip Online Education International Limited, our current ultimate holding company, was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In October 2017, Studyvip Online Education International Limited was renamed as Sunlands Online Education Group.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

   Equity interest

LOGO

   Contractual arrangements, including the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, the business operation agreement, the equity interest pledge agreement, the option agreement, the powers of attorney and the spousal consent letters. See “Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Beijing Sunlands.”

 

(1) The Founder Holding Platform refers to Pingxiang Miniewa Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), whose general partner is Mr. Jianhong Yin, also known as Peng Ou, our founder and chairman of our Board of Directors.
(2) The Senior Management Holding Platforms consist of Pingxiang Wuerken Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), Pingxiang Saiersi Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), Pingxiang Xisailuo Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership) and Pingxiang Bosaidong Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership). The general partner of each of these entities is Mr. Tongbo Liu, our chief executive officer and director.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for the last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (as amended by the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act of 2015), or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

OUR CORPORATE INFORMATION

The principal executive offices of our main operations are located Building 4-6, Chaolai Science Park, No. 36 Chuangyuan Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, the People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86-10-52413738. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Osiris International Cayman Limited, Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc. located at 10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10016. Our corporate website is www.sunlands.com. The information contained in our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

CONVENTIONS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus reflects the following:

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase up to              additional ADSs representing              ordinary shares from us; and

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

 

    “ADSs” refers to the American depositary shares, each representing              of our ordinary shares;

 

    “China” or “PRC” refer to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this prospectus only, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau;

 

    “gross billings” for a given period refers to the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages net of the total amount of refunds in such period;

 

    “mobile student acquisition rate” for a given period refers to the total number of orders placed by students acquired by us from mobile marketing channels divided by total new student enrollments;

 

    “number of students” for a given period refers to the total number of orders placed by students which remain in their respective service periods;

 

    “new student enrollments” for a given period refers to the total number of orders placed by students that newly enroll in at least one course during that period (including those students that enroll and then terminate their enrollment with us);

 

    “ordinary shares” prior to the completion of this offering refers to our ordinary shares of par value US$0.00005 per share;

 

    “preferred shares” refers to series A, series B and series B+ preferred shares of Sunlands Online Education Group, par value US$0.00005 per share;

 

    “RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of the People’s Republic of China;

 

    “service period” for a given student refers to the period covered by the contract between us and such student pursuant to which such student can attend our courses;

 

    “US$,” “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States; and

 

    “we,” “us,” “our company,” and “our,” refer to Sunlands Online Education Group, a Cayman Islands company and its subsidiaries and, in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information, its consolidated variable interest entity, or VIE.

This prospectus contains information and statistics relating to China’s economy and its education industry derived from various publications issued by market research companies and PRC governmental entities, which have not been independently verified by us, the underwriters or any of their respective affiliates or advisers. The information in such sources may not be consistent with other information compiled in or outside China.

Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus are made at RMB6.7793 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2017. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. On December 1, 2017, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.6137 to US$1.00.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Offering price

US$         per ADS.

 

ADSs offered by us

             ADSs (or             ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

[ADSs offered by the selling shareholders]

[             ADSs (or             ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).]

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents             ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share. The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement.

 

  We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. If, however, we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses in accordance with the terms set forth in the deposit agreement.

 

  You may turn in your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange.

 

  We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

Ordinary shares

We will issue              ordinary shares represented by ADSs in this offering.

 

  All options, regardless of grant dates, will entitle holders to the equivalent number of ordinary shares once the vesting and exercising conditions on such share-based compensation awards are met.

 

  See “Description of Share Capital.”

 

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering

Immediately upon the completion of this offering,              ordinary shares will be outstanding, comprising              ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share (or              ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in

 



 

8


Table of Contents
 

full), including              ordinary shares, which number of shares has been calculated based on the initial offering price of US$             per ADS.

 

Over-allotment option

We [and certain selling shareholders] have granted to the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of             additional ADSs.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately US$             million from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. [We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs by the selling shareholders.]

 

  We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for the following purposes: (i) approximately US$[●] million for our course and educational content development, (ii) approximately US$[●] million for our research and development relating to our IT systems, (iii) approximately US$[●] million for our marketing and branding activities, (iv) approximately US$[●] million for potential selective investment and acquisition opportunities, and (v) approximately US$[●] million for general corporate purpose. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Lockup

We, [our directors and executive officers and our existing shareholders] have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of ADSs or ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares for a period of [180] days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

NYSE trading symbol

 

Payment and settlement

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on             , 2018.

 

Depositary

 

 

[Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to an aggregate of             ADSs offered in this offering to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons.]

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for discussions of the risks relating to investing in the ADSs. You should carefully consider these risks before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

OUR SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA AND OPERATING DATA

The following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and summary consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 and summary consolidated cash flows data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this Summary Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands, except for share, per share and per ADS data)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  

Cost of revenues(1)

     (61,713     (70,986     (10,471     (27,778     (46,179     (6,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     97,297       347,924       51,322       146,551       315,284       46,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

     (333,253     (503,643     (74,291     (215,057     (492,795     (72,691

Product development expenses(1)

     (5,189     (13,932     (2,055     (6,401     (11,039     (1,628

General and administrative expenses(1)

     (76,022     (89,390     (13,186     (46,483     (46,879     (6,915

Total operating expenses

     (414,464     (606,965     (89,532     (267,941     (550,713     (81,234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (317,167     (259,041     (38,210     (121,390     (235,429     (34,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     814       3,051       450       1,532       4,053       598  

Other income, net

     770       2,423       357       1,404       —         —    

Loss before income tax expenses

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss from continuing operations

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax expenses of nil

     (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Loss from equity method investment

     —         —         —         —         (398     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         —         (42     (6

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Sunlands

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,732     (34,182

Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Sunlands

     (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

     (83.36     (66.40     (9.79     (31.02     (60.68     (8.95

Income per ADS(2)

            

 



 

10


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands, except for share, per share and per ADS data)  

Basic

                 

Diluted

                 

 

Notes:

(1)  Share-based compensation expenses included in:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

Sales and marketing expenses

     2,014        —          —          —          —          —    

Product development expenses

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

General and administrative expenses

     21,643        —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,657        —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)  Each ADS represents              ordinary shares.

The following table presents our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30, 2017  
     2015     2016     RMB     US$     US$ Pro
forma(1)
 
     RMB     RMB     US$        
     (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,446       23,103       3,408       101,048       14,905    

Total assets

     100,098       244,991       36,139       558,215       82,341    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

     414,077       727,569       107,322       1,269,073       187,198    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     33,765       71,377       10,530       74,671       11,015    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     471,842       798,946       117,852       1,343,744       198,213    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

     —         335,000       49,415       335,000       49,415    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (371,744     (888,955     (131,128     (1,120,529     (165,287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1) All of the preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares on a one-on-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information assumes the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, as if conversion would have occurred on December 31, 2017.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

The following table presents our selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016      2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB      RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

     445       89,272       13,169       41,193        267,516       39,461  

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     (26,508     (117,695     (17,361     8,055        (127,733     (18,842

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     21,771       47,080       6,944       141,977        (61,838     (9,122

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,292     18,657       2,752       191,225        77,945       11,497  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year/period

     8,738       4,446       656       4,446        23,103       3,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year/period

     4,446       23,103       3,408       195,671        101,048       14,905  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our operating results for the quarters presented.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
     (RMB in thousands)  

Net revenues

     79,425       94,904       113,392       131,189       155,637       205,826  

Cost of revenues

     (11,697     (16,081     (22,507     (20,701     (19,426     (26,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     67,728       78,823       90,885       110,488       136,211       179,073  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Sales and marketing expenses

     (99,140     (115,917     (131,289     (157,297     (210,184     (282,611

Product development expenses

     (3,028     (3,373     (3,569     (3,962     (4,725     (6,314

General and administrative expenses

     (21,855     (24,628     (19,871     (23,036     (21,172     (25,707

Total operating expenses

     (124,023     (143,918     (154,729     (184,295     (236,081     (314,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (56,295     (65,095     (63,844     (73,807     (99,870     (135,559
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     606       926       846       673       856       3,197  

Other income, net

     1,395       9       198       821       —         —    

Loss before income tax expenses

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,014     (132,362

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Loss from equity method investment

     —         —         —         —         (348     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,362     (132,412
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         —         (12     (30

Net loss attributable to Sunlands

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,350     (132,382

 



 

12


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Gross billings is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define gross billings for a specific period as the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages, net of the total amount of refunds paid in such period. For more details about our refunds, see “Business—Our Tuition and Fees.” Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our students for the entire course tuition at the time of sale of our course packages and recognize revenue proportionally over a period generally ranging from 18 to 36 months (with a weighted average of 21 months) for our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and a period generally ranging from six to 24 months (with a weighted average of 17 months) for our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses. We believe that gross billings provide valuable insight into the sales of our course packages and the performance of our business.

This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, its most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure has been provided in the tables included below. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. As gross billings has material limitations as an analytical metric and may not be calculated in the same manner by all companies, it may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. In light of the foregoing limitations, you should not consider gross billings as a substitute for, or superior to, net revenues prepared in accordance with GAAP. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using gross billings only as a supplemental measure. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross billings to net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: other revenues(1)

     (454     (5,741     (847     (2,340     (2,620     (386

Add: tax and surcharges

     5,517       14,302       2,110       5,699       12,124       1,788  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     414,077       727,569       107,322       553,472       1,269,073       187,198  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (132,024     (414,077     (61,080     (414,077     (727,569     (107,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     446,126       740,963       109,298       317,083       912,471       134,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
     (RMB in thousands)  

Net revenues

     79,425       94,904       113,392       131,189       155,637       205,826  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: other revenues(1)

     (354     (1,986     (1,513     (1,888     (888     (1,732

Add: tax and surcharges

     1,798       3,901       4,064       4,539       5,230       6,894  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     482,718       553,472       628,062       727,569       979,703       1,269,073  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (414,077     (482,718     (553,472     (628,062     (727,569     (979,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     149,510       167,573       190,533       233,347       412,113       500,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss and adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188

Add: Share-based compensation expenses

     23,657       —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (294,645     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Key Operating Data

The following table presents our key operating data for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2016     2016     2017  

New student enrollments

     179,172       188,733       89,066       148,573  

Gross billings per new student enrollment (RMB)

     2,489.9       3,926.0       3,560.1       6,141.6  

Marketing effectiveness ratio(1)

     28.3     24.8     24.8     22.1

Number of students

     205,806       382,805       286,899       407,960  

 

Note: (1) Calculated by dividing our marketing spending by our gross billings.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 

New student enrollments

     43,090       45,976       49,952       49,715       66,555       82,018  

Gross billings per new student enrollment (RMB)

     3,469.7       3,644.8       3,814.3       4,693.7       6,192.1       6,100.6  

Marketing effectiveness ratio(1)

     24.8     24.8     24.7     25.0     22.1     22.1

Number of students

     246,051       260,591       283,125       299,765       328,351       365,764  

 

Note: (1) Calculated by dividing our marketing spending by our gross billings.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making an investment in our ADSs. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The market price of our ADSs could decline significantly as a result of any of these risks and uncertainties, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to increase student enrollments, our net revenues may decline, and we may not be able to maintain growth.

 

We generate revenue primarily from the tuition we collect from our students. It is critical for us to enroll prospective students in a cost-effective manner. Some of the factors, many of which are largely beyond our control, could prevent us from successfully increasing enrollment of new students in a cost-effective manner, or at all. These factors include, among other things, (i) reduced interest in the degrees, diplomas, professions or certifications for which our course offerings are designed; (ii) negative publicity or perceptions regarding us, or online education services in general; (iii) the emergence of alternative course delivery models; (iv) the inability of students to pay the tuition; (v) increasing market competition, particularly price reductions by competitors that we are unable or unwilling to match; and (vi) adverse changes in relevant government policies or general economic conditions. If one or more of these factors reduce market demand for our services, our student enrollments could be negatively affected or our costs associated with student acquisition and retention could increase, or both, any of which could materially affect our ability to grow our gross billings and net revenues. These developments could also harm our brand and reputation, which would negatively impact our ability to expand our business.

We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage this growth effectively, the success of our business model will be compromised.

We have experienced rapid growth in gross billings and net revenues in recent years, primarily driven by our fast-growing student enrollments since our transition to an online course delivery model in 2014 which allows students to access our courses from anywhere connected to the internet. Our net revenues grew by 163.4% from approximately RMB159.0 million in 2015 to RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million) in 2016 and by 107.3% from RMB174.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017. Over the same periods, our gross billings grew by 66.1% from approximately RMB446.1 million to RMB741.0 million (US$109.3 million) and by 187.8% from RMB317.1 million to RMB912.5 million (US$134.6 million).

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our sales and marketing capacities, administrative and operating infrastructure, facilities and other resources. To maintain our growth, we need to continue to acquire more students, scale up our course offerings, increase our academic and administrative faculty, as well as strengthen our platforms and systems. We will also be required to refine our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to efficiently manage this expansion of our business, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may not successfully attract a sufficient number of students and qualified academic and administrative faculty in a cost-effective manner, respond to competitive challenges, or otherwise execute our business plans. In addition, we may, as part of carrying out our growth strategies, adopt new initiatives to offer additional course packages and educational content and to implement new pricing models and strategies. We cannot assure you that these initiatives may achieve the anticipated results. These proposed changes may not be well received by our existing and prospective students, in which case their experience with our education service may suffer, which could damage our reputation and business prospect.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our ability to effectively implement our strategies and manage any significant growth of our business will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to: (i) identify and effectively market our products and services in new markets with sufficient growth potential; (ii) develop and improve course offerings and educational contents to make them appealing to existing and prospective students, particularly working adult students; (iii) maintain and increase our student enrollments; (iv) effectively recruit, train and motivate a large number of new employees, including our faculty members and sales and marketing personnel; (v) successfully implement enhancements and improvements to the systems and platforms; (vi) continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and efficiencies; (vii) protect and further develop our intellectual property rights; and (viii) make sound business decisions in light of the scrutiny associated with operating as a public company. These activities require significant capital expenditures and investment of valuable management and financial resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management. There are no guarantees that we will be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective and timely manner, or at all. Our growth in a relatively short period of time is not necessarily indicative of results that we may achieve in the future. If we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, our reputation, results of operations and overall business and prospects could be negatively impacted.

We have a history of net losses and we may not achieve profitability in the future.

We had net losses of RMB318.3 million, RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million) and RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million) in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate net profits in the future.

We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase as we invest in branding and sales and marketing efforts, including hiring additional sales and marketing personnel, investing in data analytics in the student counseling and sales process, and broadening our online marketing channels. In addition, we intend to continue to invest heavily for the foreseeable future in increasing our market share, improving the capacity of our technology infrastructure to better support an even larger student base and to offer additional courses and educational content.

These efforts may be more costly than we expect and our net revenues may not increase sufficiently to offset these expenses. We may continue to take actions and make investments that do not generate optimal short-term financial results and may even result in increased operating losses in the short term with no assurance that we will eventually achieve our intended long-term benefits or profitability. These factors, among others set out in this “Risk Factors” section, may negatively affect our ability to achieve profitability in the near term, if at all.

If we are unable to conduct sales and marketing activities cost-effectively, our results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely heavily on our sales and marketing efforts to increase student enrollments. Our sales and marketing expenses primarily include employee salaries and student acquisition expenses. We incurred approximately RMB333.3 million, RMB503.6 million (US$74.3 million) and RMB492.8 million (US$72.7 million), respectively, in sales and marketing expenses in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in the future as we further expand our operations.

Our sales and marketing activities may not be well received by the market and may not result in the levels of sales that we anticipate. We also may not be able to retain or recruit a sufficient number of experienced sales and marketing personnel, or to train newly hired sales and marketing personnel, which we believe is critical to implementing our sales and marketing strategies cost-effectively. Further, sales and marketing approaches and tools in China’s online education market are evolving rapidly. This requires us to continually enhance our sales and marketing approaches and experiment with new methods to keep pace with industry developments and student preferences. Failure to engage in sales and marketing activities in a cost-effective manner may reduce our market share, cause our revenues and gross billings to decline, and negatively impact our profitability.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by any negative publicity concerning us and our business, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers and employees and the industry in which we operate, regardless of its accuracy, that could harm our reputation and business.

Negative publicity about us and our business, shareholders, affiliates, directors, officers, and teachers and other employees, as well as the industry in which we operate, can harm our operations. We have been exposed to negative publicity concerning refund dispute and alledged improper or misleading statement made in our sales and marketing activities in the past. Negative publicity concerning these parties could be related to a wide variety of matters, including, but are not limited to:

 

    alleged misconduct or other improper activities committed by our students or our directors, officers, and teachers and other employees, including misrepresentation made by our employees to potential students during sales and marketing activities;

 

    false or malicious allegations or rumors about us or our directors, shareholders, affiliates, officers, and teachers and other employees;

 

    complaints by our students about our education services and sales and marketing activities;

 

    tuition refund disputes between us and our students;

 

    security breaches of confidential student or employee information;

 

    employment-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage and hour violations; and

 

    governmental and regulatory investigations or penalties resulting from our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

In addition to traditional media, there has been an increasing use of social media platforms and similar devices in China, including instant messaging applications, such as Weixin/WeChat, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on instant messaging applications and social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless and readily available. Information concerning our company, shareholders, directors, officers and employees may be posted on such platforms at any time. The risks associated with any such negative publicity or incorrect information cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated and may materially harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks associated with our lack of a private school operating permit for our online education services as well as uncertainties surrounding PRC laws and regulations governing the education industry in general, including the Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementation Rules.

Beijing Sunlands, through which we operate our online education business, currently does not hold a private school operating permit for our online education services, and we may be subject to risks of administrative sanctions due to our lack of such permit.

Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools promulgated by the Ministry of Education of the PRC, or the MOE, on July 5, 2000, “educational websites and online education schools” that provide educational services in relation to higher education, elementary education, pre-school education, teaching education, occupational education, adult and other education and public educational information services, are subject to approval from competent education authorities, depending on the type of education service provided. In February 2016, the State Council issued a government decision which explicitly withdrew the above-mentioned approval requirement. See “Regulation—

 

17


Table of Contents

Regulations on Online and Distance Education.” On November 7, 2016, China’s National People’s Congress passed an amendment to the Promotion of Private Education Law, or the Amendment, which became effective on September 1, 2017. The Amendment applies different regulatory requirements to non-profit and for-profit private schools. See “Regulation—Regulation Relating to Private Education—The Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementing Rules.”

In December 2016, several PRC government agencies, including the MOE, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the SAIC, and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare, jointly promulgated the Implementation Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-profit Private Schools, or the Implementation Rules. Under the Implementation Rules, the establishment, division, merger or any other material change in a for-profit private school shall be approved by the competent education authorities or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare and be registered with the competent local branch of SAIC, and a duly approved private school will be granted a private school operating permit. The Implementation Rules also provide that the provisions contained therein should be applicable to “for-profit private training institutions” in an analogous manner. See “Regulations—Regulation Relating to Private Education—The Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementing Rules. ”

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice of warning or been subject to any penalties or disciplinary action from government authorities due to our lack of a private school operating permit for our online education services. In addition, we have made inquiries to the relevant education authorities and were informed that online education service providers were not required to obtain a private school operating permit for the provision of online education services, and that if such educational authorities were to require us to obtain a private school operating permit in the future, such authorities would not subject us to penalties for the provision of our services without obtaining a private school operating permit. Nonetheless, as advised by Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, the current PRC laws and regulations, including the Amendment and the Implementation Rules, remain unclear as to whether the requirement for a private school operating permit is applicable to an online education service provider. We cannot assure you that the PRC government will not in the future require us to obtain a private school operating permit, given the lack of clear and consistent statutory interpretation regarding the implementation of the Amendment and the Implementation Rules and other relevant laws and regulations. If the PRC government requires us to obtain a private school operating permit or introduces additional amendments and guidelines to expand the coverage of the Amendment to explicitly cover online education service providers, and if we fail to do so, we may be subject to fines up to five times the illegitimate gains generated from the provision of training services without a proper license, other administrative sanctions, such as being ordered to refund tuition payments to the students, or criminal liabilities, for our lack of a private school operating permit. We may also be subject to regulatory requirements that are more stringent than the ones currently applicable to us, including those relating to sales and marketing, courses and educational content offerings, teachers’ qualification, as well as tuition fee rates and tuition refund policies, and we may incur substantial expenses or alter or change our business to comply with these requirements.

Under the Amendment and the Implementation Rules, a material change in a for-profit private school shall be approved by the competent education authorities or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare before it can be registered with the competent local branch of SAIC. If we were required to expand the authorized scope of our business license to cover our business of online education services, which shall be registered with the SAIC, to comply with applicable licensing requirements, we may not able to do so before we have obtained a private school operating permit. If any of the foregoing were to happen, our business operations may be disrupted, and our financial condition, results of operations and reputation may be materially and adversely affected.

We face regulatory risks and uncertainties associated with our teachers lack of teaching licenses.

Pursuant to the Implementation Rules, the teachers employed by a for-profit private school shall obtain the teaching licenses or relevant professional skill qualifications required by PRC laws and regulations, although the

 

18


Table of Contents

definition or the scope of the “relevant professional skill qualifications” is not explicitly stated in the Implementation Rules. A substantial majority of our teachers currently do not hold teaching licenses.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice of warning or been subject to any penalties or disciplinary action from government authorities due to the lack of teaching licenses. As advised by Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, the current PRC laws and regulations, including the Amendment and the Implementation Rules, remain unclear as to whether the Implementation Rules is applicable to an online education service provider like us, and accordingly, whether our teachers are required to obtain and hold teaching licenses. We cannot assure you that the PRC government authorities will not take a contrary view. In the event that in the future our teachers are required by laws to obtain teaching licenses, we cannot assure you that they can meet the requirements for applying for teaching licenses. If our teachers are not able to apply for and obtain the teaching licenses on a timely basis, or at all, we may be ordered to rectify such noncompliance or subject to penalties under the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, in which case our business may be disrupted, and our financial condition, reputation and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We face regulatory risks and uncertainties with respect to the licensing requirement for the online transmission of internet audio-visual programs.

On December 20, 2007, the State Administration of Press Publication Radio Film and Television, or SAPPRFT, and the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, jointly promulgated the Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio Visual Program Services, or the Audio Visual Program Provisions, which became effective on January 31, 2008 and were amended on August 28, 2015. Among other things, the Audio Visual Program Provisions stipulate that no entities or individuals may provide Internet audio-visual program services without a License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs issued by SAPPRFT or completing the relevant filing with SAPPRFT or its local bureaus, and only state-owned or state-controlled entities are eligible to apply for a License for Online Transmission of Audio Visual Programs. On April 1, 2010, SAPPRFT promulgated the Provisional Implementations of Tentative Categories of Internet Audio Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which clarified the scope of Internet audio-visual programs services, which was amended on March 10, 2017. According to the Categories, there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided into seventeen sub-categories. Sub-category No. 3 to the second category covers the making and editing of certain specialized audio-visual programs concerning, among other things, educational content, and broadcasting such content to the general public online. Sub-category No. 5 of the first category and sub-category No. 7 of the second category cover the live broadcasting of important political, martial, economic, social, cultural, sports activities or events or general social or community cultural activities, sports games and other organized activities. However, there are still significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation of the Audio Visual Program Provisions, in particular, the scope of “internet audio-visual programs.” See “Regulations—Regulations Relating to Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs.”

We deliver our courses in live streaming format. Our teachers and students communicate and interact live with each other via our virtual learning community. The audio and video data are transmitted through the platforms between specific recipients instantly without any further redaction. We believe the nature of the raw data we transmit distinguishes us from general providers of internet audio-visual program services, such as the operator of online video websites, and the provision of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are not applicable with regard to our offering of the courses. However, we cannot assure you that the competent PRC government authorities will not ultimately take a view contrary to our opinion. In addition, we also offer video recordings of live streaming courses and certain other audio-video contents on our online platforms to our students as supplementary course materials on our platforms. If the government authorities determine that our offering of the courses fall within the relevant category of Internet audio-visual program services under the Categories, we may be required to obtain the License for Online Transmission of Audio Visual Programs.

The Categories describe “Internet audio-visual program services” in a very broad, vague manner and are unclear as to whether online courses, whether delivered in a live streaming format or through video recordings,

 

19


Table of Contents

fall into the definition of audio-visual programs. We have made inquiries to the relevant bureaus of SAPPRFT and were informed that online educational content provided through live streaming or recorded courses does not fall within the scope of internet audio-visual programs, the transmission of which does not require a License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs. We cannot assure you that the PRC government will not ultimately take a view that live streaming or recorded courses or any other content offered on our platforms are subject to the Audio Visual Program Provisions. We currently do not hold a License for Online Transmission of Audio Visual Programs, and since we are not a state-owned or state-controlled entity, we are not eligible to apply for such license. If the PRC government determines that our content should be considered as “internet audio-visual programs” for the purpose of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, we may be required to obtain a License for Online Transmission of Audio Visual Programs. We are, however, not eligible apply for such license since we are not a state-owned or state-controlled entity. If this were to occur, we may be subject to penalties, fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend the provision of our live streaming courses. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any notice of warning or been subject to penalties or other disciplinary action from the relevant governmental authorities regarding the lack of a License for Online Transmission of Audio Visual Programs in conducting of our business.

Our failure to obtain and maintain other approvals, licenses or permits applicable to our business could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

A number of PRC regulatory authorities, such as the SAIC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, the MITT, the SAPPRFT, and the State Council Information Office, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare, oversee different aspects of our business operations, and we are required to obtain a wide range of government approvals, licenses and permits in connection with our operations.

We currently do not hold several approvals, licenses and permits that are required for certain aspects of our business operations. Under the current PRC laws and regulations, the provision of our educational content through our online platform may be considered “online publishing” and may require us to obtain an Internet Publishing License, which we currently do not have. See “Regulations—Regulations Relating to Online Publishing.” As of the date of this prospectus, we have submitted an application to the competent government authorities for the approval of an Internet Publishing License. However, we may not be able to receive the approval for such licenses in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, we do not have the Job Agency Service License required for the job referral services we provide to some of our students as an ancillary part of their course packages.

Furthermore, Beijing Sunlands, our consolidated VIE, and certain of its operating subsidiaries currently do not include “occupational training” and “educational facilitation services” in their authorized scope of business. Before the Amendment was issued, we attempted to apply to the competent authorities in Beijing to add “occupational training” and “educational facilitation services” to the authorized scope of business of Beijing Sunlands, but our application was rejected by such authorities without being provided any formal explanations for such rejection. After the issuance of the Amendment, based on our consultation with the competent government authorities, such government authorities currently may not accept applications for inclusion of “occupational training,” “educational facilitation services” or similar items in the scope of business of companies that do not hold a private school operating permit. For additional information about the private school operating permit, see “—We face risks associated with our lack of a private school operating permit for our online education services as well as uncertainties surrounding PRC laws and regulations governing the education industry in general, including the Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementation Rules.” Even if our application were to be accepted, there is no assurance that it will be approved by the government authorities in a timely fashion, or at all. If it comes to the attention of the government authorities that Beijing Sunlands is operating beyond its authorized scope of business, we may be subject to fines, confiscation of the gains derived from the noncompliant operations, or may be required to cease Beijing Sunlands’ noncompliant operations.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been subject to any fines or other form of regulatory or administrative penalties or sanctions due to the lack of any the above-mentioned approvals, licenses or permits.

 

20


Table of Contents

However, we cannot guarantee that the government authorities will not impose any penalties or sanctions on us in the future, which may include warnings, fines, mandates to remedy any violations, confiscation of the gains derived from the services for which approvals, licenses or permits are required, and/or an order to cease to provide such services. In addition, we cannot guarantee that the government will not promulgate new laws and regulations that require additional licenses, permits and/or approvals for the operation of any of our existing or future business. If we are unable to obtain such licenses, permits, or approvals in a timely fashion, we could be subject to penalties and operational disruption and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have a limited history of operating as an online education service provider.

We have been a part of China’s education industry since we commenced operations in August 2003. Although we started exploring online course delivery model in 2011, we remained an offline, classroom-based education service provider until we transitioned to an online education model in 2014. Our limited history of operating as an online education service provider may not serve as an adequate basis for evaluating our future prospect and operating results, including gross billings, net revenue, cash flows and profitability. We have encountered, and may continue to encounter in the future, risks, challenges and uncertainties associated with operating an internet-based business, such as building and managing reliable and secure IT systems and infrastructure, addressing regulatory compliance and uncertainty, and hiring and training IT support staff, all of which we have limited experience with. In addition, we may be faced with additional risks and challenges associated with responding to the increasing mobile penetration in China. If we do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.

We may not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified faculty members.

Our faculty members are key to the quality of our educational services, as well as our brand and reputation. Our ability to continue to attract faculty members, including teachers and mentors, with necessary experience and qualifications is a key driver in the success of our business. We seek to recruit qualified faculty members who are dedicated to teaching and are able to communicate with our students in an interactive online setting.

Additionally, given the interactive nature of our live streaming lessons, we tend to hire teachers and mentors with strong education background and good communication skills enabling them to engage and interact with students. The market for recruitment of faculty members in China is competitive. In order to recruit qualified full-time teachers and mentors, we must provide candidates with competitive compensation packages and offer attractive career development opportunities. Although we have not experienced major difficulties in recruiting or training qualified teachers and mentors in the past, we cannot guarantee we will be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified faculty members in the future as we continue to expand our course offerings and business scale, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to timely improve or expand our course and educational content offerings in a cost-effective manner to make them appealing to existing and prospective students, or at all.

We regularly and constantly update our existing courses and educational content and develop new courses and educational content to meet student’s demand and the latest market trends. The revisions, improvements and expansions of our existing course and content offerings and the development of new course and content offerings may not be accepted by existing or prospective students. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new course and educational content offerings, we may not be able to introduce them as quickly as students require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing offerings. The process of performing detailed market research and recruiting qualified faculty for new course and educational content offerings could be costly and time-consuming. Furthermore, offering new courses or content or upgrading existing ones may require us to make significant investments in educational content development, increase sales and marketing efforts and reallocate

 

21


Table of Contents

resources from other uses, all of which may not be successful. If we are unsuccessful in pursuing course and educational content development and upgrading opportunities due to the financial constraints, failure to attract qualified faculty, or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.

We face risks associated with our online live streaming course delivery model.

The online live streaming industry in China remains relatively young and untested, and there are limited proven methods to project user demand or preference or available industry standards on which we can rely. In the PRC, few institutions with large student enrollments have in the past adopted a live streaming course delivery model, and some of our target students may be inclined to choose traditional face-to-face lessons offered by offline learning centers as they find more familiar and reliable. We cannot assure you that our live streaming course delivery format will continue to be attractive to our students in the future. If our live streaming course delivery model becomes less appealing to our students, our business and prospects may be affected. In addition, as we continue to increase our student enrollments, there is no assurance that our live streaming capacity will be able to support a growing number of students accessing our courses online without any service interruptions. Furthermore, we cannot assure that we will be able to address PRC regulatory and legislative developments relating to online streaming business.

We rely on third-party service providers to support our online live streaming course delivery.

Currently, we rely upon certain third-party vendors to provide live streaming services to support our online course delivery. Because the live streaming technologies and infrastructure are owned and managed by third parties, any problems with the reliability and performance of such technologies and infrastructure could result in unanticipated delays and unscheduled service interruption could further cause us to be unable to deliver our courses in a live streaming format, forcing us to resort to using prerecorded lectures. Our inability to deliver live streaming courses during service interruptions may damage the quality of our education service and student engagement and experience and negatively impact our reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not maintain long-term arrangements with our live streaming service providers. The term of the service agreements we enter into with third-party live streaming service providers are generally one year. If we cannot renew such agreements upon their expirations or terminations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if the live streaming service providers become unwilling or unable to provide us with live streaming services at any time for any reasons, our ability to deliver live streaming online courses will be severely impacted, and our students’ learning experience and our reputation will be harmed.

We are currently in the process of developing our own proprietary live streaming platforms and applications, which are expected to be completed in 2018. There is, however, no assurance that we will succeed. If the development of proprietary live streaming technologies does not achieve the anticipated results, we may have to continue to rely on third-party vendors to provide us with the technologies and infrastructure necessary for the delivery of our online livestreaming courses, which may negatively impact our business and prospects.

Failure to adequately and promptly respond to changes in the exams our students must take to pursue their desired degrees, diplomas or certifications could cause our education services to be less attractive to our students.

There have been continuous changes in the curriculum requirements associated with, and the format of, the exams our existing and prospective students must take to pursue their desired degrees, diplomas or certifications, the manner in which the exams are administered, as well as topics frequently tested in the exams. These changes require us to continually update and enhance our course offerings, our educational content and our teaching methods. Any inability to track and respond to these changes in a timely and cost-effective manner would make our education services less attractive to students, which may materially and adversely affect our reputation and

 

22


Table of Contents

ability to continue to attract students without a significant decrease in our tuition. In addition, as we further expand our course offerings, we cannot assure that we will be able to adapt our existing educational content and methods to new courses that we have limited experience in teaching.

We may face risks associated with the installment tuition payment plan we offer to our students.

In 2015, we launched an installment payment option enabling eligible students to obtain loans from accredited third-party credit providers in China to finance all or part of their tuition. The third-party credit providers are responsible for performing credit assessment, approving loan applications, providing the funds, and collecting delinquent loan payments. Under the loan agreement between the borrowing student and the lending credit provider, the borrowing student is obligated to repay the loan principal in installments over a period ranging from three to 12 months. Under the cooperation agreement between us and each credit provider, we are obligated to pay the full amount of interest payable under a loan, as financial service fees, to the credit provider. We generally do not provide any guarantees for the repayment of student loans in favor of the credit providers. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, 4.8%, 32.3% and 68.2%, respectively, of our gross billings were received from third-party credit providers. For the same periods, we made interest payments of RMB2.0 million, RMB20.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB39.4 million (US$5.8 million), respectively, to the credit providers.

As part of our long-term sales and marketing strategy, we plan to continue to make the interest payments for our students under their loans and pay service fees to the credit providers, which may place significant strains on our financial resources as our student enrollments continue to grow. We may be subject to risks associated with an increase in interest rates to the extent that we continue to make interest payments for the loans taken by our students. If we cease to do so due to increases in interest rates or for other reasons, our course packages may become more costly for our students to purchase, which could in turn negatively impact our business, financial condition and reputation.

The availability of funding from our existing and potential credit providers depends on many factors, such as their liquidity and capital sufficiency, the legal and regulatory environment, the general economic conditions, default rates of our students on the loans, and, where applicable, the availability of lenders on the credit providers’ platforms. In addition, our credit providers may seek to acquire borrowers independently instead of through cooperation with us. We cannot assure you that our credit providers will continue to cooperate with us on commercially favorable terms, or at all, or that existing or potential credit providers will be able to provide loans in a sufficient amount to meet our students’ borrowing needs. If any of these were to occur, our course packages may become less compelling to prospective students who wish to obtain student loans, and as a result our business and financial condition may be negatively affected.

Disruption to or failures of our IT infrastructure could reduce student satisfaction and could harm our operations.

The performance and reliability of our IT infrastructure is critical to our operations and reputation. We provide our course offerings and educational content to our students and faculty primarily through our applications and platforms built upon Genesis, our proprietary IT infrastructure. In addition, our employees, including our faculty and sales and marketing personnel, rely on our integrated IT infrastructure to carry out their marketing, sales, operation and teaching functions. As part of their educational experience, our students interact with their peers and our faculty via our platforms on a frequent basis. Accordingly, any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our IT infrastructure could damage our reputation, decrease student satisfaction and retention, adversely impact our ability to attract new students and expand our course offerings, and materially disrupt our operations. If any of these occur, our business operations, reputation and prospects could be harmed.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our business depends on the continued success of our brand “Sunlands,” and if we fail to maintain and enhance recognition of our brand, we may face difficulty enrolling new students, and our reputation and operating results may be harmed.

We believe that market awareness of our brand “Sunlands” has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand are critical to our efforts to grow our student enrollments and gross billings. Failure to maintain and enhance our brand recognition could have a material and adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. We have devoted significant resources to our brand promotion efforts in recent years, but we cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful. If we are unable to further enhance our brand recognition, or if we incur excessive marketing and promotion expenses, or if our brand image is negatively impacted by any negative publicity, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Students may decide not to continue taking our courses for a number of reasons, including a perceived lack of improvement in their academic performance or general dissatisfaction with our course and educational content offerings, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

The success of our business depends on our ability to deliver high-quality learning experiences and help students achieve their learning objectives. We may not always be able to meet our students’ expectations in terms of academic performance due to a variety of reasons, many of which are outside of our control. We may face increased dropout rates and student dissatisfaction due to our students’ perceptions of our failure to help them achieve their anticipated academic goals, our students’ overall dissatisfaction with the quality of our course and educational content offerings and our faculty, as well as changing views of the value of the diplomas, degrees and qualifications they are pursuing through taking our courses. These factors may contribute to reduced student engagement and increased challenges in attracting and enrolling prospective students, all of which may adversely affect our prospects, business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

We face risks associated with our reliance on our STE course offerings, including risks resulting from changes in government policies or requirements relating to STE exams.

Our course offerings are concentrated to our STE course offerings, namely post-secondary courses designed for students pursuing associate diplomas or bachelor’s degrees by taking the STE exams. STE course offerings represent a significant portion of our net revenues, gross billings and new student enrollments. Our STE course offerings accounted for approximately 57.4%, 66.3% and 76.8%, respectively, of our net revenues and approximately 71.0%, 79.0% and 86.9%, respectively, of our gross billings in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017. During the same periods, our STE course offerings accounted for approximately 55.4%, 61.7% and 77.0%, respectively, of our new student enrollments.

Our reliance on STE course offerings may expose us to concentration risks. If there are significant reductions in the perceived value of degrees or diplomas our students are pursuing through the STE exams, or if the PRC government releases substantial updates to the requirements or formats of the STE exams and we are unable to upgrade our course or educational content offerings to address such developments in a timely manner, the demand for and attractiveness of our STE course offerings may be adversely affected, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to effectively identify, pursue and consummate strategic alliances or acquisitions, our ability to grow and to achieve profitability could be impacted.

We may from time to time engage in evaluations of, and discussions with, possible domestic and international acquisition or alliance candidates. We may not be able to identify suitable strategic alliances or acquisition opportunities, complete such transactions on commercially favorable terms, or successfully integrate

 

24


Table of Contents

business operations, infrastructure and management philosophies of acquired businesses and companies. There may be particular complexities, regulatory or otherwise, associated with our expansion into new markets, and our strategies may not succeed beyond our current markets. If we are unable to effectively address these challenges, our ability to execute acquisitions as a component of our long-term strategy will be impaired, which could have an adverse effect on our growth.

We face intense competition in our industry, which could divert student to our competitors, lead to pricing pressure and loss of market share, and significantly reduce our gross billings and net revenues.

China’s post-secondary and professional education market is intensely competitive. We compete with other online education service providers or traditional offline players, for student enrollments and engagement, high-quality academic and administrative faculty, and sales and marketing personnel, among other things. Some of our current and future competitors may have substantially greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we do, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students and decrease our market share. We also expect to face competition as a result of new entrants to the post-secondary and professional education market.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect our business or results of operations. For example, increased competition may result in pricing pressure for us in terms of the tuition we are able to negotiate to receive from a student. In addition, online education is characterized by rapid changes in students’ technological requirements and expectations and evolving market standards, and our competitors may develop platforms or other technologies that are superior to the platform and technology we use. These differences may affect our ability to recruit and retain students, which may render our online delivery format less competitive. The increasingly competitive landscape may also result in longer and more complex sales cycles with a prospective student or a decrease in our market share, any of which could negatively affect our gross billings and net revenues and our ability to grow our business.

If our security measures are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data by our employees or our third-party agents, we could lose existing students, fail to attract new students and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.

Maintaining platform security is of critical importance to our students because the platform stores and transmits proprietary and confidential information, which may include sensitive personally identifiable information that may be subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. As an online education service provider, we face an increasing number of threats to our IT infrastructure, including unauthorized activity and access by our employees or third-party agents, system viruses, worms, malicious code and organized cyberattacks, which could breach our security and disrupt our business. For example, we have introduced data security and confidentiality protocols into the cooperation agreements we enter into with third-party sales agents with whom we share prospective students’ contact information, and we have made technical improvements in our IT infrastructure to prevent unauthorized access of confidential or sensitive personal information by our employees and third-party sales agents in the process of engaging prospectus students. These measures, however, may not be as effective as we anticipate. In addition, there is no assurance that our third-party sales agents will comply with contractual and legal requirements with respect to data privacy when they collect data from our prospective students. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, we could be subject to liability or our business could be interrupted, potentially over an extended period of time. Any or all of these issues could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract and enroll prospective students, cause prospective students not to enroll or stay enrolled, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective students or investors. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.

 

25


Table of Contents

Privacy concerns could limit our ability to collect and leverage our user data and disclosure of user data could adversely impact our business and reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business and in particular in connection with conducting sales and marketing activities with our existing and prospective students, we collect and utilize data supplied by our users. We currently face certain legal obligations regarding the manner in which we treat such information. Increased regulation of data utilization practices, including self-regulation or findings under existing laws that limit our ability to collect, transfer and use data, could have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, if we were to disclose data about our users in a manner that was objectionable to them, our business reputation could be adversely affected, and we could face potential legal claims that could impact our operating results. Internationally, we may become subject to additional and/or more stringent legal obligations concerning our treatment of customer and other personal information, such as laws regarding data localization and/or restrictions on data export. Failure to comply with these obligations could subject us to liability, and to the extent that we need to alter our business model or practices to adapt to these obligations, we could incur additional expenses.

Tuition refunds or potential refund disputes may negatively affect our cash flow, financial condition, and reputation.

We offer different tuition refund options to our students depending on the time of enrollment and subject to certain conditions and restrictions in the service contract between us and each of our students. Generally, a student is offered a full, unconditional refund within 24 hours upon enrollment. If the student makes a refund request after taking at least one trial course lasting 30 minutes by reason of any material academic issue of our courses within certain refund period, we would offer such student a partial refund excluding the registration fees and the relevant academic fees for the trial lesson upon our confirmation. In addition, at our discretion, a partial refund may also be granted to the student who withdraws at any other time during his or her enrollment, subject to special approval by us. When calculating gross billings for a specific period, we deduct the total amount of refunds from the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages for such period. See “Business—Our Tuition and Fees.”

In 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, we had made RMB53.7 million, RMB61.3 million (US$9.0 million) and RMB53.2 million (US$7.8 million) of refund payments, respectively. The number of refund requests and the amount of refunds could be affected by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, without limitation to, student dissatisfaction with our teaching quality and our course and educational content offerings, privacy concerns relating to our online platforms, negative publicity regarding us or online education in general, and any change or development in PRC laws and regulations with respect to fees and tuitions charged by online education providers like us. See “We face risks associated with our lack of private school operating permit for our online education services as well as uncertainties surrounding PRC laws and regulations governing the education industry, including the Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementing Rules. ”Any refund payments that we may be required to make to our students, as well as the expenses we could incur for processing refunds and resolving refund disputes, could be substantial and could adversely affect our gross billings, net revenues, liquidity and financial condition. A high volume of refunds and refund disputes may also generate negative publicity that could harm our reputation. We have experienced in the past, and may experience in the future, negative publicity in relation to refund disputes between us and our students, which may significantly harm our brand name and divert our attention from operating our business.

Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key employees.

We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key employees, including, in particular, Mr. Jianhong Yin, also known as Peng Ou, our founder and the chairman of our Board of Directors, and Mr. Tongbo Liu, our director and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of any of our senior management or other key employees could harm our business. Competition for qualified talents in China is

 

26


Table of Contents

intense. If one or more of our senior management or other key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to find replacements in a timely manner, or at all, and our business may be disrupted. Moreover, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose student enrollments, qualified teaching faculty members and other key sales and marketing personnel to our competitors. Our future success is also dependent on our ability to attract a significant number of qualified employees and retain existing key employees. If we are unable to do so, our business and growth may be materially and adversely affected. Our need to significantly increase the number of our qualified employees and retain key employees may cause us to materially increase compensation-related costs, including share-based compensation.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, collaboration and focus that contribute to our business.

We believe that a critical component of our success is our corporate culture, which fosters innovations and has roots in a deep understanding of our students and the evolving education industry in China. As we continue to expand and grow our business, we may find it difficult to maintain these valuable aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could undermine our reputation in the marketplace and negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees and students, which would in turn jeopardize our future success.

We may from time to time be subject to infringement claims relating to intellectual properties of third parties.

We cannot assure you that our course offerings and educational contents and our IT technologies and platforms do not or will not infringe upon copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual properties, and we may not prevail in those disputes.

We have adopted policies and procedures to prohibit our students and employees from infringing upon third-party copyright or intellectual property rights. However, we cannot ensure that they will not, against our policies, use third-party copyrighted materials or intellectual property without proper authorization in our classes or via any medium through which we provide our services. We may incur liability for unauthorized duplication or distribution of materials posted on our websites or used in our classes. We have been involved in claims against us alleging our infringement of third-party intellectual property rights and we may be subject to such claims in the future. For example, our quiz banks designed for students pursuing the STE exams contain a pool of over 973,000 quizzes as of December 31, 2017, and we have not entered into any licensing arrangements with, or otherwise obtained any consent from, the government agencies administering the STE exams for using these questions. Although we have never been subject to any legal or administrative penalties or proceedings relating to our use of these sample questions, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to infringement claims associated with our use of real STE questions in the future. Any such intellectual property infringement claim could result in costly litigation and divert our management attention and resources, which in turn could negatively affect our business, financial condition and prospect.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. Although we seek to obtain copyright or patent protection for our intellectual property when applicable, it is possible that we may not be able to do so successfully or that the copyright or patent we have obtained may not be sufficient to protect all of our intellectual property rights. In particular, we rely, to the great extent, upon our educational content developed in-house, including course syllabi and outlines, quiz banks, teaching notes, and learning outcomes trees, to provide high-quality online education services. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary education contents and other intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or duplicate our intellectual property or otherwise use our intellectual

 

27


Table of Contents

properties without obtaining our consent. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will effectively prevent misappropriation of our intellectual properties. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our students, employees and third-party vendors may engage in intentional or negligent misconduct or other improper activities or misuse our platform, which could harm our brand and reputation.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconducts committed by our students, employees and vendors, including certain third-party sales and marketing agencies. For example, in some instances, our students and our faculty members may post to our platform articles or other third-party content for use in class discussions. The PRC laws governing the fair use of these third-party materials are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging for us to adopt and implement policies governing these practices. We could, as a result, incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, distribution or other use of these materials. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and attention of management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Additionally, we may be required to alter or cease our uses of such materials, which may include changing or removing content from courses or altering the functionality of our platform, or to pay monetary damages. Fraud or other misconducts by our students, employees or third parties may also involve engaging in unauthorized misrepresentation to our potential students and misappropriating third-party intellectual property and other propitiatory rights during marketing activities, misusing sensitive personal information of our students, and engaging in bribery or other unlawful payments, any of which could result in customer complaints, regulatory and legal liabilities, as well as serious harm to our brand and reputation.

We may be the subject of detrimental conduct by third parties such as our competitors, including complaints to regulatory agencies and the public dissemination of malicious assessments of our business, which could have a negative impact on our reputation and cause us to lose market share, students and revenues, and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

We have been, and in the future may be, the target of anti-competitive, harassing or other detrimental conduct by third parties including our competitors. Such conduct may include complaints, anonymous or otherwise, to regulatory agencies regarding our operations, accounting, business relationships, business prospects and business ethics. Additionally, allegations, directly or indirectly against us, may be posted online by anyone, whether or not related to us, on an anonymous basis. We may be subject to government or regulatory investigation as a result of such third-party conduct and may be required to expend significant time and incur substantial costs to address such third-party conduct, and there is no assurance that we will be able to conclusively refute each of the allegations within a reasonable period of time, or at all. Our reputation may also be materially negatively affected as a result of the public dissemination of anonymous allegations or malicious statements about our business, which in turn may cause us to lose students and revenues, and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

Our user metrics and other estimates are subject to inaccuracy in measuring our operating performance, which may harm our reputation.

We continually review number of students, new student enrollments, gross billings per new student enrollment, and other operating metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance and make strategic decisions. These metrics are calculated using internal data, have not been validated by an independent third party and may not be indicative of our future operating performance. While these numbers are based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates for the applicable period of measurement, there are inherent challenges in measuring how our website and mobile application are used across a large student base. For example, we may not be able to identify individual students who have multiple accounts from multiple students who share one account on our website or mobile application. In addition, we collect student reviews to measure student

 

28


Table of Contents

satisfaction rate and other student engagement metrics, but these reviews may not be representative of our entire student population. Errors or inaccuracies in our metrics or data could result in incorrect business decisions and inefficiencies. For instance, if a significant understatement or overstatement of student satisfaction or student acquisition costs were to occur, we might expend resources to implement unnecessary business measures or fail to take required actions to remedy an unfavorable trend. If investors do not perceive our operating metrics to accurately represent our operating performance, or if we discover material inaccuracies in our operating metrics, our reputation may be harmed.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and other control deficiencies as of December 31, 2016. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified relate to (i) the lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP, and (ii) lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to remedy these material weaknesses. For details, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” The implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. Our failure to correct theses material weaknesses or our failure to discover and address any other material weaknesses could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report from management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404.

 

29


Table of Contents

Generally speaking, if we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We have granted, and may continue to grant, share incentives, which may result in increased share based compensation expenses.

We adopted an equity incentive plan in October 2017, or the 2017 Plan, for the purpose of granting share based compensation awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants to incentivize their performance and promote the success of our business.

We account for compensation costs for all share-based awards using a fair-value based method and recognize expenses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under the 2017 Plan, we are authorized to grant options, restricted stock units and other types of awards the administrator of the 2017 Plan decides. Under the 2017 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards is 483,846 shares. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase a total of 61,253 ordinary shares were outstanding under the 2017 Plan. We believe the granting of share-based

 

30


Table of Contents

awards is of significant importance to our ability to attract and retain key personnel and employees, and we will continue to grant share-based awards in the future. As a result, our expenses associated with share-based compensation may increase, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefits plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where our employees are based. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Our failure in making contributions to various employee benefit plans and in complying with applicable PRC labor-related laws may subject us to late payment penalties, and we could be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, to the extent that we can make a reasonable estimate of the liability arising from our failure in making full contributions to various employee benefit plans, we record a related contingent liability. However, the amount of our estimates may be inaccurate, in which case our financial condition and cash flow may be adversely affected if we were to pay late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits.

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The currently effective PRC Labor Contract Law was first adopted on June 29, 2007 and later amended on December 28, 2012. The PRC Labor Contract Law has reinforced the protection of employees who, under the PRC Labor Contract Law, have the right, among others, to have written employment contracts, to enter into employment contracts with no fixed term under certain circumstances, to receive overtime wages and to terminate or alter terms in labor contracts. Furthermore, the PRC Labor Contract Law sets forth additional restrictions and increases the costs involved with dismissing employees. To the extent that we need to significantly reduce our workforce, the PRC Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to do so in a timely and cost-effective manner, and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, for employees whose employment contracts include noncompetition terms, the PRC Labor Contract Law requires us to pay monthly compensation after such employment is terminated, which will increase our operating expenses.

In addition, we are required by PRC laws and regulations to make social insurance registration and open housing fund account with relevant governmental authorities and pay various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. The relevant government agencies may examine whether an employer has made adequate payments of the requisite statutory employee benefits, and those employers who fail to make adequate payments may be subject to late payment fees, fines and/or other penalties. If we fail to make adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions, we may be subject to fines and legal sanctions, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers by increasing the prices of our products and services, our financial conditions and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

We face certain risks relating to the real properties that we lease.

We lease real properties from third parties primarily for our office use in China, and the lease agreements for most of these leased properties have not been registered with the PRC governmental authorities as required

 

31


Table of Contents

by PRC law. Although the failure to do so does not in itself invalidate the leases, we may be ordered by the PRC government authorities to rectify such noncompliance and, if such noncompliance were not rectified within a given period of time, we may be subject to fines imposed by PRC government authorities ranging from RMB1,000 and RMB10,000 for approximately 125 of our lease agreements that have not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any regulatory or governmental actions, claims or investigations being contemplated or any challenges by third parties to our use of our leased properties the lease agreements of which have not been registered with the government authorities. However, we cannot assure you that the government authorities will not imposed fines on us due to our failure to register any of our lease agreements, which may negatively impact our financial condition.

We lease real properties from third parties in China for marketing and providing offline consultation related to our online services for potential students or existing students. Some of the ownership certificates or other similar proof of certain leased properties have not been provided to us by the relevant lessors. Therefore, we cannot assure you that such lessors are entitled to lease the relevant real properties to us. If the lessors are not entitled to lease the real properties to us and the owners of such real properties decline to ratify the lease agreements between us and the respective lessors, we may not be able to enforce our rights to lease such properties under the respective lease agreements against the owners. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any claim or challenge brought by any third parties concerning the use of our leased properties without obtaining proper ownership proof. If our lease agreements are claimed as null and void by third parties who are the real owners of such leased real properties, we could be required to vacate the properties, in the event of which we could only initiate the claim against the lessors under relevant lease agreements for indemnities for their breach of the relevant leasing agreements. We cannot assure you that suitable alternative locations are readily available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and if we are unable to relocate our operations in a timely manner, our operations may be interrupted.

Our operations depend on the performance of the internet infrastructure and telecommunications networks in China.

The successful operation of our business depends on the performance of the internet infrastructure and telecommunications networks in China. Almost all access to the internet is maintained through state-owned telecommunications operators under the administrative control and regulatory supervision of the MIIT. Moreover, we have entered into contracts with various subsidiaries of a limited number of telecommunications service providers at provincial level and rely on them to provide us with data communications capacity through local telecommunications lines. We have limited access to alternative networks or services in the event of disruptions, failures or other problems with China’s internet infrastructure or the telecommunications networks provided by telecommunications service providers. Our platform regularly serves a large number of users and advertisers. With the expansion of our business, we may be required to upgrade our technology and infrastructure to keep up with the increasing traffic on our platform. However, we have no control over the costs of the services provided by telecommunications service providers. If the prices we pay for telecommunications and internet services rise significantly, our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. If internet access fees or other charges to internet users increase, our user traffic may decline and our business may be harmed.

We currently do not have any business insurance coverage.

Insurance companies in China currently do not offer as extensive an array of insurance products as insurance companies in more developed economies. Currently, we do not have any business liability or disruption insurance to cover our operations. We have determined that the costs of insuring for these risks and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to have such insurance. Any uninsured business disruptions may result in our incurring substantial costs and the diversion of resources, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

32


Table of Contents

We face risks related to natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, health epidemics and other catastrophic incidents, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

China has in the past experienced significant natural disasters, including earthquakes, extreme weather conditions, as well as health scares related to epidemic diseases, and any similar event could materially impact our business in the future. If a disaster or other disruption were to occur in the future that affects the regions where we operate our business, our operations could be materially and adversely affected due to loss of personnel and damages to property. Even if we are not directly affected, such a disaster or disruption could affect the operations or financial condition of our ecosystem participants, which could harm our results of operations.

In addition, our business could be affected by public health epidemics, such as the outbreak of avian influenza, severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, Zika virus, Ebola virus or other disease. If any of our employees is suspected of having contracted a contagious disease, we may be required to apply quarantines or suspend our operations. Furthermore, any future outbreak may restrict economic activities in affected regions, resulting in reduced business volume, temporary closure of our offices or otherwise disrupt our business operations and adversely affect our results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

Foreign investment in the value-added telecommunication services industry in China is extensively regulated and subject to numerous restrictions. Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2017 Revisions), or the Guidance Catalog, with a few exceptions, foreign investors are not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interests in a value-added telecommunication service provider and any such foreign investor must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas and maintain a good track record.

We are a Cayman Islands company and our wholly-owned PRC subsidiaries are currently considered foreign-invested enterprise. Accordingly, our PRC subsidiaries are not eligible to provide value-added telecommunication services in China. To ensure strict compliance with the PRC laws and regulations, we conduct such business activities through Beijing Sunlands, our consolidated variable interest entity, or VIE, and its subsidiaries. Wuhan Zhibo, our wholly owned subsidiary in China, has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, its shareholders and certain of our VIE’s subsidiaries, which enable us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE, (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE, and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have control over and are the primary beneficiary of our VIE and hence consolidate its financial results as our VIE under U.S. GAAP. See “Corporate History and Structure” for further details.

If the PRC government finds that our contractual arrangements do not comply with its restrictions on foreign investment in the value-added telecommunication services, or if the PRC government otherwise finds that we, our VIE, or any of its subsidiaries are in violation of PRC laws or regulations or lack the necessary permits or licenses to operate our business, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including the MIIT and SAIC, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations or failures, including, without limitation:

 

    revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of such entities;

 

    discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operation through any transactions between our PRC subsidiary and our VIE;

 

33


Table of Contents
    imposing fines, confiscating the income from our PRC subsidiary or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

 

    requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE; or

 

    restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China.

Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of our VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and/or our failure to receive the economic benefits from our VIE, we may not be able to consolidate the entity in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our business may be significantly affected by the Draft Foreign Investment Law, if implemented as proposed.

On January 19, 2015, the PRC Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, published the Draft Foreign Investment Law. At the same time, MOFCOM published an accompanying explanatory note of the draft Foreign Investment Law, which contains important information about the draft Foreign Investment Law, including its drafting philosophy and principles, main table of contents, plans to transition to the new legal regime and treatment of business in China controlled by foreign invested enterprises. The Draft Foreign Investment Law proposes significant changes to the PRC foreign investment legal regime and, when implemented, may have a significant impact on businesses in China controlled by foreign invested enterprises primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business. Please refer to “Regulation—Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment” for further details. MOFCOM solicited comments on the Draft Foreign Investment Law in 2015, but no new draft has been published since then. There is substantial uncertainty with respect to its final content, interpretation, adoption timeline and effective date. It is anticipated, however, that the draft Foreign Investment Law will reflect regulations on variable interest entities. MOFCOM suggests both registration and approval as potential options for the regulation of variable interest entity structures, depending on whether they are “Chinese” or “foreign controlled.” One of the core concepts of the draft Foreign Investment Law is “de facto control,” which emphasizes substance over form in determining whether an entity is “Chinese” or “foreign-controlled. ” “Chinese investors” are individuals who are Chinese nationals, Chinese government agencies and any domestic enterprise controlled by Chinese nationals or government agencies. “Foreign investors” are foreign citizens, foreign governments, international organizations and entities controlled by foreign citizens and entities.

It is unclear whether our current corporate structure will be considered “Chinese” under the scheme of the Draft Foreign Investment Law, though the fact that two Chinese nationals, Mr. Peng Ou and Mr. Tongbo Liu, jointly own a majority of our outstanding shares increases the likelihood that we will be treated as a Chinese controlled company. In the event that our contractual arrangements under which we operate our value-added telecommunication services are not treated as a domestic investment and/or our operation of online education services are classified as a “prohibited business” in the Prohibited List under the Draft Foreign Investment Law when officially enacted, such contractual arrangements may be deemed as invalid and illegal and we may be required to unwind the contractual arrangements and/or dispose of such business.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders for a large portion of our business operations which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with Beijing Sunlands, or our VIE, its shareholders and certain of its subsidiaries to operate our online education services business in China. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our

 

34


Table of Contents

VIE. For example, our VIE and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests. The revenues contributed by our VIE and its subsidiaries constituted substantially all of our net revenues in 2015, 2016 and the first half of 2017.

If we had direct ownership of our VIE, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our VIE, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIE and its shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our VIE. The shareholders of our consolidated VIE may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the contractual arrangements with our VIE. If any disputes relating to these contracts remain unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our VIE may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

Any failure by our VIE or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

If our VIE or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure will be effective under PRC law. For example, if the shareholders of our VIE refuse to transfer their equity interest in our VIE to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they otherwise act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations. In addition, if any third parties claim any interest in such shareholders’ equity interests in our VIE, our ability to exercise shareholders’ rights or foreclose the share pledge according to the contractual arrangements may be impaired. If these or other disputes between the shareholders of our VIE and third parties were to impair our control over our VIE, our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIE would be affected, which would in turn result in a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

Our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law, and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures.

The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIE, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

 

35


Table of Contents

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may refuse to sign or breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and these shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our VIE owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the transactions are conducted. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the VIE contractual arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s-length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust the income of our VIE in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIE for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing our PRC subsidiary’s tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIE for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIE’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

We may lose the ability to use, or otherwise benefit from, the licenses, approvals and assets held by our VIE, which could severely disrupt our business, render us unable to conduct some or all of our business operations and constrain our growth.

As part of our contractual arrangements with our VIE, our VIE holds certain assets, licenses and permits that are material to our business operations, such as the ICP License and the License for the Production and Operation of Radio and Television Program. The contractual arrangements contain terms that specifically obligate VIE’s shareholders to ensure the valid existence of the VIE and restrict the disposal of material assets of the VIE. However, in the event the VIE’s shareholders breach the terms of these contractual arrangements and voluntarily liquidate our VIE, or our VIE declares bankruptcy and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, or are otherwise disposed of without our consent, we may be unable to conduct some or all of our business operations or otherwise benefit from the assets held by the VIE, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our VIE undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its shareholders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of the assets of the VIE, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business as well as constrain our growth.

Certain of our existing shareholders have substantial influence over our company, and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other stockholders.

Mr. Peng Ou, our founder and the chairman of our Board of Directors, owns approximately 45.3% of our voting power and Mr. Tongbo Liu, our director and our Chief Executive Officer, owns approximately 16.8% of

 

36


Table of Contents

our voting power as of the date of this prospectus, on a fully diluted basis. As a result, each have significant influence over our business, including decisions regarding mergers, consolidations, liquidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a future change of control, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our ADSs.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Substantially all of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to a reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past three decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy. These uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal requirements and our ability to enforce our contractual rights or tort claims. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited or frivolous legal actions or threats in attempts to extract payments or benefits from us.

 

37


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, all our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a Cayman Islands holding company and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including for services of any debt we may incur. Our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends is based upon its distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to its respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiary, our VIE and its subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of our PRC subsidiaries as a Foreign Invested Enterprise, or FIE, is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at its discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated.

The custodians or authorized users of our controlling non-tangible assets, including chops and seals, may fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets.

Under the PRC law, legal documents for corporate transactions, including agreements and contracts are executed using the chop or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with relevant PRC industry and commerce authorities.

In order to secure the use of our chops and seals, we have established internal control procedures and rules for using these chops and seals. In any event that the chops and seals are intended to be used, the responsible

 

38


Table of Contents

personnel will submit the application through our office automation system and the application will be verified and approved by authorized employees in accordance with our internal control procedures and rules. In addition, in order to maintain the physical security of our chops, we generally have them stored in secured locations accessible only to authorized employees. Although we monitor such authorized employees, the procedures may not be sufficient to prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. There is a risk that our employees could abuse their authority, for example, by entering into a contract not approved by us or seeking to gain control of one of our subsidiaries or consolidated VIEs. If any employee obtains, misuses or misappropriates our chops and seals or other controlling non-tangible assets for whatever reason, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve and divert management from our operations.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Any funds we transfer to our PRC subsidiary, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the approval of or filing with the MOFCOM or its local branches and registration with a local bank authorized by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE. In addition, (i) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with SAFE or its local branches and (ii) our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its total investment amount and registered capital. For the restriction and limitation on the amount of loans, please see “Regulation—Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies” for details. Any medium or long-term loan to be provided by us to our VIE must be registered with the NDRC and the SAFE or its local branches. We may not be able to complete such registrations on a timely basis, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to complete such registrations, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, which took effect as of June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of FIEs and allows FIEs to settle their foreign exchange capital at their discretion, but continues to prohibit FIEs from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond their business scopes, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between nonfinancial enterprises. The SAFE issued the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or SAFE Circular 16, effective in June 2016. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 16, enterprises registered in China may also convert their foreign debts from foreign currency to Renminbi on a self-discretionary basis. SAFE Circular 16 provides an integrated standard for conversion of foreign exchange under capital account items (including but not limited to foreign currency capital and foreign debts) on a self-discretionary basis which applies to all enterprises registered in China. SAFE Circular 16 reiterates the principle that Renminbi converted from foreign currency-denominated capital of a company may not be directly or indirectly used for purposes beyond its business scope or prohibited by PRC laws or regulations, while such converted Renminbi shall not be provided as loans to its non-affiliated entities. As this circular is relatively new, there remains uncertainty as to its interpretation and application and any other future foreign exchange related rules. Violations of these Circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to use Renminbi converted from the net proceeds of this offering to fund the establishment of new entities in China by our VIE or its subsidiaries, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiaries, or to establish new consolidated VIEs in China, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has started to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar, though there have been periods when the U.S. dollar has appreciated against the RMB. On August 11, 2015, the PBOC allowed the Renminbi to depreciate by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. Since then and until the end of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated against the U.S. dollar by approximately 10%. It is difficult to predict how long such depreciation of RMB against the U.S. dollar may last and when and how the relationship between the RMB and the U.S. dollar may change again.

All of our revenue and substantially all of our costs are denominated in Renminbi. We are a holding company and we rely on dividends paid by our operating subsidiaries in China for our cash needs. Any significant revaluation of Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position reported in Renminbi when translated into U.S. dollars, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, the ADSs in U.S. dollars. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiaries and VIE to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.

Certain PRC regulations may make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions.

Among other things, the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in 2006 and amended in 2009, established

 

40


Table of Contents

additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that the MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, issued by the State Council in 2008, are triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC which became effective in 2008 requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, PRC national security review rules which became effective in September 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiarys ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents’ Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Offshore Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75, which ceased to be effective upon the promulgation of SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, will be required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an SPV is required to update its filed registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE. If any PRC shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiary in China. On February 13, 2015, the SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

Most of our shareholders that we are aware of being subject to SAFE regulations, and we expect all of these shareholders will have completed all necessary registrations with the local SAFE branch or qualified banks as required by SAFE Circular 37 immediately before the completion of this offering. We cannot assure you, however, that all of these individuals may continue to make required filings or updates on a timely manner, or at all. We can provide no assurance that we are or will in the future continue to be informed of identities of all PRC

 

41


Table of Contents

residents holding direct or indirect interest in our company. Any failure or inability by such individuals to comply with SAFE regulations may subject us to fines or legal sanctions, such as restrictions on our cross-border investment activities or our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain foreign exchange-denominated loans from, our company or prevent us from making distributions or paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, as these foreign exchange regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, replacing earlier rules promulgated in 2007. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas-listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas-entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas-listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions, there may be additional restrictions on the ability of them to exercise their stock options or remit proceeds gained from sale of their stock into the PRC. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law. See “Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange—Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans.”

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with its “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, issued a circular, known as SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to SAT Circular 82, an

 

42


Table of Contents

offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China, and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe our company is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If the PRC tax authorities determine that our company is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we will be subject to PRC enterprise income on our worldwide income at the rate of 25%. Furthermore, we be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% (which, in the case of dividends, may be withheld at source by us). These rates may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty, but it is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares.

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving the transfer of taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The SAT Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax.

Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

 

43


Table of Contents

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37. For transfer of shares in our company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, you are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Since our auditors are located in China, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by the PCAOB.

Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditors’ audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditors’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

Starting in 2011 the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, were affected by a conflict between U.S. and Chinese law. Specifically, for certain U.S.-listed companies operating and audited in mainland China, the SEC and the PCAOB sought to obtain from the Chinese firms access to their audit work papers and related documents. The firms were, however, advised and directed that under Chinese law, they could not respond directly to the U.S. regulators on those requests, and that requests by foreign regulators for access to such papers in China had to be channeled through the CSRC.

In late 2012, this impasse led the SEC to commence administrative proceedings under Rule 102E of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against the Chinese accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm. A first instance trial of the proceedings in July 2013 in the SEC’s internal administrative court resulted in an adverse judgment against the firms. The administrative law judge proposed penalties on the firms including a temporary suspension of their right to practice before the SEC, although that proposed penalty did not take effect pending review by the Commissioners of the SEC. On February 6, 2015, before a review by the Commissioner had taken place, the firms reached a settlement with the

 

44


Table of Contents

SEC. Under the settlement, the SEC accepts that future requests by the SEC for the production of documents will normally be made to the CSRC. The firms will receive matching Section 106 requests, and are required to abide by a detailed set of procedures with respect to such requests, which in substance require them to facilitate production via the CSRC. If they fail to meet specified criteria, the SEC retains authority to impose a variety of additional remedial measures on the firms depending on the nature of the failure. Remedies for any future noncompliance could include, as appropriate, an automatic six-month bar on a single firm’s performance of certain audit work, commencement of a new proceeding against a firm, or, in extreme cases, the resumption of the current proceeding against all four firms. If additional remedial measures are imposed on the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC alleging the firms’ failure to meet specific criteria set by the SEC with respect to requests for the production of documents, we could be unable to timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

In the event that the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about any such future proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, U.S.-listed companies, and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to the delisting of our ADSs from the New York Stock Exchange or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our ADSs in the United States.

Regulation and censorship of information disseminated over the internet in China may adversely affect our business and reputation and subject us to liability for information displayed on our website.

The PRC government has adopted regulations governing internet access and the distribution of news and other information over the internet. Under these regulations, internet content providers and internet publishers are prohibited from posting or displaying over the internet content that, among other things, violates PRC laws and regulations, impairs the national dignity of China, or is reactionary, obscene, superstitious, fraudulent or defamatory. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in the revocation of licenses to provide internet content and other licenses, and the closure of the concerned websites. The website operator may also be held liable for such censored information displayed on or linked to the websites. If our website is found to be in violation of any such requirements, we may be penalized by relevant authorities, and our operations or reputation could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to the ADSs and This Offering

An active trading market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs may not develop and the trading price for our ADSs may fluctuate significantly.

We have applied to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange. We have no current intention to seek a listing for our ordinary shares on any stock exchange. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that a liquid public market for the ADSs will develop. If an active public market for the ADSs does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of the ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and we can provide no assurance that the trading price of the ADSs after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs.

 

45


Table of Contents

The trading price of the ADSs is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

The trading price of the ADSs is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

 

    variations in our revenues, earnings and cash flows;

 

    announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements of new offerings, solutions and expansions by us or our competitors;

 

    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

    detrimental adverse publicity about us, our services or our industry;

 

    announcements of new regulations, rules or policies relevant for our business;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    release of lockup or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities; and

 

    potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their ordinary shares on a per ADS basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately US$             per ADS. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our ADSs will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding the ADSs, the market price for the ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade the ADSs, the market price for the ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price or trading volume for the ADSs to decline.

 

46


Table of Contents

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the applicable lockup agreements. There will be              ADSs (representing              ordinary shares) outstanding immediately after this offering, or              ADSs (representing              ordinary shares) if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. In connection with this offering, [we, our directors executive officers and certain existing shareholders] have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell any ordinary shares or ADSs for [180] days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. However, the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of the ADSs. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

Techniques employed by short sellers may drive down the market price of the ADSs.

Short selling is the practice of selling securities that the seller does not own but rather has borrowed from a third party with the intention of buying identical securities back at a later date to return to the lender. The short seller hopes to profit from a decline in the value of the securities between the sale of the borrowed securities and the purchase of the replacement shares, as the short seller expects to pay less in that purchase than it received in the sale. As it is in the short seller’s interest for the price of the security to decline, many short sellers publish, or arrange for the publication of, negative opinions regarding the relevant issuer and its business prospects in order to create negative market momentum and generate profits for themselves after selling a security short. These short attacks have, in the past, led to selling of shares in the market.

Public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of short selling. Much of the scrutiny and negative publicity has centered on allegations of a lack of effective internal control over financial reporting resulting in financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. As a result, many of these companies are now conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations and, in the interim, are subject to shareholder lawsuits and/or SEC enforcement actions.

It is not clear what effect such negative publicity could have on us. If we were to become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we could have to expend a significant amount of resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend ourselves. While we would strongly defend against any such short seller attacks, we may be constrained in the manner in which we can proceed against the relevant short seller by principles of freedom of speech, applicable state law or issues of commercial confidentiality. Such a situation could be costly and time-consuming, and could distract our management from growing our business. Even if such allegations are ultimately proven to be groundless, allegations against us could severely impact our business operations, and any investment in the ADSs could be greatly reduced or even rendered worthless.

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on a price appreciation of the ADSs for a return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in the ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

 

47


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our Board of Directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in the ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of the ADSs. There is no guarantee that the ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in the ADSs.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under PRC law.

The M&A Rules purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for the purpose of seeking a public listing on an overseas stock exchange through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies or assets to obtain CSRC approval prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by a special purpose vehicle seeking CSRC approval of its overseas listings. The interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain whether it would be possible for us to obtain the approval, and any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining CSRC approval for this offering would subject us to sanctions imposed by the CSRC and other PRC regulatory agencies.

Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, has advised us that, based on its understanding of the current PRC laws and regulations, we will not be required to submit an application to the CSRC for the approval of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange because (i) we established the WFOE by means of direct investment and not through a merger or acquisition of the equity or assets of a “PRC domestic company” as such term is defined under the M&A Rules; and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules classifies the contractual arrangements under the VIE Agreements as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC legal counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering, and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC legal counsel, and hence we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in China, limit our ability to pay dividends outside of China, limit our operating privileges in China, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into China or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of the ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies also may take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs offered hereby. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to settlement and delivery, you do so at the risk that settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

 

48


Table of Contents

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law.”

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in China. In addition, most of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to direct the voting of your ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

Holders of ADSs do not have the same rights as our registered shareholders. As a holder of our ADSs, you will not have any direct right to attend general meetings of our shareholders or to cast any votes at such meetings. You will only be able to exercise the voting rights which attach to the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs indirectly by giving voting instructions to the depositary in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you may vote only by giving voting instructions to the depositary, as

 

49


Table of Contents

holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary may try to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs in accordance with your instructions. If we ask for your instructions, then upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will try to vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with those instructions. If we do not instruct the depositary to ask for your instructions, the depositary may still vote in accordance with instructions you give, but it is not required to do so. You will not be able to directly exercise any right to vote with respect to the underlying ordinary shares unless you withdraw the shares and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice of the meeting to enable you to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting to allow you to attend the general meeting and to vote directly with respect to any specific matter or resolution to be considered and voted upon at the general meeting. In addition, under our post-offering articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, for the purposes of determining those shareholders who are entitled to attend and vote at any general meeting, our directors may close our register of members and/or fix in advance a record date for such meeting, and such closure of our register of members or the setting of such a record date may prevent you from withdrawing the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs and becoming the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date, so that you would not be able to attend the general meeting or to vote directly. Where any matter is to be put to a vote at a general meeting, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting material in time to ensure you can direct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to direct how the shares underlying your ADSs are voted and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

You may experience dilution of your holdings due to the inability to participate in rights offerings.

We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of ADSs unless the distribution and sale of rights and the securities to which these rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs, or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. The depositary may, but is not required to, attempt to sell these undistributed rights to third parties, and may allow the rights to lapse. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems it expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may close its books in emergencies, and on weekends and public holidays. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of our ADSs generally when our share register or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary thinks it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of

 

50


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

    the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;

 

    the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

    the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

    the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis as press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we are subject to New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. However, New York Stock Exchange rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards. To the extent we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would enjoy under New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors in the ADSs or our ordinary shares.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that owns at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Cash is a passive asset for these purposes. Based on the expected composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets, including

 

51


Table of Contents

goodwill, which is based on the expected price of our ADSs in this offering, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary Wuhan Zhibo, our consolidated affiliated entity and the shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entity will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules. Because the treatment of the contractual arrangements is not entirely clear, because we will hold a substantial amount of cash following this offering, and because our PFIC status for any taxable year can be determined only after the end of such year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time (which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of the ADSs or ordinary shares, which could be volatile), there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for our current or any future taxable year. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor holds ADSs or ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See “Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

52


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our goals and growth strategies;

 

    our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our brand and services;

 

    our ability to retain and increase our student enrollments;

 

    our ability to offer new courses and educational content;

 

    our ability to engage, train and retain new faculty members;

 

    our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;

 

    our ability to maintain and improve technology infrastructure necessary to operate our business;

 

    competition in the online education industry in China;

 

    relevant government policies and regulations relating to our corporate structure, business and industry;

 

    our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

    general economic and business condition in China; and

 

    assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

53


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM OUR FOUNDER AND CHAIRMAN

At Sunlands, we are proud of what we do and what we have accomplished. Started in 2003 as an offline, classroom-based education company, we have now become China’s largest online post-secondary and professional education service provider, powered by China’s internet boom that has driven our operating results and established the foundation for our future growth.

I am particularly confident about our business due to the “flywheel effect” we enjoy—our investments in people, technology and education research and development generate strong organic momentum and propel us toward continuous growth and innovation, creating a virtuous cycle. As a public company, we will continue to invest prudently in our business to maintain our leading position and ensure our future success.

What inspires me every day is seeing our education services empower and enrich lives of our students.

Make high-quality education available to everyone

Everyone, no matter their station in life, should have access to high-quality education. Our online education platform makes education more accessible, removing the obstacles of traditional offline model that have made education unattainable for a vast number of people. We aim to meet China’s expanding education needs and previously unserved student population by continuing to offer high-quality online courses and building a vast library of educational resources that can be easily accessed through the internet.

Provide education that elevates and enriches lives

Today’s higher education has been influenced by two distinct models—Newman’s theory of a liberal education and Humboldt’s model of specialized education. While specialized professionals are necessary, we need more generalists, especially as many jobs become outdated faster than we realize as our technology continues to transform our society. I hope to instill the essence of a liberal education in our course offerings, through our own innovations and business partnerships. This will have a positive and lasting impact on our students’ lives, not only by helping them obtain diplomas and degrees that can help them achieve short-term career goals, but also by elevating and enriching their lives by teaching them to think critically and solve complex problems.

Nurture and spread new ideas

The core purpose of education is to spur innovation and generate ideas. I want to encourage and support our future faculty to spread knowledge and ideas, to research and innovate, and to promote science and humanities. Strengthening our leadership and fulfilling the core purpose of education requires us to motivate the smartest among us to explore and expand the boundaries of what we know.

There is a saying that the two most important days in one’s life is the day you are born and the day you discover your mission. The challenges and endless possibilities of fulfilling our mission is what excites me about our future. As we continue to create value for our students, employees and shareholders, we will strive to make the world better through the combined powers of education and technology.

Peng Ou

Founder and Chairman of Sunlands

December 13, 2017

 

54


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$             million, or approximately US$             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. [We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the ADSs being sold by the selling shareholders.]

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for the following purposes: (i) approximately US$[●] million for our course and educational content development, (ii) approximately US$[•] million for our research and development relating to our IT systems, (iii) approximately US$[•] million for our marketing and branding activities, (iv) approximately US$[●] million for potential selective investment and acquisition opportunities, and (v) approximately US$[●] million for general corporate purpose. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. In utilizing the proceeds from this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and to our consolidated VIE only through loans, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet these requirements on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

Pending use of the net proceeds, we intend to hold our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, financial instruments or demand deposits.

 

55


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares or the ADSs representing our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “PRC Regulation—Regulations on Foreign Exchange—Dividend Distribution.”

Our Board of Directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our Board of Directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our Board of Directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. If we pay any dividends on our ordinary shares, we will pay those dividends which are payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs to the depositary, as the registered holder of such ordinary shares, and the depositary then will pay such amounts to the ADS holders in proportion to the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs held by such ADS holders, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

 

56


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2017:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) a one-for-two share split of our ordinary shares and preferred shares effectuated in October 2017, and (ii) the automatic conversion of 954,274 Series A preferred shares, 826,389 Series B preferred shares and 141,264 Series B+ preferred shares held by all of our existing shareholders into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) a one-for-two share split of our ordinary shares and preferred shares effectuated in October 2017, and (ii) the automatic conversion of 954,274 Series A preferred shares, 826,389 Series B preferred shares and 141,264 Series B+ preferred shares held by all of our existing shareholders into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (iii) the issuance and sale of              ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs).

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    As of June 30, 2017  
    Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma as adjusted(1)  
    RMB     US$     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Mezzanine equity

           

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

    335,000       49,415          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

    335,000       49,415          

Shareholders’ deficit:

           

Ordinary shares (US$0.00005 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 3,818,618, 3,818,618 and 3,818,618 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively; 5,740,545 ordinary shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2017; and 954,274 Series A preferred shares, 826,389 Series B preferred shares and 141,264 Series B+ preferred shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited))

    1       —            

Additional paid-in capital(2)

    30,911       4,560          

Accumulated deficit

    (1,151,599     (169,870        

Noncontrolling interest

    158       23          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

    (1,120,529     (165,287        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit

    (785,529     (115,872        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

Notes:

(1) The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(2) Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity and total capitalization by $             million.

 

58


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 was approximately US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share from the public offering price per ordinary share.

Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after June 30, 2017, other than to give effect to (i) the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) our issuance and sale of ADSs offered in this offering at an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 would have been approximately US$             million, or US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share, or US$             per ADS, to purchasers of ADSs in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution on a per ordinary share basis at the initial public offering price per ordinary share is US$             and all ADSs are exchanged for ordinary shares:

 

Initial public offering price per ordinary share

   US$               

Net tangible book value per ordinary share

   US$               

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares

   US$               

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share as adjusted to give effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares, this offering as of June 30, 2017

   US$               

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

   US$               
  

 

 

 

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to new investors in the offering

   US$               
  

 

 

 

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2017, the differences between the existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us in this offering, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid at the initial public offering price of US$             per ADS before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. The total number of ordinary shares does not include ordinary shares underlying the ADSs issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

 

     Ordinary shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average Price
Per Ordinary
Share
     Average Price
Per ADS
 
        Amount (in
thousands of
US$)
     Percent        
     Number      Percent            US$      US$  

Existing shareholders

                 

New investors

                 

Total

                 

 

59


Table of Contents

The discussion and tables above also assume no exercise of any stock options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 61,253 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with an exercise price of US$84.75 per ordinary share, and there are a total of 120,394 ordinary shares available for future issuance upon the exercise of grants under the 2017 Plan. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

60


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi because our business is mainly conducted in China and all of our revenues are denominated in Renminbi. This prospectus contains translations of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the convenience of the reader. The conversion of Renminbi into U.S. dollars in this prospectus is based on the rate certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus are made at RMB6.7793 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2017. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On January 12, 2018, the rate was RMB6.4607 to US$1.00.

The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

     Noon Buying Rate  

Period

   Period End      Average(1)      Low      High  
     (RMB per US$1.00)  

2012

     6.2301        6.2990        6.3879        6.2221  

2013

     6.0537        6.1412        6.2438        6.0537  

2014

     6.2046        6.1704        6.2591        6.0402  

2015

     6.4778        6.2869        6.4896        6.1870  

2016

     6.9430        6.6549        6.9580        6.4480  

2017

           

June

     6.7793        6.8066        6.8382        6.7793  

July

     6.7240        6.7694        6.8039        6.7240  

August

     6.5888        6.6670        6.7272        6.5888  

September

     6.6533        6.5690        6.6591        6.4773  

October

     6.6328        6.6254        6.6533        6.5712  

November

     6.6090        6.6200        6.6385        6.5967  

December

     6.5063        6.5932        6.6210        6.5063  

2018

           

January (through January 12)

     6.4607        6.4949        6.5263        6.4607  

 

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

Notes:

(1) Annual averages were calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant month.

 

61


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

 

    political and economic stability;

 

    an effective judicial system;

 

    a favorable tax system;

 

    the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

 

    the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and

 

    Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

All of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and all of our assets are located outside the United States. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc. as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and Tian Yuan Law Firm, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and China, respectively, would:

 

    recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

 

    entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP has informed us that it is uncertain whether the courts of the Cayman Islands will allow shareholders of our company to originate actions in the Cayman Islands based upon securities laws of the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law related to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. As the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on making such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP has further informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained

 

62


Table of Contents

in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any reexamination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty, and € was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

We have been advised by Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would enforce judgments of United States courts or Cayman courts obtained against us or these persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal and state securities laws. Tian Yuan Law Firm has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands.

 

63


Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Corporate History

We commenced our education service business in August 2003. We remained an offline, classroom-based education service provider until we transitioned to an exclusively online education model in 2014.

In December 2013, we entered into a series of contractual arrangements, which we refer to original VIE arrangements in this prospectus, with Beijing Shangde Jiaxun Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Sunlands Jiaxun, and its shareholders. The original VIE arrangements enabled us to exercise effective control over Sunlands Jiaxun and its operating subsidiaries in the PRC, including the predecessor of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Beijing Sunlands, a limited liability company through which we currently conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC. During 2015 and 2016, as part of our plan to obtain equity financing in the PRC, we terminated the original VIE arrangements through a series of transactions.

In September 2015, Studyvip Online Education International Limited, our current ultimate holding company, was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In October 2017, Studyvip Online Education International Limited was renamed as Sunlands Online Education Group, or Sunlands Cayman. In October 2015, Sunlands Online Education HK Limited, or Sunlands HK, was incorporated in Hong Kong. Sunlands HK is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sunlands Cayman.

In July 2016, Beijing Sunlands issued equity interests for an aggregate consideration of RMB365 million to certain investors, which were repurchased by Beijing Sunlands in 2017.

In 2017, we entered into the following transactions to establish our current VIE and offshore holding structures to facilitate offshore financing:

 

    In August 2017, Sunlands HK established Wuhan Studyvip Online Education Co. Limited, or Wuhan Zhibo, our wholly owned subsidiary in the PRC;

 

    In August 2017, Wuhan Zhibo entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders. These contractual arrangements enable us to have effective control over, and receive the economic benefits of, Beijing Sunlands. Accordingly, we are considered the primary beneficiary of Beijing Sunlands and are able to consolidate Beijing Sunlands and its operating subsidiaries in the PRC. See “—Contractual Arrangements with Beijing Sunlands”;

 

    In August 2017, Sunlands Cayman issued an aggregate of 477,137 Series A preferred shares to certain investors for a total consideration equivalent to approximately RMB242 million and issued an aggregate of 413,194.5 Series B preferred shares to an investor for a consideration of US$90 million;

 

    In September 2017, Sunlands Cayman issued an aggregate of 70,632 Series B+ preferred shares to an investor for an aggregate consideration of US$20 million; and

 

    In October 2017, Sunlands Cayman effectuated a one-for-two share split, pursuant to which each of its issued and outstanding ordinary shares and preferred shares was split into two ordinary shares or preferred shares, as the case may be.

We conduct our business in the PRC primarily through Beijing Sunlands and its PRC subsidiaries which generated substantially all of our net revenues in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Beijing Sunlands and its PRC subsidiaries hold our ICP license and other licenses and permits necessary for our business operations in the PRC.

 

64


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters:

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

   Equity interest

LOGO

   Contractual arrangements, including the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, the business operation agreement, the equity interest pledge agreement, the option agreement, the powers of attorney and the spousal consent letters. See “—Contractual Arrangements with Beijing Sunlands.”

 

(1) The Founder Holding Platform is Pingxiang Miniewa Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), whose general partner is Mr. Peng Ou, our founder and Chairman of our Board of Directors.
(2) The Senior Management Holding Platforms consist of Pingxiang Wuerken Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), Pingxiang Saiersi Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership), Pingxiang Xisailuo Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership) and Pingxiang Bosaidong Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership). The general partner of each of these entities is Mr. Tongbo Liu, our chief executive officer and a director.

Contractual Arrangements with Beijing Sunlands

Currently, our online education service business in China is operated primarily through Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership in value-added telecommunication services and other internet related business, and we have effective control over, and are the primary beneficiary of, Beijing Sunlands through a series of contractual arrangements by and among our wholly owned PRC subsidiary Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, and certain operating subsidiaries of Beijing Sunlands.

The following is a summary of these contractual arrangements. In the summary, we refer to the subsidiaries of Beijing Sunlands as signing parties to the VIE contractual arrangements collectively as Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries.

 

65


Table of Contents

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement. Under the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, and Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries, Wuhan Zhibo has the exclusive right to provide, among other things, technical consultation and services to Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries, and Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries agree to accept all the consultation and services provided by Wuhan Zhibo. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging any third party to provide any services contemplated by this agreement. In addition, Wuhan Zhibo has exclusive and proprietary ownership, rights and interests in any and all intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this agreement. Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries agree to pay a quarterly service fee to Wuhan Zhibo at an aggregate amount of a certain percentage ranging from 10% to 100% of the monthly revenue of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries in such quarter. Unless terminated by Wuhan Zhibo, this agreement will remain effective until the dissolution of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands and the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries do not have the right to terminate this exclusive technical consultation and service agreement.

Business Operation Agreement. Under the business operation agreement, each of Beijing Sunlands, the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands confirmed and agreed that, without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, it shall not engage in any transaction or conduct that has a material adverse effect on the assets, business, personnel, obligations, rights or operations of Beijing Sunlands and the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries, including but not limited to sale or purchase of any assets or rights with a price exceeding RMB50,000, incurrence of any encumbrance on any of its assets, including intellectual property rights, in favor of a third party, amendment to its articles of association or business scope, or change of its normal operation procedures. Beijing Sunlands, Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall accept and execute opinions and instructions of Wuhan Zhibo in connection with the employee engagement and dismissal, daily operations and financial management systems. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall elect or appoint the candidates recommended by Wuhan Zhibo as Beijing Sunlands’ directors and supervisors, and procure the appointment of Beijing Sunlands’ chairman of the board and senior management pursuant to Wuhan Zhibo’s designation. The agreement also provides that if any of the agreements among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries is terminated, Wuhan Zhibo is entitled to terminate all of the other agreements among itself, the Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries. This agreement was entered into on August 15, 2017 and became effective on November 3, 2017 and will remain binding until dissolution of Beijing Sunlands and all of the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries.

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement. Under the equity interest pledge agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands pledged all of their equity interests in Beijing Sunlands to Wuhan Zhibo as security for performance of the obligations of Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders under the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, the option agreement and the business operation agreement. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall instruct Beijing Sunlands not to distribute any dividends and shall not approve any profit distribution plan. If any of the specified events of default occurs, Wuhan Zhibo may exercise the right to enforce the pledges after giving a notice of default to the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands. Wuhan Zhibo may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under the equity interest pledge agreement to its designee(s) at any time. The equity interest pledge agreement is binding on the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and their successors. The equity interest pledge agreement became effective on November 3, 2017 and the pledges under the equity interest pledge agreement became effective on November 29, 2017 and will remain in effect until the fulfillment of all obligations under the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, the option agreement and the business operation agreement.

Option Agreement. Under the option agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands, each of the shareholders irrevocably granted Wuhan Zhibo a right to purchase, or designate a third party to purchase, equity interests in Beijing Sunlands then held by each shareholder at once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Wuhan Zhibo’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent

 

66


Table of Contents

permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall promptly donate all considerations they received from the exercise of the options to Wuhan Zhibo or the designated third party free of charge. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall not, individually or collectively, make or procure Beijing Sunlands to engage in any transaction or conduct that has a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights of Beijing Sunlands. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands shall not enter into any contract with a price exceeding RMB50,000, except for contracts in the ordinary course of business. Beijing Sunlands shall not be dissolved or liquidated without prior written consent by Wuhan Zhibo. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands waive their rights of pre-emption in regard to the transfer of equity interest by any other shareholder of Beijing Sunlands to Wuhan Zhibo as instructed. These agreements were entered into on August 15, 2017 and became effective on November 3, 2017 and shall remain in effect until all equity interests in Beijing Sunlands held by the shareholders have been transferred or assigned to Wuhan Zhibo in accordance with this agreement.

Powers of Attorney. Pursuant to the powers of attorney executed by the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands each irrevocably authorized Wuhan Zhibo to act on their respective behalf as exclusive agent and attorney, to the extent permitted by law, with respect to all rights of shareholders concerning all equity interests held by each of them in Beijing Sunlands, including but not limited to propose to convene shareholder meetings, accept any notice with respect to the convening and proceeding of the shareholder meeting, attend shareholder meetings, sign the shareholders resolutions on behalf of the authorizing parties, exercise all the shareholder’s rights (including but not limited to voting rights and right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all equity interests held in part or in whole) and designate and appoint on their respective behalf the president, directors, supervisors, chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other senior management members of Beijing Sunlands.

Spousal Consent Letters. Pursuant to the spousal consent letters executed by the spouses of the general partners of entities as the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of Beijing Sunlands are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the jointly possessed property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of Beijing Sunlands held by their spouses.

In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, the contractual arrangements among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders are valid, binding and enforceable under current PRC law. However, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership. There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. For a description of the risks related to our corporate structure, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure.”

 

67


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following summary consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 and summary consolidated cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2015     2016     2016     2017  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands, except for share, per share and per ADS data)  

Net revenues

    159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  

Cost of revenues(1)

    (61,713     (70,986     (10,471     (27,778     (46,179     (6,812
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    97,297       347,924       51,322       146,551       315,284       46,507  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

           

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

    (333,253     (503,643     (74,291     (215,057     (492,795     (72,691

Product development expenses(1)

    (5,189     (13,932     (2,055     (6,401     (11,039     (1,628

General and administrative expenses(1)

    (76,022     (89,390     (13,186     (46,483     (46,879     (6,915

Total operating expenses

    (414,464     (606,965     (89,532     (267,941     (550,713     (81,234
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (317,167     (259,041     (38,210     (121,390     (235,429     (34,727
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

    814       3,051       450       1,532       4,053       598  

Other income, net

    770       2,423       357       1,404       —         —    

Loss before income tax expenses

    (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Income tax expenses

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss from continuing operations

    (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax expenses of nil

    (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Loss from equity method investment

    —         —         —         —         (398     (59
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         (42     (6

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Sunlands

    (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,732     (34,182

Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Sunlands

    (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

    (83.36     (66.40     (9.79     (31.02     (60.68     (8.95

Income per ADS(2)

           

Basic

           

Diluted

           

 

68


Table of Contents

 

Notes:

(1)  Share-based compensation expenses included in:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2015     2016      2016      2017  
    RMB     RMB     US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
    (in thousands, except for share, per share and per ADS data)  

Cost of revenues

    —         —         —          —          —          —    

Sales and marketing expenses

    2,014       —         —          —          —          —    

Product development expenses

    —         —         —          —          —          —    

General and administrative expenses

    21,643       —         —          —          —          —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

    23,657       —         —          —          —          —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)  Each ADS represents              ordinary shares.

The following table presents our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30, 2017  
     2015     2016     RMB     US$     US$ Pro
forma(1)
 
     RMB     RMB     US$        
     (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,446       23,103       3,408       101,048       14,905    

Total assets

     100,098       244,991       36,139       558,215       82,341    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

     414,077       727,569       107,322       1,269,073       187,198    

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     33,765       71,377       10,530       74,671       11,015    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     471,842       798,946       117,852       1,343,744       198,213    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

     —         335,000       49,415       335,000       49,415    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (371,744     (888,955     (131,128     (1,120,529     (165,287  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes:

(1)  All of the preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares on a one-on-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information assumes the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, as if conversion would have occurred on December 31, 2017.

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents our selected consolidated cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, as well as the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016      2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB      RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

     445       89,272       13,169       41,193        267,516       39,461  

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

     (26,508     (117,695     (17,361     8,055        (127,733     (18,842

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     21,771       47,080       6,944       141,977        (61,838     (9,122

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,292     18,657       2,752       191,225        77,945       11,497  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year/period

     8,738       4,446       656       4,446        23,103       3,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year/period

     4,446       23,103       3,408       195,671        101,048       14,905  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Gross billings is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define gross billings for a specific period as the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages, net of the total amount of refunds paid in such period. For more details about our refunds, see “Business—Our Tuition and Fees.” Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our students for the entire course tuition at the time of sale of our course packages and recognize revenue proportionally over a period generally ranging from 18 to 36 months (with a weighted average of 21 months) for our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and a period generally ranging from six to 24 months (with a weighted average of 17 months) for our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses. We believe that gross billings provides valuable insight into the sales of our course packages and the performance of our business.

This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, its most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure has been provided in the tables included below. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. As gross billings has material limitations as an analytical metrics and may not be calculated in the same manner by all companies, it may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. In light of the foregoing limitations, you should not consider gross billings as a substitute for, or superior to, net revenues prepared in accordance with GAAP. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

 

70


Table of Contents

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using gross billings only as a supplemental measure. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross billings to net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: other revenues(1)

     (454     (5,741     (847     (2,340     (2,620     (386

Add: tax and surcharges

     5,517       14,302       2,110       5,699       12,124       1,788  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     414,077       727,569       107,322       553,472       1,269,073       187,198  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (132,024     (414,077     (61,080     (414,077     (727,569     (107,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     446,126       740,963       109,298       317,083       912,471       134,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
     (RMB in thousands)  

Net revenues

     79,425       94,904       113,392       131,189       155,637       205,826  

Less: other revenues(1)

     (354     (1,986     (1,513     (1,888     (888     (1,732

Add: tax and surcharges

     1,798       3,901       4,064       4,539       5,230       6,894  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     482,718       553,472       628,062       727,569       979,703       1,269,073  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (414,077     (482,718     (553,472     (628,062     (727,569     (979,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     149,510       167,573       190,533       233,347       412,113       500,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss and adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net Loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188

Add: Share-based compensation expenses

     23,657       —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (294,645     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education in terms of gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch. We have a deep understanding of the educational needs of our prospective students and offer solutions that help them achieve their aspirations. We currently focus on offering various degree- and diploma-oriented post-secondary courses through our online platforms. In addition, we offer professional education services including courses to help students prepare for professional certification exams and attain professional skills courses.

Started in 2003 as an offline, classroom-based education company, we have transitioned to an exclusively online education delivery model in 2014. Our online education model allows our students to access our educational services anywhere and anytime through participating in live streaming and recorded classes.

We have been successful in addressing the unmet demand of a large, growing market, and served approximately 550,000 students across China since 2014. The number of our students increased from 205,806 in 2015 to 382,805 in 2016, and from 286,899 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 407,960 for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

We offer post-secondary and professional education through a vast array of courses and educational content. As of June 30, 2017, we offered STE programs covering 18 majors, MBA-related programs and professional certification and skills programs. We adopt a counseling-oriented sales and marketing approach based on a deep understanding of students’ need as well as the courses and educational content we offer. We provide professional assistance and counseling to help students make informed decisions that best suit their learning needs based on their education background and goals, as well as to help them formulate effective study plans throughout their enrollments in our courses.

Our net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million), representing an increase of 107.3% from RMB174.3 million in the same period in 2016. Our net revenues in 2016 reached RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million), representing an increase of 163.4% from RMB159.0 million in 2015. Our gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB912.5 million (US$134.6 million), representing an increase of 187.8% from RMB317.1 million in the same period in 2016. Our gross billings in 2016 reached RMB741.0 million (US$109.3 million), representing an increase of 66.1% from RMB446.1 million in 2015. Our net loss in 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 was RMB318.3 million, RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million), RMB118.5 million and RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million), respectively. Our deferred revenue was RMB414.1 million, RMB727.6 million (US$107.3 million) and RMB1,269.1 million (US$187.2 million), respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017. Our net cash provided by operating activities was RMB41.2 million and RMB 267.5 million (US$39.5 million), respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and RMB0.4 million and RMB89.3 million (US$13.2 million), respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Major Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We operate in China’s online post-secondary and professional education market, and our results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by general factors affecting this market. Drivers for

 

72


Table of Contents

our growth include China’s rapid economic growth, continued urbanization, and rising per capita disposable income, all of which have allowed Chinese households, particularly working adults, to spend more disposable income on education. In addition, driven by a strong desire for employment, career promotion, salary increases and local residence qualification, post-secondary and professional education in China has grown rapidly in the past several years and is expected to continue to grow in the future.

Changes to China’s economy and GDP growth also have a material impact on the online post-secondary and professional education market. In addition, the industry we operate in is fragmented, and we face competition from traditional offline players. At the same time, our results are subject to changes in the regulatory regime governing China’s education industry, particularly uncertainties relating to online education services. The PRC government regulates various aspects of our business and operations, including the qualification and licensing requirements for entities that provide online education services and limitations on foreign investments in the online education industry.

Additionally, we believe that our results of operations and financial condition are also affected by company-specific factors, including the factors discussed below.

Our ability to respond to the evolving industry landscape and drive student acceptance of online education format

As an online service provider, we benefited significantly from the increasing proliferation of the internet, in particular the mobile internet, in China. In recent years, driven by the increasing number of internet users and mobile penetration rates, China’s online education industry has experienced an annual growth of more than 20%. China’s online post-secondary and professional education market is expected to grow from approximately RMB26.0 billion in 2016 to RMB123.5 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 29.7%, according to iResearch. According to the same source, China’s online STE tutoring market is expected to grow from approximately RMB2.4 billion in 2016 to RMB44.7 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 62.8%.

We believe that the online education format, as compared to traditional in-person classroom teaching, is superior as it breaks down the time and location barriers of offline education format and offers students more a flexible, convenient and cost-effective alternative. As a result, online education format has become increasingly popular among students, taking away market share from traditional offline players. See “Industry—Online Post-Secondary and Professional Education in China.” For this reason, we believe our ability to continue to grow our net revenues and gross billings significantly depends on our ability to continue to convert students to embrace online education formats over traditional offline education format.

Our ability to increase the number of our students and new student enrollments at optimal pricing

Our net revenues and gross billings primarily consist of tuition payments from our students and are therefore affected by the number of our students and new student enrollments and the pricing of our educational services.

Our net revenues and gross billings have grown significantly in recent years, primarily driven by the increase in the number of our students and new student enrollments. The number of our students increased from 205,806 in 2015 to 382,805 in 2016, and from 286,899 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 407,960 for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Our new student enrollments increased from 179,172 in 2015 to 188,733 in 2016, and from 89,066 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 148,573 for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Our ability to continue to increase the number of our students and new student enrollments is primarily driven by factors including the quality of our education services, the range and attractiveness of our course offerings, our brand reputation, our ability to convert leads into student enrollments cost-effectively, and the availability of loans from third-party credit providers to our students. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may face risks associated with the installment tuition payment plan we offer to our students.” Our ability to attract prospective students in target markets and expand our course offerings has a direct impact on

 

73


Table of Contents

maintaining growths in the number of our students and new student enrollments, which in turn is subject to several other factors largely beyond our control, including the perception of the effectiveness of online education as compared to offline, classroom-based courses and the popularity of the degrees, diplomas and professional certifications our students are pursuing.

Our net revenues and gross billings are also dependent on our ability to optimize our pricing. Our net revenues and gross billings growths in recent years have been in part driven by our increased ability to charge higher tuition for our course packages. Our gross billings per new student enrollment were approximately RMB6,141.6 (US$905.9) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, representing an increase of 72.5% from approximately RMB3,560.1 for the same period in 2016. Our pricing is affected by the overall demand, the prices and availability of competing courses, perception of the quality and effectiveness of our course offerings, and the income levels that our students expect to achieve upon passing the exams that they are pursuing through taking our courses.

Our ability to maintain an optimal mix of course length

We typically receive tuition from our students (or third-party credit providers in the case of students taking loans for their tuition) upfront at the time of sale of our course packages. The tuition we collect from a student is initially recorded as deferred revenues and is generally recognized proportionally throughout the duration of the programs that student has enrolled in. The weighted average length of our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses was approximately 21 months, and the weighted average length of our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses was approximately 17 months. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, our deferred revenues were RMB414.1 million, RMB727.6 million (US$107.3 million) and RMB1,269.1 million (US$187.2 million), respectively.

We continually evaluate our mix of course length. As we make these evaluations, we may market and sell courses with shorter or longer durations in order to balance among various goals, including satisfying student needs, driving revenue growth, and improving visibility of future earnings, which may affect our ability to increase our net revenues on a continuous basis. For example, if we increase the percentage of courses with longer durations in our total course offerings, our net revenues for a given period may reduce as an increasing part of our revenues may be deferred and recognized across longer periods. Any material change in our mix of course length could have a significant impact on our results of operations.

Our ability to sell and market our services cost-effectively

We depend on our ability to sell and market our services in a cost-effective manner to maintain and improve our operating margins.

Sales and marketing expenses have historically represented a substantial majority of our total operating expenses. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, our sales and marketing expenses were RMB333.3 million, RMB503.6 million (US$74.3 million) and RMB492.8 million (US$72.7 million), respectively. Our sales and marketing expenses are primarily composed of student acquisition expenses and employee salaries. Our ability to lower our sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of gross billings depends on our ability to improve sales and marketing efficiency and leverage our existing brand value and word-of-mouth referrals in our sales and marketing efforts. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our marketing effectiveness ratio, as measured by dividing our marketing spending by our gross billings, was 28.3%, 24.8%, 24.8% and 22.1%, respectively.

We have acquired many of our existing students through search engine marketing channels, mobile channels and, to a lesser extent, offline channels. Further, we rely on a large sales force to provide counseling-oriented sales services to convert sales leads into enrollments. As such, the cost-effectiveness of our sales and marketing depends heavily on our ability to enhance returns from different marketing channels, as well as to improve the

 

74


Table of Contents

efficiency of our counseling-oriented sales activities. We also plan to further strengthen our mobile marketing endeavors, which we believe are particularly critical to attracting prospective students who are not yet aware of solutions available to satisfy their desire to pursue post-secondary and professional education. These initiatives have placed, and will continue to place, significant strains on our ability to sell and market our course offerings in an efficient and cost-effective manner.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net revenues

We derive substantially all of our net revenues from tuition that we charge our students for the course packages that they purchase from us. In 2015 and 2016, we generated net revenues of RMB159.0 million and RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million), respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, we generated net revenues of RMB174.3 million and RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million), respectively.

We generally bill our students for the entire course tuition upfront at the time of sale of our course packages. The tuition we collect from a student is initially recorded as deferred revenues and is generally recognized proportionally over a weighted average period of 21 months for our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and a weighted average period of 17 months for our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, we had deferred revenues of RMB414.1 million, RMB727.6 million (US$107.3 million) and RMB1,269.1 million (US$187.2 million), respectively. For a reconciliation of our gross billings and net revenues, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our total net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2015     2016     2016     2017  
    RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

    93,953       59.1       292,653       43,169       69.8       117,695       67.5       292,119       43,091       80.8  

STE courses

    91,294       57.4       277,915       40,995       66.3       112,066       64.3       277,706       40,965       76.8  

Other degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

    2,659       1.7       14,738       2,174       3.5       5,629       3.2       14,413       2,126       4.0  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

    64,603       40.6       120,516       17,777       28.8       54,294       31.2       66,724       9,842       18.5  

Others(1)

    454       0.3       5,741       847       1.4       2,340       1.3       2,620       386       0.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    159,010       100       418,910       61,793       100       174,329       100       361,463       53,319       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

Cost of revenues

We recorded cost of revenues of RMB61.7 million and RMB71.0 million (US$10.5 million) in 2015 and 2016, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, we recorded cost of revenues of RMB27.8 million and RMB46.2 million (US$6.8 million), respectively. Our cost of revenues primarily consists of compensation for our teachers and mentors. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, the labor costs that we recorded as cost of revenues were RMB38.6 million, RMB52.8 million (US$7.8 million), and RMB36.0 million (US$5.3 million), respectively, accounting for 62.5%, 74.3% and 78.0%, respectively, of our cost of revenues for the same periods. Our cost of revenues also included exams and services expenses, teaching materials costs, and live streaming and related equipment costs. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in an absolute amount in line with our expansion of business and student base growth and to decrease as a percentage of our net revenues through economies of scale and continue to improved operating efficiency.

 

75


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing expenses and, to a lesser extent, general and administrative expenses and product development expenses. The following table sets forth our operating expenses, in absolute amounts and as percentages of total operating expenses, for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     RMB      %      RMB      US$      %      RMB      %      RMB      US$      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Sales and marketing

     333,253        80.4        503,643        74,291        83.0        215,057        80.3        492,795        72,691        89.5  

General and administrative

     76,022        18.3        89,390        13,186        14.7        46,483        17.3        46,879        6,915        8.5  

Product development

     5,189        1.3        13,932        2,055        2.3        6,401        2.4        11,039        1,628        2.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     414,464        100        606,965        89,532        100        267,941        100        550,713        81,234        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of (i) salaries paid to our sales and marketing personnel; (ii) student acquisition expenses, which mainly include expenses relating to our online sales and marketing channels and commissions for our sales and marketing personnel; and (iii) rentals of premises occupied by our sales and marketing personnel. Historically, we had incurred significant sales and marketing expenses as we invested substantially in our sales, branding and marketing efforts and expanding our sales and marketing team to increase student enrollments and gain market share. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in the foreseeable future as we plan to further grow our student enrollments to strengthen our existing leadership in China’s post-secondary and professional education market.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our sales and marketing expenses, in absolute amounts and as percentages of total sales and marketing expenses, for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     RMB      %      RMB      US$      %      RMB      %      RMB      US$      %  
     (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Employee salaries

     143,203        43.0        211,574        31,209        42.0        94,491        44.0        182,259        26,885        37.0  

Student acquisition expenses

     135,169        40.6        203,760        30,056        40.5        87,187        40.5        220,807        32,571        44.8  

Rentals

     28,240        8.4        43,857        6,469        8.7        21,458        10.0        29,138        4,298        5.9  

Others

     26,641        8.0        44,452        6,557        8.8        11,921        5.5        60,591        8,938        12.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and marketing expenses

     333,253        100        503,643        74,291        100        215,057        100        492,795        72,691        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our general and administrative expenses primarily consist of (i) compensation for our senior executives and administrative personnel, (ii) rentals of premises occupied by our senior executives and administrative personnel, and (iii) administrative and other expenses. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as we incur additional costs as a result of operating as a public company.

Our product development expenses primarily consist of (i) compensation for our course and educational content development professionals and technology development personnel, and (ii) rentals of premises occupied by our course and educational content development professionals and technology development personnel. We expect our product development expenses to increase in the foreseeable future, as we plan to continue to invest in our course and educational content development efforts to improve our teaching quality and student learning experience.

 

76


Table of Contents

Taxation

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current law of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital gains tax. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

Our wholly owned subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Sunlands Online Education HK Limited, is subject to Hong Kong profits tax on their activities conducted in Hong Kong at a uniform tax rate of 16.5%. Payments of dividends by our subsidiaries to us are not subject to withholding tax in Hong Kong.

PRC

Our subsidiaries and our consolidated VIE and its subsidiaries in China are companies incorporated under PRC law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on their taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (the “EIT Law”), which became effective on January 1, 2008, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where a special preferential rate applies. For example, enterprises qualified as “High and New Technology Enterprises” are entitled to a 15% enterprise income tax rate rather than the 25% uniform statutory tax rate. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.

Prior to May 2016, our PRC subsidiaries were subject to business tax and related surcharges at a rate of 3.36% and 5.6% on revenues related to educational services and non-educational services, respectively. Our net revenues are presented net of those taxes incurred.

Beginning in May 2016, in accordance with Tax rule (Cai Shui [2016] No. 68), the non-academic educational programs and services are subject to a simple VAT collection method at a rate of 3%. Entities which are subject to the tax rate of 3% are not allowed to offset qualified input VAT paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities. Our educational services which were previously subject to business tax, are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 3%. For non-educational services, the VAT rate is 6%, in accordance with Tax rule, Cai Shui [2016] No. 36.

As a Cayman Islands holding company, we may receive dividends from our PRC subsidiaries through Sunlands Online Education HK Limited. The PRC EIT Law and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC entity to a non-resident enterprise for income tax purposes is subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, subject to reduction by an applicable tax treaty with China. Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise may be reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or SAT Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to apply the reduced withholding tax rate: (i) it must be a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it must have directly owned such required percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. In August 2015, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Non-resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatment under Tax Treaties, or SAT Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. SAT Circular 60 provides that non-resident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax. Instead, non-resident enterprises and their withholding agents may,

 

77


Table of Contents

by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, Sunlands Online Education HK Limited may be able to benefit from the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends it receives from Wuhan Studyvip Online Education Co. Limited, or Wuhan Zhibo, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under SAT Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to SAT Circular 81 and SAT Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.

If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC EIT Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders.”

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting.

In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and other control deficiencies as of December 31, 2016. As defined in the standards established by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified relate to: (i) the lack of sufficient financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP, and (ii) the lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We do not believe that these material weaknesses had a significant impact on our financial reporting. To remedy identified material weaknesses, we have implemented, and plan to continue to implement, several measures, including:

 

    hiring additional competent and qualified accounting and reporting personnel with appropriate knowledge and experience of U.S. GAAP and SEC financial reporting requirements;

 

    establishing an ongoing program to provide sufficient and additional appropriate training to our accounting staff, especially trainings related to U.S. GAAP and SEC financial reporting requirements; and

 

    formulating internal accounting and internal control guidance on U.S. GAAP and SEC financial reporting requirements.

The implementation of these measures, however, may not fully address the material weaknesses identified in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.”

 

78


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate these judgments and estimates based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, our expectations regarding the future based on available information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application.

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors that should be considered when reviewing our financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. You should read the following description of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” This standard replaced existing revenue recognition rules with a comprehensive revenue measurement and recognition standard and expanded disclosure requirements. The ASU also includes guidance regarding the accounting for contract acquisition costs, which includes sales commissions. We have early adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method which requires us to present our financial statements for all periods as if Topic 606 had been applied to all prior periods. We did not apply practical expedients as provided under Topic 606.

We follow five steps for our revenue recognition under Topic 606: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

Our revenue is reported net of discount, business tax, value added tax and related surcharges. The primary sources of our revenues are as follows:

Online education services

We provide an integrated online education service package to students, including online live streaming audio-video interactive course content, recorded previous live audio-video course content, quiz banks, online chat rooms, and educational content. The services and goods provided in the package are highly interdependent and interrelated in the context of the contract and are only considered accessory services to the online live streaming and recorded courses which are not distinct and are not sold standalone. Therefore, our integrated online education services package is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The weighted average service period for degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and professional certification preparation and professional skills courses was 21 months and 17 months, respectively.

The transaction price of the integrated online education service package is determined by the contract amount net of any discounts. Students are offered a full, unconditional refund within 24 hours upon enrollment, and a partial refund for the undelivered courses, excluding registration fees, within seven days.

Online education services consist of two types of revenue models – the non-refundable course model and the refundable course model. Revenues for the non-refundable course model are recognized on a straight line

 

79


Table of Contents

basis over the service period from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends. For the refundable course model, we provide a student the ability to obtain a refund if the student achieves certain agreed conditions. We estimate the variable consideration to be earned and recognize revenue over time from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends on a straight line basis.

Our contract assets primarily consists of deferred costs, which represents the unamortized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of customers contract, and the contract liabilities primarily consists of deferred revenue.

Student Financing

We offer an installment payment option to students, under which the students obtain loans, ranging from three months to 12 months, from accredited credit sources (“Loan Companies”) for the purpose of satisfying the student’s tuition payment due. The borrowing student is obligated to repay the loan principal in installments ranging from three months to 12 months to the Loan Companies, while we agree with the Loan Companies to bear the student’s interest expense and service fees. The Loan Companies remit the tuition to us before the student completes the registration. The interest expense and service fees are recorded as a reduction of the transaction price.

Offline education services

Prior to 2016, we provided offline, classroom-based courses (“offline education services”) in relation to test preparation and continuing education to students in the PRC. The average service period was 24 months. We offered a partial refund, for the undelivered offline courses, excluding the registration fees, within 15 days after the course enrollment. The offline education services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. Tuition fees are collected in advance and the revenue, net of any discounts, was recognized proportionally over the service period.

Commission revenue

We earn commission revenue by providing referral services to third-party education institutions. Commission revenue is recognized when the referred students registered at the third-party education institutions and the tuition fees are paid, by when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Adoption of Topic 606

The implementation of Topic 606 had no cumulative effect to the beginning balance of shareholders’ deficit as of January 1, 2015. All incomplete contracts as of December 31, 2014 were related to the Group’s offline, class-room based education service which was accounted for as a single performance obligation, with no variable consideration arrangement and revenue was recognized over the service period. Accordingly, there was no impact upon adopting Topic 606 and we did not apply practical expedients as provided under ASC 606-10-65.

The full retrospective method requires an entity to present financial statements for all periods as if the new revenue standard had been applied to all prior periods. We have assessed the effect of adoption of this standard which relates to (i) variable consideration arrangement, pursuant to ASC606-10-32, of our refundable online education course launched in 2015, as well as (ii) capitalized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining the customer contract pursuant to ASC340-40.

Consolidation of variable interest entity

Our consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Sunlands Online Education Group, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries. All profits, transactions and balances among Sunlands Online Education Group, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

80


Table of Contents

PRC laws and regulations restrict foreign ownership in value-added telecommunication services and other internet-related business. As Wuhan Zhibo is deemed a foreign legal person under PRC laws, our subsidiary is not eligible to engage in the provision of online education services. Due to these restrictions, we conduct our online education service business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among (i) Wuhan Zhibo, our wholly owned PRC subsidiary, (2) Beijing Sunlands, our VIE, and (3) shareholders of Beijing Sunlands. As a result of these contractual arrangements, the shareholders of our VIE irrevocably granted Wuhan Zhibo the power to exercise all voting rights to which they were entitled. In addition, Wuhan Zhibo has the option to acquire all of the equity interests in the VIE, to the extent permitted by the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, for nominal consideration. Finally, Wuhan Zhibo is entitled to receive service fees for certain services to be provided to the VIE in an amount at Wuhan Zhibo’s discretion. We concluded that Beijing Sunlands is our VIE, of which we are the primary beneficiary. As such, we consolidate the results of operations of the VIE in our consolidated financial statements.

As advised by our PRC legal counsel, our corporate structure in China complies with all existing PRC laws and regulations. However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that as there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations, and we cannot assure you that the PRC government would agree that our corporate structure or any of the above contractual arrangements comply with current or future PRC laws or regulations. PRC laws and regulations governing the validity of these contractual arrangements are uncertain and the relevant government authorities may have broad discretion in interpreting these laws and regulations.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it, in the opinion of us, is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

Fair value of ordinary shares

Prior to our initial public offering, we were a private company with no quoted market prices for our ordinary shares. We therefore needed to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates for the purpose of determining the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of the grant of share-based compensation awards to our employees as one of the inputs into determining the grant date fair value of the award.

The following table sets forth the fair value of our ordinary shares estimated at different times prior to our initial public offering with the assistance from an independent valuation firm:

 

Date

  Fair
Value

per
share
    DLOM     Discount
Rate
   

Type of valuation

  

Purpose of valuation

    (RMB)                       

January 18, 2013

    0.54       40     30   Retrospective    To determine the fair value of share option grant

April 18, 2014

    1.38       30     25   Retrospective    To determine the fair value of share option grant

August 18, 2015

    1.79       25     25   Retrospective    To determine the fair value of share option grant

The valuations of our ordinary shares were performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series:

 

81


Table of Contents

Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the AICPA Practice Guide. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires complex and subjective judgments to be made regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of valuation. The option-pricing method was used to allocate our equity value to preferred shares or other senior securities and ordinary shares, taking into account the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Practice Guide. This method treats ordinary shares and preferred shares or other senior securities as call options on the equity value, with exercise prices based on their respective payoffs upon a liquidity event.

In determining our equity value, we applied the discounted cash flow analysis based on our projected cash flow using our best estimate as of the valuation date. The major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of our equity include:

 

    Discount Rates. The discount rates listed out in the table above were based on the weighted average cost of capital, which was determined based on a number of factors including risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systemic risk factors.

 

    Comparable Companies. In deriving the weighted average cost of capital used as the discount rates under the income approach, nine publicly traded companies were selected for reference as our guideline companies. The guideline companies were selected based on the following criteria: (i) they operate in the education service industry and (ii) their shares are publicly traded in the United States.

 

    Discount for Lack of Marketability, or DLOM. DLOM was quantified by the Finnerty’s (2012) Average-Strike Put Options model. This model estimates a DLOM as a function of restricted transferability, using the value of an average-strike put option. This option pricing method is one of the methods commonly used in estimating DLOM as it takes into consideration factors like timing of a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, and estimated volatility of our shares. The further the valuation date is from an expected liquidity event, the higher the put option value and thus the higher the implied DLOM. The lower the DLOM used for the valuation, the higher the determined fair value of the ordinary shares.

Once a public trading market of the ADSs has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for us to estimate the fair value of our ordinary shares in connection with our accounting for granted share options.

Fair Value of Options

The fair value of the options granted is estimated on the dates of grant using the binomial option pricing model with the following assumptions used.

 

     Grant Date     Option
Modification
Date
 
     January 18, 2013     April 18, 2014     August 18, 2015     December 31,
2015
 

Risk-free interest rate(1)

     2.6     3.4     2.8     2.7%~2.9%  

Expected volatility(2)

     48     47     46     49%~52%  

Expected dividend yield(3)

     0     0     0     0%  

Exercise multiples(4)

     2.8       2.8       2.8       2.8  

Fair value of underlying ordinary shares(5)

     0.54       1.38       1.79       5.62  

 

(1) We estimate risk-free interest rate based on the daily treasury long term rate of U.S. Department of the Treasury with a maturity period close to the expected term of the options.
(2) We estimated expected volatility based on the annualized standard deviation of the daily return embedded in historical share prices of comparable companies with a time horizon close to the expected expiry of the term.

 

82


Table of Contents
(3) We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate any dividend payments on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.
(4) The exercise multiple is estimated as the ratio of fair value of underlying shares over the exercise price as at the time the option is exercised, based on a consideration of research study regarding exercise pattern based on historical statistical data.
(5) The estimated fair value of the ordinary shares underlying the options as of the grant dates was mainly determined based on a retrospective valuation with the assistance of a third-party appraiser.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation with employees is measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument. Share-based compensation expenses, net of forfeitures, are recognized over the requisite service period based on a straight-line basis with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

On January 18, 2013, the board of directors of Sunland Education Co. Limited, or Sunlands Education, our previous offshore holding company, adopted an employee share incentive plan, or the 2013 Plan. Under the 2013 Plan, Sunlands Education was authorized to grant options or share purchase rights to purchase up to an aggregate of 33,300,000 ordinary shares of Sunlands Education. Since the options under the 2013 Plan were granted to certain employees of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd., or Shangzhi Jiaye, share-based compensation was recorded by Shangzhi Jiaye. Shangzhi Jiaye is a wholly owned subsidiary of Beijing Sunlands, our VIE, and we consolidate the results of operations of Shangzhi Jiaye through a series of contractual arrangements between us and Beijing Sunlands. See “ Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Beijing Sunlands.”

Under the 2013 Plan, the board of directors of Sunlands Education granted: (i) options to purchase 28,638,000 shares in the Sunlands Education exercisable at a price per share of RMB0.0006 on January 18, 2013; (ii) options to purchase 2,664,000 shares in Sunlands Education exercisable at a price per share of RMB0.0006 on April 18, 2014, and (iii) options to purchase 1,998,000 shares in Sunlands Education exercisable at a price per share of RMB0.0006 on August 18, 2015.

Under the 2013 Plan, the exercisability of the options granted was subject to an initial public offering, and we did not record any compensation expense in our consolidated statements of operations for options granted under 2013 Plan as the occurrence of an initial public offering is generally not considered to be probable until such initial public offering is complete. On October 20, 2015, in connection with a reorganization, the board of directors of Sunlands Education approved that all of the options under the 2013 Plan that were not vested shall be fully vested as of December 31, 2015 and the exercisability of such options was no longer subject to in initial public offering. We recorded compensation expenses of RMB23.7 million under the 2013 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015 in the financial statements of Shangzhi Jiaye which received the services of the grantees of the options granted under the 2013 Plan.

We recorded share-based compensation expenses of RMB23.7 million, nil and nil, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

Leasehold improvement

   Shorter of lease term or expected useful life

Electronic and office equipment

   3 years-5 years

 

83


Table of Contents

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the costs of renewals and betterment that extend the useful lives of property and equipment capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated, both in absolute amounts and as percentages of total net revenues. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands, except for share, per share and per ADS data)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  

Cost of revenues(1)

     (61,713     (70,986     (10,471     (27,778     (46,179     (6,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     97,297       347,924       51,322       146,551       315,284       46,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

     (333,253     (503,643     (74,291     (215,057     (492,795     (72,691

Product development expenses(1)

     (5,189     (13,932     (2,055     (6,401     (11,039     (1,628

General and administrative expenses(1)

     (76,022     (89,390     (13,186     (46,483     (46,879     (6,915

Total operating expenses

     (414,464     (606,965     (89,532     (267,941     (550,713     (81,234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (317,167     (259,041     (38,210     (121,390     (235,429     (34,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     814       3,051       450       1,532       4,053       598  

Other income, net

     770       2,423       357       1,404       —         —    

Loss before income tax expenses

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss from continuing operations

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax expenses of nil

     (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Loss from equity method investment

     —         —         —         —         (398     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         —         (42     (6

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Sunlands

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,732     (34,182

Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Sunlands

     (2,719     —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

     (83.36     (66.40     (9.79     (31.02     (60.68     (8.95

Income per ADS(2)

            

Basic

            

Diluted

            

 

84


Table of Contents

 

Notes:
(1)  Share-based compensation expenses included in:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2015      2016      2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands, except for share, per share and
per ADS data)
 

Cost of revenues

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

Sales and marketing expenses

     2,014        —          —          —          —          —    

Product development expenses

     —          —          —          —          —          —    

General and administrative expenses

     21,643        —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     23,657        —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)  Each ADS represents              ordinary shares.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

Net revenues

Our net revenues increased by 107.3% from RMB174.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, mainly driven by the increase in our gross billings, which was in turn attributable to increases in both the number of our new student enrollments and gross billings per new student enrollment. The number of new student enrollments grew by approximately 66.8% from 89,066 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 148,573 in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily as a result of our increased investment in improving the quality of our course and educational content offerings and sales, branding and marketing spending. Our gross billings per new student enrollment grew by 72.5% from RMB3,560.1 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB6,141.6 (US$905.9) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily as a result of our increased ability to charge higher tuition for our course packages as we continued to improve our service quality and gained popularity among students.

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues increased by 66.2% from RMB27.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB46.2 million (US$6.8 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to the increase in the compensation for our faculty members, which mainly include teachers and mentors, as we continued to attract new and retain our existing faculty members. The total amount of compensation for such personnel increased by 82.7% from RMB19.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB36.0 million (US$5.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The total number of our faculty was 350 and 687, respectively, as of June 30, 2016 and 2017.

Gross profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 115.1% from RMB146.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB315.3 million (US$46.5 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017. Our gross margin increased from 84.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 87.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased by 105.6% from RMB267.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB550.7 million (US$81.2 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

85


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 129.1% from RMB215.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB492.8 million (US$72.7 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, mainly driven by increases in (i) salaries paid to our sales and marketing personnel, (ii) student acquisition expenses, which mainly included expenses relating to our online sales and marketing channels and commissions paid to our sales and marketing personnel, and (iii) rentals of premises occupied by our sales and marketing personnel. Employee compensation increased by 92.9% from RMB94.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB182.3 million (US$26.9 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily as a result of the increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel. As of June 30, 2016 and 2017, we had 2,316 and 4,098 sales and marketing personnel, respectively. Student acquisition expenses increased by 153.3% from RMB87.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB220.8 million (US$32.6 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily driven by our increased spending on sales, branding and marketing activities, including investments in broadening our search engine and mobile application channels. Rentals increased by 35.3% from RMB21.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB29.1 million (US$4.3 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, which is generally in line with growth in the number of our sales and marketing employees.

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by 0.9% from RMB46.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB46.9 million (US$6.9 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to increases in (i) compensation for our senior executives and administrative staff, and (ii) recruitment expenses, both of which were primarily attributable to the hiring of new senior executives in 2017.

Product development expenses

Our product development expenses increased by 71.9% from RMB6.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB11.0 million (US$1.6 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to the increase in the compensation for our course and educational content professionals and technology development personnel during the same period. The compensation for our course and educational content professionals and technology development personnel which increased by 96.1% from RMB5.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB10.0 million (US$1.5 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Net loss

As a result of the foregoing, our net loss increased by 95.6% from RMB118.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net revenues

Our net revenues increased by 163.4% from RMB159.0 million in 2015 to RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million) in 2016, mainly driven by the increase in our gross billings, which was in turn attributable to the increase in our gross billings per new student enrollment. Our gross billings per new student enrollment grew by 57.7% from RMB2,489.9 in 2015 to RMB3,926.0 (US$579.1) in 2016, primarily as a result of our increased ability to charge higher tuition for our course packages as we continued to improve the quality of our education services and gained popularity among students.

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues increased by 15.1% from RMB61.7 million in 2015 to RMB71.0 million (US$10.5 million) in 2016, primarily due to the increase in the compensation for our faculty members, which mainly

 

86


Table of Contents

include teachers and mentors, as we continued to attract new and retain our existing faculty members. The total amount of compensation for such personnel increased by 36.8% from RMB38.6 million in 2015 to RMB52.8 million (US$7.8 million) in 2016. The total number of our faculty members which primarily include teachers and mentors was 240 and 399, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Gross profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 257.6% from RMB97.3 million in 2015 to RMB347.9 million (US$51.3 million) in 2016. Our gross margin increased from 61.2% in 2015 to 83.1% in 2016.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses increased by 46.4% from RMB414.5 million in 2015 to RMB607.0 million (US$89.5 million) in 2016.

Sales and marketing expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 51.1% from RMB333.3 million in 2015 to RMB503.6 million (US$74.3 million) in 2016, mainly driven by increases in (i) salaries paid to our sales and marketing personnel, (ii) student acquisition expenses, which mainly included expenses relating to our online sales and marketing channels and commissions paid to our sales and marketing personnel, and (iii) rentals of premises occupied by our sales and marketing personnel. Employee compensation increased by 47.8% from RMB143.2 million in 2015 to RMB211.6 million (US$31.2 million) in 2016, primarily as a result of the increase in the number of our sales and marketing personnel. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had 912 and 2,359 sales and marketing personnel, respectively. Student acquisition expenses increased by 50.7% from RMB135.2 million in 2015 to RMB203.8 million (US$30.1 million) in 2016, mainly driven by our increased spending on sales, branding and marketing activities, including the investment in broadening our search engine and mobile application channels. Rentals increased by 55.7% from RMB28.2 million in 2015 to RMB43.9 million (US$6.5 million) in 2016, primarily due to the lease of our headquarter offices in 2016, which is generally in line with the growth in the number of our sales and marketing personnel.

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by 17.6% from RMB76.0 million in 2015 to RMB89.4 million (US$13.2 million) in 2016, primarily due to (i) the increase in the compensation for our senior executives and administrative staff, mainly as a result of the hiring of new senior executives in 2016, and (ii) increased rentals of premises occupied by our senior executives and administrative staff. The amount of compensation paid to our senior executives and administrative staff increased from RMB36.8 million in 2015 to RMB56.0 million (US$8.3 million) in 2016.

Product development expenses

Our product development expenses increased by 168.5% from RMB5.2 million in 2015 to RMB13.9 million (US$2.1 million) in 2016, primarily due to the increase in the compensation paid to our course and educational content professionals and IT support staff. The compensation for our course and educational content professionals and technology development personnel increased by 152.9% from RMB4.7 million in 2015 to RMB11.8 million (US$1.7 million) in 2016.

Net loss

As a result of the foregoing, our net loss decreased from RMB318.3 million in 2015 to RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million) in 2016.

 

87


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our operating results for the quarters presented.

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
     (RMB in thousands)  

Net revenues

     79,425       94,904       113,392       131,189       155,637       205,826  

Cost of revenues

     (11,697     (16,081     (22,507     (20,701     (19,426     (26,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     67,728       78,823       90,885       110,488       136,211       179,073  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Sales and marketing expenses

     (99,140     (115,917     (131,289     (157,297     (210,184     (282,611

Product development expenses

     (3,028     (3,373     (3,569     (3,962     (4,725     (6,314

General and administrative expenses

     (21,855     (24,628     (19,871     (23,036     (21,172     (25,707

Total operating expenses

     (124,023     (143,918     (154,729     (184,295     (236,081     (314,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (56,295     (65,095     (63,844     (73,807     (99,870     (135,559
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     606       926       846       673       856       3,197  

Other income, net

     1,395       9       198       821       —         —    

Loss before income tax expenses

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,014     (132,362

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Loss from equity method investment

     —         —         —         —         (348     (50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,362     (132,412
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         —         —         (12     (30

Net loss attributable to Sunlands

     (54,294     (64,160     (62,800     (72,313     (99,350     (132,382

The growth of our quarterly net revenues was primarily driven by the increase in our gross billings, which was in turn attributable to the increases in both the number of our new student enrollments and gross billings per new student enrollment. The following table sets forth our gross billings, new student enrollments and gross billings per new student enrollment for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 

Gross billings (RMB in thousands)

    149,510       167,573       190,533       233,347       412,113       500,358  

New student enrollments

    43,090       45,976       49,952       49,715       66,555       82,018  

Gross billings per new student enrollment (RMB)

    3,469.7       3,644.8       3,814.3       4,693.7       6,192.1       6,100.6  

The growth in our quarterly operating expenses was primarily driven by the increase in our sales and marketing expenses and, to a lesser extent, the increase in our product and development expenses. Our quarterly

 

88


Table of Contents

sales and marketing expenses generally increased during the period from January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017 as we continued to increase our sales and marketing efforts to drive our gross billings.

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Gross billings is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define gross billings for a specific period as the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages net of the total amount of refunds paid in such period. For a more detailed discussion of our tuition refund policy, see “Business—Our Tuition and Fees.” Our management uses gross billings as a performance measurement because we generally bill our students for the entire course tuition at the time of sale of our course packages and recognize revenue proportionally over a period generally ranging from 18 to 36 months (with a weighted average of 21 months) for our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and a period generally ranging from six to 24 months (with a weighted average of 17 months) for our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses. We believe that gross billings provide valuable insight into the sales of our course packages and the performance of our business.

This non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, its most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP measure has been provided in the tables included below. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of the historical non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. As gross billings have material limitations as an analytical metric and may not be calculated in the same manner by all companies, it may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. In light of the foregoing limitations, you should not consider gross billings as a substitute for, or superior to, net revenues prepared in accordance with GAAP. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using gross billings only as a supplemental measure. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross billings to net revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793       174,329       361,463       53,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: other revenues(1)

     (454     (5,741     (847     (2,340     (2,620     (386

Add: tax and surcharges

     5,517       14,302       2,110       5,699       12,124       1,788  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     414,077       727,569       107,322       553,472       1,269,073       187,198  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (132,024     (414,077     (61,080     (414,077     (727,569     (107,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     446,126       740,963       109,298       317,083       912,471       134,597  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

 

89


Table of Contents
     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
 
     (RMB in thousands)  

Net revenues

     79,425       94,904       113,392       131,189       155,637       205,826  

Less: other revenues(1)

     (354     (1,986     (1,513     (1,888     (888     (1,732

Add: tax and surcharges

     1,798       3,901       4,064       4,539       5,230       6,894  

Add: ending deferred revenue

     482,718       553,472       628,062       727,569       979,703       1,269,073  

Less: beginning deferred revenue

     (414,077     (482,718     (553,472     (628,062     (727,569     (979,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross billings (non-GAAP)

     149,510       167,573       190,533       233,347       412,113       500,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Including commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss and adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2016     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188

Add: Share-based compensation expenses

     23,657       —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (294,645     (253,567     (37,403     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows and working capital

Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from operating activities and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from the issuance and sale of our preferred shares. As of June 30, 2017, we had RMB101.0 million (US$14.9 million) in cash and cash equivalents, substantially all of which were held by our PRC subsidiaries and VIE and its subsidiaries in China. Our cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of bank deposits. Our cash and cash equivalents are primarily denominated in Renminbi. We believe that our current cash and anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months. We believe there is no substantial doubt to operate as a going concern, as a result, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, and do not reflect any adjustments relating to the recoverability and reclassification of assets and liabilities that might have been necessary if we were unable to continue as a going concern.

We incurred net losses of RMB318.3 million, RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million) and RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million), respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017. We had negative working capital (which is the difference between current assets and current liabilities) of RMB213.6 million, RMB367.2 million (US$54.2 million) and RMB412.2 million (US$60.8 million) as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017. The major factor for our negative working capital position is deferred revenues.

We intend to finance our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures from cash generated from operating activities, funds raised from financing activities, including the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. We may, however, require additional cash due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our existing cash is insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain additional credit facilities. Financing may be unavailable in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Issuance of

 

90


Table of Contents

additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would dilute our earnings per share. The incurrence of debt would divert cash for working capital and capital expenditures to service debt obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing as required, our business operations and prospects may suffer.

As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct our operations primarily through our PRC subsidiaries and our consolidated VIE in China. We are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries in China through capital contributions or loans, subject to the approval of government authorities and limits on the amount of capital contributions and loans. In addition, our subsidiaries in China may provide Renminbi funding to our consolidated VIE only through entrusted loans. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business” and “Use of Proceeds.” The ability of our subsidiaries in China to make dividends or other cash payments to us is subject to various restrictions under PRC laws and regulations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders.”

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2015     2016     2016     2017  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    445       89,272       13,169       41,193       267,516       39,461  

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

    (26,508     (117,695     (17,361     8,055       (127,733     (18,842

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

    21,771       47,080       6,944       141,977       (61,838     (9,122

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,292     18,657       2,752       191,225       77,945       11,497  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year/period

    8,738       4,446       656       4,446       23,103       3,408  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year/period

    4,446       23,103       3,408       195,671       101,048       14,905  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was RMB267.5 million (US$39.5 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017. The difference between our net loss of RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million) and the net cash provided by operating activities was mainly due to (i) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB541.5 million (US$79.9 million), (ii) an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB3.6 million (US$0.5 million), and (iii) an adjustment in non-cash items, which mainly included depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets of RMB3.1 million (US$0.5 million), partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of RMB18.4 million (US$2.7 million). Deferred revenue consisted primarily of tuition paid upfront by our students at the time of purchase of course packages.

Net cash provided by operating activities was RMB89.3 million (US$13.2 million) in 2016. The difference between our net loss of RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million) and the net cash provided by operating activities

 

91


Table of Contents

was mainly due to (i) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB313.5 million (US$46.2 million), and (ii) an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB35.7 million (US$5.3 million). Deferred revenue consisted primarily of tuition paid upfront by our students at the time of purchase of course packages. Deferred cost consisted primarily of the incremental sales commissions relating to obtaining customer contracts which are capitalized and expected to be recovered.

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to RMB0.4 million in 2015. The difference between our net loss of RMB318.3 million and the net cash provided by operating activities was mainly due to (i) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB282.1 million, and (ii) an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB28.9 million, partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of RMB9.8 million. Deferred revenue consisted primarily of tuition paid upfront by our students at the time of purchase of course packages.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB127.7 million (US$18.8 million) in the six months ended June 30, 2017, which was primarily attributable to purchase of short-term investments, which mainly included financial products offered by commercial banks and financial institutions in China, of RMB771.2 million (US$113.8 million), partially offset by disposal of short-term investments of RMB657.6 million (US$97.0 million).

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB117.7 million (US$17.4 million) in 2016, which was primarily attributable to purchase of short-term investments, which mainly included short-term financial products offered by commercial banks and financial institutions in China, of RMB858.5 million (US$126.6 million), partially offset by disposal of such short-term investments of RMB757.5 million (US$111.7 million).

Net cash used in investing activities was RMB26.5 million in 2015, which was primarily attributable to purchase of short-term investments, which mainly included short-term financial products offered by commercial banks and financial institutions in China, of RMB148.6 million, partially offset by disposal of such short-term investments of RMB127.9 million.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2017 was RMB61.8 million (US$9.1 million), which mainly resulted from a decrease in the amounts due from related parties of RMB62.0 million (US$9.2 million).

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 was RMB47.1 million (US$6.9 million), which was primarily attributable to capital contribution from our Series A preferred shareholders of RMB335.0 million (US$49.4 million), partially offset by capital reduction to our previous offshore holding company of RMB293.6 million (US$43.3 million).

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2015 was RMB21.8 million, which solely resulted from the change in amounts due from related parties.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection with purchases of IT infrastructure equipment necessary to support our operations. Our capital expenditures were RMB5.8 million, RMB16.7 million (US$2.5 million) and RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million), respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

92


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payment due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1–3 years      3–5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in RMB thousands)  

Operating lease commitment(1)

     800,104        77,548        126,884        95,565        500,107  

 

(1) Represents minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and public displays.

Holding Company Structure

Sunlands Online Education Group is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries and our consolidated VIE. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our subsidiaries. If our subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.

In addition, our subsidiaries in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards for Business Enterprise as promulgated by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC, or PRC GAAP. In accordance with PRC company laws, our consolidated VIE in China must make appropriations from their after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds including (i) statutory surplus fund and (ii) discretionary surplus fund. The appropriation to the statutory surplus fund must be at least 10% of the after-tax profits calculated in accordance with PRC GAAP. Appropriation is not required if the statutory surplus fund has reached 50% of the registered capital of our consolidated VIE. Appropriation to discretionary surplus fund is made at the discretion of our consolidated VIE. Pursuant to the law applicable to China’s foreign investment enterprise, our subsidiaries that are foreign investment enterprise in the PRC have to make appropriation from their after-tax profit, as determined under PRC GAAP, to reserve funds including (i) general reserve fund, (ii) enterprise expansion fund and (iii) staff bonus and welfare fund. The appropriation to the general reserve fund must be at least 10% of the after-tax profits calculated in accordance with PRC GAAP. Appropriation is not required if the reserve fund has reached 50% of the registered capital of our subsidiary. Appropriation to the other two reserve funds are at our subsidiary’s discretion.

As an offshore holding company, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding from the proceeds of our offshore fund raising activities to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and to our consolidated affiliated entity only through loans, in each case subject to the satisfaction of the applicable government registration and approval requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” As a result, there is uncertainty with respect to our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated VIE when needed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our PRC subsidiaries may use their own retained earnings (rather than Renminbi converted from foreign currency denominated capital) to provide financial support to our consolidated affiliated entity either through entrustment loans from our PRC subsidiaries to our consolidated VIE or direct loans to such consolidated affiliated entity’s nominee shareholders, which would be contributed to the consolidated variable entity as capital injections. Such direct loans to the nominee shareholders would be eliminated in our consolidated financial statements against the consolidated affiliated entity’s share capital.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares

 

93


Table of Contents

and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest rate risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by excess cash, which is mostly held in interest-bearing bank deposits. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. However, our future interest income may be lower than expected due to changes in market interest rates.

We may also be subject to interest rate risk in relation to the installment payment option that we offer to our students that enables them to finance all or part of their tuition from loans provided by third-party credit providers. The borrowing student is obligated to repay the loan principal in installments over a period ranging from three to twelve months, while we are generally obligated to pay the full amount of interest payable to the credit providers at the very beginning of the loan. We may be subject to risks associated with an increase in interest rates to the extent that we continue to agree to make the interest payments under such loans. In 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, 4.8%, 32.3% and 68.2%, respectively, of our gross billings were generated by such loans. For the same periods, we made interest payments of RMB2.0 million, RMB20.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB39.4 million (US$5.8 million), respectively, to the credit providers.

Foreign exchange risk

Substantially all of our revenues are denominated in Renminbi. The Renminbi is not freely convertible into foreign currencies for capital account transactions. The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk.

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$             million from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the initial offering price of US$             per ADS. Assuming that we convert the full amount of the net proceeds from this offering into RMB, a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar against RMB, from a rate of RMB6.7793 to US$1.00, the rate in effect as of June 30, 2017, to a rate of RMB             to US$1.00, will result in an increase of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB, from a rate of RMB6.7793 to US$1.00, the rate in effect as of June 30, 2017, to a rate of RMB                to US$1.00, will result in a decrease of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering.

 

94


Table of Contents

Inflation risk

Since our inception, inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for December 2015 and 2016 were increases of 1.6% and 2.1%, respectively. Although we have not in the past been materially affected by inflation since our inception, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting. The amendments eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualified for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The amendments require that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Earlier application is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have a significant effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

For detailed discussion on recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

95


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Certain information, including statistics and estimates, set forth in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus has been derived from an industry report commissioned by us and independently prepared by iResearch in connection with this offering. We believe that the sources of such information are appropriate, and we have taken reasonable care in extracting and reproducing such information. We have no reason to believe that such information is false or misleading in any material respect or that any fact has been omitted that would render such information false or misleading in any material respect. However, neither we nor any other party involved in the this offering has independently verified such information, and neither we nor any other party involved in this offering makes any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Therefore, investors are cautioned not to place any undue reliance on the information, including statistics and estimates, set forth in this section or similar information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview of Post-Secondary and Professional Education in China

China’s education system consists of formal and informal education. Students receive formal education from government-accredited public and private schools. Formal education is composed of kindergarten, primary school, middle school, high school and vocational school, university and junior college, and graduate school. As an important supplement to formal education, informal education offers a wide range of training and learning courses and programs mainly provided through tutoring.

The diagram below illustrates the main segments of China’s education system:

 

LOGO

 

Source: iResearch

 

96


Table of Contents

Post-secondary and professional education generally targets students above the age of 18 without a bachelor’s degree. The purpose of post-secondary and professional education is to help adults achieve professional advancement by equipping them with degrees, diplomas, or professional certificates or skills. Post-secondary and professional education in China consists of diploma- and degree-oriented courses and professional education. The diagram below illustrates the composition of post-secondary and professional education in China:

 

LOGO

 

Source: iResearch

The continued proliferation of the internet, particularly mobile internet, has allowed online education service providers to spur even greater demand by using technology to remove the barriers of traditional offline education (such as inconvenience of having to attend in person classes at designated times) and offer students a more flexible, cost-effective education solution. Furthermore, we believe the following four factors have significantly driven, and are expected to continue to drive, strong market demand for post-secondary and professional education in China.

Competitive job market and desire for employment, career promotion and higher salary

Investing in higher education could lead to better career opportunities and enhanced earning power given the highly competitive job markets in China. Even for jobs that require bachelor’s or above degrees or specialized professional training, there are many applicants for one position. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 24.2% of jobs in China required at minimum a bachelor’s degree. According to National Bureau of Statistics, in 2016, a bachelor’s degree holder on average earned 20.6% more than the starting salary of a high school graduate. Such income gap serves as a key driver for an increased demand for post-secondary and professional education, particularly among adult students seeking career advancement.

Continuous urbanization and residence permit system

The proportion of China’s population living in urban areas has increased significantly in recent years. According to National Bureau of Statistics, urbanization rate increased from approximately 53% in 2012 to 57% in 2016 and is expected to reach approximately 64% in 2022. This trend has stimulated demand for post-secondary and professional education as the job market in urban areas typically requires a higher level of education. This motivates employees in urban areas to seek higher education, supplementary professional skills and ongoing job training to remain competitive in the job market or to advance one’s career.

 

97


Table of Contents

In addition, the residence registration system in China drives the demand for post-secondary and professional education. Obtaining a residence permit is extremely important as this means the resident is eligible for social welfare (such as medical insurance, pension or housing subsidies), enrollment in public schools and vehicle registration, among other things. To cope with the massive migrating population, some cities are adopting a scorecard in assessing applications for residence permit registration and having higher education or professional qualifications can result in higher scores thereby improving one’s chances of obtaining a residence permit.

Unmet demand for post-secondary education

Admission to universities in China is highly competitive. According to iResearch, only approximately 20.3% of people at the age of 18 were enrolled in universities in China in 2016, which is substantially lower as compared with other developed countries. As of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 621 million people at the age of 18 or above without a bachelor’s degree, according to iResearch.

 

LOGO

 

Source: iResearch

There is a strong demand for post-secondary degrees and diplomas among adult students in China. According to a survey conducted by iResearch during August and September 2017 based on 7,498 adults without a bachelor’s degree, approximately 28% of those interviewed indicated a desire to obtain a higher degree. According to the same source, the total addressable market of China’s degree- or diploma-oriented education market is expected to reach approximately RMB1,363 billion in 2017.

Growing demand for professional education with strong policy support

Many professions in China, such as education, accounting, legal services and engineering, have licensing or qualification requirements. The pass rates of certain professional qualifications remain relatively low. Yet, there remains strong demand for such professional qualifications. This presents tremendous opportunities for education service providers to tap into this market. Over the past four decades, the PRC government has published a series of laws and policies to support the development of China’s professional education market. For example, the 13th Five-Year Plan for Economic and Social Development of the PRC specifically encourages citizens to pursue higher education through STE. These government initiatives have resulted in a growing market size of China’s post-secondary and professional education.

 

98


Table of Contents

Market Size of Post-secondary and Professional Education Market in China

According to iResearch, the size of post-secondary and professional education market, as measured by gross billings, reached approximately RMB178.9 billion in 2016. The market size is expected to continue to grow substantially and reach approximately RMB351.6 billion by 2022, representing a CAGR of 11.9% from 2016 to 2022.

 

LOGO

 

Notes:

 

(1)   The market size of post-secondary and professional education market consists of (i) degree- or diploma- oriented education, including STE, college entrance examinations for adults, distance education, and open university and postgraduate entrance examinations, and (ii) professional education, including professional certification preparation courses and professional skill courses.

 

(2)   The market size is calculated by gross billings.

 

Source: iResearch

Online Post-Secondary and Professional Education in China

China has the world’s largest internet user base. From 2012 to 2016, the total number of China’s internet users increased from approximately 560 million to 730 million, with the broadband penetration rate increased from approximately 41.4% to approximately 52.8%. At the same time, the percentage of time spent on mobile internet reached to 76.6% in 2016, doubling the rate in 2013, according to iResearch.

 

99


Table of Contents

The substantial growth of internet use and the increasing mobile penetration in China represent a significant market opportunity for online education. China’s online education market has increased significantly in recent years. The total market size of online education reached approximately RMB156.5 billion in 2016, and is expected to continue to grow at a CAGR of 23.1% to 2022. Further, China’s online post-secondary and professional education market is expected to continually grow at a CAGR of 29.7% from RMB26.0 billion 2016 to RMB123.5 billion 2022. The following diagram illustrates the growth trend of China’s online post-secondary and professional education market:

 

LOGO

 

Notes:

(1) The market size is measured by gross billings.
(2) Online penetration rate is calculated by dividing the market size of online post-secondary and professional education by the overall market size of post-secondary and professional education.
Source: iResearch

Business Model of Online Post-secondary and Professional Education

Online education is becoming increasingly popular in China, particularly among busy urban blue- and white-collar workers with limited time for studying. From the students’ perspective, powered by mobile internet, online education allows them to take courses at flexible times and locations in an interactive learning environment. From the education service providers’ perspective, online delivery platform allows them to reach and serve a broader addressable market without incurring substantial costs of leasing classrooms.

To cater to the learning habits of adult students, online post-secondary and professional education providers focus on driving student engagement and fostering an interactive learning environment. They provide students with live streaming teaching, virtual community, real-time academic support and learning progress tracking. Online education also takes advantage of data analytics to break down knowledge points, optimize teaching plans and extract frequently tested topics. In addition, it encourages students to track and monitor their own and each other’s learning progress.

Online education also allows service providers to deploy effective sales, branding and marketing through various online channels and to develop a deep understanding of the targeted students by accumulating a large amount of student data. Many adults have a general desire to advance their careers through education but do not have sufficient time or experience to identify suitable courses and formulate an effective study plan. Therefore, effective online education model focuses on counseling-oriented sales and marketing efforts by establishing a smooth and effective online counseling channel as well as extensive offline sales support to acquire prospective students.

 

100


Table of Contents

Overview of STE

In the 1980s, the Ministry of Education of China, as an alternative to formal higher education, introduced the STE, a system of state-administered subject-based exams that allows successful candidates to receive a diploma from the Commission of Self-taught Higher Education, or STE Commission. Those seeking an associate or bachelor’s diploma are generally required to pass ten to twenty exams. It typically takes one to five years for a candidate to pass all of the exams necessary to receive a diploma. After receiving a diploma, candidates of bachelor’s diploma can then apply to certain universities, based upon their location and their chosen major of study, to receive a bachelor’s degree after completing a few additional requirements set by the university. The STE Commission organizes and administers the STE, and is responsible for formulating study outlines and designing exams. STE exams are typically administered two to four times each year. Any adult, regardless of whether they have prepared through self-study or tutorial courses, can register to take the STE exams. Given the large number and the level of difficulty of the STE exams, many students choose to take tutorial courses offered by private education companies.

Compared with other forms of post-secondary education, such as distance education, STE has distinctive advantages. First, STE is a national exam initiated by the Ministry of Education in China and has been widely recognized among students and employers. Second, stable policies provide strong and long-lasting support for STE. In 2017, the Ministry of Education published the Major Tasks of Ministry of Education, which has specifically allowed students to use online learning and acquire degrees or diplomas through taking STE exams. The government encourages private education institutions to offer tutoring services to students who plan to take STE exams. Besides, the relatively high level of difficulty of STE make it a valued academic credential in China. Furthermore, according to surveys conducted by iResearch in August and September 2017, 50% of those who obtained associate diplomas or bachelor’s degrees, respectively, by taking the STE exams, have received a 20% or above increase in their salaries by passing STE exams and obtaining their desired diplomas or degrees.

STE tutoring represents the largest vertical market in China’s post-secondary education market. The chart below illustrates the market size and growth trend for the years indicated.

 

LOGO

 

Note: The market size is measured by gross billings.

Source: iResearch

Online STE Tutoring

The online STE tutoring market has achieved high growth, and become the engine to drive growth of the broader STE tutoring market. On one hand, STE takers need more supervision and planning due to the fact that STE requires a relatively long studying period and covers multiple subjects. By utilizing interactive virtual study communities, online training platforms can monitor, track and supervise students’ study progress on a real-time basis and effectively improve their exam pass rates. On the other hand, STE takers, who are generally busy urban blue- or white-collar workers, prefer to be able to study at flexible times and locations. Online live streaming classes, especially those delivered on mobile applications, make it possible for them to study anywhere.

 

101


Table of Contents

The online education model has spurred growth in the larger post-secondary education market in China. According to iResearch, the penetration rate of online model in STE tutoring market is expected to increase from approximately 5.6% in 2016 to 56.5% in 2022. The chart below shows the size and growth trend of China’s online STE tutoring market for the years indicated.

 

LOGO

 

Note: The market size is measured by gross billings. Online penetration rate is calculated by dividing the market size of online STE tutoring by the overall market size of STE tutoring.

Source: iResearch

Competition and Entry Barriers of China’s Post-secondary and Professional Education Market

Currently, the post-secondary and professional education market in China remains highly fragmented and predominantly offline, with the top 10 players in aggregate accounting for approximately 6.4% of the total market size in terms of gross billings in 2016, according to iResearch. Sunlands is the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education market in terms of gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch.

Online service providers compete with traditional offline players by providing an interactive student learning experience, at lower cost, with more advanced technology and data capabilities, and branding. As a result, they have been successful in taking market share away from traditional offline players. To become a market leader in the online post-secondary and professional education market, an online education provider must address a number of challenges. It must make considerable investments early on in human resources, technology and content development. It also has to expand without compromising teaching quality and learning experience and continue to optimize operating efficiency. It must further enhance learning experience and improve exam pass rates through robust education research and data analytics. In addition, having a large student base serves as a barrier to entry, as it not only allows an online education provider to achieve economy of scale, but also enables it to collect and analyze massive student data to enhance teaching quality and student learning experience. Also, having a strong brand closely associated with high teaching quality strengthens the education provider’s competitiveness, particularly in a market that is often underserved in terms of teaching and service standards, and can therefore drive student acquisition.

 

102


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

We believe education should nurture and spread new ideas to enrich lives. High-quality education should be available to everyone. We all share a common aspiration to improve ourselves through education. Our mission is to transform education through technology and innovation, making learning experience enjoyable and rewarding.

Overview

We are the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education in terms of gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch. We have a deep understanding of the educational needs of our prospective students and offer solutions that help them achieve their goals. We offer various degree- and diploma-oriented post-secondary courses through our online platforms. In addition, we offer online professional courses and educational content to help students prepare for professional certification exams and attain professional skills.

Founded in 2003 as a traditional education company, we transitioned to an online education model in 2014. Our online education model enables our students to access our course and educational content offerings anywhere and anytime.

We have been successful in addressing the unmet demand of a large, growing market and served approximately 550,000 students across China since we transitioned to an online education model in 2014. The number of our students was 205,806, 382,805, 286,899 and 407,960, respectively, in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017. For the same periods, our new student enrollments were 179,172, 188,733, 89,066 and 148,573, respectively.

Market Opportunities

The post-secondary and professional education market in China has grown rapidly in the past several years and is expected to continue to grow by virtue of students’ desire for better employment, career advancement, salary increases, local residence permits, and higher social status. According to iResearch, the size of China’s post-secondary and professional education market increased from approximately RMB163.9 billion in 2015 to RMB178.9 billion in 2016 and is expected to continue to grow to approximately RMB351.6 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 11.9% between 2016 and 2022.

The online education model has transformed the post-secondary and professional education market in China. It has made a tremendous number of students aware of the more flexible, cost-effective education solutions provided by online education. We expect that this trend will continue to drive further demand for such services and result in online education providers taking market share away from traditional offline players. Driven by the increasing number of internet and mobile users, China’s online education has enjoyed an annual growth of approximately 20% since 2013, according to iResearch. In particular, according to iResearch, China’s online post-secondary and professional education market is expected to grow from approximately RMB26.0 billion in 2016 to RMB123.5 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 29.7%.

STE tutoring represents the largest vertical in China’s post-secondary education market and is expected to grow from a market size of approximately RMB43.0 billion in 2016 to RMB79.1 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 10.7%. Given the difficulty of STE exams, it generally takes students one to five years to prepare for and pass the STE exams, which makes class-time flexibility especially important. Online education models offer greater flexibility and have been a major factor driving demand in this market. China’s online STE tutoring market size is expected to grow from approximately RMB2.4 billion in 2016 to RMB44.7 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 62.8%, accounting for more than 50% of the overall STE market in 2022, according to iResearch.

 

103


Table of Contents

There is a large demand for education services from people without a bachelor’s degree at the age of 18 or above. According to iResearch, as of December 31, 2016, there were approximately 621 million people at the age of 18 or above without a bachelor’s degree in China. Most of them desire to acquire new knowledge, seek better jobs, earn higher salaries and improve their social status. They are typically busy urban blue- and white-collar workers who need greater flexibility in study time and location, are generally heavy mobile users, and desire an engaging, interactive learning atmosphere that encourages participation and interaction. In addition, such students generally require specific guidance in identifying and selecting education products that best address their needs, especially given the complexity of China’s post-secondary education system and the relatively high cost of education.

Our Solutions

We offer post-secondary and professional education through extensive courses and educational content offerings. As of June 30, 2017, we offered Self-taught Higher Education Examination, or STE, programs covering 18 majors, MBA-related programs, and professional certification and skills programs. We adopt a counseling-oriented sales and marketing approach that seeks to offer our education solutions to meet their needs based on their education background and goals. We provide professional assistance and counseling to help students make informed decisions that best suit their learning needs. In addition, our enrollment consultants also help them formulate effective study plans throughout their enrollments in our courses.

Our students can access our services either through PC or mobile application. Our online platform cultivates a personalized, interactive learning environment by featuring virtual learning community and a vast library of educational content offerings that are adapted to the learning habits of our students.

Our success has been driven by our ability to cultivate an engaging community among students, teachers and mentors, strong educational content development capability, and high-quality faculty, which combined allow us to continually improve student learning experience. We encourage students to become more committed and engaged by creating an interactive learning environment that fosters their desire to learn. We also provide our students with strong learning support through our dedicated mentors.

We offer a unique approach to education research and development that organizes subject content into Learning Outcome Trees, our proprietary knowledge management system. Our Learning Outcome Trees enable us to customize teaching notes for our teachers, and develop comprehensive course outlines and quiz banks to enhance the learning experience. Based on student feedback and latest updates on exam policies, we further update our educational content in our Learning Outcome Trees to continually improve teaching quality. As of December 31, 2017, we had developed over 1,750 Learning Outcome Trees covering over 123,000 knowledge points and a quiz bank designed for students pursuing STE exams covering over 973,000 quizzes.

We believe our strong branding, competitive compensation structure and robust teaching and research support enable us to attract and incentivize a large team of talented faculty members. We seek to hire experienced and passionate teachers who can make learning fun and interactive. We equip our faculty members not only with a comprehensive set of teaching methods but also advanced technologies and data insights to enable them to develop their professional skills and enhance our overall teaching quality.

Our focus on teaching quality and operating efficiency is demonstrated in recognition and awards we have received and student results. We have received numerous awards and recognition, including “Influential Online Education Brand” awarded by Tencent from 2015 to 2017. According to iResearch, Jiangsu, a populous province in China, is the only region in China that allows private education institutions to access the student STE exam results, and the average pass rate of our students taking STE exams in Jiangsu Province was 71.9% in 2016. According to the same source, the national average pass rate of the STE exam takers who had participated in STE tutoring courses was 46.5% in the same year. In student reviews collected following classes delivered in 2017, 98.6% of reviewers indicated their satisfaction with a four- or five-star rating out of five.

 

104


Table of Contents

Our gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB912.5 million (US$134.6 million), representing an increase of 187.8% from RMB317.1 million in the same period in 2016. Our gross billings in 2016 reached RMB741.0 million (US$109.3 million), representing an increase of 66.1% from RMB446.1 million in 2015. Our net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2017 reached RMB361.5 million (US$53.3 million), representing an increase of 107.3% from RMB174.3 million in the same period in 2016. Our net revenues in 2016 reached RMB418.9 million (US$61.8 million), representing an increase of 163.4% from RMB159.0 million in 2015. Our net loss in 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 was RMB318.3 million, RMB253.6 million (US$37.4 million), RMB118.5 million and RMB231.8 million (US$34.2 million), respectively. Our deferred revenue was RMB414.1 million, RMB727.6 million (US$107.3 million) and RMB1,269.1 million (US$187.2 million), respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017. Our net cash provided by operating activities was RMB41.2 million and RMB 267.5 million (US$39.5 million), respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and RMB0.4 million and RMB89.3 million (US$13.2 million), respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Students Case Studies

Student A

Student A, 30 years old and a mother of two, is currently a CPA candidate studying Sunlands’ CPA exam preparation courses.

Inspired by the opportunities of the big cities, Student A dropped out of college and moved to Beijing with her family in 2010, seeking a positive change in their lives. However, her early illusion of China’s vibrant capital city, full of decent job opportunities, was soon replaced by a stark realization that a degreeless housewife with a deficient resume would probably never be able to land a decent, stable job in the most competitive job market in China.

Motivated by Sunlands’ slogan “in learning we trust,” Student A decided to pursue Sunlands’ STE courses for an associate diploma in energy management and successfully passed all 15 required exams on her first attempt. Satisfied with Sunlands’ teaching quality and services, Student A later enrolled in its CPA exam preparation courses. Benefitting from Sunlands’ flexible studying plans and strong faculty support, Student A was able to maximize her limited leisure time for her studies—everyday she watched live streaming courses and recorded course videos when she was commuting for work, and she was able to efficiently finish her homework through engaging in interactive discussion with her mentors and peer students via Sunlands’ online virtual community.

The efforts finally paid off. Student A successfully passed the prerequisite exams and obtained the junior level accounting certificate. Also, the “education” section of her resume was no longer blank—with a solid background in business management, Student A successfully landed her dream job at an accounting firm in Beijing. She was also delighted to see many of her friends, inspired by her aspiration and success, enroll in Sunlands’ courses as well. Marching towards her ultimate goal to start her own accounting firm, she is planning to pursue another degree in law at Sunlands in the future.

Student B

Student B, 47 year old, is a student currently enrolled in Sunlands’ STE courses in administrative management.

Student B dropped out of middle school to make a living at a young age. Living in the shadow of bustling city life, he has been doing back-breaking labor as a migrant worker far away from his hometown with wages barely sufficient to support his family with three children. Student B felt that he would never be able to find a less tedious office work without a higher degree, but was hesitant about pursuing formal education out of the concern that he would not have time for studying between demanding work shifts.

 

105


Table of Contents

Student B was happy to come across Sunlands’ accessible and flexible online STE courses. Taking advantage of both live streaming and recorded classes, he was able to effectively juggle his time between work, study and family commitments. He also greatly benefitted from Sunlands’ virtual learning community which has made it possible for him to seamlessly connect with his teachers and fellow students to share their experience in studying and life. Student B received tremendous assistance and support from his teachers, mentors and classmates on a daily basis, who not only helped him make steady progress with his coursework, but also instilled in him a passion for learning that motivated him to achieve a more successful and fulfilling life.

Better education led to more job opportunities. The knowledge and skills Student B learned from his STE studies greatly increased his competitiveness at his workplace. As a result, his supervisor entrusted him with more responsibilities, increased his salary, and offered him a path to progress internally. Student B’s determination and passion for learning has also made him a role model for the children.

Student C

Born in the 1970s—early enough to have lived plenty of his life without instant access to internet and information, but late enough to have to survive in today’s competitive job market and ever-changing workplace—Student C started his career in sales after graduating from technical secondary school. After years of hard work, Student C thought he had done everything right at his job—hitting almost every sales target and clocking the longest hours on his team, and yet his salary had not budged, and he couldn’t even seem to get a little title bump, until he realized that when it comes to managerial roles, his employer was looking for people with a solid education background and robust “soft skills” such as analytical thinking, writing and presentation.

To pursue career advancement opportunities, Student C enrolled in Sunlands’ test preparation courses for STE exams for an associate diploma plus a bachelor’s degree in accounting. He chose Sunlands because its online platform allowed him to watch recorded courses after he finished work late at night and study at his own pace. He also greatly benefited from Sunlands’ comprehensive course outlines and quiz banks that are specifically built based on the latest trends in STE exams. In addition, Student C received immediate and effective assistance from his teachers and mentors whenever he needed support regarding any aspects of his coursework. With the help of Sunlands’ services, Student C successfully passed three out of four exams on his first attempt.

Student C’s studies at Sunlands had a lasting positive impact on his life both professionally and personally. Leveraging the finance knowledge and management skills he learned from his courses, Student C was promoted to assume additional responsibilities. Achieving career advancement also boosted his confidence in other aspects of his life and motivated him to reach out to help others—using what he had learned from courses in law, Student C successfully helped his friends resolve their labor and contract law disputes.

The above cases are presented based on information and feedback shared by the individual students, which only represent the experiences of the named individual students and may not be indicative or representative of the overall students experience. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Students may decide not to continue taking our courses for a number of reasons, including a perceived lack of improvement in their academic performance or general dissatisfaction with our course and educational content offerings, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.”

Our Strengths

We have become the market leader by capitalizing on our early-mover advantage and substantial investment in people, technology and education research and development. In particular, we have developed a comprehensive suite of Leaning Outcome Trees based on a deep understanding of the latest industry policies and trends and accumulated massive student data, which allows us to continually improve our teaching quality and strengthen our market leadership. As a result, we believe our business model not only enjoys strong organic

 

106


Table of Contents

momentum that drives our future growth, but also presents a high barrier to entry. In particular, we believe our success is primarily attributable to the following strengths:

The leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education with substantial growth potential

We are the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education market in terms of gross billings in the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch.

China’s post-secondary and professional education market is large and growing, benefiting from demographic, economic and cultural drivers. According to iResearch, it is expected to grow from RMB178.9 billion in 2016 to approximately RMB351.6 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of approximately 11.9%. China’s post-secondary and professional education market is highly fragmented and predominantly offline. The top ten players in the market had a combined market share of 6.4% in 2016, measured by gross billings, according to iResearch. Currently, market players are predominantly regional education service providers that offer offline class in limited locations. According to iResearch, the total size of China’s online post-secondary and professional education market is expected to increase from approximately RMB26.0 billion in 2016 to RMB123.5 billion in 2022, benefitting from an expected increase in internet user penetration from approximately 52.8% in 2016 to 54.5% in 2022 and the increasing awareness for post-secondary and professional education. Within the online post-secondary and professional education market, we currently focus on the STE tutoring market where there is a substantial unmet demand that can be best addressed by our online business model. We are the clear market leader in China’s STE tutoring market, accounting for the largest market share of 2.0% in terms of gross billings in 2016, which exceeds the combined market share of the next nine largest players, according to iResearch. As an online STE services provider, we benefit from a large, fast-growing market. China’s online STE tutoring market is expected to grow from approximately RMB2.4 billion in 2016 to RMB44.7 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 62.8%, according to iResearch.

We believe we are well positioned to consolidate the fragmented and predominately offline post-secondary and professional education market and increase our market share by leveraging our leading market position, unique business model, strong brand, and robust proprietary IT infrastructure.

Strong flywheel effect generated by our unique business model

We pioneered China’s post-secondary and professional education as an early adopter of the online educational model, enabling one teacher to serve a large number of students at different locations via our virtual classrooms.

Our business model requires substantial investment in people, technology and education research and development in its early stage of development as well as a deep understanding of students to build momentum for the flywheel to drive growth. As the pioneer and the leader in China’s online post-secondary and professional education market, we have been continually investing in our business, and have built a strong brand, deep understanding of students, and robust technology and data capabilities, which helps us attract more students and further strengthen our market leadership, creating a virtuous and self-reinforcing cycle.

At the same time, our business model is highly scalable and capable of serving a large and growing number of students without compromising teaching quality. We are able to achieve economies of scale as we expand to serve more students with effective teacher compensation structure, expandable course offerings, and flexible pricing strategy. Our business model enjoys significant operating leverage, and allows us to continue to invest in people, technology and content with greater efficiency. We have also accumulated a large amount of data and feedbacks through our online platform, which allows us to continually improve our community operations, education research and development, and teacher performance.

From the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the six months ended June 30, 2017, new student enrollments increased from 89,066 to 148,573, representing a year-over-year growth of 66.8%. In addition, for the six months

 

107


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2017, our gross billings per new student enrollment were approximately RMB6,141.6 (US$905.9), an increase of 72.5% from approximately RMB3,560.1 for the same period of 2016.

As the flywheel effect of our business continues to gain momentum, we believe we can continue to grow our market share, and create the scale, efficiency, teaching quality and brand that will be difficult for our competitors to attain.

Strong brand rooted in teaching quality

We have established a strong brand. We attribute our strong brand to our commitment to teaching quality and our deep understanding of our students and the evolving education industry in China. We have received many awards and recognition, including “Influential Online Education Brand” awarded by Tencent from 2015 to 2017. According to iResearch, Jiangsu, a populous province in China, is the only region in China that allows private education institutions to access the student STE exam results, and the average pass rate of our students taking STE exams in Jiangsu Province was 71.9% in 2016. According to the same source, the national average pass rate of the STE exam takers who had participated in STE tutoring courses was 46.5% in the same year. In student reviews collected following classes delivered in 2017, 98.6% of reviewers indicated their satisfaction with a four- or five-star rating out of five.

We focus on cultivating an engaging, interactive learning environment. We enable our students to effectively interact with other students, teachers and mentors through our online virtual community. We also provide students with effective mentoring services through our mentors. Supported by on-call assistants and our robust IT infrastructure, our mentors are responsible for monitoring the learning progress of a certain group of students, providing direct support when needed and encouraging the students to actively participate in the virtual learning community. We believe our virtual learning community improves students’ engagement and in turn improves our students’ willingness to learn.

We adopt a distinctive content development approach, supported by our experienced team of course and educational content development professionals and robust proprietary IT infrastructure. We typically break the syllabus of each subject into a Learning Outcome Tree, which is a distinct set of learning outcomes students need to achieve. As of December 31, 2017, we have developed over 1,750 Learning Outcome Trees covering over 123,000 knowledge points. Based on the Learning Outcome Trees, we develop customized teaching notes for teachers, as well as comprehensive course outlines and quiz banks for students. We constantly update our Learning Outcome Trees, course outlines, teaching notes, and quiz banks and provide customized solutions to teachers and students based on feedback received during the learning and testing process.

We are able to attract strong and qualified teachers by leveraging our strong brand and attractive teacher compensation structure. This helps to retain and motivate our teachers. Our teachers are further empowered by our distinctive content development approach and our robust proprietary IT infrastructure, including the Learning Outcome Trees, the Genesis teacher interface and mobile application. In addition, we have developed a fully-digital and systematic assessment approach that provides teachers with transparent and helpful feedback that serves as the foundation for their professional development and helps them to build fulfilling careers with us.

Robust proprietary IT infrastructure

We have developed a robust proprietary IT infrastructure, Genesis, by drawing upon our deep understanding of our business and strong technological capabilities, accumulated over our long history of serving students.

Genesis consists of a comprehensive set of self-developed online and mobile platforms that allow our students and employees to seamlessly connect with one another. Fully integrated into every major aspect of our business, from student acquisition to community operations, content development to teaching, Genesis allows us to track every major action of our students on our platforms, collect data created at every major stage of our

 

108


Table of Contents

operations, and capture valuable analytics on behaviors, needs, preferences and feedbacks of our students and employees throughout our entire operation process in real time. As such, we are able to apply a data-driven approach to continually upgrade and transform our IT infrastructure, thereby enhancing our operating efficiency and teaching quality, as well as meeting increasing demand of our business.

Genesis empowers our employees with automated workflows, nimble internal operations, close digital collaboration and valuable analytics, which helps to increase their productivity and enhances our student acquisition and engagement. At the same time, Genesis also provides our students with a powerful mobile learning application to advance student engagement and learning.

Our mobile learning application features a mobile community, virtual campus and classrooms, online content in various formats, and a digital learning track that caters to our students’ learning behaviors and cultivates a customized and interactive learning environment.

Innovative and visionary management team with proven track record

We have an innovative and visionary management team with a unique combination of experience in the education and technology sectors. We have a stable, long-serving management team with prior experience working with market leading internet and education companies, such as Tencent, Alibaba, Intel and Pearson.

Led by our visionary founder, Mr. Peng Ou, our management team has deep industry insights, clear strategies, and strong execution capabilities. This is demonstrated by three major strategic transformations that we have successfully implemented. In 2006, we began to invest substantial marketing resources in online advertising. In 2014, we transformed our service offerings from offline to online classes. In 2016, we launched and executed our “Mobile First” strategy and launched our new IT infrastructure.

Our Strategies

We are dedicated to enabling our students to capture life-changing opportunities by delivering transformative education services. Our goal is to strengthen our leading position in the post-secondary and professional education market in China. We intend to achieve our goal by pursuing the following strategies:

Expand into new markets with unmet demand

We intend to expand into new markets by addressing the needs of students who are not aware of solutions available to satisfy their aspiration for more advanced degrees. We plan to reach out and promote our services to these students through tailored marketing efforts. We believe we are well positioned to capture the significant growth opportunity offered by these prospective students.

We have developed a multi-channel strategy to reach our target students. Search-related marketing may not be the optimal channel to acquire these students since they are generally not aware of post-secondary and professional education options and typically would not initiate specific searches on search engines. Our target students in such new markets also tend to be heavy mobile users. Therefore, we plan to deploy resources to push advertising on mobile marketing channels, especially popular mobile apps with high traffic volume. We intend to enhance our counseling services to better understand prospective students’ needs, promote the variety of our course offerings, and tailor our course recommendations to best address their needs.

Strengthen our existing leadership position

We are the leader in the online post-secondary and professional education market in China in terms of gross billings for the six months ended June 30, 2017, according to iResearch. We are particularly successful in addressing the educational needs of students who have awareness and explicit demand for post-secondary and

 

109


Table of Contents

professional education. The post-secondary and professional education market in China is large, highly fragmented and predominantly offline. We intend to strengthen our leadership by continuing to take market share away from our offline competitors.

We plan to attract students primarily through offering diverse and competitively priced course packages. Specifically, we will also continue to promote our services by providing new education content offerings through leveraging our education research and development capabilities. We intend to continue to optimize our course pricing and offer more customized course packages to address diverse needs of prospective students. Moreover, we plan to further enhance our counseling oriented sales practice, including anticipating student needs through data analytics and adding more experiential elements to our sales process.

Enhance student experience

We intend to continually enhance student experience and improve quality of our teaching through the following:

 

    Expand and customize our course offerings to meet the diversified needs of prospective students;

 

    Cultivate a more engaging and effective learning environment by developing more features and virtual tools, and building personalized quiz banks based on our strong data analytical capabilities; and

 

    Continue to build our faculty team by attracting and retaining more highly qualified faculty with our competitive and merit-based compensation structure.

Further enhance our brand

We will continue to strengthen our brand through word-of-mouth referrals. We plan to leverage our strong operating results, including student engagement, exam pass rate and student satisfaction, to promote our reputation. For example, we intend to develop branding campaigns that incorporate case studies of successful students and key student performance metrics to enhance our brand image.

To further promote an embracing brand image, we plan to offer our mobile application users more first-hand experience of our services. For example, we will provide such users with guest access to our virtual learning community, including authentic reviews about us and our services posted by current and prior students. Through trial classes and pre-course self-assessments that allow them to directly interact with our teachers and students, such users will be able to get first-hand experience of our stimulating online community, and provide us with valuable feedback that allows us to enhance their user experience as soon as they connect with us.

Moreover, we intend to leverage search engine and mobile app marketing, as well as offline advertisement to increase our brand value. We believe that the association of our brand with high teaching quality and superior learning experience is critical to cost-effective student acquisition. We plan to implement branding initiatives and marketing campaigns through various channels in order to reach a broader prospective student population and drive student acquisition.

Continue to invest in technology

We intend to continually invest in technology in order to both enhance our students’ learning experience and increase our operating efficiency.

We believe adults’ entire study process, from taking courses to interacting with others, can take place completely online, which allows us to track and analyze massive student data in every major aspect of their studies in real-time to improve teaching quality and enhance students’ learning experience. For example, we intend to strengthen our data analytics through use of artificial intelligence to empower different aspects of our teaching services with data-driven insights.

 

110


Table of Contents

We plan to continue to merge major aspects of our operations into Genesis to optimize efficiency. We will continue to develop applications within Genesis to optimize various business functions and improve operating efficiency. We also intend to improve the functionalities and features of our teaching research platform to further enhance our course and education research and development capabilities.

To further encourage student engagement and interactions, we plan to optimize and develop attractive new features for our mobile platform. For example, we plan to fine-tune our habit-forming virtual reward system, and create new communication channels and social features on our mobile app to further encourage interaction. We will also be able to monitor students’ perception and identify any dissatisfaction based on students’ comments in the chat groups/online community.

Furthermore, we will further improve our sales and marketing efficiency, by optimizing our algorithm to better match counselors with prospective students, and developing new tools such as chatbot and real-time tactic support. We also intend to carry out programmatic marketing based on accurate audience profiling and real-time performance tracking.

Pursue selective strategic alliances and acquisitions

We intend to pursue strategic alliances and acquisitions that are complementary to our existing business. We plan to explore strategic relationships with leading international and local education content providers and top universities globally, in order to expand our course offerings, enhance student experience and strengthen our brand. At the same time, we also believe that our strong reputation and market leadership make us attractive to our partners. We will prudently assess opportunities with a view towards long-term value creation.

Our Business Model and Online Education Services

We offer our online education services through our online and mobile platforms to adult students pursuing post-secondary and professional education. We deliver a diverse, comprehensive range of online courses in a live streaming format focused on fostering an interactive learning experience and community-oriented student support services. We also provide our students with a variety of proprietary educational content to help reinforce what is taught in classes and assess their learning outcomes.

We promote our services through a multi-channel strategy, including online and mobile advertising, to convert sales leads into student enrollments in a cost-effective manner.

Through our technology that connects students with faculty and employees, we gather and analyze data at each stage of our students’ interactions with us in real-time, allowing us to better understand our students’ learning needs and enabling us to continually improve the quality of our service.

Our Course Offerings

We offer a wide range of online courses addressing various educational needs of adults in China.

 

111


Table of Contents

Currently, our course offerings mainly cover two main components, namely (i) degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses, and (ii) professional certification preparation and professional skills courses. The following table sets forth our gross billings, net revenues and new student enrollments attributable to each type of course offering:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015      2016      2017  
     (RMB in thousands, except for new student
enrollments)
 

Gross billings

        

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     328,257        621,960        830,547  

STE courses

     316,840        585,404        792,631  

Other degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     11,417        36,556        37,916  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

     117,869        119,003        81,924  

Total

     446,126        740,963        912,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

        

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     93,953        292,653        292,119  

STE courses

     91,294        277,915        277,706  

Other degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     2,659        14,738        14,413  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

     64,603        120,516        66,724  

Others(1)

     454        5,741        2,620  

Total

     159,010        418,910        361,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

New student enrollments

        

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     100,714        119,819        117,174  

STE courses

     99,185        116,507        114,434  

Other degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     1,529        3,312        2,740  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

     78,458        68,914        31,399  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     179,172        188,733        148,573  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) Include commissions received for providing referral services to third-party education institutions.

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

Our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary course offerings primarily consist of preparation courses for the Self-taught Higher Education Examination, or the STE, a state-administered exam in China for learners pursuing associate diplomas or bachelor’s degrees. As of June 30, 2017, our STE courses covered 18 majors, including Chinese language and literature, law, pre-school education, project management, marketing, English, human resource management, business administration, business management, modern corporate governance, finance, financial management, advertising, accounting, energy management, administrative management, international trade, and computer information management. Our degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary course offerings also include preparation courses for the entrance examinations of Master of Business Administration, or MBA, programs offered by select universities in China.

STE courses have historically accounted for the largest proportion of our net revenues, gross billings and new student enrollments. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, STE courses represented approximately 57.4%, 66.3% and 76.8%, respectively, of our net revenues, and approximately 71.0%, 79.0% and 86.9%, respectively, of our gross billings. In addition, STE courses represented approximately 55.4%, 61.7% and

 

112


Table of Contents

77.0%, respectively, of our new student enrollments for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face risks associated with our reliance on our STE course offerings, including risks resulting from changes in government policies or requirements relating to STE exams.”

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

Our professional certification preparation course offerings cover various industries and professions, including accounting, human resources, teaching and finance. Our professional skills courses are designed to give our students the skills, knowledge and abilities that are commonly required or otherwise helpful for a broad range of professions. As of June 30, 2017, our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses primarily included certificates for teachers, accountants and tour guides, as well as certifications for human resources professionals and certified public accountants.

In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, our professional certification preparation and professional skills courses represented approximately 40.6%, 28.8% and 18.5%, respectively, of our net revenues, and approximately 26.4%, 16.1% and 9.0%, respectively, of our gross billings. In addition, our professional certification courses represented approximately 43.8%, 36.5%, and 21.1%, respectively, of our new student enrollments in 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

In addition to the course offerings discussed above, we also offer exam preparation “crash courses” for exam-taking students. Instead of covering a wide range of topics in a particular subject matter, these courses are meant to cover the most frequently tested areas in the exams and provide training on test-taking strategies and skills to help our students improve their performance in actual exams.

Interactive Learning Process

Live streaming course delivery

We transitioned from an offline, classroom-based education service provider to an online education model in 2014. Currently, our teachers deliver our courses in a live streaming format through our websites and our mobile application. According to iResearch, we are one of the first to offer live streaming courses in China’s education industry.

Our live streaming course delivery format allows us to cost-effectively expand student enrollments and maintain high teaching quality. Live streaming also improves efficiency of instruction and enriches the learning experience in a number of ways:

 

    Time efficiency and no geographic limitations. While classroom-based students are often required to spend time commuting, our live streaming learning format allows them to attend courses anytime, anywhere as long as there is Internet.

 

    High level of engagement and interaction. Our live streaming application (through support functions and plug-ins) allow students to engage in real-time Q&A with our faculty and their fellow students through live chats, which fosters an engaging and interactive learning setting. We recently introduced a “tipping” function in our live streaming application that allows students to “tip” the teacher with virtual gifts if they like the course, which improves student engagement and student-teacher interaction.

 

    Greater learning flexibility. Every live class is recorded and made available to students enrolled in the course throughout their enrollment period, which allows them to attend courses at their convenience. This scheduling flexibility appeals to adult students with full-time jobs. The replay function allows students to learn at their own pace.

 

113


Table of Contents

Below is a screenshot of the student interface for our live streaming courses on PC and mobile devices.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

We believe our live streaming format and our highly interactive learning experience makes our services highly attractive to students. Our new student enrollments have increased significantly since we transitioned to the live streaming format in 2014. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our new student enrollments were 179,172, 188,733, 89,066 and 148,573, respectively.

 

114


Table of Contents

Virtual learning community

We strive to build a vibrant and highly interactive virtual community for our students and faculty to augment their learning and teaching experience. For example, we have a bulletin board forum, available through our website and mobile application, that enables our students in real time to share their ideas and learning experience with, as well as pose questions and answers to fellow students and our faculty. This also provides a stimulating learning platform for our students to socialize and interact with an extended network of fellow students and faculty members and to forge beneficial relationships. In addition, our students can authorize his or her fellow students to view their learning progress and milestones, thus fostering an engaging and friendly competitive environment.

For the six months ended June 30, 2017, our students and faculty posted more than 25,000 posts on our platforms. We believe a highly interactive virtual student community drives our existing students’ level of engagement and significantly enhances our attractiveness to prospective students.

Community-oriented Class Setup

Our classes are set up to cultivate an interactive learning environment. We are committed to developing a sense of community among our students and faculty, which we believe is critical to improving results.

Furthermore, our community-oriented learning environment, coupled with our student-centric faculty structure, enable us to provide our students attention and support beyond class hours at a time and in a manner that is convenient to them, which further drives student engagement, customer loyalty and course consumption.

Our class setup is comprised of the following:

Schools. To achieve greater administrative and operating efficiency, we assign all of our students into one of our eight virtual schools based on their majors. The courses and majors offered through the same school are usually related, and we tend to maintain comparable school sizes for administrative purposes. The sizes of our schools generally range from approximately 8,000 students to 65,000 students. Both online community-building events and offline in-person gatherings are periodically held at the school level to nurture a socially active atmosphere and promote meaningful interactions among fellow students within the same school.

Divisions. Depending on the number of students enrolled for a given academic period, students in the same school are further grouped under different divisions. We tend to organize students enrolled in the same majors into the same division as sharing similar learning objectives makes it easier for them to form a sense of community. As of June 30, 2017, we had 41 divisions, each with an average of approximately 7,650 students.

Classes. Students in the same division are further assigned to different “classes” for administrative purposes, each having approximately 50 to 200 students. Each class has a full-time mentor that serves as the primary contact for students throughout their service periods. Our mentors are generally available at students request by phone or other communication apps. They provide personal attention and support during and beyond class hours, which further drives student engagement and satisfaction. As of June 30, 2017, we had 344 mentors based in Beijing and Guangzhou.

Our Educational Content Development and Offerings

Content Development

We believe our strong in-house course and educational content development capabilities are critical to maintaining our education service quality and differentiating us from our competitors.

We maintain an experienced team of course and educational content development professionals. Our course and educational content development team is dedicated to designing course offerings, as well as developing and

 

115


Table of Contents

improving a wide range of proprietary educational content, such as course outlines, quiz banks and teaching notes, for substantially all of our online course offerings.

We regularly upgrade our educational content to make it more practical, and easier to comprehend and apply in real exams. For instance, we release major updates to our proprietary quiz banks and mock questions for students pursuing the STE exams typically every six months to reflect updates in the test topics in the government-administered STE exams. Benefiting from our IT infrastructure, our course and educational content development team is able to view and analyze student performance in quiz banks and mock questions, which enables them to identify weaknesses in the educational content and make timely adjustments and upgrades accordingly. Our course and educational content development team also seeks feedbacks from teachers and students regarding the effectiveness of our educational content, through online questionnaires or in-person meetings.

In addition to our proprietary educational content, our course and educational content development professionals also design and recommend to our teachers best practices in teaching methods. While our teachers retain substantial control of and flexibility in the way their classes are taught, our course and educational content development professionals continually work closely with them to ensure our courses and educational content are delivered in an engaging, effective manner. For example, in 2014, we introduced Learning Outcome Trees, a proprietary knowledge management system that displays concepts and their relationships with each other in a visualized, easily understood manner. We use Learning Outcome Trees to help us structure and deliver our educational content offerings, including course outlines, teaching notes and quiz banks, more effectively. We also encourage our teachers to use Learning Outcome Trees to assist their students in understanding abstract concepts and topics most frequently tested in exams. As of December 31, 2017, we had over 1,750 self-developed Learning Outcome Trees covering over 123,000 knowledge points.

Content Offerings

We support the learning experience with a wide range of educational content designed to help them capture key takeaways from, and reinforce what is taught in, our live streaming lessons, and to assess learning outcomes both during and after class hours. We also provide our teachers with educational content to help them prepare and teach classes effectively. All of our educational content was developed by our in-house research and development team and distributed electronically to our students and faculty through our online platforms.

Our educational content offerings primarily consist of the following:

 

    Course outlines. We develop course-specific outlines based on the curriculum requirements of the applicable government authorities and our Learning Outcome Trees to ensure high-quality teaching is delivered consistently across our course offerings. As our students’ levels of academic ability vary, our course outlines are designed with the flexibility to address particular students’ strengths and weaknesses.

 

    Teaching notes. We offer teaching notes to our teachers providing them with roadmaps on how to spend class time effectively. The teaching notes set out the learning outcomes based on our Learning Outcome Trees, key issues and frequently tested topics of a given course as well as recommended teaching strategies. They also contain suggested allocation of time to spend on different sub-subjects and questions to ask to stimulate the desired discussion. We generally use standardized teaching notes for the same courses, even taught by different teachers, to ensure consistency of teaching quality.

 

   

Quiz banks. We maintain and regularly update large quiz banks, including ones specifically designed for the state-administered STE exams. A majority of the quizzes in our quiz banks were developed in-house, leveraging our understanding of the topics frequently tested in the exams as well as the significant data accumulated during our teaching, while the rest are based on real exams in the past. Also, our students can search within the quiz banks using keywords from Learning Outcome Trees,

 

116


Table of Contents
 

which has greatly improved their learning effectiveness. As of December 31, 2017, our quiz banks designed for students pursuing the STE exams contained more than 973,000 quizzes. In addition to quiz banks, we also offer mock exams to provide our students with realistic practice sessions for their real final exams.

Our Students

We have a large, fast-growing student base, primarily as a result of our well-established brand and effective sales and marketing efforts. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, we had 205,806, 382,805, 286,899 and 407,960 students, respectively. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our new student enrollments were 179,172, 188,733, 89,066 and 148,573, respectively.

We believe our success is largely attributable to our deep understanding of our students. Our students are primarily working adults who generally have limited time to devote to lengthy and regular classroom studies at designated physical locations. Such students also need an engaging learning atmosphere that encourages participation and interaction, and require more assistance and supervision from their teachers and mentors.

According to iResearch, among students surveyed who indicated a desire to pursue a more advanced degree or diploma, approximately 54.9% were white- and blue-collar employees of private enterprises, and approximately 36.6% resided in tier-one cities in China. In addition, our students are typically heavy mobile users who prefer a flexible yet engaging and interactive learning environment.

Our target students generally have aspirations to obtain more knowledge, pursue higher education and improve their social and economic status. At the same time, many of them cannot identify their specific education needs or solutions for such needs, especially given that education products and services can be complex and the relatively high costs may deter them from fulfilling their educational needs. To help them meet their aspirations and understand the potential educational solutions, we focus our marketing and sales practices on counseling-oriented interactions and strive to deliver our courses and educational content in a highly engaging and student-friendly manner.

Our Faculty

We maintain a large full-time faculty dedicated to helping our students succeed. As of June 30, 2017, our faculty primarily consisted of 182 teachers and 344 mentors based in Beijing and Guangzhou, China.

Our teachers and mentors assume different roles and responsibilities. Generally, our teachers are responsible for delivering courses and educational content to our students, while our mentors focus on providing academic and administrative support to the students beyond class hours. We believe their different functions require different skills and personal attributes, and therefore we apply differentiated recruitment, training, and evaluation and compensation strategies to our teachers and mentors. For risks related to our faculty, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified faculty members.”

Our Teachers

We believe maintaining a high-quality team of teachers is the bedrock of our brand and reputation, particularly given our online course delivery model where each teacher is expected to cover a larger number of students than in offline, classroom-based courses. We monitor the total number of hours our teachers teach regularly to provide both an optimal number of teachers for our large, fast-growing student enrollments and adequate teaching assignments for each of our teachers. All of our teachers are our full-time employees.

 

117


Table of Contents

Recruitment

We hire our teachers based on numerous criteria, including educational backgrounds, teaching experience, and performance in mock lessons. We typically look for candidates with a bachelor’s degree from a top university or college in China or a master’s or higher degree. Additionally, given the interactive nature of our live streaming lessons, we look for teachers with strong communication skills in an online setting and the ability to make the courses more interactive to drive student engagement.

Training and support

We offer standard training programs to newly-hired teachers. We also impose a probation period and require each newly hired teacher to pass an internal qualification test at the end of the probation to be formally employed as full-time teachers. We also provide on-the-job training on instructional and communication skills to our teachers on a regular basis. Our training for teachers specifically includes guidance on teaching notes that they are required to use for the courses they teach, as well as detailed guidance on the relevant Learning Outcome Trees and other relevant materials. See “—Our Business Model and Online Education Services— Our Educational Content Development and Offerings.” These materials are adapted to each of our course offerings and designed to ensure high teaching quality is delivered consistently across different classes taught by different teachers. We also provide technical support for our teachers that allows them to monitor student engagement and academic performance on a real time basis.

Evaluation and Compensation

We have developed a fully-digital and systematic assessment approach that provides teachers with transparent and helpful feedback that serves as the foundation for their professional development and helps them to build fulfilling careers with us. We adopt a comprehensive set of key performance indicators, or KPIs, to evaluate teacher performance. These KPIs include student attendance rate and student satisfaction, among others. We also collect student reviews after each class and closely monitor the educational content delivered by our teachers to facilitate our teacher evaluation efforts and to improve our teaching quality. In addition, we use mock lessons to assess a teacher’s teaching skills and ability to engage students in a live streaming course setting, especially in instances where multiple teachers are competing to teach the same course.

Our teachers are rated according to a 10-star scale, depending on their seniority and performance. We pay our teachers base salaries and service fees generally on a per-lesson basis. The service fees per lesson of a teacher are based primarily on his or her rating and other factors, such as student reviews. To incentivize our teachers, we also provide them with discretionary, merit-based bonuses based on their performance, measured by a wide range of KPIs. We enter into with each teacher a standard employment agreement typically for an initial term of three years which automatically renews at the end of each term.

Our Mentors

Our mentors’ principal role is to provide academic guidance and support to our students on a daily basis to help navigate their way throughout the entire duration of studies. Our mentors’ roles and responsibilities typically include:

 

    understanding and responding to student inquiries and concerns;

 

    monitoring students’ learning progress as well as their overall academic and personal development;

 

    providing psychological support to help students cope with the challenging aspects of their studies, particularly in a rigorous academic environment; and

 

    encouraging students to share ideas and learning experience and achievements with peers and faculty to foster a sense of community and teamwork spirit.

 

118


Table of Contents

Recruitment

We tend to look for mentors who demonstrate excellent interpersonal and communication skills and a commitment in participating in the education profession and impacting a diverse audience. We typically require our mentors to possess a bachelor’s degree.

Training and support

We provide our mentors with an orientation program and periodic on-the-job training to improve their ability to engage and build relationships with students. We also provide our mentors with training opportunities that address specific challenges. For example, we organize training seminars support that help our mentors identify signs of emotional distress of students and provide psychological support. We have also introduced systems and tools that enable our teachers to monitor student activities and outcomes and take appropriate actions when the students demonstrate a low level of engagement.

Evaluation and compensation

We use various KPIs in terms of student engagement to measure the performance of our mentors. These KPIs include student’s class attendance, refund rate, as well as the percentage of outperforming students. Our mentors’ compensation consists of base salary and performance-based bonuses determined by these KPIs. With each of our mentors we enter into a standard employment agreement typically for an initial term of three years which automatically renews at the end of each term.

Marketing, Branding and Sales

Our marketing philosophy is to promote our services to prospective students in a cost-effective manner based on our deep understanding of their unique profile and needs. We have acquired many of our existing students through effective marketing campaigns focused on showing how our services can address their specific educational needs. At the same time, we market our services to a larger group of prospective students who are not aware of solutions available to satisfy their needs through tailored marketing efforts designed to awaken their potential demands and navigate them through their decision-making process.

We believe that our distinguished online education services lead to strong word-of-mouth promotion, which drives our brand awareness and rapid organic enrollment growth and enables us to market in a cost-effective manner. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, our marketing effectiveness ratio, measured by dividing marketing spending by gross billings, was 28.3%, 24.8%, 24.8% and 22.1%, respectively.

We have built a large, well-trained professional sales and marketing team. As of June 30, 2017, we had 4,098 sales and marketing personnel, the majority of whom were based in our Beijing headquarters. We also maintain sales and marketing personnel in other major regional markets, such as Wuhan, Shenzhen and Guangzhou. Our sales and marketing force adopts sales and marketing strategies customized based on the needs and profile of prospective students in different markets. We divide our sales and marketing personnel into different teams, each dedicated to executing our marketing strategies in a particular geographic region or particular course offerings.

Advertising, marketing and branding

We engage in a variety of advertising and marketing activities to build our brand and use a combination of online and offline channels.

Advertising & marketing

We generate our leads primarily from online channels, which consist of search engine marketing and mobile marketing. Empowered by our data analytics capabilities, we use automated bidding strategies to place ads

 

119


Table of Contents

intelligently, as well as to track performance of our ads in real time, which enables us to generate more qualified clicks leading to our websites. We put ads on strategically chosen mobile applications that generate premium traffic quality to maximize our return of investment from mobile marketing channels.

Our search engine marketing channels effectively target students who possess preliminary interest in our services. We purchase key words from major search service providers in China, such as Baidu, and enhance returns from search engine marketing channels using search engine optimization techniques. We monitor end-to-end performance metrics of our search engine marketing channels on a continuous basis.

We also generate leads online through mobile marketing channels, which mainly include display advertising on leading mobile news apps, such as Toutiao and UC Headlines, as well as social media platforms, such as Weibo, and online shopping platforms, such as Taobao and T-Mall. The display advertising formats we use generally include launch screen display, banners, text hyperlinks, videos and rich media. We also operate a branded Weixin/WeChat official account to raise our brand awareness and increase sales leads generated on the Weixin/WeChat platform. We believe that our mobile marketing efforts are particularly effective in awakening potential demands of prospective students who have not yet developed a specific learning plan. As we continue to focus on acquiring students through various mobile marketing channels, our mobile student acquisition rate increased from approximately 45.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 72.6% for the same period in 2017.

The terms of the agreements we enter into with our search engine and mobile marketing partners are typically one year. We pay our search engine and mobile marketing partners generally on a cost-per-click basis.

Branding

In addition to online advertising focused on mobile applications with high traffic volume, we engage in offline branding activities to a much lesser extent to supplement our overall sales and marketing strategies. Our offline branding activities primarily include public displays at major subway stations in Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen, as well as establishment of 104 enrollment centers strategically located in our regional markets as of June 30, 2017. We believe that these cities represent the largest student base in China, and the primary goal of these advertisements is to enhance our presence in the local markets.

Counseling-oriented sales

Counseling services

To convert leads generated into student enrollments, we provide customized, comprehensive counseling to prospective students throughout the lead nurturing and enrollment cycle. This counseling-oriented sales approach is supported by a capable sales team consisting of live chat personnel, call center staff and recruitment consultants based in our regional enrollment centers. We provide extensive training to our sales team to ensure they are capable of explaining our course offerings, addressing questions and concerns, and recommending courses that best suit prospective students’ learning objectives. We also use our data analytics tools and models to identify a prospective student’s educational needs, which helps our sales team provide tailor-made counseling services.

Enrollment process

We use multi-layer lead-nurturing strategies to acquire new student enrollments in a cost-effective manner. Each of the leads generated are initially directed to our live chat support team who is responsible for answering prospective students’ enquires, encouraging them to register with our platforms, and collecting necessary information. Once a prospective student indicates an interest in purchasing our courses, we match such student with the most suitable sales professional based on our data analytics and tools. Such sales professional will follow up with the prospective student. A prospective student that has signed up for our courses will be directed to our local enrollment centers to complete course purchase and registration with the assistance of our enrollment consultants. Our enrollment consultants are also responsible for providing counseling services to enrolling

 

120


Table of Contents

students and guiding them through the payment process. Our students can also choose to complete the purchase and enrollment process entirely online.

IT Infrastructure and Capabilities

We devote significant resources to maintaining a reliable, scalable and secure IT infrastructure. We have built our integrated IT infrastructure primarily based on tools, technologies and platforms that we have developed in-house and, to a lesser extent, third-party software and applications that we have licensed or purchased.

We maintain a dedicated IT development and support team. As of June 30, 2017, we had 185 technology development personnel.

Genesis

Our IT infrastructure is critical to supporting our pursuit of excellent student experience and optimal operating efficiency. We have developed Genesis, our proprietary integrated IT infrastructure, to support and connect our students and employees during every major aspect of our business operations, encompassing marketing, sales, course delivery and development, and operation management.

The following diagram illustrates the main components of Genesis:

 

LOGO

 

    Student interface. The student interface supports applications and platforms that enable our students to enroll in courses, attend classes, access educational content, interact within our virtual community, and engage in other learning activities throughout their service periods. In particular, Genesis provides our students with an intuitive social platform, mainly featuring our bulletin forum, that allows them to connect to, and interact with, an extended network of faculty and other students.

 

121


Table of Contents

Below is an illustration of Genesis interface for students:

 

LOGO

 

    Employee interface. Genesis incorporates different subsets of functions used by our employees, ranging from our teachers and mentors to our marketing and sales personnel. The employee interface is specifically customized to provide our employees with information and data most relevant to their responsibilities. Genesis empowers our employees with automated workflows, nimble internal operations, close digital collaboration and valuable analytics, which helps to increase their productivity and enhances our student acquisition and engagement. For example, Genesis enables our teachers to search, retrieve and analyze various types of student data, such as exam pass rates and course attendance and completion rates, to evaluate our students’ learning engagement and academic performance.

 

122


Table of Contents

Below is an illustration of Genesis’s interface for teachers:

 

LOGO

 

    Centralized database. Genesis supports a centralized database allowing its users, including our students and employees, to contribute, share and store content and data across our various applications and platforms.

Genesis mainly powers the following services and functions:

 

    Information and data transmission and sharing. Genesis supports real-time transmission and sharing of various types of information and data between the student interface and the employee interface as well as across our various internal business units and functions, including sales and marketing, course delivery and development, and virtual community management.

 

    Centralized data tracking. Leveraging the centralized database, Genesis allows us to track every major action of our students on our platforms, collect data generated at every major stage of our operations, and capture valuable analytics on behaviors, needs, preferences and feedbacks of our students and employees throughout our entire operation process and in real time.

 

    Data insight/analytics. We have built strong data analytics capabilities upon continual analysis of massive student and operating data using algorithms, models and data analytics tools. Data analytics has enabled us to project potential outcomes and make intelligent decisions based on those projections. For example, we track and analyze students’ progress in practice and mock tests to evaluate teaching quality and forecast real exam results. In addition, we alert our teachers and courses and content development professionals when we identify, using data analytics, that a specific course is experiencing larger-than-average dropouts.

Our Mobile Platforms

We are one of the first movers in China’s education sector to deliver interactive education services via mobile platforms, which has enabled students to learn and connect with fellow students and faculty in a more efficient and flexible manner. Our Sunlands mobile app, available on both iOS and Android, is built with a clear and functional interface that enables access to our course and educational content offerings and our virtual learning community. We have also built mobile WAP pages which allow our students and faculty to enjoy a similar level of functionality as our mobile app without installation.

 

123


Table of Contents

Our Tuition and Fees

Our tuition fees, including academic fees and registration fees, are charged generally on a per-program basis. From time to time, we offer tuition discounts under various marketing campaigns and promotions. For example, discounts may also be made available to students who purchase multiple courses at a time. We accept fee payments through major third-party online payment solutions in China, including Alipay, Union Pay and WeChat Pay, as well as bank transfers and credit cards.

Students typically self-finance their education or obtain financing from third-party financing programs that cooperate with us. We currently offer the following two payment options to our students:

 

    Lump-sum prepayment option. Under a prepaid payment plan, a student is required to make a one-time, lump-sum payment of the tuition to us directly at the beginning of the academic period. In 2015 and 2016 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, approximately 95.2%, 67.7% and 31.8% of our gross billings were paid in a lump sum upfront.

 

    Installment payment plan. In 2015, we launched an installment payment option that enables eligible students to obtain loans from accredited credit providers in China to finance all or part of their tuition. The credit providers perform credit assessment, approve loan applications, provide the funds and collect delinquent payments. Once a student’s loan application is approved by the credit provider, the tuition will be fully paid to us by such credit provider. One of the credit providers is Coffee Ease, in which we hold an indirect equity interest through our investment as a limited partner in an investment fund which is managed by one of our minority shareholders and holds a non-controlling equity interest in Coffee Ease.

Under the loan agreement between the borrowing student and the lending credit provider, the borrowing student is required to repay the loan principal in installments over a period generally ranging from three to 12 months. Under the cooperation agreement between us and each credit provider, we are responsible for making interest payments under a student loan to the lending credit provider. Interest payments and service fees are recorded as a reduction to the total contractual tuition price. We generally do not guarantee the payment of the loan principal by the students. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business—We may face risks associated with the installment tuition payment plan we offer to our students.” In 2015 and 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, 4.8%, 32.3% and 68.2%, respectively, of our gross billings were received from lending credit providers. During the same periods, we made interest payments of RMB2.0 million, RMB20.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB39.4 million (US$5.8 million), respectively, to the credit providers.

We generally offer students a full, unconditional refund within 24 hours upon enrollment. If a student requests a refund after taking at least a 30-minute trial course due to any material academic issue associated with our courses within certain refund period, we offer a partial refund. In addition, we may at our discretion grant a partial refund to a student who withdraws at any other time during his or her enrollment, subject to special approval by us. Historically, we allowed our students to obtain a refund under certain conditions. When calculating gross billings for a specific period, we deduct the total amount of refunds from the total amount of cash received for the sale of course packages for such period.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. We own copyrights to the educational content we developed in-house. We enter into standard employment agreements with our teachers, course development staff and other employees which provide that the intellectual property created by them in connection with their employment with us is our intellectual property. As of the date of this prospectus, we have registered 28 trademarks with the Trademark Office of the PRC State Administration of Industry and Commerce, registered 35 software copyrights with the PRC State Copyright Bureau, and registered 39 domain names.

 

124


Table of Contents

Despite our efforts to protect ourselves from infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property. In the event of a successful claim of infringement and our failure or inability to develop non-infringing intellectual property or license the infringed or similar intellectual property on a timely basis, our business could be harmed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may from time to time be subject to infringement claims relating to intellectual properties of third parties.” and “—If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.”

Employees

We had 1,435, 3,076 and 5,141 full-time employees as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, most of our employees were in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen.

The following table sets forth the number of our employees as of June 30, 2017:

 

Function

   Number of Full-
Time
Employees
     Percentages  

Academic and administrative faculty(1)

     702        13.7

Sales and marketing staff

     3,012        58.6

Sales operation

     1,086        21.1

General and administrative

     156        3.0

Technology development

     185        3.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,141        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of teachers, mentors, course and educational content development professionals, and other administrative faculty members.

We enter into employment contracts with our full-time employees which contain standard confidentiality and non-compete provisions. In addition to salaries and benefits, we provide performance-based bonuses for our full-time employees and commission-based compensation for our sales and marketing force.

Under PRC law, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for our PRC-based full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing insurance. We are required under PRC law to make contributions from time to time to employee benefit plans for our PRC-based full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of such employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China.

We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any material labor disputes in the past. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

Competition

We primarily compete with offline, classroom-based education service providers. Additionally, we expect to face competition as a result of new entrants to the post-secondary and professional education market in China, including established education service providers that had not previously offered online education courses. We compete with our competitors for student enrollments and engagement, high-quality faculty members, sales and marketing effectiveness, among other things.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in China’s post-secondary and professional education market include the following:

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

125


Table of Contents
    scope of course offerings;

 

    course pricing;

 

    interactive, engaging and customized learning experience;

 

    teaching quality and level of academic and administrative student support;

 

    ease of deployment and use of the course delivery format; and

 

    expertise in sales and marketing, and student acquisition and retention; and

 

    proven track record of performance.

We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend, to a great extent, upon our ability to consistently deliver high-quality course offerings and acquire, support and retain students. Some of our present and future competitors may have longer operating histories, larger teams of teaching faculty and supporting staff and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources. For a discussion of risks relating to competition, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face intense competition in our industry, which could divert student to our competitors, lead to pricing pressure and loss of market share, and significantly reduce our gross billings and net revenues.”

Facilities

Our current principal executive offices are located at Building 4-6, Chaolai Science Park, No. 36 Chuangyuan Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, the People’s Republic of China. We maintain offices in Beijing, China with an aggregate of approximately 17,189 square meters. These facilities currently accommodate our management headquarters, as well as most of our sales and marketing, course and educational content development, and general and administrative activities. We also maintain offices in Wuhan, China, with an aggregate of approximately 15,884 square meters, to support part of our sales and marketing activities.

We lease all of the facilities that we currently occupy from independent third parties. We believe that the facilities that we currently lease are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Insurance

We do not maintain any liability insurance or property insurance policies covering students, equipment and facilities for injuries, death or losses due to fire, earthquake, flood or any other disaster. Consistent with customary industry practice in China, we do not maintain business interruption insurance, nor do we maintain key-man life insurance.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flow or results of operations.

 

126


Table of Contents

REGULATION

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are principally governed by the Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment, or the Catalog, which was promulgated and is amended from time to time by the Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, and the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC. The Catalog divides industries into three categories: encouraged, restricted and prohibited. Industries not listed in the Catalog are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC regulations. Establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in encouraged and permitted industries. Some restricted industries are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. In addition, restricted category projects are subject to higher-level government approvals. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category. Industries not listed in the Catalog are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC regulations. Pursuant to the latest Catalog amended in June 2017, or the 2017 Catalog, the provision of value-added telecommunications services falls in the restricted category and, with a few exceptions, the percentage of foreign ownership cannot exceed 50%.

Regulation Relating to Value-added Telecommunications Services

Licenses for Value-Added Telecommunications Services

On September 25, 2000, the State Council issued the Regulations on Telecommunications of China, or the Telecommunications Regulations, to regulate telecommunications activities in China. The Telecommunications Regulations divide the telecommunications services into two categories, namely “infrastructure telecommunications services” and “value-added telecommunications services.” Pursuant to the Telecommunications Regulations, operators of value-added telecommunications services must first obtain a Value-added Telecommunications Business Operating License, or VAT License, from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or MIIT, or its provincial level counterparts. On July 3, 2017, the MIIT promulgated the Administrative Measures on Telecommunications Business Operating Licenses, which set forth more specific provisions regarding the types of licenses required to operate value-added telecommunications services, the qualifications and procedures for obtaining such licenses and the administration and supervision of such licenses.

According to the Catalog of Classification of Telecommunications Businesses effective from April 1, 2003, internet information services, also called internet content services, or ICP services, are deemed as a type of value-added telecommunications services. On December 28, 2015, the MIIT published a revised Catalog of Classification of Telecommunication Businesses, or the 2016 MIIT Catalog, which took effect on March 1, 2016. According to the 2016 MIIT Catalog, internet information services, which include information release and delivery services, information search and query services, information community platform services, information real-times interactive services, and information protection and processing services, continues to be classified as a category of value-added telecommunication services. The Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or ICP Measures, also promulgated by the PRC State Council on September 25, 2000 and most recently amended on January 8, 2011, set forth more specific rules on the provision of ICP services. According to ICP Measures, any company that engages in the provision of commercial ICP services shall obtain a sub-category VAT License for Internet Information Services, or ICP License, from the relevant government authorities before providing any commercial internet content services within the PRC, and when the ICP services involve areas of news, publication, education, medical treatment, health, pharmaceuticals and medical equipment, and if required by law or relevant regulations, specific approval from the respective regulatory authorities must be obtained prior

 

127


Table of Contents

to applying for the ICP License from the MIIT or its provincial level counterpart. Pursuant to the above-mentioned regulations, “commercial ICP services” generally refers to provision of specific information content, online advertising, web page construction and other online application services through internet for profit making purpose. Operating our online platform to provide information and services to our students is classified as commercial ICP services. We currently, through Beijing Sunlands, our PRC consolidated VIE, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Shangren Chongye, respectively, hold an ICP License. The ICP License of Beijing Sunlands is valid until July 2, 2019 and the ICP License of Shangren Chongye, is valid until May 22, 2019.

Foreign Investment in Value-Added Telecommunication Services

The Regulations on Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, which took effect on January 1, 2002 and latest amended on February 6, 2016, are the key regulations that regulate foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in China. The FITE Regulations stipulate that, except as otherwise provided by MIIT, the foreign investor of a telecommunications enterprise is prohibited from holding more than 50% of the equity interest in a foreign-invested enterprise that provides value-added telecommunications services. In addition, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a business providing value-added telecommunications services in China, it must demonstrate a positive track record and experience in providing such services.

On July 13, 2006, the MIIT issued the Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in Value-added Telecommunications Services, or the MIIT Circular 2006, which requires that (i) foreign investors can only operate a telecommunications business in China through establishing a telecommunications enterprise with a valid telecommunications business operation license; (ii) domestic license holders are prohibited from leasing, transferring or selling telecommunications business operation licenses to foreign investors in any form, or providing any resource, sites or facilities to foreign investors to facilitate the unlicensed operation of telecommunications business in China; (iii) value-added telecommunications services providers or their shareholders must directly own the domain names and registered trademarks they use in their daily operations; (iv) each value-added telecommunications services provider must have the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and maintain such facilities in the geographic regions covered by its license; and (v) all value-added telecommunications services providers should improve network and information security, enact relevant information safety administration regulations and set up emergency plans to ensure network and information safety. The provincial communications administration bureaus, as local authorities in charge of regulating telecommunications services, (i) are required to ensure that existing qualified value-added telecommunications service providers will conduct a self-assessment of their compliance with the MIIT Circular 2006 and submit status reports to the MIIT before November 1, 2006; and (ii) may revoke the value-added telecommunications business operation licenses of those that fail to comply with the above requirements or fail to rectify such noncompliance within specified time limits. Due to the lack of any additional interpretation from the regulatory authorities, it remains unclear what impact MIIT Circular 2006 will have on us or the other PRC internet companies with similar corporate and contractual structures. After the MOFCOM and NDRC amended the Catalog in March 2015, MIIT also issued the Circular on Removing the Restrictions on Shareholding Ratio Held by Foreign Investors in Online Data Processing and Transaction Processing (Operating E-commerce) Business on June 19, 2015, which amended the relevant provision in FITE Regulations by allowing foreign investors to own more than 50% of the equity interest in an operator of e-commerce business. However, foreign investors continue to be prohibited from holding more than 50% of the equity interest in a provider of other categories of value-added telecommunications services except for e-commerce.

To comply with the above-mentioned foreign ownership restrictions, we operate our online platform in China through Beijing Sunlands and its wholly owned subsidiary, Shangren Chongye, all of the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands are PRC domestically funded entities, and are controlled by Wuhan Zhibo, our PRC subsidiary, through a series of contractual arrangements. Beijing Sunlands and Shangren Chongye are the holders of the domain names, trademarks and facilities necessary for daily operations of our online platforms in compliance with the MIIT Circular 2006. Based on our PRC legal counsel’s understanding of the current PRC law, rules and

 

128


Table of Contents

regulations, our corporate structure complies with all existing PRC laws and regulations. However, we were further advised by our PRC legal counsel that there are substantial uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and application of existing or future PRC laws and regulations and thus there is no assurance that Chinese governmental authorities would take a view consistent with the opinions of our PRC legal counsel.

Regulation Relating to Private Education

Education Law of the PRC

On March 18, 1995, the PRC National People’s Congress promulgated the Education Law of the PRC, or the Education Law, which was amended on August 27, 2009. The Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans for the development of education, establishes and operates schools and other types of educational institutions, and in principle, enterprises, institutions, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to operate schools and other types of educational organizations. It is provided in the Education Law that no organization or individual may establish or operate a school or any other educational institution for commercial purposes. However, private schools may be operated for “reasonable returns” as described in more detail below. On December 27, 2015, the Standing Committee of the PRC National People’s Congress, or the NPC Standing Committee, published the Decision on Amendment of the Education Law, which took effect on June 1, 2016. The NPC Standing Committee narrowed the provision prohibiting the establishment or operation of schools or other educational institutions for commercial purposes to only restricting a school or other educational institution founded with governmental funds or donated assets in the amended Education Law.

The Law for Promoting Private Education and its Implementing Rules

The Law for Promoting Private Education of the PRC became effective on September 1, 2003 and was amended on June 29, 2013, and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education, or PE Implementation Rules of the PRC became effective on April 1, 2004. Under these regulations, “private schools” are defined as schools established by social organizations or individuals using non-government funds. Private schools providing academic qualifications education, kindergarten education, education for self-study examination and other education shall be subject to approval by the education authorities at or above the county level, while private schools engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational skill training shall be subject to approvals from the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare at or above the county level. A duly approved private school will be granted a private school operating permit, and shall be registered with the Ministry of Civil Affairs of the PRC, or the MCA, or its local counterparts as a privately run non-enterprise institution.

Under the above regulations, the operations of a private school are highly regulated. For example, the types and amounts of fees charged by a private school providing academic qualifications education shall be approved by relevant government authorities and publicly disclosed, and a private school that provides non-academic qualifications education shall file its pricing information with the relevant government authorities and publicly disclose such information.

According to PRC laws and regulations, entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors” rather than “owners” or “shareholders.” The economic substance of “sponsorship” with respect to private schools is substantially similar to that of ownership in terms of legal, regulatory and tax matters. While private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the regulations before the Amendment (as defined below) became effective on September 1, 2017, sponsors of a private school may choose to require “reasonable returns” from the annual net balance of the school after deduction of costs for school operations, donations received, government subsidies (if any), the reserved development fund and other expenses as required by the regulations. Private schools whose sponsor does not require reasonable returns shall be entitled to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools, while the preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools whose sponsor require reasonable returns shall be formulated by the finance authority, taxation authority and other authorities under the State Council. To date, however, no regulations have been promulgated by such authorities in this regard.

 

129


Table of Contents

The Decision of the NPC Standing Committee on Amending the Law for Promoting Private Education of the PRC, or the Amendment, has been promulgated by Order No. 55 of the President of the PRC on November 7, 2016 and came into force on September 1, 2017.

Under the Amendment, sponsors of private schools may choose to establish non-profit or for-profit private schools at their own discretion. Nonetheless, school sponsors are not allowed to establish for-profit private schools that are engaged in compulsory education. In other words, the schools engaged in compulsory education should retain their non-profit status after the Amendment comes into force. The Amendment further establishes a new classification system for private schools to be classified by whether they are established and operated for profit-making purposes.

According to the Amendment, the key features of the aforesaid new classification system for private schools include the following:

 

    sponsors of for-profit private schools are entitled to retain the profits and proceeds from the schools and the operation surplus may be allocated to the sponsors pursuant to the PRC Company Law and other relevant laws and regulations;

 

    sponsors of non-profit private schools are not entitled to the distribution of profits or proceeds from the non-profit schools and all operation surplus of non-profit schools shall be used for the operation of the schools;

 

    for-profit private schools are entitled to set their own tuition fees and other miscellaneous fees without the need to seek prior approvals from or report to the relevant government authorities. The collection of fees by non-profit private schools, on the other hand, shall be regulated by the provincial, autonomous regional or municipal governments;

 

    private schools (for-profit and non-profit) may enjoy preferential tax treatments. Non-profit private schools will be entitled to the same tax benefits as public schools. Taxation policies for for-profit private schools after the Amendment taking effect are still unclear as more specific provisions are yet to be introduced;

 

    where there is construction or expansion of a non-profit private school, the school may acquire the required land use rights in the form of allocation by the government as a preferential treatment. Where there is construction or expansion of a for-profit private school, the school may acquire the required land use rights by purchasing them from the government;

 

    the remaining assets of non-profit private schools after liquidation shall continue to be used for the operation of non-profit schools. The remaining assets of for-profit private schools shall be distributed to the sponsors in accordance with the PRC Company Law; and

 

    people’s governments at or above the county level may support private schools by subscribing to their services, provision of student loans and scholarships, and leases or transfers of unused state assets. The governments may further take such measures as government subsidies, bonus funds and incentives for donation in support of non-profit private schools.

On December 29, 2016, the State Council issued the Several Opinions of the State Council on Encouraging the Operation of Education by Social Forces and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education, or the State Council Opinions, which requires to ease the access to the operation of private schools and encourages social forces to enter the education industry. The State Council Opinions also provides that each level of the people’s governments shall increase their support to the private schools in terms of financial investment, financial support, autonomy policies, preferential tax treatments, land policies, fee policies, autonomy operation, protecting the rights of teachers and students etc. Further, the State Council Opinions require each level of the people’s governments to improve its local policies on government support to for-profit and non-profit private schools by ways of preferential tax treatments etc. In addition, under the State Council Opinions, private schools

 

130


Table of Contents

shall strengthen its construction of the Chinese Communist Party, or the CCP, and further the theoretical system of Socialism with Chinese Characteristics by introducing such system into textbooks and teaching programs. The construction of the CCP’s organizations by the private schools as well as the CCP’s leadership to private schools shall constitute an important part of such schools annual inspection.

On December 30, 2016, the MOE, MCA, SAIC, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare and the State Commission Office of Public Sectors Reform jointly issued the Implementation Rules on the Classification Registration of Private Schools to reflect the new classification system for private schools as set out in the Amendment. Generally, if a private school established before promulgation of the Amendment chooses to register as a non-profit school, it shall amend its articles of association, continue its operation and complete the new registration process. If such private school chooses to register as a for-profit school, it shall conduct financial liquidation process, have the property rights of its assets such as lands, school buildings and net balance being authenticated by relevant government authorities, pay up relevant taxes, apply for a new private school operating permit, re-register as for-profit school and continue its operation. Specific provisions regarding the above registrations are yet to be introduced by people’s governments at the provincial level.

On December 30, 2016, the MOE, SAIC and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare jointly issued the Implementation Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-profit Private Schools, pursuant to which the establishment, division, merger and other material changes of a for-profit private school shall first be approved by the education authorities or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare, and then be registered with the competent branch of SAIC. In addition, it also provides that for-profit private training institutes shall be analogically governed by these Implementation Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-profit Private Schools.

On August 31, 2017, SAIC and MOE jointly promulgated the Notice of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce and the Ministry of Education on the Work Concerning the Administration of the Name Registration for For-profit Private Schools, which came into effect on September 1, 2017. Such notice requires that private schools shall not use the names or the abbreviations or the particular appellations that are already registered by other schools, unless such private schools have obtained proper authorization from or have investment relationship with these schools. In additions, such notice provides that the industry expression in the name of the private culture education institutions shall typically include “school” or “center,” such as “curriculum training school/center,” “extra-class education school/center,” “self-learning school/center,” “tutorship school/center,” “extra tutoring for examinations school/center” and “extra tutoring school/center” and such industry expression is allowed to embody the disciplines and characteristics of such education institution, such as “English training school.”

Besides the Amendment, the details of the operation requirement of non-profit schools and for-profit schools will further be provided in implementation regulations (the “Implementation Regulations”) which include:

 

    the amendment to the PE Implementation Rules for the Law of Promoting Private Education of the PRC;

 

    the local regulations relating to legal person registration of for-profit and non-profit private schools; and

 

    the specific measure to be formulated and promulgated by the competent authorities responsible for the administration of private schools, including but not limited to the specific measures for registration of pre-existing private schools, the specific requirements for authenticating various parties’ property rights and payment of taxes and fees of for-profit private schools, taxation policies for for-profit private schools, measure for the collection of non-profit private schools’ fee.

As of the date of this prospectus, certain local governments, such as Shanghai and Jiangsu province have promulgated their local regulations relating to legal person registration and administration for private schools. However, the local regulations published in Shanghai and Jiangsu province are both silent on the licensing and other administrative requirements for online education schools, and the national Implementation Regulations or the implementation regulations for Beijing and most provinces in China have yet to be introduced.

 

131


Table of Contents

Regulations on Online and Distance Education

Pursuant to the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online and Distance Education Schools issued by the Ministry of Education on July 5, 2000, educational websites and online education schools may provide educational services in relation to higher education, elementary education, pre-school education, teaching education, occupational education, adult education, other education and public educational information services. “Educational websites” refer to organizations providing education or education-related information services to website visitors by means of a database or online education platform connected via the internet or an educational television station through an Internet Service Provider, or ISP. “Online education schools” refer to educational websites providing academic education services or training services with the issuance of various certificates. Setting up education websites and online education schools is subject to approval from relevant education authorities, depending on the specific types of education. Any educational website and online education school shall, upon the receipt of approval, indicate on its website such approval information as well as the approval date and file number.

On June 29, 2004, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Setting Down Administrative Licenses for the Administrative Examination and Approval Items Really Necessary to Be Retained, pursuant to which the administrative license for “online education schools” was retained, while the administrative license for “educational websites” was not retained. On January 28, 2014, the State Council promulgated the Decision on Abolishing and Delegating Certain Administrative Examination and Approval Items, pursuant to which the administrative approval for “online education schools” of higher education was abolished.

Notwithstanding these decisions formulated by the State Council, as the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online Education Schools were not explicitly abolished, in practice, certain local authorities continue to implement the approval requirement for setting up education websites and online education schools until February 3, 2016, when the State Council promulgated the Decision on Cancelling the Second Batch of 152 Items Subject to Administrative Examination and Approval by Local Governments Designated by the Central Government, explicitly withdrew the approval requirements for operating educational websites and online education schools as provided by the Administrative Regulations on Educational Websites and Online Education Schools, and reiterated the principle that administrative approval requirements may only be imposed in accordance with the PRC Administrative Licensing Law.

In December 2017, Shanghai Municipal Government promulgated the Management Methods of Classified Registration of Private Schools, the Setting Standards for Private Training Institutions of Shanghai, the Management Measures for the For-profit Private Training Institutions of Shanghai, and the Management Methods for the Non-Profit Private Training Institutions of Shanghai (collectively, the “Shanghai Implementation Regulations”). Pursuant to the Shanghai Implementation Regulations, any management measures and regulations applied to the institutions that provides training services only through the Internet will be further promulgated separately. These management measures and regulations have not yet been introduced as of the date of this prospectus.

Regulations Relating to Internet Culture Activities

On February 17, 2011, the Ministry of Culture, or MOC, promulgated the Interim Administrative Provisions on Internet Culture, or the Internet Culture Provisions, which became effective on April 1, 2011. The Internet Culture Provisions require ICP services providers engaging in commercial “internet culture activities” to obtain an Internet Culture Business Operating License from the MOC. “Internet cultural activities” is defined in the Internet Culture Provisions as an act of provision of internet cultural products and related services, which includes (i) the production, duplication, importation, and broadcasting of the internet cultural products; (ii) the online dissemination whereby cultural products are posted on the internet or transmitted via the internet to end-users, such as computers, fixed-line telephones, mobile phones, television sets and games machines, for online users’ browsing, use or downloading; and (iii) the exhibition and comparison of the internet cultural

 

132


Table of Contents

products. In addition, “internet cultural products” is defined in the Internet Culture Provisions as cultural products produced, broadcast and disseminated via the Internet, which mainly include internet cultural products specially produced for the Internet, such as online music entertainment, online games, online shows and plays (programs), online performances, online works of art and online cartoons, and internet cultural products produced from cultural products such as music entertainment, games, shows and plays (programs), performances, works of art, and cartoons through certain techniques and duplicating those to internet for dissemination.

Regulations Relating to Online Publishing

On June 27, 2002, the General Administration of Press and Publication, or GAPP (currently known as the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television, or the SAPPRFT) and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Tentative Internet Publishing Administrative Measures, or the Internet Publishing Measures, which took effect on August 1, 2002. The Internet Publishing Measures require entities that engage in Internet publishing to obtain an Internet Publishing License for engaging in Internet publishing from the SAPPRFT. Pursuant to the Internet Publishing Measures, the definition of “Internet publishing” is broad and refers to the act by ICP services providers to select, edit and process works created by themselves or others and subsequently post such works on the internet or transmit such works to the users’ end through internet for the public to browse. The “works” as defined under the Internet Publishing Measures include (i) contents from books, newspapers, periodicals, audio-visual products, electronic publications that have already been formally published or works that have been made public in other media, and (ii) all other edited or processed works of literatures, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology, etc.

On February 4, 2016, the SAPPRFT and the MIIT jointly issued the Administrative Provisions on Online Publishing Services, or the Online Publishing Provisions. The Online Publishing Provisions, taking effect as of March 10, 2016, superseded the Internet Publishing Measures. Compared with the Internet Publishing Measures, the Online Publishing Provisions set out more detailed provisions for online publishing activities, which mainly cover issues such as defining online publishing services, licensing and approvals, the administrative and supervisory regime and legal liabilities. According to the Online Publishing Provisions, all online publishing services provided within the territory of China are subject to the Online Publishing Provisions, and an Internet Publishing License shall be obtained to provide online publishing services. Pursuant to the Online Publishing Provisions, “online publishing services” refer to providing online publications to the public through information networks; and “online publications” refer to digital works with publishing features such as having been edited, produced or processed and are made available to the public through information networks, including: (i) written works, pictures, maps, games, cartoons, audio/video reading materials and other original digital works containing useful knowledge or ideas in the field of literature, art, science or other fields; (ii) digital works of which the content is identical to that of any published book, newspaper, periodical, audio/video product, electronic publication or the like; (iii) network literature databases or other digital works, derived from any of the aforesaid works by selection, arrangement, collection or other means; and (iv) other types of digital works as may be determined by the SAPPRFT. As the scope of online publication is broad, certain contents we post on our website, such as video-audio clips and course materials, may be deemed as online publications.

Regulations on Television Program Industry

Television program productions and distribution businesses are mainly regulated by Regulations on Administration of Radio and Television, which came in to effect on August 11, 1997 and was recently amended on March 1, 2017, and the Administrative Regulations on Production and Operation of Radio and Television Program which came into effect on August 20, 2004. Pursuant to these regulations, television programs can only be produced by television stations at the municipal level or above or entities with a License for the Production and Operation of Radio and Television Program. Any entity producing and operating radio and television program without the License for the Production and Operation of Radio and Television Program will be subject to the confiscation of tools, equipment of producing radio and television program and a fine of more than 10 thousand RMB and less than 50 thousand RMB by competent local branch of SAPPRFT.

 

133


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Publication Distribution

Under the Administrative Measures for the Publication Market, or Publication Market Measures, which was jointly promulgated by the SAPPRFT and the Ministry of Commerce and became effective on March 25, 2011, any enterprise or individual who engages in publication distribution activities shall obtain permission from SAPPRFT or its local counterpart. “Publication” is defined as “books, newspapers, periodicals, audio-visual products, and electronic publications,” and “distributing” is defined as “general distribution, wholesale, retail, rental, exhibition and other activities,” respectively, in the Publication Market Measures. Any enterprise or individual that engages in retail of publications shall obtain a Publication Business Operating License issued by the local counterpart of SAPPRFT at the county level. In addition, any enterprise or individual that holds a Publication Business Operating License shall file with the relevant local counterpart of SAPPRFT that granted such license to it within 15 days since it begins to carry out any online publication distribution business.

Regulations Relating to Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs

The Measures for the Administration of Publication of Audio-Visual Programs through Internet or Other Information Network, or the Audio-Visual Measures, promulgated by the SAPPRFT, on July 6, 2004 and put into effect on October 11, 2004, apply to the activities relating to the opening, broadcasting, integration, transmission or download of audio-visual programs using internet or other information network. Under the Audio-Visual Measures, to engage in the business of transmitting audio-visual programs, a license issued by SAPPRFT is required, and “audio-visual programs (including audio-visual products of films and televisions)” is defined as the audio-visual programs consisting of movable pictures or sounds that can be listened to continuously, which are shot and recorded using video cameras, vidicons, recorders and other audio-visual equipment for producing programs. Foreign invested enterprises are not allowed to carry out such business. On April 13, 2005, the State Council promulgated the Certain Decisions on the Entry of the Non-state-owned Capital into the Cultural Industry. On July 6, 2005, five PRC governmental authorities, including the SAPPRFT, jointly adopted the Several Opinions on Canvassing Foreign Investment into the Cultural Sector. According to these regulations, non-state-owned capital and foreign investors are not allowed to engage in the business of transmitting audio-visual programs through information networks. However, the Audio-Visual Measures was repealed according to the Administrative Provisions on Audio-Visual Program Service through Special Network and Directed Transmission that was promulgated by the SAPPRFT on May 4, 2016, effective as of June 1, 2016.

To further regulate the provision of audio-visual program services to the public via the internet, including through mobile networks, within the territory of the PRC, the SAPPRFT and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio-Visual Program Service, or the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, on December 20, 2007, which came into effect on January 31, 2008 and was latest amended on August 28, 2015. Under the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, “internet audio-visual program services” is defined as activities of producing, redacting and integrating audio-visual programs, providing them to the general public via internet, and providing service for other people to upload and transmit audio-visual programs, and providers of internet audio-visual program services are required to obtain a License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs issued by SAPPRFT, or complete certain registration procedures with SAPPRFT. Providers of internet audio-visual program services must be either state-owned or state-controlled entities, and the business to be carried out by such providers must satisfy the overall planning and guidance catalog for internet audio-visual program service determined by SAPPRFT. In a press conference jointly held by SAPPRFT and MIIT to answer questions relating to the Audio-Visual Program Provisions in February 2008, SAPPRFT and MIIT clarified that providers of internet audio-visual program services who engaged in such services prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are eligible to re-register with the relevant authorities and continue their operation of internet audio-visual program services so long as those providers did not violate the relevant laws and regulations in the past. On May 21, 2008, SAPPRFT issued a Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Application and Approval of License for the Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs, which further sets out detailed provisions concerning the application and approval process regarding the License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs. The notice also states that providers of internet audio-visual program

 

134


Table of Contents

services that engaged in such services prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are eligible to apply for the license so long as their violation of the laws and regulations is minor in scope and can be rectified in a timely manner and they have no records of violation during the last three months prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions. Further, on March 30, 2009, SAPPRFT promulgated the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of the Content of Internet Audio-Visual Programs, which reiterates the pre-approval requirements for the audio-visual programs transmitted via the internet, including through mobile networks, where applicable, and prohibits certain types of internet audio-visual programs containing violence, pornography, gambling, terrorism, superstition or other similarly prohibited elements.

On April 1, 2010, SAPPRFT promulgated the Provisional Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which clarified the scope of Internet audio-visual programs services, which was amended on March 10, 2017. According to the Categories, there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided into seventeen sub-categories. The third sub-category to the second category covers the making and editing of certain specialized audio-visual programs concerning, among other things, educational content, and broadcasting such content to the general public online. However, there are still significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, in particular, the scope of “internet audio-visual programs.”

Regulations Relating to Privacy Protection

The PRC Constitution states that PRC law protects the freedom and privacy of communications of citizens and prohibits infringement of these rights. In recent years, PRC government authorities have enacted laws and regulations on internet use to protect personal information from any unauthorized disclosure. According to the Law on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests promulgated in 1993 and amended in 2013, business operators shall collect and use the personal information of consumers in a lawful and proper manner by following the principle that information collection or use is genuinely necessary. They shall expressly state the purposes, methods and scope of information collection or use, and obtain the consent of the consumers whose information is to be collected. To collect or use the personal information of consumers, business operators shall disclose their information collection or use rules, and shall not collect or use information in violation of laws or regulations, or in breach of the agreements between the parties concerned. Business operators and their staff members shall strictly keep confidential the personal information of consumers collected, and shall not divulge, sell or illegally provide others with the same. Pursuant to the Decision on Strengthening the Protection of Online Information issued by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on December 28, 2012 and the Order for the Protection of Telecommunication and Internet User Personal Information issued by the MIIT in July 16, 2013, any collection and use of user personal information must be subject to the consent of the user, abide by the principles of legality, rationality and necessity and be within the specified purposes, methods and scopes. “Personal information” is defined in these regulations as information that identifies a citizen, the time or location for his/her use of telecommunication and internet services, or involves privacy of any citizen such as his birth date, ID card number, and address. An ICP service provider must also keep information collected strictly confidential, and is further prohibited from divulging, tampering or destroying of any such information, or selling or providing such information to other parties. Any violation of the above decision or order may subject the ICP service provider to warnings, fines, confiscation of illegal gains, revocation of licenses, cancellation of filings, closedown of websites or even criminal liabilities. Pursuant to the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law issued by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress in August 2015, which became effective in November 2015, any internet service provider that fails to fulfill the obligations related to internet information security administration as required by applicable laws and refuses to rectify upon orders, shall be subject to criminal penalty for the result of (i) any dissemination of illegal information in large scale; (ii) any severe effect due to the leakage of the client’s information; (iii) any serious loss of criminal evidence; or (iv) other severe situation, and any individual or entity that (i) sells or provides personal information to others in a way violating the applicable law, or (ii) steals or illegally obtains any personal information, shall be subject to criminal penalty in severe situation. According to the Interpretation of the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in Handling Criminal Cases of Infringing

 

135


Table of Contents

Personal Information of Citizens, if a business operator collects personal information of citizens by purchasing, accepting or exchanging, or collects personal information of citizens in the course of performing their duties and providing services in violation of relevant provisions of the State (including Law on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests) and meet one of the following standards, such operator shall be considered breaching criminal law and such operator and its responsible personnel shall undertake the criminal liabilities: (i) illegal acquisition, sale or provision of more than 50 pieces of track information, communication content, credit information, property information; (ii) illegal acquisition, sale, or provision of more than 500 pieces of accommodation information, communication records, health, physiological information, trading information, and other personal information may affect the safety of personal and property; (iii) illegal acquisition, sale, or provision of more than 5000 pieces of personal information other than the information mentioned in the preceding (i) and (ii); (iv) the profits generated from using the illegally collected and acquired personal information is more than fifty thousand RMB; and (v) resale of the personal information collected in the course of performing their duties and providing service and the amount of resold personal information reaches 50% of the prescribed standard mentioned in (i) or (ii), as applicable. As an ICP services provider, we are subject to these laws and regulations relating to protection of privacy.

The Draft PRC Foreign Investment Law

On January 19, 2015, MOFCOM published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. The draft Foreign Investment Law purports to change the existing “case-by-case” approval regime to a “filing or approval” procedure for foreign investments in China. The MOFCOM, together with other relevant authorities, will determine a catalogue for special administrative measures, or the “negative list,” which will consist of a list of industry categories where foreign investments are strictly prohibited and a list of industry categories where foreign investments are subject to certain restrictions. Foreign investments in business sectors outside of the “negative list” will only be subject to filing procedures, in contrast to the existing prior approval requirements, whereas foreign investments in the restricted industries must apply for approval from the foreign investment administration authority.

The draft Foreign Investment Law for the first time defines “foreign investor,” “foreign investment,” “Chinese investor” and “actual control.” A foreign investor is not only determined based on the place of its incorporation, but also on the conditions of the “actual control.” The draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors, such as via contracts or trust, will be treated as Foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, whereas foreign investment in China in the foreign investment restricted industries by a foreign investor may nonetheless apply for being, when approving market entry clearance by the foreign investment administration authority, treated as a PRC domestic investment if the foreign investor is determined by the foreign investment administration authority as being “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens. In this connection, “actual control” is broadly defined in the draft Foreign Investment Law to cover the following summarized categories: (i) holding 50% of more of the voting rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding less than 50% of the voting rights of the subject entity but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the voting power to materially influence the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or (iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations. According to the draft Foreign Investment Law, VIEs would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. However, the draft Foreign Investment Law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties.

The draft Foreign Investment Law emphasizes the security review requirements, whereby all foreign investments concerning national security must be reviewed and approved in accordance with the security review procedure. In addition, the draft Foreign Investment Law imposes stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. In addition to the investment

 

136


Table of Contents

implementation report and investment amendment report that are required at each investment and alteration of investment specifics, an annual report is mandatory, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be noncompliant with these information reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.

It is still uncertain when the draft would be signed into law and whether the final version would have any substantial changes from this draft. When the Foreign Investment Law becomes effective, the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations, will be abolished.

Provisions on Talent Market Administration

Provisions on Talent Market Administration promulgated by Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security on April 30, 2015 provides that “job agencies”, which means the organizations specializing in the provision of intermediary services or other related services for the employers and job seekers, either as their core business or as a sideline, shall obtain the approval and the Job Agency Service License from the personnel administration department of the local government before it engages in the business of providing intermediary job services; the Internet information service providers engaged in Internet-based intermediary job services, either as their core business or as a sideline, must apply for the License. Whoever violates Provisions on Talent Market Administration and establishes a job agency or engages in job intermediary services without approval from the labor administrative department of the relevant government shall be ordered to stop the business by the labor administrative department of the relevant government at or above the county level, and be currently given a fine of up to RMB10,000; where there are illegal gains, the perpetrator may be imposed a fine of up to three times the value of the illegal gains, subject to a maximum of RMB30,000.

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property Rights

Copyright and Software Registration

The Standing Committee of National People’s Congress of PRC adopted the Copyright Law in 1990 and amended it in 2001 and 2010, respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center. The amended Copyright Law also requires registration of a copyright pledge. To address the problem of copyright infringement related to the content posted or transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright Administration and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Measures for Administrative Protection of Copyright Related to Internet on April 29, 2005. This measure became effective on May 30, 2005.

The Administrative Measures on Software Products, issued by the MIIT in March 2009, provide a registration and filing system with respect to software products made in or imported into China. These software products may be registered with the relevant local authorities in charge of software industry administration. Registered software products may enjoy preferential treatment status granted by relevant software industry regulations. Software products can be registered for five years, and the registration is renewable upon expiration. In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council on December 20, 2001 and amended on January 30, 2013, the State Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures on February 20, 2002, which apply to software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration.

Patents

The Standing Committee of National People’s Congress adopted the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China in 1984 and amended it in 1992, 2000 and 2008, respectively. A patentable invention, utility model or

 

137


Table of Contents

design must meet three conditions: novelty, inventiveness and practical applicability. Patents cannot be granted for scientific discoveries, rules and methods for intellectual activities, methods used to diagnose or treat diseases, animal and plant breeds or substances obtained by means of nuclear transformation. The Patent Office under the State Intellectual Property Office is responsible for receiving, examining and approving patent applications. A patent is valid for a twenty-year term for an invention and a ten-year term for a utility model or design, starting from the application date. Except under certain specific circumstances provided by law, any third party user must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent, or else the use will constitute an infringement of the rights of the patent holder.

Domain Name

In September 2002, the China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, issued the Implementing Rules for Domain Name Registration setting forth detailed rules for registration of domain names, which was amended on May 28, 2012. On November 5, 2004, the MIIT promulgated the Measures for Administration of Domain Names for the Chinese Internet, or the Domain Name Measures. The Domain Name Measures regulate the registration of domain names, such as the first tier domain name “.cn.” On May 28, 2012, the CNNIC issued the Measures on Domain Name Dispute Resolution and relevant implementing rules, pursuant to which the CNNIC can authorize a domain name dispute resolution institution to decide disputes.

Trademark

Trademarks are protected by the PRC Trademark Law which was adopted in 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993, 2001 and 2013 as well as the Implementation Regulation of the PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002 and amended in 2014. The Trademark Office under the SAIC handles trademark registrations and grants a term of ten years to registered trademarks which may be renewed for consecutive ten-year periods upon request by the trademark owner. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for record. The PRC Trademark Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. Where a trademark for which a registration has been made is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or been subject to a preliminary examination and approval for use on the same kind of or similar commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not prejudice the existing right first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such party’s use.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

Foreign Currency Exchange

Pursuant to the Foreign Currency Administration Rules, as amended, and various regulations issued by SAFE and other relevant PRC government authorities, RMB is freely convertible to the extent of current account items, such as trade related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Capital account items, such as direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of investment, unless expressly exempted by laws and regulations, still require prior approval from SAFE or its local counterparts for conversion of RMB into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and remittance of the foreign currency outside of the PRC. Payments for transactions that take place within the PRC must be made in RMB. Foreign currency revenues received by PRC companies may be repatriated into China or retained outside of China in accordance with requirements and terms specified by SAFE.

Dividend Distribution

Wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Sino-foreign equity joint ventures in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and

 

138


Table of Contents

regulations. Additionally, these foreign-invested enterprises may not pay dividends unless they set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits after tax each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, until such time as the accumulative amount of such fund reaches 50% of the enterprise’s registered capital. In addition, these companies also may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to employee welfare and bonus funds at their discretion. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

SAFE Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, issued by SAFE and effective in July 4, 2014, regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing and conduct round trip investment in China. Under Circular 37, a SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights. Circular 37 requires that, before making contribution into an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with the SAFE or its local branch. SAFE Circular 37 further provides that option or share-based incentive tool holders of a non-listed SPV can exercise the options or share incentive tools to become a shareholder of such non-listed SPV, subject to registration with SAFE or its local branch.

PRC residents or entities who have contributed legitimate domestic or offshore interests or assets to SPVs but have yet to obtain SAFE registration before the implementation of Circular 37 shall register their ownership interests or control in such SPVs with SAFE or its local branch. An amendment to the registration is required if there is a material change in the SPV registered, such as any change of basic information (including change of such PRC residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37, or making misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of foreign-invested enterprise that is established through round-trip investment, may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprises, including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. On February 13, 2015, SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This SAFE Circular 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing.

Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans

Pursuant to the Notice on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, or Circular 7, issued by SAFE in February 2012, employees, directors, supervisors and other senior management participating in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. If we fail to complete the SAFE registrations, such failure may subject us to fines and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China and limit such subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to us.

 

139


Table of Contents

In addition, the State Administration for Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, the employees working in the PRC who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. The PRC subsidiaries of such overseas listed company have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If the employees fail to pay or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOF and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are foreign-invested enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested enterprise is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise.

According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by or registration with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart is obtained.

Regulations on Tax

PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law

In January 2008, the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or PRC EIT Law, took effect. The PRC EIT Law applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries and projects. Enterprises qualified as “High and New Technology Enterprises” are entitled to a 15% enterprise income tax rate rather than the 25% uniform statutory tax rate. The preferential tax treatment continues as long as an enterprise can retain its “High and New Technology Enterprise” status. Under the PRC EIT Law and its implementation regulations, dividends generated from the business of a PRC subsidiary after January 1, 2008 and payable to its foreign investor may be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% if the PRC tax authorities determine that the foreign investor is a non-resident enterprise, unless there is a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential withholding tax rate. Distributions of earnings generated before January 1, 2008 are exempt from PRC withholding tax.

Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. A circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation in April 2009 regarding the standards used to classify certain Chinese-invested enterprises controlled by Chinese enterprises or Chinese enterprise groups and established outside of China as “resident enterprises” clarified that dividends and other income paid by such PRC “resident enterprises” will be considered PRC-source income and subject to PRC withholding tax, currently at a rate of 10%, when paid to non-PRC enterprise shareholders. This circular also subjects such PRC “resident enterprises” to various reporting requirements with the PRC tax authorities. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise. In addition, the tax circular mentioned above specifies that certain PRC-invested overseas enterprises controlled by a Chinese enterprise or a Chinese enterprise group in the PRC will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following

 

140


Table of Contents

are located or resided in the PRC: (i) senior management personnel and departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management; (ii) financial and personnel decision making bodies; (iii) key properties, accounting books, the company seal, and minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and (iv) half or more of the senior management or directors who have the voting rights.

Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise may be reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or SAT Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to apply the reduced withholding tax rate: (i) it must be a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it must have directly owned such required percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. In August 2015, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Non-resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatment under Tax Treaties, or SAT Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. SAT Circular 60 provides that non-resident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax. Instead, non-resident enterprises and their withholding agents may, by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, Sunlands HK may be able to benefit from the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends it receives from Wuhan Zhibo, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under SAT Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to SAT Circular 81 and SAT Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, pursuant to which entities that have direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise shall be the relevant tax withholders for such non-resident enterprise. Further, the Non-resident Enterprises Measures provides that, in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment shall, by itself or engage an agent to, file a tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at the place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred shall assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise. On April 30, 2009, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. On December 10, 2009, the SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of the Enterprise Income Tax concerning Proceeds from Equity Transfers by Non-resident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008. By promulgating and implementing these two circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede the provisions in relation to the Indirect Transfer as set forth in Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. Public Notice extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only Indirect Transfer as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment and place in China of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company widely. In

 

141


Table of Contents

addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to make self-assessment on whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect and superseded Circular 698 on December 1, 2017. The SAT Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax. Among other things, the SAT Bulletin 37 provides that:

 

    for the income from equity investment assets, the competent tax authority for the income tax of the invested enterprise shall be the competent tax authority, while for the income from the dividends, extra dividends and other equity investment, the competent tax authority for the income tax of the enterprise distributing the income shall be the competent tax authority;

 

    the withholding obligator shall declare and pay the withheld tax to the competent tax authority in the place where such withholding obligator is located with 7 days from the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation;

 

    where the income obtained by the withholding obligator and required to be withheld at source is in the form of dividends, extra dividends or any other equity investment gains, the date of occurrence of the obligation for withholding relevant payable tax is the date of actual payment of the dividends, extra dividends or other equity investment gains;

 

    for the income tax required to be withheld under Article 37 of the PRC EIT Law, if the withholding obligator fails to withhold in accordance with the law or is unable to perform withholding obligation, the non-resident enterprise obtaining the income shall declare and pay the tax not withheld to the competent tax authority of the place of the occurrence of the income in accordance with Article 39 of the PRC EIT Law and complete the Form of Report on Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax of the People’s Republic of China; where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare and pay tax in accordance with Article 39 of the PRC EIT Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax within a specified time limit and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax within the time limit determined by the tax authority; the non-resident enterprise that declares and pays the tax voluntarily before the tax authority orders it to pay tax within a specified time limit shall be deemed as having paid tax as scheduled.

 

    the competent tax authority may require the taxpayer, withholding obligator and relevant parties with knowledge of relevant information to provide the contracts and other relevant materials relating to the withholding of tax. The withholding obligator shall set up the account books for withholding and payment of tax and file of contracts and materials to accurately record the withholding and payment of non-resident enterprise income tax;

 

   

where the withholding obligator fails to withhold the tax required to be withheld under Article 37 of the PRC EIT Law, the competent tax authority of the place where the withholding agent is located shall order the withholding obligator to make up for the withholding of tax in accordance with Article 23 of the Administrative Punishment Law of the People’s Republic of China and hold the withholding agent liable in accordance with the law; if recovery of tax payment from the taxpayer is necessary, the competent tax authority of the place where the income occurs shall implement the recovery in accordance with the law. If the place where the withholding obligator is located is different from the place where the income occurs, the competent tax authority of the place of occurrence of the income that is responsible for recovering the tax payment shall give notice to the competent tax authority of the place where the withholding obligator is located for verifying relevant information. The competent tax authority of the place where the withholding agent is located shall, within 5 working days from the date

 

142


Table of Contents
 

where it is determined that the payable tax is not withheld in accordance with the law, send the Contact Letter for Non-resident Enterprise Tax Matters to the competent tax authority of the place of occurrence of income and notify the latter of the tax-related matters of the non-resident enterprise.

Where non-resident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our non-resident investors may become at risk of being required to file a return and taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37.

PRC Value-added Tax (“VAT”) in lieu of Business Tax (the “VAT Pilot Program”)

On January 1, 2012, the Chinese State Council officially launched a pilot value-added tax (“VAT”) reform program, or Pilot Program, applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of business tax. The Pilot Industries in Shanghai included industries involving the leasing of tangible movable property, transportation services, product development and technical services, information technology services, cultural and creative services, logistics and ancillary services, certification and consulting services. Revenues generated by advertising services, a type of “cultural and creative services,” are subject to the VAT tax rate of 3%. According to official announcements made by competent authorities in Beijing and Guangdong province, Beijing launched the same Pilot Program on September 1, 2012, and Guangdong province launched it on November 1, 2012. On May 24, 2013, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular on Tax Policies in the Nationwide Pilot Collection of Value Added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax in the Transportation Industry and Certain Modern Services Industries, or the Pilot Collection Circular. The scope of certain modern services industries under the Pilot Collection Circular extends to the inclusion of radio and television services. On August 1, 2013, the Pilot Program was implemented throughout China. On December 12, 2013, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on the Inclusion of the Railway Transport Industry and Postal Service Industry in the Pilot Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax, or the 2013 VAT Circular. Among the other things, the 2013 VAT Circular abolished the Pilot Collection Circular, and refined the policies for the Pilot Program. On April 29, 2014, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on the Inclusion of Telecommunications Industry in the Pilot Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax. On March 23, 2016, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax. Effective from May 1, 2016, the PRC tax authorities collect VAT in lieu of Business Tax on a trial basis within the territory of China, and in industries such as construction industries, real estate industries, financial industries, and living service industries.

Regulations Relating to Employment and Social Insurance

We are subject to laws and regulations governing our relationship with our employees, including wage and hour requirements, working and safety conditions, and social insurance, housing funds and other welfare. The compliance with these laws and regulations may require substantial resources.

Pursuant to the PRC Labor Law effective as of January 1, 1995 and the PRC Labor Contract Law effective as of January 1, 2008 (as amended on December 28, 2012), a written labor contract shall be executed by employer and an employee when the employment relationship is established, and an employer is under an obligation to sign an unlimited-term labor contract with any employee who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed-term labor contract that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract must have an unlimited term, with certain exceptions. The employer must also pay severance to an employee in nearly all instances where a labor contract, including a contract with an unlimited term, is terminated or expires. All employers must compensate their employees equal to at least the local minimum wage standards. All employers are required to establish a system for labor safety and sanitation, strictly abide by state rules and standards and provide employees with appropriate

 

143


Table of Contents

workplace safety training. In addition, the government has continued to introduce various new labor-related regulations after the Labor Contract Law. Among other things, new annual leave requirements mandate that annual leave ranging from 5 to 15 days is available to nearly all employees and further require that the employer compensate an employee for any annual leave days the employee is unable to take in the amount of three times his daily salary, subject to certain exceptions. Moreover, all PRC enterprises are generally required to implement a standard working time system of eight hours a day and forty hours a week, and if the implementation of such standard working time system is not appropriate due to the nature of the job or the characteristics of business operation, the enterprise may implement a flexible working time system or comprehensive working time system after obtaining approvals from the relevant authorities. In addition, employers in China are obliged to pay contributions to the social insurance plan and the housing fund plan for their employees, and such contribution amount payable shall be calculated based on the employee actual salary in accordance with the relevant regulations.

M&A Rules and Overseas Listing

The Provisions Regarding Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, were jointly adopted by six PRC regulatory authorities, including China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, on August 8, 2006 and became effective as of September 8, 2006, and were later amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules require that a foreign investor is required to obtain necessary approvals when (1) a foreign investor acquires equity in a domestic non-foreign invested enterprise thereby converting it into a foreign-invested enterprise, or subscribes for new equity in a domestic enterprise via an increase of registered capital thereby converting it into a foreign-invested enterprise; or (2) a foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise which purchases and operates the assets of a domestic enterprise, or which purchases the assets of a domestic enterprise and injects those assets to establish a foreign-invested enterprise. According to Article 11 of the M&A Rules, where a domestic company or enterprise, or a domestic natural person, through an overseas company established or controlled by it/him/her, acquires a domestic company which is affiliated with it/him/her, an approval from the MOFCOM is required.

This M&A Rules purport to require, among other things, offshore SPVs, formed for listing purposes through acquisition of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. We believe that CSRC approval is not required in the context of our initial public offering as we are not a special purpose vehicle formed for listing purpose through acquisition of domestic companies that are controlled by our PRC individual shareholders, as we acquired contractual control rather than equity interests in our PRC consolidated VIE.

However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government authority, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory authority subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for our initial public offering or if CSRC or any other PRC government authorities will promulgate any interpretation or implementing rules before our listing that would require CSRC or other governmental approvals for our initial public offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from our initial public offering into the PRC, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs.

 

144


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

   Age   

Position/Title

Peng Ou

   40    Founder, Chairman

Tongbo Liu

   31    Chief Executive Officer, Director

Yipeng Li

   40    Chief Financial Officer

Lu Lu

   34    Chief Strategy Officer, Director

Zheng Du

   34    Chief Operating Officer

Minhong Yu

   55    Director

Yang Wang

   43    Director

Peng Ou is our Founder and has served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors since August 2003. Mr. Peng Ou is the key architect of our success and has led us to the achievement of a number of our milestones and transformations, including the transition of our business from an offline to an online education model. Mr. Peng Ou received his bachelor’s degree in marketing from Renmin University in 2000.

Tongbo Liu has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2015 and Director since August 2017. He joined our Company in 2009, immediately after graduation from Tsinghua University with a bachelor’s degree in applied mathematics. He started as a management trainee and was promoted to vice president in January 2012, responsible for our comprehensive operation in the greater Beijing region.

Yipeng Li has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Li served as the chief financial officer of Alibaba Health Information Technology Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and a subsidiary of Alibaba Group, from September 2015 to September 2017. Prior to that, he was the chief financial officer at Jiuxian.com, a leading online platform for alcohol offerings. During 2010 to 2015, Mr. Li served as the vice president of iQIYI, Inc., an online entertainment service provider in China, in charge of its finance and legal department. Mr. Li received his bachelor’s degree in accounting from Simon Fraser University in 2002. Mr. Li is a member of Chinese Institution of Certified Public Accountants.

Lu Lu has served as our Chief Strategy Officer since July 2015. Prior to joining us, Ms. Lu served as a partner of Taihe Capital, a leading boutique investment bank, from February 2015 to July 2015. From 2012 to 2015, she served as an executive director at Hina Group, an investment bank focused on advising leading companies in the technology, media and telecommunications industries in fund-raising activities. She received her MBA from Fudan University in 2010 and her bachelor’s degree in English from Hunan Normal University in 2004.

Zheng Du has served as our Chief Operating Officer since March 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Du served as a general manager of the brand and advertisement research team of Sogou Inc., an online search company listed on the New York Stock Exchange. From April 2011 to September 2012, as a co-founder and vice president, he worked at Shenzhen Chuanxi Digital Internet Corporation, where he was responsible for its products and daily operation. Prior to that, he served as the chief product manager at the search and marketing department of Tencent Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. From November 2006 to July 2009, Mr. Du served as a product manager at Baidu Inc., an online search company listed on NASDAQ. Mr. Du received his master’s degree in management science and engineering from Wuhan University in 2007 and bachelor’s degree in information management and application from Zhongnan University of Economics and Law in 2005.

Minhong Yu has served as our Director since August 2017. Mr. Yu was the founder of New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., or New Oriental, a NYSE-listed company, and has served as the chairman

 

145


Table of Contents

of the board of directors of New Oriental since 2001. He was the chief executive officer of New Oriental from 2001 to September 2016. Prior to founding New Oriental in 1993, Mr. Yu was an English instructor at Peking University from 1985 and 1991. Mr. Yu received his bachelor’s degree in English from Peking University.

Yang Wang has served as our Director since August 2017. He has served as a partner of Primavera Capital, an investment house focused on private equity investments. Prior to that, he worked as the managing director of principal investment area at Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. from 2006 to 2010. Prior to his experience with Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., Mr. Yang worked for the investment banking division and private equity group of China International Capital Corporation Limited, or CICC, an investment bank listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. Mr. Wang also serves as a director at Yum China Holdings, Inc., a leading restaurant company in China, and a director of Geely Automobile Holdings Limited, an auto manufacturing company in China. Mr. Wang received both his master’s and bachelor’s degrees from Shanghai Jiao Tong University.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period, which can be renewed upon both parties’ agreement before the end of the current employment term. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment for cause at any time without advance notice in the event of, among other things, (i) commitments by such executive officer of any serious breach of the terms and conditions of his or her employment and our internal rules and procedures, (ii) conviction of a criminal offense, or (iii) severe neglect of his or her duties or embezzlement to our detriment. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment by giving a 30 days’ prior written notice or by paying a compensation of an amount equal to one month’s wages of such executive officer. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time by giving a 30 days’ prior written notice.

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, unless expressly consented to by us, at all times during and after the termination of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, any of our confidential information or the confidential information of our customers and suppliers. In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by certain non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and for two years following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) carry out or otherwise be concerned or interested, directly or indirectly, in certain businesses in direct or indirect competition with us; (ii) assume employment with or provide services to certain of our competitors or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, with such competitors; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any of our employees, agents or consultants who are employed or engaged by us at any time in the one year preceding the last date of his or her employment.

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors will consist of              directors, including              independent directors, namely             , upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus forms a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. The Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. However, the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE permit foreign private issuers like us to follow “home country practice” in certain corporate governance matters. We rely on this “home country practice” exception and do not have a majority of independent directors serving on our Board of Directors.

A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with our company is required to declare the nature of his or her interest at a meeting of our directors. A general notice given to the directors by any director to the effect that he or she is a member, shareholder, director, partner, officer or employee of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract

 

146


Table of Contents

or transaction with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect to a contract or transaction in which he/she has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he/she may be interested therein and if he/she does so, his/her vote shall be counted and he/she may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered. Our board of directors may exercise all of the powers of our company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party. None of our directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service as a director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under our Board of Directors. We intend to adopt a charter for each of the three committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will consist of             , and is chaired by             . We have determined that              satisfy the requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that              qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board for approval, the appointment, re-appointment or removal of the independent auditor, after considering its annual performance evaluation of the independent auditor;

 

    approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of the independent auditor and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent auditors at least annually;

 

    obtaining a written report from our independent auditor describing matters relating to its independence and quality control procedures;

 

    reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

    discussing with our independent auditor, among other things, the audits of the financial statements, including whether any material information should be disclosed, issues regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices;

 

    reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

    reviewing and recommending the financial statements for inclusion within our quarterly earnings releases and to our board for inclusion in our annual reports;

 

    discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

 

    at least annually, reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter;

 

    approving annual audit plans, and undertaking an annual performance evaluation of the internal audit function;

 

147


Table of Contents
    establishing and overseeing procedures for the handling of complaints and whistleblowing;

 

    meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance; and

 

    reporting regularly to the board.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of              and is chaired by             . We have determined that              satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    overseeing the development and implementation of compensation programs in consultation with our management;

 

    at least annually, reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our executive officers;

 

    at least annually, reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-executive directors;

 

    at least annually, reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or other similar arrangements;

 

    reviewing executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters;

 

    overseeing our regulatory compliance with respect to compensation matters, including our policies on restrictions on compensation plans and loans to directors and executive officers;

 

    at least annually, reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter;

 

    selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and

 

    reporting regularly to the board.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of            , and is chaired by            . We have determined that            satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;

 

    reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience, expertise, diversity and availability of service to us;

 

    developing and recommending to our board such policies and procedures with respect to nomination or appointment of members of our board and chairs and members of its committees or other corporate governance matters as may be required pursuant to any SEC or New York Stock Exchange rules, or otherwise considered desirable and appropriate;

 

    selecting and recommending to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee and the compensation committee, as well as of the nominating and corporate governance committee itself;

 

148


Table of Contents
    at least annually, reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter;

 

    developing and reviewing at least annually the corporate governance principles adopted by the board and advising the board with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and our compliance with such laws and practices; and

 

    evaluating the performance and effectiveness of the board as a whole.

Duties and Functions of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also owe to our company a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonable prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. In limited exceptional circumstances, a shareholder may have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. The functions and powers of our Board of Directors include, among others, (i) convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings, (ii) declaring dividends, (iii) appointing officers and determining their terms of offices and responsibilities, and (iv) approving the transfer of shares of our company, including the registering of such shares in our share register.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board. Each director is not subject to a term of office and holds office until such time as his successor takes office or until the earlier of his death, resignation or removal from office by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found by our company to be of unsound mind; (iii) resigns by notice in writing to our company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our Board of Directors, is absent from [three] consecutive meetings of the board and the board resolves that his office be vacated; (v) is prohibited by law from being a director; or (vi) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Interested Transactions

A director may, subject to any separate requirement for audit and risk committee approval under applicable law or applicable NYSE rules, vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any directors in such contract or transaction is disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration and any vote in that matter.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, we paid an aggregate of RMB1.9 million (US$0.3 million) in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-executive directors. For share incentive grants to our directors and executive officers, see “—Share Incentive Plan.”

 

149


Table of Contents

Share Incentive Plan

2013 Plan

In January 2013, the board of directors of Sunland Education Co. Limited, or Sunlands Education, our previous offshore holding company, adopted an employee share incentive plan, or the 2013 Plan. Under the 2013 Plan, Sunlands Education was authorized to grant options or share purchase rights to purchase up to an aggregate of 33,300,000 ordinary shares of Sunlands Education. In October 2015, in connection with a reorganization, the board of directors of Sunlands Education approved that all of the options under the 2013 Plan that were not vested shall be fully vested as of December 31, 2015.

2017 Plan

We adopted an employee share incentive plan in October 2017, or the 2017 Plan. The purpose of the 2017 Plan is to attract and retain exceptionally qualified personnel and to encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in our growth and performance.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are authorized to grant options or share purchase rights to purchase up to an aggregate of 483,846 ordinary shares under the 2017 Plan. As of the same date, options to purchase an aggregate number of 61,253 ordinary shares are outstanding, and none of such options had vested and become exercisable. Upon completion of this offering, an option to purchase our ordinary shares granted under the 2017 Plan prior to the offering will entitle the holder to purchase an equivalent number of ordinary shares.

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2017 Plan permits the awards of options, share appreciation rights, rights to dividends and dividend equivalent right, restricted shares and restricted share units and other rights or benefits under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration. Before the completion of this offering, the 2017 Plan is administered by our Board of Directors. After the completion of this offering, a committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules shall administer the 2017 Plan, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

Eligibility. Our employees and consultants are eligible to participate in the 2017 Plan. An employee or consultant who has been granted an award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional awards.

Designation of Award. Each award under the 2017 Plan is designated in an award agreement, which is a written agreement evidencing the grant of an award executed by the company and the grantee, including any amendments thereto.

Conditions of Award. The board of directors or any entity appointed by the board of directors to administer the 2017 Plan shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each award including, but not limited to, the award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, and form of payment upon settlement of the award.

Terms of Award. The term of each award is stated in the award agreement between the company and the grantee of such award.

Transfer Restrictions. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the 2017 Plan, no award and no right under any such award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by the employee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless, if so determined by the administrator of the 2017 Plan, the employee may, in the manner established by such administrator, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the employee, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any award upon the death of the employee.

 

150


Table of Contents

Exercise of Award. Any award granted under the 2017 Plan is exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the administrator under the terms of the 2017 Plan and specified in the award agreement. An award is deemed to be exercised when exercise notice has been given to the company in accordance with the terms of the award by the person entitled to exercise the award and full payment for the shares with respect to which the award is exercised.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the 2017 Plan. The administrator of the 2017 Plan may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this 2017 Plan, or any award agreement hereunder or any portion hereof or thereof at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval with such legally mandated threshold for a resolution of the shareholders if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the administrator of the 2017 Plan deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or (ii) comply shareholder approval with such threshold for a resolution of the shareholders in respect of such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination as provided in our memorandum and articles of association for any amendment to the 2017 Plan that increases the total number of shares reserved for the purposes of the 2017 Plan, and (iii) with respect to any award agreement, the consent of the affected employee, if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights of such employee under any outstanding award.

As of the date of the prospectus, there was no outstanding equity awards granted to our directors and executive officers under the 2017 Plan. As of the same date, our other employees as a group held options to purchase 61,253 ordinary shares, with an exercise price of US$84.75 per share.

For discussions of our accounting policies and estimates for awards granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates—Share-based compensation.”

 

151


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL [AND SELLING] SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information concerning the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, assuming conversion of all of our outstanding series A, series B, and series B+ preferred shares into ordinary shares, on a one-to-one basis by:

 

    each of our directors and executive officers; [and]

 

    each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares[, and]

 

    [the selling shareholders.]

The calculations in the table below are based on 6,250,927 ordinary shares on an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and              ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, including (i)              ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering in the form of ADSs, and (ii)              ordinary shares converted from our outstanding ordinary shares and preferred shares, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant, or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this Offering
     Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned After this
Offering
 
     Number      %**      Number      Percentage of total
ordinary shares on
an as-converted
basis
     Percentage of
aggregate voting
power
***
 

Directors and Executive Officers:†

              

Peng Ou(1)

     2,833,024        45.3           

Tongbo Liu(2)

     1,052,504        16.8           

Lu Lu(3)

     159,292        2.5           

Yipeng Li(4)

     63,713        1.0           

Minhong Yu(5)

     71,473        1.1           

Yang Wang

     *        *           

Zheng Du

     *        *           

All directors and executive officers as a group

     4,037,020        64.6           

Principal [and Selling] Shareholders:

              

ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED(6)

     529,426        8.5           

PV PLUTO LIMITED(7)

     826,389        13.2           

Studyvip Online Education Limited(8)

     2,084,772        33.4           

MARBLE FAITH LIMITED(9)

     637,132        10.2           

SCuPt Global Limited(10)

     355,306        5.7           

Studyvip E-learning Limited

     569,772        9.1           

 

Notes:

* Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares on an as-converted basis.
** For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 6,250,927, being the number of ordinary shares on an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

152


Table of Contents
*** For each person and group included in this column, percentage of voting power is calculated by dividing the voting power beneficially owned by such person or group by the voting power of all of our ordinary shares as a single class.
The address of our directors and executive officers except for Mr. Minhong Yu and Mr. Yang Wang is Building 4-6, Chaolai Science Park, No. 36 Chuangyuan Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China.
(1) Represents (i) 637,132 ordinary shares held by MARBLE FAITH LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company ultimately wholly owned by Vistra Trust (Hong Kong) Limited as trustee of an irrevocable trust constituted under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with Mr. Peng Ou as the settlor and certain family members of Mr. Peng Ou as the beneficiaries. (ii) 2,084,772 ordinary shares held by Studyvip Online Education Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Peng Ou; and (iii) 111,120 ordinary shares held by Studyvip E-learning Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned by certain of our directors, executive officers and employees, including Mr. Peng Ou, in which Mr. Peng Ou holds an equity interest of approximately 19.5%.
(2) Represents (i) 355,306 ordinary shares held by SCuPt Global Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Tongbo Liu; (ii) 127,426 ordinary shares held by TheTwinPeak Limited, a British Virgin Islands company ultimately wholly owned by Vistra Trust (Hong Kong) Limited, as trustee of an irrevocable trust constituted under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with Mr. Tongbo Liu as the settlor and certain family members of Mr. Tongbo Liu as the beneficiaries; and (iii) 569,772 ordinary shares held by Studyvip E-learning Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned by certain of our directors, executive officers and employees, including Mr. Tongbo Liu. Mr. Tongbo Liu may be deemed to beneficially own these 569,772 ordinary shares as he has the right to direct the voting powers of these ordinary shares owned by Studyvip E-learning Limited pursuant to certain contractual arrangements under which each of the shareholders of Studyvip E-learning Limited, except Mr. Tongbo Liu, has given Mr. Tongbo Liu the right to vote their respective shares in Studyvip E-learning Limited in the sole discretion of Mr. Tongbo Liu. Mr. Tongbo Liu disclaims beneficial ownership of such ordinary shares held by Studyvip E-learning Limited except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest in such ordinary shares.
(3) Represents (i) 127,426 ordinary shares held by Summer Sea Investment Limited, a British Virgin Islands company ultimately wholly owned by Vistra Trust (Hong Kong) Limited, as trustee of an irrevocable trust constituted under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with Ms. Lu Lu as the settlor and certain family members of Ms. Lu Lu as the beneficiaries; and (ii) 31,866 ordinary shares held by Studyvip E-learning Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned by certain of our directors, executive officers and employees, including Ms. Lu Lu, in which Ms. Lu Lu holds an equity interest of approximately 5.6%.
(4) Represents 63,713 ordinary shares held by Sunlands Combination Co., Limited, in which Mr. Yipeng Li holds an equity interest of approximately 52.6%.
(5) Represents 71,473 Series A Preferred shares held by ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company, which is wholly owned by New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., a NYSE-listed company. Mr. Minhong Yu holds an equity interest of approximately 13.5% in New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc. The address of Mr. Minhong Yu is New Oriental Building, No. 6 Haidian Middle Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China.
(6) Represents 529,426 Series A Preferred shares directly held by ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company. The business address of ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED is Flat/RM 4308B 43 AIA Tower, 183 Electric Road North Point, Hong Kong.
(7) Represents 826,389 Series B Preferred Shares directly held by PV PLUTO LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company. The sole shareholder of PV PLUTO LIMITED is Primavera Capital Fund II L.P. The business address of PV PLUTO LIMITED is Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.
(8) Represents 2,084,772 ordinary shares directly held by Studyvip Online Education Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Peng Ou. The business address of Studyvip Online Education Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P. O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(9)

Represents 637,132 ordinary shares held by MARBLE FAITH LIMITED, a British Virgin Islands company ultimately wholly owned by Vistra Trust (Hong Kong) Limited, as trustee of an irrevocable trust constituted

 

153


Table of Contents
  under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, with Mr. Peng Ou as the settlor and certain family members of Mr. Peng Ou as the beneficiaries.
(10) Represents 355,306 ordinary shares held by SCuPt Global Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Tongbo Liu. The business address of SCuPt Global Limited is Trinity Chambers, PO Box 4301, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares or outstanding preferred shares are held by record holders in the United States. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company. See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances” for a description of issuances of our ordinary shares and preferred shares that have resulted in significant changes in ownership held by our major shareholders.

Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Peng Ou will remain our controlling shareholder.

 

154


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements

See “Corporate History and Structure” for a description of the contractual arrangements between our PRC subsidiary, our VIE, the shareholders of our VIE and certain subsidiaries of our VIE.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

Share Incentives

See “Management—Share Incentive Plan.”

Other Related Party Transactions

The table below sets forth the major related parties and their relationship with us.

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with us

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou, our founder and the chairman of our Board of Directors

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou

Beijing Shangde Jiaxun Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shangde Jiaxun”)

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou and Mr. Tongbo Liu, our director and Chief Executive Officer

Shangjiazhiye (Beijing) Education Technology Limited

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou

Nanjing Shangshi Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Shangshi”)

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou

Pingxiang Miniewa Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership) (“Pingxiang Miniewa”)

   Entity controlled by Mr. Peng Ou

 

    As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate amounts due from related parties are set forth below:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2015      2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School(1)

     14,507        13,906        2,051        13,914        2,052  

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School(1)

     1,179        1,184        175        1,184        175  

Nanjing Shangshi(1)

     —          —          —          100        15  

Pingxiang Miniewa(1)

     —          —          —          60,000        8,851  

Shangde Jiaxun(1)

     —          872        129        2,802        413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15,686        15,962        2,355        78,000        11,506  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) The balances with related parties were interest-free, unsecured and repayable on demand which were fully repaid and settled in December 2017.

 

155


Table of Contents
    As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the aggregate amounts due to related parties are set forth below:

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2015      2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Mr. Peng Ou(1)

     24,000        —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note: (1) The balance represented an interest-free loan provided by Mr. Peng Ou to us for daily operations.

 

156


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the “Companies Law” below, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

Our share capital is divided into ordinary shares and preferred shares. In respect of all of our ordinary shares and preferred shares we have power insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of our shares and to increase or reduce the share capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the articles of association and to issue any shares, whether such shares be of the original, redeemed or increased capital, with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare every issue of shares whether declared to be preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers under our memorandum and articles of association.

As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital consists of US$50,000 divided into 998,078,073 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.00005 each and 1,921,927 preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 each, among which, (i) 954,274 preferred shares are designated as Series A preferred shares, (ii) 826,389 preferred shares are designated as Series B preferred shares, and (iii) 141,264 preferred shares are designated as Series B+ preferred shares. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 4,329,000 ordinary shares, 954,274 Series A preferred shares, 826,389 series B preferred shares and 141,264 Series B+ preferred shares issued and outstanding. [All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid.] Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares will be redesignated or converted into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

We plan to adopt a fourth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace the current third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our authorized share capital immediately prior to the completion of the offering will be US$            divided into            ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00005 each. We will issue            ordinary shares represented by ADSs in this offering. All options, regardless of grant dates, will entitle holders to an equivalent number of ordinary shares once the vesting and exercising conditions are met.

The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that we expect will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

[Ordinary Shares

General. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital is US$            divided into            ordinary shares, with a par value of US$0.00005 each. Holders of ordinary shares will have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. We may not issue share to bearer. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and transfer their ordinary shares.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors subject to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our Board of Directors determine is no longer needed. Dividends may

 

157


Table of Contents

also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law. No dividend may be declared and paid unless our directors determine that, immediately after the payment, we will be able to pay our debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business and we have funds lawfully available for such purpose.

Voting Rights. In respect of all matters subject to a shareholders’ vote, each ordinary share is entitled to one vote for each ordinary share registered in his or her name on our register of members. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by [the chairman of such meeting or any one shareholder.]

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of two or more shareholders holding not less than [one-half] of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at general meetings present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our post-IPO memorandum and articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting in which case we will specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting will be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors. We, however, will hold an annual shareholders’ meeting during each fiscal year, as required by the Listing Rules at the NYSE. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be an extraordinary general meeting. Shareholders’ annual general meetings and any other general meetings of our shareholders may be called by a majority of our Board of Directors or our chairman or upon a requisition of shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the votes attaching to the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at general meetings, in which case the directors are obliged to call such meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting; however, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders. Advance notice of at least fifteen (15) days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and other general meetings unless such notice is waived in accordance with our articles of association.

An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast by those shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting, while a special resolution also requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast by those shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our Board of Directors.

Our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our Board of Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

    the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our Board of Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

    the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

    the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

158


Table of Contents
    in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

    the shares are free from any lien in favor of the Company; and

 

    a fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of the NYSE, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for 30 more than days in any year as our board may determine.

Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), if the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst our shareholders in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up, subject to a deduction from those shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to our company for unpaid calls or otherwise. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders in proportion to the par value of the shares held by them. Any distribution of assets or capital to a holder of ordinary share will be the same in any liquidation event.

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Ordinary Shares. We may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders thereof, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined, before the issue of such shares, by our Board of Directors or by a [special] resolution of our shareholders. Our company may also repurchase any of our shares provided that the manner and terms of such purchase have been approved by our Board of Directors or by [ordinary resolution] of our shareholders, or are otherwise authorized by our post-IPO memorandum and articles of association. Under the Companies Law, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if the company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Law no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding, or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares. If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), whether or not our company is being wound- up, may be varied with the consent in writing of a majority the holders of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a special resolution at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

159


Table of Contents

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our Board of Directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our Board of Directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association also authorizes our Board of Directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares of the series;

 

    the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights; and

 

    the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences.

Our Board of Directors may issue preferred shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our Board of Directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

    does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

    is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

    does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

    may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

    may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

    may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

    may register as a limited duration company; and

 

    may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability”” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on that shareholder’s shares of the company.

Register of Members

Under the Cayman Companies Law, we must keep a register of members and there should be entered therein:

 

    the names and addresses of our members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

 

160


Table of Contents
    the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

 

    the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Companies Law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (that is, the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members is deemed as a matter of Cayman Companies Law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon completion of this offering, we will perform the procedure necessary to immediately update the register of members to record and give effect to the issuance of shares by us to the Depositary (or its nominee) as the depositary. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of our company, the person or member aggrieved (or any member of our company or our company itself) may apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands for an order that the register be rectified, and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.]

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England, but does not follow many recent English law statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a declaration as to the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least ninety percent (90%) of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

 

161


Table of Contents

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Law. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Law also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

    the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

    the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

    the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

    the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

The Companies Law also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of a dissenting minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, or if a tender offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) which permit a minority shareholder to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge actions where:

 

    a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

    the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

    those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

 

162


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. [Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association provide that that we shall indemnify our officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such directors or officer, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.] This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so), a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party, and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. The

 

163


Table of Contents

Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that our shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Law provide shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding in aggregate not less than [one-third] of all votes attaching to the issued and outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. Other than this right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting, our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any other right to put proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings not called by such shareholders. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an [ordinary resolution] of our shareholders. A director shall hold office until the expiration of his or her term or his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his or her office is otherwise vacated. In addition, a director’s office shall be vacated if the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our Board of Directors, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the board and the board resolves that his office be vacated; (v) is prohibited by law from being a director; or (vi) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on

 

164


Table of Contents

which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, the directors of the Company are required to comply with fiduciary duties which they owe to the Company under Cayman Islands laws, including the duty to ensure that, in their opinion, any such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company, and are entered into for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of a majority of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

165


Table of Contents

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past three years.

Ordinary Shares

In August 2017, we issued 1,360,951 ordinary shares to Studyvip Online Education Limited, 241,366 ordinary shares to SCuPt Global Limited and 380,456 ordinary shares to Studyvip E-Learning Limited, respectively, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $198.

In September 2017, we issued 31,857 ordinary shares to DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED for an aggregate consideration of US$7,632,825.

In October 2017, we issued 308,311 ordinary shares to SCuPt Ltd. and 121,194 ordinary shares to Sunlands Combination Co., Limited, respectively, for an aggregate consideration of US$2,022.36.

Preferred Shares

In August 2017, we issued a total of 477,137 Series A preferred shares to ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED, Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership) and Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership), for an aggregate consideration equivalent to approximately RMB242.1 million.

In August 2017, we issued a total of 413,194.5 Series B preferred shares to PV PLUTO LIMITED, for an aggregate consideration of US$90,000,000.

In September 2017, we issued a total of 70,632 Series B+ preferred shares to DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED, for an aggregate consideration of US$20,000,000.

As none of the holders of our Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares or Series B+ preferred shares were related parties prior to such holders’ initial investment in our securities, the prices of our Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares or Series B+ preferred shares were determined based on negotiations between us and the investors and were approved by our Board of Directors. Our Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares or Series B+ preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering at an initial conversion ratio of one-to-one, adjusted for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions.

Option Grants

We have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to certain of our executive officers and employees. Upon completion of this offering, an option to purchase our ordinary shares granted under the 2017 Plan prior to this offering will entitle the holder to purchase an equivalent number of ordinary shares.

As of the date of this prospectus, the aggregate number of our ordinary shares underlying our outstanding options under the 2017 Plan is 61,253. See “Management—Share Incentive Plan.”

Shareholders Agreement

We entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement dated September 1, 2017 with our shareholders, which consist of holders of our ordinary shares, Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares and Series B+ preferred shares.

The shareholders agreement provides for certain special rights, including right of first refusal, co-sale rights, preemptive rights and contain provision governing the board of directors and other corporate governance matters. Those special rights, as well as the corporate governance provisions, will automatically terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

166


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

In connection with our issuance of series B+ preferred shares, in September 2017, we and all of our then shareholders entered into an amended and restated shareholders’ agreement.

Under the shareholders’ agreement, our preferred shareholders are entitled to registration rights and certain preferential rights, including, among others, preferential and non-cumulative dividend rights, information rights, rights of participation to purchase and subscribe for their respective pro rata portions of new securities to be issued, rights of first refusal before any securities of the company may be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of by any founder, founder entity and/or angel investor under the shareholders’ agreement, co-sale rights in the event that any offered securities are not purchased by the preferred shareholders exercising their rights of first refusal, drag-along rights in the event that shareholders approve a drag-along transaction which has been approved by the board of directors, and redemption rights in the event of liquidation. Except for the registration rights and certain tax-related rights, all preferred shareholders’ rights will automatically terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Pursuant to our shareholders’ agreement, we have granted certain registration rights to our shareholders. Such registration rights would terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date three years after the closing of a qualified IPO, or (ii) such time at which all registrable securities held by the preferred shareholder (and any associate of the preferred shareholder with whom the preferred shareholder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act) proposed to be sold may be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any 90-day period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

Demand Registration Rights. (a) Series A Request. At any time after the earlier of (i) the 30 months following August 15, 2017, or (ii) six months following the consummation of this offering, or, such other period(s) as approved by the holders of three fourths of then issues and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, upon a written request from the holders of at least 30% of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding, we must file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of a minimum of 20% of the registrable securities. Registrable securities include, among others, our ordinary shares issued or to be issued upon conversion of the preferred shares; and (b) Series B Request. At any time after the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of August 15, 2017, or (ii) the date six months following the consummation of this offering, upon a written request from the holders of at least 30% of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares then outstanding, we must file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of a minimum of 20% of the registrable securities . Registrable securities include, among others, our ordinary shares issued or to be issued upon conversion of the preferred shares

However, we are not obligated to proceed with a demand registration if we have, within the six-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected a registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the exercise of the holders’ demand registration rights or Form F-3 registration rights, or in which the holders had an opportunity to participate in the piggyback registration rights, unless the registrable securities of the holders were excluded from such registration. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if our Board of Directors determines in good faith that the filing of a registration statement would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders, but we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any 12-month period. We are obligated to effect only two demand registrations so long as such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.

Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of our securities (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of our securities, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration exercising demand registration rights or Form F-3 registration rights or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization), we must afford holders of registrable securities an opportunity to include in that

 

167


Table of Contents

registration all or any part of their registrable securities then held. We have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by us under the piggyback registration rights prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares with registration rights to be included in the registration statement, subject to certain limitations.

F-3 Registration Rights. When we are eligible for registration on Form F-3, upon a written request from the any holder or holders of our registrable securities then outstanding, we must effect a registration on Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance covering the offer and sale of the registrable securities.

We are not obligated to effect a Form F-3 registration, among other things, if we have, within the six-month period preceding the date of the request, already effected a registration under the Securities Act, unless the registrable securities of the holders were excluded from such registration.

Expenses of Registration. We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, Form F-3, or piggyback registration, with certain limited exception.

Participation in the Initial Public Offering. We shall sell to DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED (“Diamond Tower”), one of our current shareholders, or its nominee, and Diamond Tower shall subscribe or procure its nominee to subscribe, such number of our ordinary shares to be issued in an initial public offering as cornerstone investor or through a concurrent private placement at the offering price for an aggregate consideration of US$30 million (the “Commitment”). In addition, we are entitled to request Diamond Tower to subscribe or procure its nominee to subscribe, and if so requested Diamond Tower or its nominee shall subscribe, additional new ordinary share in such initial public offering at the offering price as cornerstone investor or through a concurrent private placement for an aggregate consideration of up to US$50 million (including the Commitment).

 

168


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent              shares (or a right to receive              shares) deposited with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, as custodian for the depositary in Hong Kong. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The deposited shares together with anyother securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at 225 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, also called DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation.” The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution.

 

169


Table of Contents

Shares. The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

Other Distributions. The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal at the depositary’s office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

 

170


Table of Contents

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least [45] days in advance of the meeting date.

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must
pay:

  

For:

•    $5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

  

•    Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

  

•    Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

•    $.05 (or less) per ADS

  

•    Any cash distribution to ADS holders

•    A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs

  

•    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders

 

171


Table of Contents

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must
pay:

  

For:

•    $.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year

  

•    Depositary services

•    Registration or transfer fees

  

•    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

•    Expenses of the depositary

  

•    Cable and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

  

•    Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

•    Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

  

•    As necessary

•    Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

  

•    As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates and, in those cases, acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligations under the deposit agreement. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions is available upon request.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your

 

172


Table of Contents

ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender or of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if

 

    60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

 

    we delist the ADSs from an exchange on which they were listed and do not list the ADSs on another exchange;

 

173


Table of Contents
    we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings

 

    all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

 

    there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

 

    there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

    are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its ability to prevent or counteract with reasonable care or effort from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

    have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

 

    are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

 

    may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

174


Table of Contents

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

    satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

    compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

    when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

    when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be deposited; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

 

175


Table of Contents

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

 

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

 

176


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have              ADSs outstanding, representing              ordinary shares, or approximately         % of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and while our ADSs have been approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lockup Agreements

We, [our directors and executive officers, our existing shareholders and certain of our option holders] have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for a period of [180] days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the [180]-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted shares” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

Our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

    1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately              ordinary shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs or otherwise on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or

 

177


Table of Contents

other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lockup agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights.”

 

178


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following discussion of Cayman Islands, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation, and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares levied by the government of the Cayman Islands, except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the ADSs or ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the ADSs or ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Under the PRC EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and amended on February 24, 2017, an enterprise established outside the PRC with “de facto management bodies” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation rules to the PRC EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise.

In addition, the SAT Circular 82 issued by the SAT in April 2009 specifies that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: (a) senior management personnel and departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management; (b) financial and personnel decision making bodies; (c) key properties, accounting books, company seal, minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and (d) half or more of the senior management or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued the SAT Bulletin 45, which took effect in September 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 provides for procedures and administration details of determination on resident status and administration on post-determination matters. Our company is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. As such, we do not believe that our company meets all of the conditions above or is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Cayman Islands holding company is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a number

 

179


Table of Contents

of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow. For example, a 10% withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders). In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% (which, in the case of dividends, may be withheld at source by us). These rates may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty, but it is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders.”

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, the following are material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ADSs or ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that acquires ADSs or ordinary shares in this offering and holds them as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

    certain financial institutions;

 

    dealers or traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, wash sale, hedging or conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

    persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    tax-exempt entities, “individual retirement accounts” or “Roth IRAs”;

 

    persons that own or are deemed to own ADSs or ordinary shares representing ten percent or more of our voting power or value; or

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of its partners will generally depend on the status of such partners and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships owning ADSs or ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, and the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC, or the Treaty, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is also based, in part, on representations by the Depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

180


Table of Contents

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary shares that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

    a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

    an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

In general, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary (a “pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of American depositary shares and the issuer of the security underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of American depositary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of PRC taxes, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Except as described in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, this discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid on the ADSs or ordinary shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ADSs or ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as “dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at reduced rates. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances.

Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income generally on the date of the U.S. Holder’s, or in the case of ADSs, the Depositary’s, receipt. The amount of any dividend income paid in currency other than U.S. dollars will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars on such date. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the amount received. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

Dividends will be treated as foreign-source income for foreign tax credit purposes. As described in “—People’s Republic of China Taxation,” dividends paid by the Company may be subject to PRC withholding

 

181


Table of Contents

tax. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend income may include amounts withheld in respect of the PRC withholding tax. Subject to applicable limitations, which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s circumstances, and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, PRC taxes withheld from dividend payments (at a rate not exceeding the applicable rate provided in the Treaty in the case of a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty) generally will be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct such PRC taxes in computing its taxable income, subject to applicable limitations. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits must apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

Sale or Other Disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ADSs or ordinary shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars.

As described in “—People’s Republic of China Taxation” above, gains on the sale of ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to PRC taxes if we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. A U.S. Holder will be entitled to use foreign tax credits to offset only the portion of its U.S. federal income tax liability that is attributable to foreign-source income. Because under the Code capital gains of U.S. persons are generally treated as U.S.-source income, this limitation may preclude a U.S. Holder from claiming a credit for all or a portion of any PRC taxes imposed on any such gains. However, U.S. Holders that are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty may be able to elect to treat the gain as PRC-source income for foreign tax credit purposes and therefore claim foreign tax credits in respect of PRC taxes on such disposition gains. If such an election is made, the gain so treated will be treated as a separate “basket” of income for foreign tax credit purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their eligibility for the benefits of the Treaty and the creditability of any PRC tax on disposition gains in their particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, royalties and certain gains. Cash is a passive asset for these purposes. Based on the expected composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets, including goodwill, which is based on the expected price of our ADSs in this offering, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary Wuhan Zhibo, our consolidated affiliated entity and the shareholders of our consolidated affiliated entity will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules. Because the treatment of the contractual arrangements is not entirely clear, because we will hold a substantial amount of cash following this offering, and because our PFIC status for any taxable year can be determined only after the end of such year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time (which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our ADSs or ordinary shares, which could be volatile), there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year and any of our subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entity or other companies in which we own or are treated as owning equity interests were also a PFIC (any such entity, a “Lower-tier PFIC”), U.S. Holders would be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the

 

182


Table of Contents

subsequent paragraph on (i) certain distributions by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) dispositions of shares of Lower-tier PFICs, in each case as if the U.S. Holders held such shares directly, even though the U.S. Holders had not received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

In general, if we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ADSs or ordinary shares, gain recognized by such U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of its ADSs or ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over that U.S. Holder’s holding period. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability for each such year. Furthermore, to the extent that distributions received by a U.S. Holder in any year on its ADSs or ordinary shares exceed 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares received during the preceding three taxable years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares, whichever is shorter, such distributions would be subject to taxation in the same manner.

Alternatively, if we were a PFIC and if the ADSs were “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” as defined in applicable Treasury Regulations, a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described in the preceding paragraph. The ADSs would be treated as “regularly traded” for any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The New York Stock Exchange, where our ADSs are expected to be listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. U.S. Holders will not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to Lower-tier PFICs, if any. Accordingly, if we were a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder that makes the mark-to-market election may continue to be subject to the general PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any Lower-tier PFICs.

If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election, with any excess treated as capital loss). If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, distributions paid on ADSs will be treated as discussed under “—Taxation of Distributions” above.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ADSs or ordinary shares, we will generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns ADSs or ordinary shares, even if we cease to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

We do not intend to provide the information that would otherwise enable U.S. Holders to make a “qualified electing fund election”, which would have resulted in alternate treatment if we were a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned any ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would generally be required to file annual reports with the Internal Revenue Service.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC for any taxable year and the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

183


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds from the sale or exchange of our ADSs or ordinary shares, that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding, generally on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (or entities formed or availed of to hold certain “specified foreign financial assets”) may be required to report information relating to their ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares, unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are held in accounts at financial institutions (in which case the accounts may be reportable if maintained by non-U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

184


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We[, the selling shareholders] and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the table below. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters. The address of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. is 68th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queens Road, Central, Hong Kong. The address of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, United States of America. The address of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, United States of America.

 

Underwriters

   Number of ADSs  

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the ADSs being offered, if any are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional            ADSs from the [company/selling shareholders] to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any ADSs are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase ADSs in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us[ and the selling shareholders]. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional ADSs.

 

Paid by Us

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per ADS

   $                   $               

Total

   $                   $               

 

[Paid by the Selling Shareholders]

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per ADS

   $                   $               

Total

   $                   $               

ADSs sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any ADSs sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per ADS from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the ADSs by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our ordinary shares or ADSs[, including the selling shareholders], have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our ordinary shares or ADSs during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance,

 

185


Table of Contents

estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

[An application has been made] to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “            .”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of the ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We[ and the selling shareholders] estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We[ and the selling shareholders] have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or

 

186


Table of Contents

publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the ADSs or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Australia

This document has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

(a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  (i) “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act;

 

  (ii) “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

  (iii) person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

  (iv) “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance;

(b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the ADSs issued to you pursuant to this document for resale in Australia within 12 months of those ADSs being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Canada

The ADSs may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ADSs must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

187


Table of Contents

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the ADSs, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs in the Cayman Islands.

Dubai International Finance Center

This document relates to an Exempt Offer, as defined in the Offered Securities Rules module of the DFSA Rulebook, or the OSR, in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to Persons, as defined in the OSR, of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other Person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ADSs to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State unless the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

    to any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

    by the underwriters to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such

 

188


Table of Contents

offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

    it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

    in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Hong Kong

The ADSs may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

189


Table of Contents

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus may be distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds; provident funds; insurance companies; banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd., underwriters, each purchasing for their own account; venture capital funds; entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors shall be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum.

Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, and ADSs will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Korea

The ADSs may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ADSs have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the ADSs may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ADSs complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs.

Kuwait

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ADSs, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the securities has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or Commission, for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the securities as principal, if the offer is on terms that the securities may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each

 

190


Table of Contents

transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the securities is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

People’s Republic of China

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

Qatar

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities

 

191


Table of Contents

and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The ADSs will not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to our company or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of the ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the “CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the ADSs.

Taiwan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ADSs in Taiwan.

United Arab Emirates

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer, sale or delivery of shares or other securities under the laws of the United Arab Emirates, or the UAE. The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under Federal Law No. 4 of 2000 Concerning the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority and the Emirates Security and Commodity Exchange, or with the UAE Central Bank, the Dubai Financial Market, the Abu Dhabi Securities Market or with any other UAE exchange.

 

192


Table of Contents

The offering, the ADSs and interests therein have not been approved or licensed by the UAE Central Bank or any other relevant licensing authorities in the UAE, and do not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended) or otherwise.

In relation to its use in the UAE, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the ADSs may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the UAE.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

193


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   US$               

NYSE Listing Fee

   US$               

FINRA Filing Fee

   US$               

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   US$               

Legal Fees and Expenses

   US$               

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   US$               

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$               
  

 

 

 

 

194


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP with respect to certain legal matters of U.S. federal securities and New York state law. Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Kirkland & Ellis International LLP. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering and other certain legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Tian Yuan Law Firm and for the underwriters by Han Kun Law Offices. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may rely upon Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Tian Yuan Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Kirkland & Ellis International LLP may rely upon Han Kun Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

195


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the related financial statement schedule included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The offices of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP is located at 8/F Tower W2, Beijing Oriental Plaza,1 East Chang An Avenue, Beijing 100738, People’s Republic of China.

 

196


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. We have also filed a related registration statement on Form F-6 with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus is a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be inspected over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.

 

197


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Pages  

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December  31, 2015 and 2016

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2015 and 2016

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Additional Information—Financial Statement Schedule I

     F-42  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December  31, 2016 and June 30, 2017

     F-47  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

     F-49  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

     F-50  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017

     F-51  

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-52  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sunlands Online Education Group

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sunlands Online Education Group, formerly known as Studyvip Online Education International Limited, and its subsidiaries, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Schedule I. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

December 13, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     4,446        23,103        3,408  

Short-term investments

     44,000        145,000        21,389  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     19,836        16,697        2,463  

Amounts due from related parties

     15,686        15,962        2,355  

Deferred costs, current

     8,281        19,175        2,828  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     92,249        219,937        32,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Property and equipment, net

     3,668        16,448        2,426  

Intangible assets, net

     696        1,043        154  

Deferred costs, non-current

     2,889        6,053        893  

Other non-current assets

     596        1,510        223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     7,849        25,054        3,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     100,098        244,991        36,139  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB33,763 and RMB71,371 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     33,765        71,377        10,530  

Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related parties of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB24,000 and nil as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     24,000        —          —    

Deferred revenue, current (including deferred revenue, current of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB248,090 and RMB515,737 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     248,090        515,737        76,075  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     305,855        587,114        86,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Deferred revenue, non-current (including deferred revenue, non-current of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB165,987 and RMB211,832 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     165,987        211,832        31,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     165,987        211,832        31,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     471,842        798,946        117,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—continued

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

MEZZANINE EQUITY

      

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —         335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEZZANINE EQUITY

     —         335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)

      

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.00005, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 3,818,618 and 3,818,618 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     1       1       —    

Additional paid-in capital

     911       30,911       4,560  

Accumulated deficit

     (372,656     (919,867     (135,688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sunlands Online Education Group shareholders’ deficit

     (371,744     (888,955     (131,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (371,744     (888,955     (131,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     100,098       244,991       36,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

Net revenues

     159,010       418,910       61,793  

Cost of revenues

     (61,713     (70,986     (10,471
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     97,297       347,924       51,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB2,014 and nil for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     (333,253     (503,643     (74,291

Product development expenses

     (5,189     (13,932     (2,055

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB21,643 and nil for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     (76,022     (89,390     (13,186
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (414,464     (606,965     (89,532
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (317,167     (259,041     (38,210
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     814       3,051       450  

Other income, net

     770       2,423       357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expenses

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403

Net loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax expenses of nil

     (2,719     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Sunlands Online Education Group

     (315,583     (253,567     (37,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to Sunlands Online Education Group

     (2,719     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders

      

Basic and diluted

     (83.36     (66.40     (9.79

Weighted average shares used in calculating net loss per ordinary share:

      

Basic and diluted

     3,818,618       3,818,618       3,818,618  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

    Ordinary shares     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
shareholders’
deficit
 
    Shares     Amounts        
          RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2015

    3,818,618       1       26,613       (54,354     (27,740

Net loss for the year

    —         —         —         (318,302     (318,302

Effect of the Group’s 2016 reorganization (Note 1)

    —         —         (49,359     —         (49,359

Share-based compensation

    —         —         23,657       —         23,657  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    3,818,618       1       911       (372,656     (371,744
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss for the year

    —         —         —         (253,567     (253,567

Recapitalization in connection with the Group’s 2016 reorganization (Note 1)

    —         —         —         (293,644     (293,644

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

    —         —         30,000       —         30,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in RMB

    3,818,618       1       30,911       (919,867     (888,955
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in USD (Note 2)

    3,818,618       —         4,560       (135,688     (131,128
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

      

Share-based compensation

     23,657       —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

     3,752       5,470       807  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (9,804     3,139       463  

Deferred costs

     (9,236     (14,058     (2,074

Other non-current assets

     (596     (914     (135

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     28,921       35,710       5,268  

Deferred revenue

     282,053       313,492       46,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

     445       89,272       13,169  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of short-term investments

     (148,600     (858,500     (126,635

Disposal of short-term investments

     127,870       757,500       111,737  

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (5,663     (15,871     (2,341

Acquisition of intangible assets

     (115     (824     (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (26,508     (117,695     (17,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Amounts due from related parties

     21,771       (276     (41

Amounts due to a related party

     —         (24,000     (3,540

Recapitalization in connection with the Group’s 2016 reorganization

     —         (293,644     (43,315

Capital contribution from Series A convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

     —         335,000       49,415  

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

     —         30,000       4,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     21,771       47,080       6,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,292     18,657       2,752  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     8,738       4,446       656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

     4,446       23,103       3,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of a non-cash activity

      

Acquisition of property and equipment through leasehold improvement payables

     —         1,902       281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Sunlands Online Education Group (the “Company” or “Sunlands Online”), formerly known as Studyvip Online Education International Limited, was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on September 18, 2015. The Company, its subsidiaries, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing online education service in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

History of the Group

In July 2011, Mr. Jianhong Yin (the “Founder”) established Sunland Education Co. Limited (the “Previous Cayman”). In March 2012, the Previous Cayman, through its 100% subsidiary, Sunland Education Technology HK Limited, established Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Previous WFOE”).

PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China to be an educational institution with relevant experience in providing education services outside China. To comply with the PRC laws and regulations, the Founder, Previous WFOE and Beijing Shangde Jiaxun Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shangde Jiaxun” or the “Previous VIE”), which was established by the Founder in July 2008, entered into a series of contractual arrangements in December 2013 (the “Previous VIE arrangement”). As a result of these contractual arrangements, the Previous Cayman believed that these contractual arrangements would enable itself to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the Previous VIE, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the Previous VIE. Accordingly, the Previous Cayman was considered the primary beneficiary of the Previous VIE and was able to consolidate the Previous VIE and its subsidiaries.

In June 2014, the Group determined to cease the offline, classroom-based education service and transform its business model to online education service. During 2015 and 2016, in order to execute the business shift and prepare for an initial public offering (“IPO”) in the PRC, the Group terminated the Previous VIE arrangement and started to conduct the online education service through Beijing Shangde Education Technology Co., Ltd. (the “2016 Reorganization”). Beijing Shangde Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Sunlands”) was set up by Shangde Jiaxun in September 2013 as a limited liability company in the PRC.

In August 2017, the Group decided to pursue the IPO in capital market overseas. To accommodate the aforementioned restrictions, the Group identified the Company as the prospective listing entity and entered into a series of contractual arrangements among the Company’s shareholders, its subsidiaries, the Founder, the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) of the Group, Beijing Sunlands and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands (the “2017 Reorganization”).

2016 Reorganization

During 2015 and 2016, in part of the IPO plan in the PRC, the Group undertook a series of steps, mainly to dissolve the VIE structure, which includes:

 

    During 2015, the Previous WFOE terminated the Previous VIE arrangement through which RMB49,359 was recognized as an effect of such reorganization in the Group’s consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit. Meanwhile, Shangde Jiaxun, the previous VIE, transferred its equity interests in Beijing Sunlands to the Founder and the CEO.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

2016 Reorganization—continued

 

    From March to July 2016, based on the VIE termination agreement entered into by the shareholders of the Previous WFOE, Beijing Sunlands acquired 100% equity interests of Previous WFOE at a cash consideration of RMB293,644. Such cash consideration was used by Previous Cayman to repurchase the equity interests held by the third party investors of the Previous Cayman.

 

    Subsequent to the repurchase, the shareholders of the Previous Cayman made capital contributions to Beijing Sunlands. After that, shareholders of the Previous Cayman became the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands.

As the Previous Cayman, Previous WFOE and Beijing Sunlands were all under common control of the Founder, the above series of steps to reorganize the Group during 2015 and 2016 were accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interest with assets and liabilities were all reflected at their historical amounts in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

2017 Reorganization

In August 2017, the Group decided to pursue the IPO in capital market overseas. Accordingly, the Group undertook a series of steps, mainly to establish the VIE structure, which includes:

 

    In August 2017, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sunlands Online Education HK Limited (formerly known as Studyvip Online Education HK Limited) (“Sunlands HK”), established Wuhan Studyvip Online Education Co., Ltd. (“Wuhan Zhibo” or the “New WFOE”).

 

    In August 2017, the New WFOE, entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Sunlands (the “New VIE”), its subsidiaries and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands (the “New VIE arrangements”). The Group believes that these contractual arrangements would enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the new VIE, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the new VIE. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of the new VIE and is able to consolidate the New VIE and its subsidiaries.

As the Company, New WFOE and New VIE were all under common control of the Founder, the above series of steps to reorganize the Group during 2017 were accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interest with assets and liabilities at their historical amounts in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As such, the Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence for all periods presented.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

 

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries, its VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries were as follows:

 

Name(1)

  Date of
establishment
   

Place of
establishment

  Percentage of
direct or indirect
economic ownership
   

Principal activities

Subsidiaries:

       

Sunlands HK

    October 6, 2015     Hongkong     100   Investment holding

Wuhan Zhibo

    August 2, 2017     PRC     100   Provision of technical consultation and services

Tianjin Studyvip Education Co., Ltd.

    July 31, 2017     PRC     100   Provision of technical consultation and services

Variable interest entity:

       

Beijing Sunlands

    September 27, 2013     PRC     100   Investment holding and provision of education service

VIE’s subsidiaries:

       

Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    March 13, 2012     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    September 27, 2013     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Guangzhou Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    October 15, 2013     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Nanjing Shangshi Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    June 30, 2014     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Taiyuan Shangjia Chongye Business Consulting Co., Ltd.

    December 29, 2014     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Hefei Ouke Shangjia Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    January 5, 2015     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Changsha Ouke Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

    January 22, 2015     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Urumchi Shangde Chongye Business Consulting Co., Ltd.

    March 10, 2015     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Guangzhou Youhe Self-study Training school

    May 19, 2015     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Beijing Shangren Chongde Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    March 3, 2016     PRC     100   Provision of education services

Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    December 22, 2016     PRC     90   Provision of education services

Beijing Shangren Side Education Technology Co., Ltd.

    June 2, 2017     PRC     100   Provision of education services

 

(1) The English names are for identification purpose only.

The VIE arrangements

There are some uncertainties as to whether applicable PRC laws and regulations prohibit foreign investors from providing telecommunications value-added services in the PRC. As a Cayman Islands corporation, the Company is deemed a foreign legal person under PRC laws. Accordingly, Wuhan Zhibo, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary in the PRC, as a foreign invested company, may be deemed to be a telecommunications value-added services provider in the PRC. To comply with these foreign ownership restrictions, the Company operates substantially all of its online education services through its New VIE, Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries in the PRC. To provide the Company the expected residual returns of the New VIE and its subsidiaries, on August 15, 2017, Wuhan Zhibo enters into a series of contractual

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

The VIE arrangements—continued

 

arrangements with the New VIE who engages in the underlying operating activities and enjoys residual returns of the New VIE and its subsidiaries.

 

    Agreements that transfer economic benefits to the Company

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement

Under the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, and Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries, Wuhan Zhibo has the exclusive right to provide, among other things, technical consultation and services to Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries, and Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries agree to accept all the consultation and services provided by Wuhan Zhibo. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging any third party to provide any services contemplated by this agreement. In addition, Wuhan Zhibo has exclusive and proprietary ownership, rights and interests in any and all intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this agreement. Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries agree to pay a quarterly service fee to Wuhan Zhibo at an amount ranging from 10% to 100% of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries’ monthly revenue. Unless terminated by Wuhan Zhibo, this agreement will remain effective until the dissolution of Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries do not have the right to terminate this exclusive technical consultation and service agreement.

Business Operation Agreement

Under the business operation agreement each of Beijing Sunlands, the Beijing Sunlands’ subsidiaries, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands confirmed and agreed that, without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, it shall not make any transaction that has a material adverse effect on the assets, business, personnel, obligations, rights or operations of Beijing Sunlands and the Beijing Sunlands’ Subsidiaries, including but not limited to sale or purchase of any assets or rights exceeding RMB50, incurrence of any encumbrance on any of its assets, including intellectual property rights, in favor of a third party, amendment of its articles of association or business scope, or change of its normal operation procedures. Beijing Sunlands, Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall accept and execute opinions and following the instructions of Wuhan Zhibo in connection with the employee engagement and dismissal, daily operations and financial management systems. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall elect or appoint the candidates recommended by Wuhan Zhibo as Beijing Sunlands’ directors and supervisors, and procure the appointment of Beijing Sunlands’ chairman of the board and senior management pursuant to Wuhan Zhibo’s designation. The agreement also provides that if any of the agreements among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries is terminated, Wuhan Zhibo is entitled to terminate all of the other agreements among itself, Beijing Sunlands and Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries. This agreement will remain binding until dissolution of Beijing Sunlands and all the Beijing Sunlands’ subsidiaries.

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the equity interest pledge agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands pledged all of their equity interests in Beijing Sunlands to Wuhan Zhibo as security for performance of the obligations of Beijing Sunlands

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

The VIE arrangements—continued

 

    Agreements that transfer economic benefits to the Company—continued

Equity Interest Pledge Agreement—continued

 

and its shareholders under the exclusive technical consultation and service agreements, the option agreements and the business operation agreements. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall instruct Beijing Sunlands not to distribute any dividends and shall not approve any profit distribution plan. If any of the specified events of default occurs, Wuhan Zhibo may exercise the right to enforce the pledges after giving a notice of default to the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands Wuhan Zhibo may assign any and all of its rights and obligations under equity interest pledge agreement to its designee(s) at any time. The equity interest pledge agreement is binding on the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and their successors and shall be valid with respect to the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and each of its successors.

 

    Agreements that provide the Company effective control over Beijing Sunlands

Option Agreement

Pursuant to the option agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries, each of the shareholders irrevocably granted Wuhan Zhibo a right to purchase or designate a third party to purchase, equity interests in Beijing Sunlands then held by each shareholder at once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Wuhan Zhibo’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall promptly surrender all considerations they received from the exercise of the options to Wuhan Zhibo or the designated third party free of charge. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands shall not, individually or collectively, make or procure Beijing Sunlands to make any transaction or conduct that has a material adverse effect on the assets, liabilities, operations, equity and other legal rights of Beijing Sunlands. Without Wuhan Zhibo’s prior written consent, Beijing Sunlands shall not enter into any contract exceeding RMB50, except the contracts in the ordinary course of the business. Beijing Sunlands shall not be dissolved or liquidated without prior written consent by Wuhan Zhibo. The shareholders of Beijing Sunlands waive their rights of pre-emption in regard to the transfer of equity interests by any other shareholder of Beijing Sunlands to Wuhan Zhibo as instructed.

Powers of Attorney

Pursuant to the powers of attorney executed by the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands each irrevocably authorized Wuhan Zhibo, to act on their respective behalf as exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all rights of shareholders concerning all equity interests held by each of them in Beijing Sunlands, including but not limited to propose to convene shareholder meetings, accept any notice with respect to the convening and proceeding of the shareholder meeting, attend shareholder meetings, sign the shareholders resolutions on behalf of, exercise all the shareholder’s rights and Beijing Sunlands’ Articles of Association (including but not limited to voting rights and the sale, transfer, pledge, or dispose of all equity interests held in part or in whole), and designate and appoint on their respective behalf the president, directors, supervisors, CEO, chief financial officer and other senior management members of Beijing Sunlands.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

The VIE arrangements—continued

 

    Agreements that provide the Company effective control over Beijing Sunlands—continued

 

Spousal Consent Letters

Pursuant to the spousal consent letters executed by the spouses of the general partners of entities as the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, the signing spouse confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of Beijing Sunlands are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the jointly possessed property of the couples. The spouse also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of Beijing Sunlands held by their spouses.

As a result of the contractual arrangements above, Wuhan Zhibo bears the economic risks and receives the economic benefits of the VIE and is the primary beneficiary of the VIE. Therefore, the Company has consolidated the financial results of the VIE and its subsidiaries in its consolidated financial statements.

Risks in relation to VIE structure

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders are in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, the contractual arrangements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders may have or develop interests that conflict with the Group’s interests, which may lead them to pursue opportunities in violation of the aforementioned contractual agreements. If the Group cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between the Group and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands, the Group would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of its business, and there is substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

    Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders could fail to obtain the proper operating licenses or fail to comply with other regulatory requirements. As a result, the PRC government could impose fines, new requirements or other penalties on the VIE or the Group, mandate a change in ownership structure or operations for the VIE or the Group, restrict the VIE or the Group’s use of financing sources or otherwise restrict the VIE or the Group’s ability to conduct business.

 

    The PRC government may declare the aforementioned contractual arrangements invalid. They may modify the relevant regulations, have a different interpretation of such regulations, or otherwise determine that the Group or the VIE have failed to comply with the legal obligations required to effectuate such contractual arrangements.

 

    If the legal structure and contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government may restrict or prohibit the Group’s business and operations in China.

The Group’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Group may not be able to consolidate Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries in the consolidated financial statements as the Group may lose the ability to exert effective control over Beijing Sunlands and its shareholders, and the Group may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from Beijing Sunlands.

The following financial information of the VIE and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 was included in the accompanying

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION—continued

The VIE arrangements—continued

Risks in relation to VIE structure—continued

 

consolidated financial statements after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances within VIE and its subsidiaries:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2015     2016  
    RMB     RMB  

Cash and cash equivalents

    4,446       23,103  

Short-term investments

    44,000       145,000  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    19,836       16,697  

Total current assets

    92,249       219,937  

Total assets

    100,098       244,991  

Deferred revenue, current

    248,090       515,737  

Total current liabilities

    305,853       587,108  

Deferred revenue, non-current

    165,987       211,832  

Total liabilities

    471,840       798,940  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    For the years ended December 31  
    2015     2016  
    RMB     RMB  

Net revenues

    159,010       418,910  

Net loss

    (318,300     (253,563

Net cash generated from operating activities

    445       89,272  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (26,508     (117,695

Net cash generated from financing activities

    21,771       47,080  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

There are no consolidated VIE’s assets that are collateral for the VIE’s obligations and which can only be used to settle the VIE’s obligations. No creditor (or beneficial interest holders) of the VIE have recourse to the general credit of the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiaries. No terms in any arrangements, considering both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests, require the Company or its subsidiaries to provide financial support to the VIE. However, if the VIE ever needs financial support, the Company or its subsidiaries may, at its option and subject to statutory limits and restrictions, provide financial support to the VIE through loans to the shareholders of the VIE or entrustment loans to the VIE.

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in the Group’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, consolidation of VIE, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, the variable consideration to be earned under refundable course model, useful lives of property

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Basis of presentation and use of estimates—continued

 

and equipment, impairment of long-term assets and valuation of share-based compensation. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, and VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances were eliminated upon consolidation.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The Group’s reporting currency is Renminbi (“RMB”). The functional currency of the subsidiaries incorporated outside the mainland China is United States dollar (“US dollar” or “US$”). The functional currency of all the other subsidiaries and the VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries is RMB.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the applicable functional currencies are translated into the functional currencies at the prevailing rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities are remeasured into the applicable functional currencies at historical exchange rates.

Convenience Translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in RMB. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the then current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit and cash flows from RMB into US dollars as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.7793, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2017. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on June 30, 2017, or at any other rate.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand and term deposits, which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates market value.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments consist of financial products with unsecured principal purchased from commercial banks and financial institutions which has an original maturities less than one year. The carrying amount of these short-term investments approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these investments and are carried at cost.

The Group reviews its short-term investments for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) based on the specific identification method. The Group considers available quantitative and qualitative evidence in

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Short-term investments—continued

 

evaluating the potential impairment of its short-term investments. If the carrying amount of an investment exceeds the investment’s fair value, the Group considers, among other factors, general market conditions, expected future performance of the investees, the duration and the extent to which the fair value of the investment is less than the carrying amount, and the Group’s intent and ability to hold the investments. OTTI is recognized as a loss in the consolidation statements of operations.

Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market students at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market students would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

Level 1

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, amounts due from related parties, other current liabilities and amounts due to related parties. The carrying amount of these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

Leasehold improvement

   Shorter of lease term or expected useful life

Electronic and office equipment

   3 years-5 years

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

Computer software

   3 years

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Group did not record any impairment losses on its long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” This standard replaced existing revenue recognition rules with a comprehensive revenue measurement and recognition standard and expanded disclosure requirements. The ASU also includes guidance regarding the accounting for contract acquisition costs, which includes sales commissions. The Group has early adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method which requires the Group to present its financial statements for all periods as if Topic 606 had been applied to all prior periods. The group did not apply practical expedients as provided under Topic 606.

The Group follows five steps for its revenue recognition under Topic 606: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Revenue recognition—continued

 

The Group’s revenue is reported net of discount, business tax, value added tax and related surcharges. The primary sources of the Group’s revenues are as follows:

Online education services

The Group provides an integrated online education service package to students, including online live streaming audio-video interactive course content, recorded previous live audio-video course content, quiz banks, online chat rooms, and educational contents. The services and goods provided in the package are highly interdependent and interrelated in the context of the contract and are only considered accessory services to the online live streaming and recorded courses which are not distinct and are not sold standalone. Therefore, the Group’s integrated online education services package is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The weighted average service period for degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and professional certification preparation and professional skills courses was 21 months and 17 months, respectively.

The transaction price of the integrated online education service package is determined by the contract amount net of any discounts. Students are offered a full, unconditional refund within 24 hours upon enrollment, and a partial refund for the undelivered courses, excluding registration fees, within 7 days.

Online education services consist of two types of revenue models—the non-refundable course model and the refundable course model. Revenues for the non-refundable course model are recognized on a straight line basis over the service period from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends. For the refundable course model, the Group provides a student the ability to obtain a refund if the student achieves certain agreed conditions. The Group estimates the variable consideration to be earned and recognizes revenue over time from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends on a straight line basis.

The Group’s contract asset primarily consists of deferred costs, which represents the unamortized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of customers contract, and the contract liability primarily consists of deferred revenue.

Student Financing

The Group offers an installment payment option to students, under which the students obtain loans, from accredited credit sources (“Loan Companies) for the purpose of satisfying the student’s tuition payment due. The borrowing student is obligated to repay the loan principal in installments over periods ranging from 3 months to 12 months to the Loan Companies, while the Group agrees with the Loan Companies to bear the student’s interest expense and service fees. The Loan Companies remit the tuition to the Group for students to complete the registration. The interest expense and service fees are recorded as a reduction of the transaction price.

Offline education services

Prior to 2016, the Group provided offline, classroom-based courses (“Offline education services”) in relation to test preparation and continuing education to participants in the PRC. The weighted average service period was 24 months. The Group offered a partial refund, for the undelivered offline courses, net of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Revenue recognition—continued

Offline education services—continued

 

the registration fees, within 15 days after the course enrollment. The offline education services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. Tuition fees are collected in advance and the revenue, net of any discounts, was recognized proportionally over the service period.

Commission revenue

The Group earns commission revenue by providing referral services to third party education institutions. Commission revenue is recognized when the referred students registered at the third party education institutions and the tuition fees are paid, by when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Adoption of Topic 606

The implementation of Topic 606 had no cumulative effect to the beginning balance of shareholders’ deficit as of January 1, 2015. All incomplete contracts as of December 31, 2014 were related to the Group’s offline, class-room based education service which was accounted for as a single performance obligation, with no variable consideration arrangement and revenue was recognized over the service period. Accordingly, there was no impact upon adopting Topic 606 and the group did not apply practical expedients as provided under ASC 606-10-65.

The full retrospective method requires an entity to present financial statements for all periods as if the new revenue standard had been applied to all prior periods. The Group has assessed the effect of adoption of this standard which relates to 1) variable consideration arrangement, pursuant to ASC606-10-32, of its refundable online education course launched in 2015, as well as 2) capitalized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining the customer contract pursuant to ASC340-40.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Revenue recognition—continued

Adoption of Topic 606—continued

 

The effect of the changes on prior periods that have been retrospectively adjusted is as below:

The following tables present the effect of the adoption of Topic 606 on the Group’s consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2016    Effect of Topic 606      As adjusted  

Deferred revenue

     (36,068      727,569  

Deferred cost

     14,058        25,228  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     385        71,377  

Accumulated deficit

     49,741        (919,867

Net revenues

     35,683        418,910  

Sales and marketing expenses

     (14,058      503,643  

Net loss from continuing operations

     (49,741      (253,567

Net loss

     (49,741      (253,567

 

As of December 31, 2015    Effect of Topic 606      As adjusted  

Deferred revenue

     (271      414,077  

Deferred cost

     9,236        11,170  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     137        33,765  

Accumulated deficit

     9,370        (372,656

Net revenues

     134        159,010  

Sales and marketing expenses

     (9,236      333,253  

Net loss from continuing operations

     (9,370      (315,583

Net loss

     (9,370      (318,302

Deferred Revenue

Revenues related to the Group’s online and offline courses are recognized over time. Deferred revenue consists of tuition fees received from students for which services have not yet been provided to students.

Business taxes

Prior to May 2016, Beijing Sunlands and its subsidiaries were subject to business tax and related surcharges at a rate of 3.36% on revenues related to educational services and 5.6% on non-educational services, respectively. The net revenues are presented net of those taxes incurred.

Value added taxes (“VAT”)

Beginning in May 2016, in accordance with Tax rule (Cai Shui [2016] No. 68), the non-academic educational programs and services are subject to a simple VAT collection method at a rate of 3%. Entities which are subject to the tax rate of 3% are not allowed to offset qualified input VAT paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities. The Group’s educational services, which were previously subject to business tax, are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 3%. For non-educational services, the VAT rate is 6%, in accordance with Tax rule (Cai Shui [2016] No. 36).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

 

Cost of revenue

Cost of revenues consist of expenditures incurred in the generation of the Group’s revenue, includes but not limited to salaries and benefits paid to teachers, related rental expenses, server management costs, bandwidth costs, payment processing costs, depreciations for property and equipment and amortizations for intangible assets.

Product development expenses

Product development expenses primarily consist of (i) salaries and benefits for innovation and development of course content, product and technology development personnel, and (ii) office rental, general expenses and depreciation and amortization expenses associated with the product development activities. The Group’s product development activities primarily consist of the development and enhancement of the Group’s educational content, applications and platforms. The Group has expensed all product development expenses when incurred.

Sales commission

The incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of the customer contract and expected to be recovered is accounted for as an incremental cost of obtaining a contract pursuant to ASC340-40 and is capitalized as deferred costs when incurred. The capitalized cost is amortized in the same manner as the revenue recognized and is included in “sales and marketing expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.

Other sales commission incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained is recognized as an expense when incurred.

Advertising expenditure

Advertising expenditure, mainly includes search engine marketing expenses, is expensed when incurred and is included in sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expenses were RMB131,448 and RMB188,516 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of (i) salaries and benefits for sales and marketing personnel, (ii) search engine marketing expenses and other advertising expenses, (iii) office rental, general expenses and depreciation and amortization expenses associated with the sales and marketing activities.

Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risk of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

 

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

Comprehensive loss

The Group has no items of other comprehensive income or loss in any of the two years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. As such, the Group is not required to report other comprehensive loss or comprehensive loss.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two-class method.

The holders of the convertible redeemable preferred shares are entitled to share dividends on a pro rata basis, as if their shares had been converted into ordinary shares. Accordingly, the Company has used the two-class method in computing net loss per share. Under the two-class method, net loss is allocated on a pro rata basis to each class of ordinary shares and other participating securities based on their participating rights.

As the Company was loss making for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the effect of potential issuances of shares for the convertible redeemable preferred shares would be anti-dilutive, and therefore basic and diluted losses per share are the same in those periods.

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation with employees is measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument. Share-based compensation expenses, net of forfeitures, are recognized over the requisite service period based on a straight-line basis with a corresponding impact reflected in additional paid-in capital.

Significant risks and uncertainties

Foreign currency risk

RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Significant risks and uncertainties—continued

Foreign currency risk—continued

 

developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. The cash and cash equivalents of the Group included aggregate amounts of RMB4,446 and RMB23,103, which were denominated in RMB at December 31, 2015 and 2016, representing 100% and 100% of the cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instrument that potentially expose the Group to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, amounts due from related parties and prepaid expenses and other current assets. As of December 31, 2016, all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were deposited in financial institutions located in the PRC.

There are no revenues from customers which individually represent greater than 10% of the total net revenues for any year of the two years period ended December 31, 2016.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In November, 2015, the FASB issued a new pronouncement which changes how deferred taxes are classified on organizations’ balance sheets. The ASU eliminates the current requirement for organizations to present deferred tax liabilities and assets as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. Instead, organizations will be required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The amendments apply to all organizations that present a classified balance sheet. For public companies, the amendments are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. This ASU may be applied prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2016 on a retrospectively basis.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis.

For a public entity, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application will be permitted. The Group elected to early adopt this new guidance on a retrospective basis. The adoption did not have any material impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended as of December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements—continued

 

In November, 2016, the FASB issued a new pronouncement, ASU 2016-18, which amends ASC 230 to add or clarify guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. Key requirements of the ASU are as follows:

 

    An entity should include in its cash and cash-equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows those amounts that are deemed to be restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. The ASU does not define the terms “restricted cash” and “restricted cash equivalents” but states that an entity should continue to provide appropriate disclosures about its accounting policies pertaining to restricted cash in accordance with other GAAP. The ASU also states that any change in accounting policy will need to be assessed under ASC 250.

 

    A reconciliation between the statement of financial position and the statement of cash flows must be disclosed when the statement of financial position includes more than one line item for cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents.

 

    Changes in restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents that result from transfers between cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should not be presented as cash flow activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

    An entity with a material balance of amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents must disclose information about the nature of the restrictions.

For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Group has early adopted such pronouncement in the year ended December 31, 2016, and each of the prior periods presented were retrospectively adjusted. The adoption did not have any material impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting. The amendments eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualified for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted—continued

 

accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The amendments require that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Earlier application is permitted. The Group does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have a significant effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

3.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In June 2014, the Group determined to make a strategic shift of operation model from offline, classroom-based education service to online education service. Accordingly, from June 2014, assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses related to the offline, classroom-based education service have been reclassified in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations for the periods presented. As all of the offline, classroom-based education service were conducted in the Previous VIE, through the termination of Previous VIE arrangement as part of the 2016 Reorganization described in Note 1, in December 2015, the offline, classroom-based education service was deconsolidated from the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

The deconsolidation of the Previous VIE resulted in no gain or loss for the year ended December 31, 2015, as it is an equity transaction in part of the 2016 Reorganization under common control. The Previous VIE and its subsidiaries were related parties of the Group after the deconsolidation as they were entities controlled by the Founder.

By the end of 2015, the Group exited completely from and is not expected to have any involvement in the operations of the discontinued offline, classroom-based education business.

The following are the operating items comprising the loss and the condensed cash flows from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2015
 
     RMB  

Net revenues

     52,121  

Cost of revenues

     (28,426

Sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses

     (26,414
  

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (2,719
  

 

 

 

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2015
 
     RMB  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (418

Net cash used in investing activities

     (6,304

Net cash used in financing activities

     —    
  

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

4.   SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments consist of various financial products with unsecured principal purchased from commercial banks and financial institutions which has an original maturity less than one year. While these financial products are not publicly traded, the Group estimated that their fair value approximated the costs considering their short-term maturities and high credit quality.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Short-term investments

     44,000        145,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

No other-than-temporary impairment loss was recognized for the two years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

5.   PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Prepaid marketing expenses

     12,751        2,619  

Prepaid VAT—deferred revenue

     —          1,939  

Receivables from third-party payment platforms

     401        2,436  

Prepaid expenses (1)

     3,569        5,906  

Deposits (2)

     1,328        2,210  

Staff advances

     917        1,151  

Others

     870        436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     19,836        16,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Represented the prepaid expenses for telecommunications, network, service for online live steaming and rental.
  (2) Represented rental deposits refundable within one year and deposits for search engine marketing activities which also being refundable within one year.

 

6.   DEFERRED COSTS

Deferred costs consist of the incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of customers contract which is expected to be recovered and is capitalized pursuant to ASC340-40. The capitalized sales commission is amortized in the same manner the related revenue being recognized.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

6.   DEFERRED COSTS—continued

 

The movements of deferred costs for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are as follow:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Beginning balances (current and non-current)

     1,934        11,170  

Additions

     18,199        33,830  

Amortizations

     (8,961      (19,755

Impairments

     (2      (17
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balances (current and non-current)

     11,170        25,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred costs, current

     8,281        19,175  

Deferred costs, non-current

     2,889        6,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Leasehold improvement

     5,377        19,523  

Electronic and office equipment

     3,030        6,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     8,407        26,180  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (4,739      (9,732
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     3,668        16,448  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB3,665 and RMB4,993 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

8.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The balance of intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Computer software

     983        1,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (287      (764
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

     696        1,043  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expenses were RMB87 and RMB477 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

8.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET—continued

 

The amortization expenses for the above intangible assets for each of the following fiscal years are as follows:

 

     Amortizations  
     RMB  

2017

     679  

2018

     297  

2019

     67  
  

 

 

 
     1,043  
  

 

 

 

 

9.   OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Rental deposits (1)

     596        1,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Rental deposits represent office and enrollment centers’ rental deposits for the Group’s daily operations, which are not refundable within one year.

 

10.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The components of accrued expenses and other liabilities are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Salary and welfare payables

     14,315        30,343  

Accrued rental expenses

     169        23,867  

Accrued marketing expenses

     —          7,495  

Advanced deposits (1)

     411        2,597  

Registration and examination fees payables (2)

     10,871        2,391  

Payables for leasehold improvement

     —          1,902  

Other tax liabilities

     1,546        —    

Payables to educational institutions (3)

     5,620        —    

Other payables (4)

     833        2,782  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33,765        71,377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1. Deposits consisted of (1) down payments advanced by prospective students before contract signing to lock up tuition prices and (2) insurance premium collected from existing students to be paid on behalf of them to related insurance companies.

 

  2. The balances represented the registration and examination fees to be paid to the fee collection agency for the purpose of adult college entrance examinations, which were collected from the existing students.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

10.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES—continued

 

  3. The balances represented the tuition fees collected from the students for their registrations with certain educational institutions through the Group’s referral services.
  4. Other payables included refund liability amounted to RMB137 and RMB385 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, representing estimated amounts of deferred revenue with contingency in cash refund.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

11.   REVENUES AND DEFERRED REVENUE

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, all of the Group’s revenues were generated in the PRC. The disaggregated revenues by types and models were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB  

Disaggregation of revenues

    

Revenue by types:

    

Gross revenues:

    

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

     97,222       296,269  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

     66,851       122,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Online educational courses

     164,073       418,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions

     442       4,528  

Others

     27       1,284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     164,542       424,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: sales tax and surcharges

     (5,532     (5,176

Total net revenues

     159,010       418,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue by models:

    

Gross revenues:

    

Refundable

     723       79,541  

Non-refundable

     163,350       338,733  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Online educational courses

     164,073       418,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions

     442       4,528  

Others

     27       1,284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     164,542       424,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: sales tax and surcharges

     (5,532     (5,176

Total net revenues

     159,010       418,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The movements of the deferred revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 were as follows(1):

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Beginning balance (current and noncurrent)

     132,024        414,077  

Additions

     446,126        740,963  

Deductions

     (164,073      (427,471
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance (current and noncurrent)

     414,077        727,569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue, current

     248,090        515,737  

Deferred revenue, non-current

     165,987        211,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Amounts presented are inclusive of VAT (see VAT in Note 2).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12.   CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARE

On July 5, 2016, 20.27% equity interests with preferential rights (“Series A equity interest”) of Beijing Sunlands, a PRC domestic company, were issued to certain third party shareholders for a total cash consideration of RMB335,000.

In August 2017, as an integrated step of the 2017 Reorganization, the Company (1) redeemed certain Series A equity interest from one of the holders of Series A equity interest (“Series A Preferred Shareholders”) at cash consideration of RMB86,000 and (2) newly issued 954,274 Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”) proportionally to the then existing holders of Series A equity interest of Beijing Sunlands to mirror the shareholding structure of Beijing Sunlands. In November 2017, the remaining holders of Series A equity interest withdrew the original investment of RMB292,000 from Beijing Sunlands and further injected the RMB292,000 (equivalent to US$44,055) to the Company.

In August 2017, the Company issued 826,389 Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series B Preferred Shares”) to a third party investor (the “Series B Preferred Shareholder”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$90,000 (equivalent to RMB601,605).

In September 2017, the Company issued 141,264 Series B+ convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series B+ Preferred Shares”) to a third party investor (the “Series B+ Preferred Shareholder”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$20,000 (equivalent to RMB131,104).

The key terms of the Series A Preferred Shares are as follows:

Conversion

Series A Preferred Shareholders have the right to convert Series A Preferred Shares into ordinary shares at the quotient of the original issue price divided by the then effective conversion price as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association being no less than par value. In addition, each Series A Preferred Share is automatically converted into ordinary shares upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO or a Series A Target IPO as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Voting Rights

The Series A Preferred Shareholders and the holders of ordinary shares shall vote together based on their shareholding percentages.

Dividends

Series A Preferred Shareholders shall have the right to receive non-cumulative dividends, pari passu with the ordinary shares, on an as-converted basis, when, as and if declared by the Board.

Redemption

In the event that the Company has not consummated a Series A Target IPO as of the date that is thirty months after August 15, 2017 (or such other later date as approved at any time by the holders of not less than three fourths of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares), each Series A Preferred Shareholder shall have the option to elect to sell all or a portion of the Series A Preferred Shares held at a price of the original issuance price plus a simple rate of 10% interest per annum since the date of issuance to the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full. The redemption price shall plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up to the date of such redemption. The redemption value of the Series A Preferred Shares was RMB351,429 as of December 31, 2016.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12.   CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARE—continued

Redemption—continued

 

Series A Target IPO was defined as a public offering of the shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board, and in such public offering, (i) the market capitalization of the Company is not less than US$500,000 immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than US$100,000.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the Company or any deemed liquidation event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), the proceeds shall be distributed according to the following sequence:

 

  (1) first to the Series B and B+ Preferred Shareholders at an amount (the “Series B and B+ Liquidation Preference Amount”) equals the higher of (a) at a 8% compound interest per annum of the original issuance price of Series B and B+ Preferred Shares from the date of issuance to the date of the Liquidation Event, plus any declared but unpaid dividend and (b) an amount equal to such Series B and B+ Preferred Shareholders’ share of proceeds if all the preferred shares were converted into ordinary shares and the proceeds were distributed among the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by each such holders;

 

  (2) second to Series A Preferred Shareholders at an amount equals the higher of (a) 10% compound interest per annum from the date of issuance to the date of the Liquidation Event, plus any declared but unpaid dividend (“Series A Liquidation Preference Amount”) and (b) two times of the Series A Preferred Shares original issuance price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events).

 

  (3) third, after the full distribution of Series B Liquidation Preference Amount and the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the Series A Preferred Shareholders and the holders of the ordinary shares in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by each such holder on an as-converted basis.

 

13.   ORDINARY SHARES

On September 18, 2015, the Company authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00005 (equivalent to RMB0.0003) per share and issued 1 ordinary share at par value at incorporation.

In August 2017, the Company newly issued 1,909,309 ordinary shares proportionally to the then existing shareholders in relation to the 2017 Reorganization. In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved a share split at a 1 to 2 ratio for each ordinary and preferred shares. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented herein have been adjusted to reflect the split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

 

14.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis

The Group measured its financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, amounts due from/to related parties on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. Cash and cash equivalents are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on the quoted market price in an active market. The carrying amounts of short-term investments and amounts due from/to related parties approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturity.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14.   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT—continued

 

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis

The Group did not have any financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the two years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

15.   SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

On January 18, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Previous Cayman approved the Stock Option Scheme (the “Employee Stock Option Plan” or “ESOP”), which permits the grant of a total number of 33,300,000 options to its employees. The shares subject to the ESOP were 33,300,000 ordinary shares of the Previous Cayman. Options were granted to Previous WFOE employees, accordingly, share-based compensation was recorded by the Previous WFOE.

Vesting of Options

The first 25% options shall vest on the grant date and the remaining 75% shall vest annually in equal instalment over the next 3 years.

Exercise of Options

The options may not be exercised until the occurrence of an IPO.

Termination of Options

In the event of the termination of the employment of the optionee with the Company for a reason other than death, disability or retirement and such termination occurs

 

  (1) during the period between the first anniversary of the grant date and the second anniversary of the grant date (inclusive), 1/6 of the option granted which were vested at the time of such termination, shall remain vested until, and become null and void upon the expiry, and the remaining 5/6 of the options granted which were vested at the time of such termination and all options granted, to the extent they were not vested at the time of such termination, shall become null and void at the close of business on the date of such termination.

 

  (2) during the period between the second anniversary of the grant date (exclusive) and the third anniversary of the grant date (inclusive), then 1/3 of the Options granted which were vested at the time of such termination, shall remain vested until, and become null and void upon the expiry, and the remaining 2/3 of the option granted which were vested at the time of such termination and all options granted, to the extent they were not vested at the time of such termination, shall become null and void at the close of business on the date of such termination;

 

  (3) during the period between the third anniversary of the grant date (exclusive) and the fourth anniversary of the grant date (inclusive), then 1/2 of the options granted which were vested at the time of such termination, shall remain vested until, and become null and void upon the expiry, and the remaining 1/2 of the options granted to such optionee which were vested at the time of such termination and all options granted to such optionee, to the extent they were not vested at the time of such termination, shall become null and void at the close of business on the date of such termination.

On January 18, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Previous Cayman approved to grant to certain employees 28,638,000 share options for an exercise price per share at $0.0001 (equivalent to RMB0.0006).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15.   SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN—continued

Termination of Options—continued

 

On April 18, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Previous Cayman approved to grant to certain employees 2,664,000 share options for an exercise price per share at $0.0001 (equivalent to RMB0.0006).

On August 18, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Previous Cayman approved to grant to certain employees 1,998,000 share options for an exercise price per share at $0.0001 (equivalent to RMB0.0006).

As the exercisability of the option was subject to an IPO, the Group did not record any compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations for options granted under ESOP as the occurrence of an IPO is generally not considered to be probable until the IPO is complete.

On October 20, 2015, as one of the integrated steps of the 2016 Reorganization discussed in Note 1, the Board of Directors of the Previous Cayman approved that all of the Options under the ESOP that were not vested as of the effective dated shall be fully vested on December 31, 2015. The exercisability of the options was no longer subject to the IPO. Accordingly, The Group recorded the compensation expense of RMB23,657 under the ESOP for the year ended December 31, 2015 at the Previous WFOE and its subsidiary, the entities which received the services of the optionees.

A summary of option activities as of December 31, 2015 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 are presented below:

 

Share option granted to employees

  Number of
shares
    Weighted-average
exercise price
    Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual

term (years)
    Aggregated
intrinsic value
    Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
 
          RMB                    

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

    31,302,000       0.0006       8.16       20,023       0.64  

Granted

    1,998,000       0.0006       9.63       3,612       1.81  

Exercised

    (33,300,000     0.0006       7.30       (23,635     (0.71
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company calculated the estimated fair value of the options on the respective grant dates using the binomial option pricing model with the assistance from an independent valuation firm, with the following assumptions used. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the share options granted during 2015 was RMB1.81.

 

Grant Dates

   January 18,
2013
    April 18,
2014
    August 18,
2015
 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.6     3.4     2.8

Volatility

     48     47     46

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0

Exercise multiples

     2.8       2.8       2.8  

Exercise price

     0.0006       0.0006       0.0006  

Life of option (years)

     10       10       10  

Fair value of underlying ordinary share

     0.54       1.38       1.79  

(1) Risk free rate of interest

Risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the market yield of US Government Bond with maturity close to the grant date plus country default spread of China as of the valuation date.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15.   SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN—continued

Termination of Options—continued

 

(2) Volatility

The volatility factor estimated was based on the historical share price movement of the comparable companies for the period of time close to the expected time to exercise.

(3) Dividend Yield

The management does not have any dividend policy after IPO. Hence, the dividend payout ratio is assumed to be 0%.

(4) Exercise multiples

Exercise multiple is referenced to comparable companies’ historical exercise pattern.

Share-based compensation expenses

Total share-based compensation expense of share-based awards granted to employees recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

General and administrative expenses

     21,643        —    

Sales and marketing expenses

     2,014        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     23,657        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there was no unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to share options.

 

16.   INCOME TAXES

Cayman Islands

Under current law of Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividends payments are not subject to tax withholding in the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

The Company’s subsidiary, Sunlands HK is located in Hong Kong and subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income earned in Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made in the consolidated financial statements as it has no assessable income for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

China

The Group’s subsidiaries and the VIE and its subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC were generally subject to a corporate income tax rate of 25%.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16.   INCOME TAXES—continued

 

The Enterprise Income Tax Law (the “EIT Law”) of the PRC, effective since January 1, 2008, applies an uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to all resident enterprise in China, including foreign invested enterprises.

From 2015, Previous WFOE qualified as “high and new technology enterprise strongly supported by the State” (“HNTE”) under the EIT Law, and therefore, was entitled to preferential income tax rate of 15% from 2015 through 2017.

In 2016, Beijing Sunlands obtained HNTE qualification and was entitled to preferential income tax rate of 15% from 2016 through 2018.

The deferred income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations were nil and nil for the two years ended December 31, 2016.

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations is as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income tax expenses

     (315,583      (253,567
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expenses computed at applicable tax rates of 25%

     (78,896      (63,392

Non-deductible expenses

     1,637        2,477  

Effect of tax holidays

     2,842        24,808  

Change in valuation allowance

     74,417        36,107  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expenses

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If the tax holidays granted to Beijing Sunlands and Previous WFOE were not available, the Group’s income tax expense would have been nil and nil, which would have no impact on the basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share attributable to the Company, for the two years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Deferred taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of deferred taxes are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Non-current deferred tax assets

     

Accrued expenses

     42        3,676  

Advertising expenses carry-forwards

     27,195        35,056  

Net operating loss carry-forwards

     84,847        66,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax assets

     112,084        105,417  

Less: valuation allowance

     (112,084      (105,417
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current deferred tax assets, net

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax liabilities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16.   INCOME TAXES—continued

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’ subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries registered in the PRC have total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB440,325, which would expire on various dates through December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2021.

The authoritative guidance requires that the Group recognizes the impact of a tax position in the financial statements if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit by the tax authority, based on the technical merits of the position. Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to examination by the PRC tax authorities. If the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among related companies do not represent a price under normal commercial terms, they may make adjustments to the companies’ income and expenses. A transfer pricing adjustment could result in additional tax liabilities. The Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

In addition, uncertainties exist with respect to how the current income tax law in the PRC applies to the Group’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. The New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting and properties, occurs within the PRC. Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, the Group does not believe that the legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Group should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed resident enterprises, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income taxes, at a rate of 25%.

 

17.   NET LOSS PER SHARE

For the purpose of calculating net loss per share as a result of the 2017 Reorganization as described in Note 1, the number of ordinary shares used in the calculation reflects the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company as if the 2017 Reorganization took place on January 1, 2015:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Numerator:

     

Net loss attributable to Sunlands Online used in basic and diluted net loss per share:

     

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (318,302      (253,567
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     3,818,618        3,818,618  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share

     

Basic and diluted

     (83.36      (66.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The outstanding Series A Preferred Shares were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would be anti-dilutive given the Company’s loss making position.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18.   AMOUNTS DUE FROM/TO RELATED PARTIES

 

  (1) The table below sets forth the major related parties and their relationship with the Group.

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Group

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School

   Entity controlled by the Founder

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School

   Entity controlled by the Founder

Shangde Jiaxun

   Entity controlled by the Founder and the CEO (Note 1)

 

  (2) As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the aggregate amounts due from related parties are set forth as below:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School (i)

     14,507        13,906  

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School (i)

     1,179        1,184  

Shangde Jiaxun (i)

     —          872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15,686        15,962  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (i) The balances with related parties were interest-free, unsecured and repayable on demand which were fully repaid and settled in December 2017.

 

  (3) As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the aggregate amounts due to related parties are set forth below:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015      2016  
     RMB      RMB  

The Founder (ii)

     24,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) The balance represented an interest-free loan provided by the Founder to the Group for daily operations.

 

19.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and public displays with initial terms of one-year or longer consisted of the following at December 31, 2016:

 

     RMB  

Years ending December 31, 2016

  

2017

     77,548  

2018

     72,333  

2019

     54,551  

2020

     47,793  

2021 and thereafter

     547,879  
  

 

 

 
     800,104  
  

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

19.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—continued

Operating lease commitments—continued

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on the straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, total rental expenses for all operating leases amounted to RMB28,042 and RMB53,714, respectively.

 

20.   SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, who reviews financial information of operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Group operated and managed its business in two operating segments, offline, classroom-based education service and online education service separately, as each segment met the criteria for separate reportable segment given its financial information was available and as a result was separately reviewed by the Group’s CODM.

As disclosed in Note 3, the business transformation of the Group from offline, classroom-based education to online education was fully completed as of December 31, 2015. Starting from January 1, 2016, the Group has not had and is not expected to have further involvement in the operations of the discontinued offline, classroom-based education business. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2016, the Group’s CODM reviewed the financial information of the education business carried out by the Group on a consolidated basis. The Group has one operating segment, which is the provision of online education service. The Group operates solely in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

 

21.   EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC subsidiaries of the Group make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts for such employee benefits, which were expensed as incurred, were RMB21,857 and RMB64,189 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

22.   RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries.

In accordance with the Regulations on Enterprises with Foreign Investment of China and their articles of association, a foreign invested enterprise established in the PRC is required to provide certain statutory reserves, namely general reserve fund, the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund which

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

22.   RESTRICTED NET ASSETS—continued

 

are appropriated from net profit as reported in the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts, which is included in retained earnings accounts in equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. A wholly-owned foreign invested enterprise is required to allocate at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the general reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. Appropriations to the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund are at the discretion of the board of directors for all foreign invested enterprises. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. If any PRC subsidiary incur debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to the Group. Any limitation on the ability of the PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit the ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to pay dividends.

Additionally, in accordance with the Company Law of the PRC, a domestic enterprise is required to provide statutory common reserve at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit until such reserve reaches 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The Group’s provision for the statutory common reserve is in compliance with the aforementioned requirement of the Company Law. A domestic enterprise is also required to provide for discretionary surplus reserve, at the discretion of the board of directors, from the profits determined in accordance with the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends.

Because the Group’s entities in the PRC can only be paid out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Group’s entities in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital and statutory reserves of the Group’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital and statutory reserves, which is the amount of net assets of the Group’s entities in the PRC (mainland) not available for distribution, were RMB2,000 and RMB2,566, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

23.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2016 through December 13, 2017, the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued.

 

  (1) In August 2017, the Company issued 146,930 ordinary shares to certain directors and management at no consideration as a share-based payment.

 

  (2) In August 2017, the Company issued 826,389 Series B Preferred Shares to a third party investor for an aggregate cash consideration of US$90,000 (equivalent to RMB601,605).

 

  (3) In September 2017, the Company issued 141,264 Series B+ Preferred Shares to a third party investor for an aggregate cash consideration of US$20,000 (equivalent to RMB131,104).

 

  (4) In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved a share split at a 1 to 2 ratio for each ordinary and preferred shares.

 

  (5)

In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2017 Share Incentive Plan, under which, the maximum number of ordinary shares that would be granted is 483,846 shares. In October 2017, the Company granted 429,505 options under the 2017 Share Incentive Plan to directors, executive officers and employees, among which 66,053 options were granted for an exercise price of $84.75 (equivalent to RMB560.95) and 363,452 options were granted for an exercise price of $0.0047

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

23.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS—continued

 

  (equivalent to RMB0.0312). The estimated fair value of options on the grant date was $41.08 (equivalent to RMB278.49) and $85.48 (equivalent to RMB579.48), respectively. The total compensation expenses relating to the options were RMB227,672, which will be recognized in accordance with the terms of the option awards.

 

  (6) In October 2017, the Company was renamed to Sunlands Online Education Group.

 

  (7) In October 2017, the Group entered into purchase agreements to acquire a property in Guangzhou, for its operation, at the consideration of RMB241,230.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  

ASSETS

      

Total current assets

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

LIABILITIES

      

Current liabilities

      

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2       6       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2       6       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

      

Investment in subsidiaries

     371,742       553,949       81,712  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     371,742       553,949       81,712  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     371,744       553,955       81,713  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

MEZZANINE EQUITY

      

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     —         335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEZZANINE EQUITY

     —         335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.00005, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 3,818,618 and 3,818,618 share issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)

     1       1       —    

Additional paid-in capital

     911       30,911       4,560  

Accumulated deficit

     (372,656     (919,867     (135,688
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

     (371,744     (888,955     (131,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     For the years ended December 31  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  

General and administrative expenses

     (2     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from investment in subsidiaries

     (318,300     (253,563     (37,402
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     Ordinary shares      Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
shareholders’
deficit
 
     Shares      Amounts         
            RMB      RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2015

     3,818,618        1        26,613       (54,354     (27,740

Net loss for the year

     —          —          —         (318,302     (318,302

Effect of the Group’s 2016 reorganization

     —          —          (49,359     —         (49,359

Share-based compensation

     —          —          23,657       —         23,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     3,818,618        1        911       (372,656     (371,744
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss for the year

     —          —          —         (253,567     (253,567

Recapitalization in connection with the Group’s 2016 reorganization

     —          —          —         (293,644     (293,644

Capital contribution from ordinary shareholders

     —          —          30,000       —         30,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in RMB

     3,818,618        1        30,911       (919,867     (888,955
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in USD

     3,818,618        —          4,560       (135,688     (131,128
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note: The number of ordinary shares reflects the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company as if the 2017 Reorganization took place on January 1, 2015.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

     For the years ended December 31  
     2015     2016  
     RMB     RMB     US$  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

     (318,302     (253,567     (37,403

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

      

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2       4       1  

Investment in subsidiaries

     318,300       253,563       37,402  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

         —    

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION—FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data)

 

1. BASIS FOR PREPARATION

The condensed financial information of the parent company, Sunlands Online Education Group has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

In its consolidated financial statements, the Parent Company consolidates the results of operations and assets and liabilities of its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries, and inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For the purpose of the Parent Company’s standalone financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries are reported using the equity method of accounting as a single line item and the Parent Company’s share of loss from its subsidiaries are reported as the single line item of equity in loss of subsidiaries and VIE.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
     As of June 30, 2017  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     23,103        101,048        14,905  

Short-term investments

     145,000        259,136        38,225  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     16,697        34,566        5,099  

Amounts due from related parties

     15,962        78,000        11,506  

Deferred costs, current

     19,175        35,126        5,181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     219,937        507,876        74,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Property and equipment, net

     16,448        17,357        2,560  

Intangible assets, net

     1,043        928        137  

Deferred costs, non-current

     6,053        14,736        2,174  

Long-term investment

     —          7,792        1,149  

Other non-current assets

     1,510        9,526        1,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     25,054        50,339        7,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     244,991        558,215        82,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
(including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB71,371 and RMB74,665 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)

     71,377        74,671        11,015  

Deferred revenue, current
(including deferred revenue, current of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB515,737 and RMB845,439 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)

     515,737        845,439        124,709  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     587,114        920,110        135,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Deferred revenue, non-current
(including deferred revenue, non-current of the consolidated VIE without recourse to Sunlands Online Education Group of RMB211,832 and RMB423,634 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)

     211,832        423,634        62,489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     211,832        423,634        62,489  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     798,946        1,343,744        198,213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—continued

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
    As of June 30, 2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

MEZZANINE EQUITY

      

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares

     335,000       335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEZZANINE EQUITY

     335,000       335,000       49,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 17)

      

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.00005, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 3,818,618 and 3,818,618 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)

     1       1       —    

Additional paid-in capital

     30,911       30,911       4,560  

Accumulated deficit

     (919,867     (1,151,599     (169,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Sunlands Online Education Group shareholders’ deficit

     (888,955     (1,120,687     (165,310

Noncontrolling interests

     —         158       23  

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (888,955     (1,120,529     (165,287
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     244,991       558,215       82,341  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

Net revenues

     174,329       361,463       53,319  

Cost of revenues

     (27,778     (46,179     (6,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     146,551       315,284       46,507  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Sales and marketing expenses

     (215,057     (492,795     (72,691

Product development expenses

     (6,401     (11,039     (1,628

General and administrative expenses

     (46,483     (46,879     (6,915
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (267,941     (550,713     (81,234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (121,390     (235,429     (34,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     1,532       4,053       598  

Other income, net

     1,404       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expenses

     (118,454     (231,376     (34,129

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —    

Loss from an equity method investment

     —         (398     (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         (42     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Sunlands Online Education Group

     (118,454     (231,732     (34,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders

      

Basic and diluted

     (31.02     (60.68     (8.95

Weighted average shares used in calculating net loss per ordinary share:

      

Basic and diluted

     3,818,618       3,818,618       3,818,618  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

    Ordinary shares     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total Sunlands Online
Education Group
shareholders’
deficit
    Noncontrolling
interests
    Total
Shareholders’
deficit
 
    Shares     Amounts            
          RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2016

    3,818,618       1       911       (372,656     (371,744     —         (371,744

Net loss for the period

    —         —         —         (118,454     (118,454     —         (118,454
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2016

    3,818,618       1       911       (491,110     (490,198     —         (490,198
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

    3,818,618       1       30,911       (919,867     (888,955     —         (888,955

Net loss for the period

    —         —         —         (231,732     (231,732     (42     (231,774

Capital contribution from a noncontrolling shareholder

    —         —         —         —         —         200       200  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017 in RMB

    3,818,618       1       30,911       (1,151,599     (1,120,687     158       (1,120,529
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017 in USD (Note 2)

    3,818,618       —         4,560       (169,870     (165,310     23       (165,287
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB     US$  
                 (Note 2)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

     (118,454     (231,774     (34,188

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,681       3,124       461  

Losses on disposition of property and equipment

     —         120       18  

Loss from an equity method investment

     —         398       59  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,229       (18,425     (2,718

Deferred costs

     (6,813     (24,634     (3,634

Other non-current assets

     596       (6,352     (937

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     16,559       3,555       524  

Deferred revenue

     139,395       541,504       79,876  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     41,193       267,516       39,461  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of short-term investments

     (364,500     (771,190     (113,757

Disposal of short-term investments

     386,000       657,610       97,003  

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (13,021     (4,963     (732

Acquisition of intangible assets

     (424     —         —    

Prepaid consideration for a business acquisition

     —         (1,000     (148

Payment for an equity method investment

     —         (8,190     (1,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated (used) in investing activities

     8,055       (127,733     (18,842
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Amounts due from related parties

     (14,044     (62,038     (9,151

Amounts due to related parties

     (24,379     —         —    

Capital contribution from Series A convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

     180,400       —         —    

Capital contribution from a noncontrolling shareholder

     —         200       29  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     141,977       (61,838     (9,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     191,225       77,945       11,497  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     4,446       23,103       3,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     195,671       101,048       14,905  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of a non-cash activity

      

Acquisition of property and equipment through leasehold improvement payables

     1,690       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1.   ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

Sunlands Online Education Group (the “Company” or “Sunlands Online”), formerly known as Studyvip Online Education International Limited, was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on September 18, 2015. The Company, its subsidiaries, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing online education service in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

In August 2017, the Group decided to pursue the initial public offering (the “IPO”) in the United States. In anticipation of the IPO, the Group identified the Company as the prospective listing entity and entered into a series of contractual arrangements among the Company’s shareholders, its subsidiaries, Mr. Jianhong Yin (“the Founder”), the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) of the Group, Beijing Shangde Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Sunlands”) and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands through the following series of integrated steps (“2017 Reorganization”), mainly to establish the VIE structure, which includes:

 

    In August 2017, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sunlands Online Education HK Limited (formerly known as Studyvip Online Education HK Limited) (“Sunlands HK”), established Wuhan Studyvip Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Wuhan Zhibo” or the “New WFOE”).

 

    In August 2017, the New WFOE, entered into a series of contractual agreements with Beijing Sunlands (the “New VIE”) and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands (the “New VIE arrangements”). The Group believes that these contractual arrangements would enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the new VIE, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIE that could be significant to the new VIE. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of the new VIE and is able to consolidate the New VIE and its subsidiaries (Note 21).

As the Company, New WFOE and New VIE were all under common control of the Founder, the above series of steps to reorganize the Group during 2017 were accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interest with assets and liabilities at their historical amounts in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As such, the Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence for all periods presented.

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries, and VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Security and Exchange Commission and United States generally accepted accounting standards for interim financial reporting. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full years.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, accounting policies and notes thereto included in the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016. In the opinion of the management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Basis of presentation and use of estimates—continued

 

reflect all normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of financial results for the interim periods presented. The Group believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies as used in the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016.

The financial information as of December 31, 2016 presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in the Group’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, consolidation of VIE, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, the variable consideration to be earned under non-refundable course model, useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-term assets and valuation of share-based compensation. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Long-term investment

Investee companies over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not have a controlling interest through investment in common shares or in-substance common shares, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when the Group has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%, and other factors, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors, voting rights and the impact of commercial arrangements, are also considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. For certain investments in limited partnerships, where the Group holds less than a 20% equity or voting interest, the Group may also have significant influence.

Under the equity method, the Group initially records its investment at cost and subsequently recognizes the Group’s proportionate share of each equity investee’s net income or loss after the date of investment into earnings and accordingly adjusts the carrying amount of the investment. If financial statements of an investee cannot be made available within a reasonable period of time, the Group records its share of the net income or loss of an investee on a one quarter lag basis in accordance with ASC 323-10-35-6.

The Group reviews its equity method investments for impairment whenever an event or circumstance indicates that any other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. The Group considers available quantitative and qualitative evidence in evaluating potential impairment of its equity method investments. An impairment charge is recorded when the carrying amount of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

 

Convenience Translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in RMB. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the then current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ deficit and cash flows from RMB into US dollars as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.7793, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2017. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on June 30, 2017, or at any other rate.

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” This standard replaced existing revenue recognition rules with a comprehensive revenue measurement and recognition standard and expanded disclosure requirements. The ASU also includes guidance regarding the accounting for contract acquisition costs, which includes sales commissions. The Group has early adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method which requires the Group to present its financial statements for all periods as if Topic 606 had been applied to all prior periods. The group did not apply practical expedients as provided under Topic 606.

The Group follows five steps for its revenue recognition under Topic 606: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The Group’s revenue is reported net of discount, business tax, value added tax and related surcharges. The primary sources of the Group’s revenues are as follows:

Online education services

The Group provides an integrated online education service package to students, including online live streaming audio-video interactive course content, recorded previous live audio-video course content, quiz banks, online chat rooms, and educational contents. The services and goods provided in the package are highly interdependent and interrelated in the context of the contract and are only considered accessory services to the online live streaming and recorded courses which are not distinct and are not sold standalone. Therefore, the Group’s integrated online education services package is accounted for as a single performance obligation. The weighted average service period for degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses and professional certification preparation and professional skills courses was 21 months and 17 months, respectively.

The transaction price of the integrated online education service package is determined by the contract amount net of any discounts. Students are offered a full, unconditional refund within 24 hours upon enrollment, and a partial refund for the undelivered courses, excluding registration fees, within 7 days.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Revenue recognition—continued

Online education services—continued

 

Online education services consist of two types of revenue models—the non-refundable course model and the refundable course model. Revenues for the non-refundable course model are recognized on a straight line basis over the service period from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends. For the refundable course model, the Group provides a student the ability to obtain a refund if the student achieves certain agreed conditions. The Group estimates the variable consideration to be earned and recognizes revenue over time from the registration day to the day on which the service period ends on a straight line basis.

The Group’s contract asset primarily consists of deferred costs, which represents the unamortized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of customers contract, and the contract liability primarily consists of deferred revenue.

Student Financing

The Group offers an installment payment option to students, under which the students obtain loans, from accredited credit sources (“Loan Companies”) for the purpose of satisfying the student’s tuition payment due. The borrowing student is obligated to repay the loan principal in installments over periods ranging from 3 months to 12 months to the Loan Companies, while the Group agrees with the Loan Companies to bear the student’s interest expense and service fees. The Loan Companies remit the tuition to the Group for students to complete the registration. The interest expense and service fees are recorded as a reduction of the transaction price.

Commission revenue

The Group earns commission revenue by providing referral services to third parties, including education institutions. Commission revenue is recognized when the referred students registered at the third party education institutions and the fees are paid, by when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Adoption of Topic 606

The implementation of Topic 606 had no cumulative effect to the beginning balance of shareholders’ deficit as of January 1, 2015. All incomplete contracts as of December 31, 2014 were related to the Group’s offline, class-room based education service which was accounted for as a single performance obligation, with no variable consideration arrangement and revenue was recognized over the service period. Accordingly, there was no impact upon adopting Topic 606 and the group did not apply practical expedients as provided under ASC 606-10-65.

The full retrospective method requires an entity to present financial statements for all periods as if the new revenue standard had been applied to all prior periods. The Group has assessed the effect of adoption of this standard which relates to 1) variable consideration arrangement, pursuant to ASC606-10-32, of its refundable online education course launched in 2015, as well as 2) capitalized incremental sales commission relating to obtaining the customer contract pursuant to ASC340-40.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Revenue recognition—continued

Adoption of Topic 606—continued

 

The effect of the changes on prior periods that have been retrospectively adjusted is as below:

The following tables present the effect of the adoption of the Topic 606 on Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets and unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations as of June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2017    Effect of Topic 606      As adjusted  

Deferred revenue

     (26,710      1,269,073  

Deferred cost

     24,634        49,862  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     680        74,671  

Accumulated deficit

     50,664        (1,151,599

Net revenues

     26,030        361,463  

Sales and marketing expenses

     (24,634      492,795  

Net loss

     (50,664      (231,774

 

As of June 30, 2016    Effect of Topic 606      As adjusted  

Deferred revenue

     (14,770      553,472  

Deferred cost

     6,813        17,983  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     240        52,014  

Accumulated deficit

     21,343        (491,110

Net revenues

     14,530        174,329  

Sales and marketing expenses

     (6,813      215,057  

Net loss

     (21,343      (118,454

Deferred Revenue

Revenues related to the Group’s online and offline courses are recognized over time. Deferred revenue consists of tuition fees received from students for which services have not yet been provided to students.

Sales commission

The incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of the customer contract and expected to be recovered is accounted for as an incremental cost of obtaining a contract pursuant to ASC340-40 and is capitalized as deferred costs when incurred. The capitalized cost is amortized in the same manner as the revenue recognized and is included in “sales and marketing expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.

Other sales commission incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained is recognized as an expense when incurred.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In November, 2015, the FASB issued a new pronouncement which changes how deferred taxes are classified on organizations’ balance sheets. The ASU eliminates the current requirement for organizations to present deferred tax liabilities and assets as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. Instead,

 

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements—continued

 

organizations will be required to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The amendments apply to all organizations that present a classified balance sheet. For public companies, the amendments are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. This ASU may be applied prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2016 on a retrospectively basis.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis.

For a public entity, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application will be permitted. The Group elected to early adopt this new guidance on a retrospective basis. The adoption did not have any material impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

In November, 2016, the FASB issued a new pronouncement, ASU 2016-18, which amends ASC 230 to add or clarify guidance on the classification and presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows.

Key requirements of the ASU are as follows:

An entity should include in its cash and cash-equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows those amounts that are deemed to be restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. The ASU does not define the terms “restricted cash” and “restricted cash equivalents” but states that an entity should continue to provide appropriate disclosures about its accounting policies pertaining to restricted cash in accordance with other GAAP. The ASU also states that any change in accounting policy will need to be assessed under ASC 250.

 

    A reconciliation between the statement of financial position and the statement of cash flows must be disclosed when the statement of financial position includes more than one line item for cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, and restricted cash equivalents.

 

    Changes in restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents that result from transfers between cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should not be presented as cash flow activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

    An entity with a material balance of amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents must disclose information about the nature of the restrictions.

For public business entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Group has early adopted such pronouncement in the year ended December 31, 2016, and each of the prior periods presented were retrospectively adjusted. The adoption did not have any material impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2.   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES—continued

 

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance supersedes existing guidance on accounting for leases with the main difference being that operating leases are to be recorded in the statement of financial position as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments. For operating leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. For public business entities, the guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application of the guidance is permitted. In transition, entities are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-07, Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting. The amendments eliminate the requirement that when an investment qualified for use of the equity method as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence, an investor must adjust the investment, results of operations, and retained earnings retroactively on a step-by-step basis as if the equity method had been in effect during all previous periods that the investment had been held. The amendments require that the equity method investor add the cost of acquiring the additional interest in the investee to the current basis of the investor’s previously held interest and adopt the equity method of accounting as of the date the investment becomes qualified for equity method accounting. Therefore, upon qualifying for the equity method of accounting, no retroactive adjustment of the investment is required. The amendments require that an entity that has an available-for-sale equity security that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting recognize through earnings the unrealized holding gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income at the date the investment becomes qualified for use of the equity method. The amendments are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments should be applied prospectively upon their effective date to increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence that result in the adoption of the equity method. Earlier application is permitted. The Group does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement will have a significant effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

3.   SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments consist of various financial products with unsecured principal purchased from commercial banks and financial institutions which has an original maturity less than 1 year. While these financial products are not publicly traded, the Group estimated that their fair value approximated the costs considering their short-term maturities and high credit quality.

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Short-term investments

     145,000        259,136  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

No other-than-temporary impairment loss was recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

4.   PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Prepaid marketing expenses

     2,619        10,632  

Prepaid VAT—deferred revenue

     1,939        9,216  

Prepaid expenses (1)

     5,906        3,315  

Deposits (2)

     2,210        4,478  

Receivables from third-party payment platforms

     2,436        3,271  

Staff advances

     1,151        2,864  

Others

     436        790  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,697        34,566  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Represented the prepaid expenses for telecommunications, network, service for online live streaming and rental.
  (2) Represented rental deposits refundable within one year and deposits for search engine marketing activities which also being refundable within one year.

 

5.   DEFERRED COSTS

Deferred costs consist of the incremental sales commission relating to obtaining of customers contract which is expected to be recovered and is capitalized pursuant to ASC340-40. The capitalized sales commission is amortized in the same manner the related revenue being recognized.

The movements of deferred costs for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 are as follows:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Beginning balance (current and non-current)

     11,170        25,228  

Additions

     15,284        43,995  

Amortizations

     (8,463      (19,314

Impairments

     (8      (47
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance (current and non-current)

     17,983        49,862  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

6.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Leasehold improvement

     19,523        20,607  

Electronic and office equipment

     6,657        9,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     26,180        30,069  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (9,732      (12,712
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     16,448        17,357  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB1,567 and RMB3,009 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

7.   INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Computer software

     1,807        1,807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (764      (879
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

     1,043        928  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expenses were RMB114 and RMB115 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The amortization expenses for the above intangible assets for each of the following periods are as follows:

 

     Amortization  
     RMB  

July to December 2017

     564  

2018

     297  

2019

     67  
  

 

 

 
     928  
  

 

 

 

 

8.   LONG-TERM INVESTMENT

The Group’s long-term investment consisted of an investment in a limited partnership (the “Partnership”) in the PRC with the investment cost of RMB8,190, representing 90% of the total investment amount of the Partnership. The Group is the limited partner with no substantive kickout rights, nor substantive participating rights.

The Group used the equity method to account for this investment, because the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not have control over the investee.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

9.   OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Rental deposits (1)

     1,510        7,862  

Prepaid consideration for a business acquisition

     —          1,000  

Deposits for non-current assets

     —          664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,510        9,526  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Rental deposits represent office and student enrollment centers’ rental deposits for the Group’s daily operations, which are not refundable within one year.

 

10.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Salary and welfare payables

     30,343        33,351  

Accrued marketing expenses

     7,495        9,861  

Accrued rental expenses

     23,867        13,575  

Accrued service fees

     —          6,648  

Advanced deposits (1)

     2,597        6,076  

Payables for leasehold improvement

     1,902        1,641  

Registration and examination fees payables (2)

     2,391        —    

Other payables (3)

     2,782        3,519  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     71,377        74,671  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  1. Deposits consisted of (1) down payments advanced by prospective students before contract signing to lock up tuition prices and (2) insurance premium collected from exiting students to be paid on behalf of them to related insurance companies.
  2. The balances represented the registration and examination fees to be paid to the fee collection agency for the purpose of adult college entrance examinations, which were collected from the existing students.
  3. Other payables included refund liability amounted to RMB385 and RMB680 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively, representing estimated amounts of deferred revenue with contingency in cash refund.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

11.   REVENUES AND DEFERRED REVENUE

For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, all of the Group’s revenues were generated in the PRC. The disaggregated revenues by types and models were as follows:

 

    For the six months ended June 30,  
    2016     2017  
    RMB     RMB  

Disaggregation of revenues

   

Revenue by types:

   

Gross revenues:

   

Degree- or diploma-oriented post-secondary courses

    120,371       293,192  

Professional certification preparation and professional skills courses

    55,528       66,969  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Online educational courses

    175,899       360,161  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions

    2,393       1,499  

Others

    —         1,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    178,292       362,791  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: sales tax and surcharges

    (3,963     (1,328

Total net revenues

    174,329       361,463  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue by models:

   

Gross revenues:

   

Refundable

    29,639       56,300  

Non-refundable

    146,260       303,861  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Online educational courses

    175,899       360,161  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions

    2,393       1,499  

Others

    —         1,131  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    178,292       362,791  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: sales tax and surcharges

    (3,963     (1,328

Total net revenues

    174,329       361,463  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The movements of the deferred revenues for six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 were as follows(1):

 

    For the six months ended June 30,  
    2016     2017  
    RMB     RMB  

Beginning balance (current and noncurrent)

    414,077       727,569  

Additions

    317,083       912,471  

Deductions

    (177,688     (370,967
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance (current and noncurrent)

    553,472       1,269,073  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Amounts presented are inclusive of VAT.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12.   CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

On July 5, 2016, 20.27% equity interests with preferential rights (“Series A equity interest”) of Beijing Sunlands, a PRC domestic company, were issued to certain third party shareholders for a total cash consideration of RMB335,000.

In August 2017, as an integrated step of the 2017 Reorganization, the Company (1) redeemed certain Series A equity interest from one of the holders of Series A equity interest (“Series A Preferred Shareholders”) at cash consideration of RMB86,000 and (2) newly issued 954,274 Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”) proportionally to the then existing holders of Series A equity interest of Beijing Sunlands to mirror the shareholding structure of Beijing Sunlands. In November 2017, the remaining holders of Series A equity interest withdrew the original investment of RMB292,000 from Beijing Sunlands and further injected the US$44,055 (equivalent to RMB292,000) to the Company.

In August 2017, the Company issued 826,389 Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series B Preferred Shares”) to a third party investor (the “Series B Preferred Shareholder”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$90,000 (equivalent to RMB601,605).

In September 2017, the Company issued 141,264 Series B+ convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series B+ Preferred Shares”) to a third party investor (the “Series B+ Preferred Shareholder”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$20,000 (equivalent to RMB131,104).

The key terms of the Series A Preferred Shares are as follows:

Conversion

Series A Preferred Shareholders have the right to convert Series A Preferred Shares into ordinary shares at the quotient of the original issue price divided by the then effective conversion price as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association being no less than par value. In addition, each Series A Preferred Share is automatically converted into ordinary shares upon the consummation of a qualified IPO or a specified target (the “Series A Target IPO”) as defined in the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Voting Rights

The Series A Preferred Shareholders and the holders of ordinary shares shall vote together based on their shareholding percentages.

Dividends

Series A Preferred Shareholders shall have the right to receive non-cumulative dividends, pari passu with the ordinary shares, on an as-converted basis, when, as and if declared by the Board.

Redemption

In the event that the Company has not consummated a Series A Target IPO as of the date that is thirty months after August 15, 2017 (or such other later date as approved at any time by the holders of not less than three fourths of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares), each Series A Preferred Shareholder shall have the option to elect to sell all or a portion of the Series A Preferred Shares held at a price of the original issuance price plus a simple rate of 10% interest per annum since the date of issuance to

 

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12.   CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES—continued

Redemption—continued

 

the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full. The redemption price shall plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up to the date of such redemption. The redemption value of the Series A Preferred Shares was RMB369,000 as of June 30, 2017.

Series A Target IPO was defined as a public offering of the shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board, and in such public offering, (i) the market capitalization of the Company is not less than US$500,000 immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than US$100,000.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the Company or any deemed liquidation event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), the proceeds shall be distributed according to the following sequence:

 

  (1) first to the Series B and B+ Preferred Shareholders at an amount (the “Series B and B+ Liquidation Preference Amount”) equals the higher of (a) at a 8% compound interest per annum of the original issuance price of Series B and B+ Preferred Shares from the date of issuance to the date of the Liquidation Event, plus any declared but unpaid dividend and (b) an amount equal to such Series B and B+ Preferred Shareholders’ share of proceeds if all the preferred shares were converted into ordinary shares and the proceeds were distributed among the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by each such holders;

 

  (2) second to Series A Preferred Shareholders at an amount equals the higher of (a) 10% compound interest per annum from the date of issuance to the date of the Liquidation Event, plus any declared but unpaid dividend (“Series A Liquidation Preference Amount”) and (b) two times of the Series A Preferred Shares original issuance price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events).

 

  (3) third, after the full distribution of Series B Liquidation Preference Amount and the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the Series A Preferred Shareholders and the holders of the ordinary shares in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by each such holder on an as-converted basis.

 

13.   ORDINARY SHARES

On September 18, 2015, the Company authorized 1,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00005 (equivalent to RMB0.0003) per share and issued 1 ordinary share at par value at incorporation.

In August 2017, the Company newly issued 1,909,309 ordinary shares proportionally to the then existing shareholders in relation to the 2017 Reorganization. In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved a share split at a 1 to 2 ratio for each ordinary and preferred shares. All share and per share amounts for all periods presented herein have been adjusted to reflect the split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14.   INCOME TAXES

Cayman Islands

Under current law of Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividends payments are not subject to tax withholding in the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

The Company’s subsidiary, Studyvip HK is located in Hong Kong and subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income earned in Hong Kong. No provision for Hong Kong Profits tax has been made in the consolidated financial statements as it has no assessable income for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

China

The Group’s subsidiaries and the VIE and its subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC are generally subject to a corporate income tax rate of 25%.

The Enterprise Income Tax Law (the “EIT Law”) of the PRC, effective since January 1, 2008, applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to all resident enterprise in China, including foreign invested enterprises.

From 2015, Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Previous WFOE”) qualified as “high and new technology enterprise strongly supported by the State” (“HNTE”) under the EIT Law, and therefore, was entitled to preferential income tax rate of 15% from 2015 through 2017.

In 2016, Beijing Sunlands obtained HNTE qualification and was entitled to preferential income tax rate of 15% from 2016 through 2018.

The deferred income tax expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations were nil and nil for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations is as follows:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income tax expenses

     (118,454      (231,376
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expenses computed at applicable tax rates of 25%

     (29,614      (57,844

Non-deductible expenses

     4,103        1,474  

Effect of tax holidays

     117        22,467  

Change in valuation allowance

     25,394        33,903  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expenses

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If the tax holidays granted to Beijing Sunlands and Previous WFOE were not available, the Group’s income tax expense would have been nil and nil, which would have no impact on the basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share attributable to the Company, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14.   INCOME TAXES—continued

 

Deferred taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of deferred taxes are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Non-current deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses

     3,676        2,063  

Advertising expenses carry-forwards

     35,056        58,004  

Net operating loss carry-forwards

     66,685        78,857  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax assets

     105,417        138,924  

Less: valuation allowance

     (105,417      (138,924
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current deferred tax assets, net

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current deferred tax liabilities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, the Company’ subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries registered in the PRC have total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB517,709, which would expire on various dates through December 2019 to December 2022.

The authoritative guidance requires that the Group recognizes the impact of a tax position in the financial statements if that position is more likely than not of being sustained upon audit by the tax authority, based on the technical merits of the position. Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to examination by the PRC tax authorities. If the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among related companies do not represent a price under normal commercial terms, they may make adjustments to the companies’ income and expenses. A transfer pricing adjustment could result in additional tax liabilities. The Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017.

In addition, uncertainties exist with respect to how the current income tax law in the PRC applies to the Group’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. The New EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for Chinese Income tax purposes if the place of effective management or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the New EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting and properties, occurs within the PRC. Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, the Group does not believe that the legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Group should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed resident enterprises, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income taxes, at a rate of 25%.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15.   NET LOSS PER SHARE

For the purpose of calculating net loss per share as a result of the 2017 Reorganization as described in Note 1, the number of ordinary shares used in the calculation reflects the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company as if the 2017 Reorganization took place on January 1, 2015:

 

     For the six months ended June 30,  
     2016     2017  
     RMB     RMB  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to Sunlands Online used in basic and diluted net loss per share:

    

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (118,454     (231,732
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     3,818,618       3,818,618  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted

     (31.02     (60.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The outstanding Series A Preferred Shares were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would be anti-dilutive given the Company’s loss making position.

 

16.   AMOUNTS DUE FROM/TO RELATED PARTIES

 

  (1) The table below sets forth the major related parties and their relationship with the Group.

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Group

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School

   Entity controlled by the Founder

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School

   Entity controlled by the Founder

Beijing Shangde Jiaxun Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shangde Jiaxun”)

  

Entity controlled by the

Founder and the CEO

Nanjing Shangshi Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Shangshi”)

   Entity controlled by the Founder

Pingxiang Miniewa Asset Management Consultancy Center (Limited Partnership) (“Pingxiang Miniewa”)

   Entity controlled by the Founder

 

  (2) As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the aggregate amounts due from related parties are set forth as below:

 

     As of December 31,
2016
     As of June 30,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Beijing Xicheng District Shangde Zhiye Training School (i)

     13,906        13,914  

Beijing Haidian Luode Commercial Training School (i)

     1,184        1,184  

Nanjing Shangshi (i)

     —          100  

Pingxiang Miniewa (i)

     —          60,000  

Shangde Jiaxun (i)

     872        2,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     15,962        78,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16.   AMOUNTS DUE FROM/TO RELATED PARTIES—continued

 

  (i) The balances with related parties were interest-free, unsecured and repayable on demand which were fully repaid and settled in December 2017.

 

17.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices, public displays with initial terms of one-year or longer consisted of the following as of June 30, 2017 (unaudited):

 

     RMB  

July to December 2017

     41,081  

2018

     72,333  

2019

     54,551  

2020

     47,793  

2021 and thereafter

     547,879  
  

 

 

 
     763,637  
  

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on the straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. For the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, the total rental expenses for all operating leases amounted to RMB26,780 and RMB29,366 respectively.

Purchase commitments

Future minimum purchase obligations payments under non-cancelable purchase agreements related to a building in Wuhan consisted of the following as of June 30, 2017:

 

     RMB  

July to December, 2017

     60,717  

2018

     60,000  
  

 

 

 
     120,717  
  

 

 

 

Legal contingencies

The group is a party in potential claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The Group does not believe that the resolution of these matters will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

 

18.   SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, who reviews financial information of operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18.   SEGMENT REPORTING—continued

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, the Group’s CODM reviewed the financial information of the education business carried out by the Group on a consolidated basis. The Group has one operating segment, which is the provision of online education service. The Group operates solely in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

 

19.   EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC subsidiaries of the Group make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts for such employee benefits, which were expensed as incurred, were RMB24,880 and RMB45,108 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

20.   RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries.

In accordance with the Regulations on Enterprises with Foreign Investment of China and their articles of association, a foreign invested enterprise established in the PRC is required to provide certain statutory reserves, namely general reserve fund, the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund which are appropriated from net profit as reported in the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts, which is included in retained earnings accounts in equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. A wholly-owned foreign invested enterprise is required to allocate at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit to the general reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. Appropriations to the enterprise expansion fund and staff welfare and bonus fund are at the discretion of the board of directors for all foreign invested enterprises. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. If any PRC subsidiary incur debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to the Group. Any limitation on the ability of the PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to their respective shareholders could materially and adversely limit the ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to pay dividends.

Additionally, in accordance with the Company Law of the PRC, a domestic enterprise is required to provide statutory common reserve at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit until such reserve reaches 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The Group’s provision for the statutory common reserve is in compliance with the aforementioned requirement of the Company Law. A domestic enterprise is also required to provide for discretionary surplus reserve, at the discretion of the board of directors, from the profits determined in accordance with the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends.

Because the Group’s entities in the PRC can only be paid out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Group’s entities in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of

 

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(Amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

20.   RESTRICTED NET ASSETS—continued

 

their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital and statutory reserves of the Group’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital and statutory reserves, which represented the amount of net assets of the Group’s entities in the PRC (mainland) not available for distribution, were RMB 2,566 and RMB 2,566, as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

 

21.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Group has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of June 30, 2017 through December 13, 2017, the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued.

 

  (1) In August 2017, the Company issued 146,930 ordinary shares to certain directors and management at no consideration as a share-based payment.

 

  (2) In August 2017, the Company issued 826,389 Series B Preferred Shares to a third party investor for an aggregate cash consideration of US$90,000 (equivalent to RMB601,605).

 

  (3) In September 2017, the Company issued 141,264 Series B+ Preferred Shares to a third party investor for an aggregate cash consideration of US$20,000 (equivalent to RMB131,104).

 

  (4) In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved a share split at a 1 to 2 ratio for each ordinary and preferred shares.

 

  (5) In October 2017, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2017 Share Incentive Plan, under which, the maximum number of ordinary shares that would be granted is 483,846 shares. In October 2017, the Company granted 429,505 options under the 2017 Share Incentive Plan to directors, executive officers and employees, among which 66,053 options were granted for an exercise price of $84.75 (equivalent to RMB560.95) and 363,452 options were granted for an exercise price of $0.0047 (equivalent to RMB0.0312). The estimated fair value of options on the grant date was $41.08 (equivalent to RMB278.49) and $85.48 (equivalent to RMB579.48), respectively. The total compensation expenses relating to the options were RMB227,672, which will be recognized in accordance with the terms of the option awards.

 

  (6) In October 2017, the Company was renamed to Sunlands Online Education Group.

 

  (7) In October 2017, the Group entered into purchase agreements to acquire a property in Guangzhou, for its operation, at the consideration of RMB241,230.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

 

 

[Page intentionally left blank for graphics]

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences or committing a crime. Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, to the fullest extent permissible under Cayman Islands law every director and officer of our company shall be indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a director or officer of our company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Pursuant to the form of indemnification agreements to be filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Registration Statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses that they incur in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares) without registering the securities under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, regarding transactions not involving a public offering, or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. None of the transactions involved an underwriter.

 

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of

Securities

   Consideration in
U.S. Dollars

Studyvip Online Education Limited

 

August 15, 2017

 

1,360,951 ordinary shares

   US$136.0951

SCuPt Global Limited

 

August 15, 2017

 

241,366 ordinary shares

   US$24.1366

Studyvip E-learning Limited

 

August 15, 2017

 

306,991 ordinary shares

   US$30.6991

Studyvip E-learning Limited

 

August 15, 2017

 

73,465 ordinary shares

   US$7.3465

ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

August 15, 2017

 

264,713 Series A preferred shares

  

U.S. dollars
equivalent of
RMB162,000,000

Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

 

August 15, 2017

 

 

130,722 Series A preferred shares

  

 

U.S. dollars
equivalent of
RMB80,000,000

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of

Securities

   Consideration in
U.S. Dollars

Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center
(Limited Partnership)

 

August 15, 2017

 

81,702 Series A preferred shares

  

U.S. dollars
equivalent of
RMB77,636.06

PV PLUTO LIMITED

 

August 15, 2017

  413,194.5 Series B preferred shares    US$90,000,000

PV PLUTO LIMITED

 

August 15, 2017

  70,632 Series B warrant shares    US$0

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

September 1, 2017

 

31,857 ordinary shares

  

US$7,632,825

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

September 1, 2017

 

70,632 Series B+ preferred shares

  

US$20,000,000

Studyvip Online Education Limited

 

October 19, 2017

 

2,721,904 ordinary shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)

  

N/A

SCuPt Global Limited

 

October 19, 2017

  482,732 ordinary shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)    N/A

Studyvip E-learning Limited

 

October 19, 2017

  697,198 ordinary shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)    N/A

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

October 19, 2017

 

63,714 ordinary shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)

  

N/A

SCuPt Ltd.

 

October 19, 2017

  308,311 ordinary shares    US$1,451.71

Sunlands Combination Co., Limited

 

October 19, 2017

 

121,194 ordinary shares

  

US$570.65

ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

October 19, 2017

  529,426 Series A preferred shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)    N/A

Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

October 19, 2017

 

261,444 Series A preferred shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)

  

N/A

Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

October 19, 2017

 

163,404 Series A preferred shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)

  

N/A

PV PLUTO LIMITED

 

October 19, 2017

  826,389 Series B preferred shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)    N/A

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of

Securities

   Consideration in
U.S. Dollars

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

October 19, 2017

 

141,264 Series B+ preferred shares (issued pursuant to a one-for-two share split)

  

N/A

Certain directors, officers and employees

 

October 20, 2017

 

Options to purchase 429,505 ordinary shares(1)

  

Exercise price
ranging from
US$0.0047 and
US$84.75

 

Note:

(1) In reliance on the exemption of Rule 701 under the Securities Act as all the options were granted by our company under the share incentive plan that we adopted in 2017. At the time of each option grant, we were not a reporting company under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 or an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The share incentive plan is a “compensatory benefit plan” as defined under Rule 701 that we established to provide share incentives to directors, officers and employees of our company and our affiliates, as well as consultants and advisors who render our company or one of our affiliates bona fide services, other than services in connection with the offer or sale of securities of our company or any of our affiliates, as applicable, in a capital raising transaction or as a market maker or promoter of that entity’s securities.

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index for a complete list of all exhibits filed as part of this registration, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective immediately upon the completion of this offering
4.1*    Form of Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
4.2*    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
4.3*    Form of Deposit Agreement between the Registrant, the depositary and holders of the American Depositary Shares
5.1*    Opinion of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
8.1*    Opinion of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP regarding certain Cayman Island tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
8.2*    Opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
8.3*    Tax opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP regarding certain U.S. tax matters
10.1    The 2017 Share Incentive Plan
10.2*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and the directors and executive officers of the Registrant
10.3*    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and the executive officers of the Registrant
10.4*    English translation of Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and the Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries dated August 15, 2017
10.5*    English translation of Business Operation Agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands, Beijing Sunlands Subsidiaries and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands dated August 15, 2017
10.6*    English translation of Equity Interest Pledge Agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands dated August 15, 2017
10.7*    English translation of Option Agreement among Wuhan Zhibo, Beijing Sunlands and the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands dated August 15, 2017
10.8*    English translation of Power of Attorney granted by the shareholders of Beijing Sunlands dated August 15, 2017
10.9*    English translation of Spousal Consents granted by the spouse of each of Mr. Jianhong Yin and Mr. Tongbo Liu dated August 15, 2017
10.10    Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement among the Registrant, the shareholders of the Registrant and other parties named therein dated September 1, 2017
10.11    Share Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, the Series A and Series B investors and other parties named therein dated June 19, 2017

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

10.12*    English translation of the Reorganization Agreement (“Reorganization Agreement”) among the Registrant, Beijing Sunlands, Mr. Jianhong Yin, Mr. Tongbo Liu and other parties named therein dated June 19, 2017
10.13*    English translation of the Supplemental Agreement to the Reorganization Agreement dated November 25, 2017
10.14    Share Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED and other parties named therein with respect to the subscription of B+ Preferred Shares dated September 1, 2017
10.15    Share Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED and other parties named therein with respect to the subscription of Ordinary Shares dated September 1, 2017
10.16    Supplementary Agreement of the Share Subscription Agreement among the Registrant, the Series A, B and B+ investors, RAINBOW LAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP and other parties named therein dated November 25, 2017
21.1    List of subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE of the Registrant
23.1*    Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*    Consent of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*    Consent of Tian Yuan Law Firm (included in Exhibit 99.2)
24.1*    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1*    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
99.2*    Opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters
99.3*    Consent of iResearch Consulting Group

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the PRC, on                 , 2017.

 

Sunlands Online Education Group
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of              and              as an attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

   Chairman
Name: Jianhong Yin   

 

   Chief Executive Officer
Name: Tongbo Liu    (principal executive officer)

 

   Director
Name:   

 

   Director
Name:   

 

   Director
Name:   

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

   Chief Financial Officer
Name: Yipeng Li    (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

   Director
Name:   

 

  
Name:   

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Sunlands Online Education Group, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on                , 2017.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

II-9

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

OF

ASSOCIATION

OF

 

 

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP

 

 

(Adopted pursuant to a special resolution passed on October 19th, 2017 and effective from October 19th, 2017)


THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP(Adopted pursuant to a special resolution passed on October 19th, 2017, and effective from October 19th, 2017)

 

1. The name of the Company is Sunlands Online Education Group.

 

2. The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Osiris International Cayman Limited, Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (2016 Revision) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4. The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5. The authorized share capital of the Company is USD50,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 shares, consisting of: (i) 998,078,073 ordinary shares of par value of USD0.00005 each, and (ii) 1,921,927 preferred shares of par value of USD0.00005 each, among which, (A) 954,274 shares are designated as Series A Preferred Shares, (B) 826,389 shares are designated as Series B Preferred Shares, and (C) 141,264 shares are designated as Series B+ Preferred Shares.

 

6. The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2


THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP

(Adopted pursuant to a special resolution passed on October 19th, 2017 and effective from October 19th, 2017)

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

“Actual Operating Cash Flow”    means, with respect to any fiscal year, the amount of Company’s consolidated cash flow resulting from operating activities as reflected in the Audited Accounts for such year (or, if the Audited Accounts for such year shall not have been provided to the Series B Preferred Shareholders and the Series B+ Preferred Shareholders as of April 30 of the next year, as reflected in the Alternative Accounts for such year), provided, however, that if incurrence by the Group Companies of interest expenses in connection with the consumer financing loans provided to customers of the Company are not included in the determination of the Company’s consolidated cash flow in the Audited Accounts or the Alternative Accounts for such year, as applicable, then the amount of the Actual Operating Cash Flow shall nevertheless be reduced by the aggregate amount of all such interest expenses incurred by the Group Companies during such year as reflected in the Audited Accounts or the Alternative Accounts for such year, as applicable.

 

3


“Additional Number”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.2.
“Affiliate”    means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person, provided, however, that for purposes of these Articles, no Shareholder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company, and vice versa. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her Immediate Family Members and their respective Affiliates.
“Alternative Accounts”    means, with respect to any fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year, prepared by an independent accounting firm (appointed by the Board of the Company) in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standards.
“Applicable Accounting Standard”    means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect from time to time applied consistently throughout the periods involved.
“Articles”    means these articles of association of the Company, as amended and altered from time to time by Special Resolutions.
“Audit Opinion Date”    means, with respect to any fiscal year, the date of the signed audit opinion on the Audited Accounts for such fiscal year.
“Audited Accounts”    means, with respect to any fiscal year, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standards and audited by the auditor of the Company, together with a signed audit opinion of the auditor of the Company on such financial statements without any qualification.

 

4


“Auditor”    means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
“Beneficial Owner”    has the meaning given to “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Act, and “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.
“Board” and “Board of Directors”    means the board of directors of the Company.
“Business Day”    means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Hong Kong, New York, Singapore, the Cayman Islands or the PRC are authorized or required by Law or executive order to close.
“Charter Documents”    means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.
“Closing Date”    has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement.
“Company”    means the above named company.
“Contract”    means a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order and other legally binding arrangement, whether written or oral).

 

5


“Control”    means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.
“Conversion Price”    means, with respect to any Preferred Share, the price per Ordinary Share into which such Preferred Shares is convertible, and shall initially be, (i) with respect to Series A Preferred Shares, the Series A Original Issue Price, (ii) with respect to Series B Preferred Shares, the Series B Original Issue Price, (iii) with respect to Series B+ Preferred Shares, the Series B+ Original Issue Price, in each case, subject to the adjustments set forth in these Articles.
“Convertible Securities”    means securities issued by the Company that are exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any Equity Securities in the Company.
“Deed of Adherence”    means the deed of adherence in form of Exhibit A attached to the Shareholders Agreement.
“Deemed Liquidation Event”    means any of the following transactions: (i) a sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Group Company (taken as whole) to any third party, (ii) an exclusive licensing of all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company or the Group Company (taken as whole) to any third party, and (iii) a Trade Sale.
“Directors”    means the directors for the time being of the Company.
“Drag Obligor”    has the meaning set forth in Article 35.
“Drag Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Dragging Shareholders”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Equity Securities”    means the equity securities in the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, the Preferred Shares and the other Convertible Securities, if any.
“ESOP”    means the equity based incentive plans of the Group Companies, as may be adopted and amended from time to time.

 

6


“Exempt Transfer”    has the meaning set forth in Article 22.
“Exercise Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.1.
“Exercising Shareholder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.2.
“Founder Holdcos”    means (i) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.
“Founders”    means MR. YIN JIANHONG ( LOGO ), a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO ( LOGO ), a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913.
“Government Authority”    means any nation or government or any province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization or national or international stock exchange on which the securities of the applicable Party or its Affiliates are listed.
“Governmental Approval”    means any consent, approval, authorization, waiver, permit, grant, franchise, concession, agreement, license, certificate, exemption, order, registration, declaration, filing, report or notice of any Government Authority.
“Group Companies”    means the Company and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively, and each is herein referred to individually as a “Group Company”, provided, however, that KFYR shall not be deemed a Group Company for purposes of these Articles.

 

7


“Immediate Family Members”    means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, grandparents, children, grandchildren, siblings and siblings-in-law (in each case whether adoptive or biological), (b) spouses of such Person’s children, grandchildren and siblings (in each case whether adoptive or biological), and (c) estates, trusts, partnerships and other Persons which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries are Controlled by the foregoing.
“Issuance Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.1.
“KFYR”    means Beijing Kafei Yirong Technology Co., Ltd.
( LOGO ), a company incorporated in the PRC.
“Law”    means any federal, state, territorial, foreign or local law, common law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, measure, notice, circular, opinion or order of any Government Authority, including any rules promulgated by a stock exchange or regulatory body.
“Lien”    means any encumbrance, right, interest or restriction, including any mortgage, judgment lien, materialman’s lien, mechanic’s lien, other lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, encroachment, easement, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, right of pre-emption, right of first refusal, claim, option, limitation, forfeiture, penalty, equity, adverse interest or other third party right or security interest of any kind or an agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing.
“Liquidation Event”    has the meaning set forth in Article 161.
“Management Holdco”    means STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.
“Matrix”    means LOGO .
“Member”    has the same meaning as in the Statute.
“Memorandum”    means the memorandum of association of the Company or as amended and altered from time to time by Special Resolutions.

 

8


“New Oriental”    means ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED.
“New Oriental Director”    has the meaning set forth in Article 111.2.
“New Securities”    has the meaning set forth in Article 6.2.
“Observer”    has the meaning set forth in Article 114.
“Offered Securities”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.1.
“Offering Shareholder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.1.
“Orchid Asia”    means DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED.
“Ordinary Resolution”    means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by these Articles.
“Ordinary Shares”    means the ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company.
“Original Issue Price”    means, with respect to any Preferred Share, the original per share price at which such Preferred Share is issued, being, (i) with respect to any Series A Preferred Share, the Series A Original Issue Price, (ii) with respect to any Series B Preferred Share, the Series B Original Issue Price, and (iii) with respect to any Series B+ Preferred Share, the Series B+ Original Issue Price.
“Over-allotment Exercise Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.2.
“Over-allotment New Securities”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.2.
“Over-allotment Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 7.2.
“Party” or “Parties”    has the meaning ascribed to it in the Shareholders Agreement.
“Permitted Transferee”    means, with respect to any Shareholder or its Affiliates, any Affiliate of such Shareholder.

 

9


“Person”    means any individual or any partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.
“PRC”    means the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of these Articles, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan).
“Preferred Shareholders”    means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Shareholders, the Series B Preferred Shareholders and the Series B+ Preferred Shareholders.
“Preferred Shares”    means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series B+ Preferred Shares and any other class or series of preferred shares the Company may issue from time to time.
“Pre-emptive Portion”    has the meaning set forth in Article 6.1.
“Pre-emptive Right”    has the meaning set forth in Article 5.
“Pre-emptive Rights Holder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 5.
“Primavera”    means PV Pluto Limited.
“Primavera Director”    has the meaning set forth in Article 111.1.
“Put Obligors”    means the Company and each Shareholder who is a Founder or an Affiliate of a Founder.
“Put Sales”    has the meaning set forth in Article 27.
“Qualified IPO”    means a firm commitment, underwritten public offering of the Shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board in accordance with the provisions herein, and in such public offering, (i) the number of Shares newly issued and sold to the public shall represent not less than 10% of the fully diluted share capital of the Company as of immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the per Share price to public is not less than the Series B+ Original Issue Price, as proportionally adjusted for share splits, share dividends, share combinations and similar events.

 

10


“Re-allotment Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.3.
“Re-allotment Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.3.
“Re-allotment Right Holder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.3.
“Register of Members”    means the register maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate Register of Members.
“Registered Office”    means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
“Related Party”    means any of (i) any Person (other than any Group Company) who Beneficially Owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in any Group Company, (ii) the directors, officers and Senior Managers of any Group Company, and (iii) the Affiliates of the Persons enumerated under (i) and (ii).
“Remaining Series A Preferred Shares”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Remaining Series B Preferred Shares”    has the meaning set forth in Article 35.
“Restructuring Plan”    has the meaning ascribed to it in the Share Subscription Agreement.
“ROFR Holders”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.1.
“ROFR Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.1.
“ROFR Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 20.2.
“Sale Securities”    has the meaning set forth in Article 21.1.
“Seal”    means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
“Securities Act”    means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“Senior Managers”    means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technical officer, chief sales and marketing officer and any other individuals serving in comparable positions or having comparable duties and responsibilities.

 

11


“Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement”    means the share subscription agreement, dated as of June 19, 2017, by and among the Company, certain Series A Preferred Shareholders, certain Series B Preferred Shareholders and certain other parties thereto.
“Series A Closing Date”    has the meaning given to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.
“Series A Drag Preference Amount”    has the meaning set forth in Article 40.1.
“Series A Drag Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Series A Drag Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Series A Dragging Shareholder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 38.
“Series A Liquidation Preference Amount”    has the meaning set forth in Article 161.2.
“Series A Original Issue Price”    means RMB 611.98 per Series A Preferred Share.
“Series A Preferred Shareholders”    means a Shareholder who holds any Series A Preferred Shares, in its capacity as such.
“Series A Preferred Shares”    means the Series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in these Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.
“Series A Put Price”    has the meaning set forth in Article 27.
“Series A Put Option”    has the meaning set forth in Article 27.
“Series A Put ROFR Holders”    has the meaning set forth in Article 32.
“Series A Put ROFR Notice Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 32.
“Series A Put Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 27.
“Series A Put Shares”    has the meaning set forth in Article 32.
“Series A Put Trigger Event”    has the meaning set forth in Article 27.

 

12


“Series A Target IPO”    means a firm commitment, underwritten public offering of the Shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board, and in such public offering, (i) the market capitalization of the Company is not less than US$500,000,000 immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than US$100,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) holders of not less than three-fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company and all other Shareholders at any time, reduce the amounts specified in sub-clauses (i) and (ii), and (y) the Founder Holdcos and holders of not less than three- fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, acting together, may, by written notice to the Company and all other Shareholders at any time after the occurrence of a Series A Put Trigger Event, adjust the requirements specified in sub-clauses (i) and (ii), provided that such adjustment shall not result in, and could not reasonably be expected to result in, an initial public offering that constitute a Qualified IPO to not constitute a Series A Target IPO.
“Series B Closing Date”    has the meaning given to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.
“Series B Original Issue Price”    means US$217.82 per Series B Preferred Share, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events.
“Series B Preferred Shareholder”    means a Shareholder who holds any Series B Preferred Shares, in its capacity as such.
“Series B Preferred Shares”    means the Series B preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in these Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.
“Series B Put Option”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26.

 

13


“Series B Put Price”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26.
“Series B Put Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26.
“Series B Put Trigger Event”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26.
“Series B/B+ Drag Preference Amount”    has the meaning set forth in Article 37.1.
“Series B/B+ Drag Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 35.
“Series B/B+ Drag Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 35.
“Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders”    has the meaning set forth in Article 35.
“Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount”    has the meaning set forth in Article 161.1.
“Series B+ Original Issue Price”    means US$283.16 per Series B+ Preferred Share, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events.
“Series B+ Preferred Shareholders”    means a Shareholder who holds any Series B+ Preferred Shares, in its capacity as such.
“Series B+ Preferred Shares”    means the Series B+ preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in these Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.
“Series B+ Put Option”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26A.
“Series B+ Put Price”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26A.
“Series B+ Put Sale”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26A.
“Series B+ Put Trigger Event”    has the meaning set forth in Article 26A.
“Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement”    means the share subscription agreement, dated as of September 1, 2017 , by and among the Company, certain Series B+ Preferred Shareholder and certain other parties thereto.
“Share” and “Shares”    means the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares, collectively.

 

14


“Share Subscription Agreement”    means the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement or the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement, as applicable.
“Shareholder”    means a Member.
“Shareholders Agreement”    means the amended and restated shareholders agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, entered into among the Company, the Preferred Shareholders and certain other parties thereto, as amended from time to time.
“Special Resolution”    has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution, subject to Article 125.
“Statute”    means the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended.
“Subsidiary”    means, with respect to any Person, each other Person in which the first Person (a) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests; (b) holds the rights to more than fifty percent (50%) of the economic interest of such other Person, including interests held through a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements; or (c) has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other Person may be consolidated into the financial statements of the first Person under applicable accounting conventions.
“Tag Notice”    has the meaning set forth in Article 21.1.
“Tag Securities”    has the meaning set forth in Article 21.2.
“Tagging Shareholder”    has the meaning set forth in Article 21.1.
“Trade Sale”    means any of the following transactions: (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity or any other similar transaction, whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions, where the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction in the aggregate cease to own at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction (or the ultimate parent thereof); (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred to any Person or a group of Persons; and (iii) the sale, transfer, lease, assignment, conveyance, exchange, mortgage or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

15


“Transfer”    means to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, gift, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any Contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition, whether or not for consideration.
“Transfer Period”    has the meaning set forth in Article 21.5.
“Treasury Share”    means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.
“US$”    means the lawful money of the United States of America.
“VIE Agreements”    means, collectively, the agreements, contracts, arrangements and documents implementing the VIE Structure of the Group Companies.
“VIE Structure”    means the investment structure in which a PRC-domiciled operating entity and its PRC shareholder(s) enter into a number of Contracts with a non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) pursuant to which the non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) achieves Control of the PRC-domiciled operating entity and consolidates the financials of the PRC-domiciled entity with those of the non-PRC investor.
“Xingwang”   

means LOGO .

 

16


“2017 Adjustment”    has the meaning set forth in Article 24.5(e)(i).
“2017 Adjustment Ratio”    means a fraction, the numerator of which is the Actual Operating Cash Flow for 2017 and the denominator is the 2017 Operating Cash Flow Target.
“2017 Operating Cash Flow Target”    means RMB450,000,000.
“2018 Adjustment Ratio”    means a fraction, the numerator of which is the Actual Operating Cash Flow for 2018 and the denominator is the 2018 Operating Cash Flow Target.
“2018 Operating Cash Flow Target”    means RMB600,000,000.

 

2. In these Articles:

 

  2.1. words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  2.2. words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  2.3. words importing persons include corporations;

 

  2.4. “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an electronic record;

 

  2.5. references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

 

  2.6. the word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage otherwise requires) “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it;

 

  2.7. when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to these Articles, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded;

 

  2.8. “fully-diluted” or any variation thereof means all of the issued and outstanding Shares, treating the maximum number of Shares issuable under any issued and outstanding Convertible Securities and all Shares reserved for issuance under the ESOP as issued and outstanding;

 

  2.9. references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all material respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party;

 

17


  2.10. references to “writing,” “written” and comparable expressions include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and nontransitory form including emails and faxes, provided the sender complies with the provision of Article 158;

 

  2.11. if any payment hereunder would have been, but for this Article 2.11, due and payable on a date that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall instead be due and payable on the first Business Day after such date;

 

  2.12. headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing these Articles; and

 

  2.13. Sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) shall not apply.

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

3. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum and these Articles (including without limitation Articles 5 to 7) (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper.

 

4. The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

5. The Company grants to each holder of Preferred Shares (each a “Pre-emptive Rights Holder”) the right to purchase such Shareholder’s Pre-emptive Portion of any New Securities (the “Pre-emptive Right”) on the terms and conditions set forth in Articles 5 to 7.

 

6. For purposes of these Articles:

 

  6.1. Pre-emptive Portion” means, with respect to any Pre-emptive Rights Holder, the proportion that the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such Pre-emptive Rights Holder bears to the number of all of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, and all the Ordinary Shares reserved under the ESOP shall be treated as issued and outstanding for this purpose) immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities giving rise to the Pre-emptive Right.

 

  6.2. New Securities” means any Equity Securities of the Company issued after the date of this Agreement, other than: (A) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to the ESOP; (B) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any pro rata share sub-division, share dividend or distribution or other similar event; (C) any Equity Securities issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities; (D) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to the bona fide acquisition (whether by consolidation, merger, amalgamation, reorganization or otherwise) of any other Person (or assets of any other Person) by any Group Company to relevant counterparties in such transaction, provided that such transaction shall have been duly approved by the Board; (E) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO; and (F) solely for purposes of determining any rights and privileges of the Series A Preferred Shares and the holders thereof, any Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Series A Target IPO.

 

18


7. Procedures

 

  7.1. In the event that the Company proposes to issue any New Securities, it shall give written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “Issuance Notice”) to each Pre-emptive Rights Holder specifying the amount and type of New Securities proposed to be issued, the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities. Each Pre-emptive Rights Holder shall have twenty (20) Business Days from the date of such Issuance Notice (the “Exercise Period”) to agree to purchase up to such Pre-emptive Rights Holder’s Pre-emptive Portion of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Issuance Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating the quantity of New Securities it wishes to purchase.

 

  7.2. If any Pre-emptive Rights Holder declines or fails to exercise its right to subscribe for its Pre-emptive Portion of the New Securities in full in accordance with Article 7.1 and there is at least one Pre-emptive Rights Holder who has fully exercised its Pre-emptive Right (the “Exercising Shareholder”), the Company shall promptly give notice (the “Over-allotment Notice”) to the Exercising Shareholder in accordance with Article 7.1. Each Exercising Shareholder shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt of the Over-allotment Notice (the “Over-allotment Exercise Period”) to notify the Company of its wish to subscribe for more than its Pre-emptive Portion of the New Securities, stating the number of the additional New Securities it proposes to subscribe for (the “Additional Number”). If the total Additional Number the Exercising Shareholder propose to subscribe for exceeds the total number of the remaining New Securities that is subject to the Pre-Emptive Right available for subscription in such over-allotment (the “Over-allotment New Securities”), each Exercising Shareholder shall only be entitled to subscribe for such number of Over-allotment New Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of the Over-allotment New Securities by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such Exercising Shareholder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all Exercising Shareholders. Payment for the New Securities to be purchased shall be made by check or wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against delivery of such New Securities to be purchased at the business address of the Company at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the notice period under Article 7.1 or 7.2, unless such notice contemplated a later closing with the prospective third party purchaser.

 

19


  7.3. If any portion of the New Securities have not been subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of the Pre-emptive Rights in accordance with Article 7.2 before the expiration of the Over-allotment Exercise Period, or, in the event that no Pre-emptive Rights Holder exercises the Pre-emptive Rights within ten (10) Business Days following the date of the Issuance Notice, the Company shall have forty (40) Business Days (which may be extended by an additional period of up to fifty (50) Business Days to the extent reasonably required to obtain any necessary Governmental Approvals) thereafter to complete the sale of the New Securities described in the Issuance Notice with respect to which the Pre-emptive Rights hereunder were not exercised, at the same or higher price and upon non-price terms not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those specified in the Issuance Notice. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold such New Securities within such time period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Pre-emptive Rights Holders pursuant to Articles 5 to 7.

 

8. Articles 5 to 7 shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

9. The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

10. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty (40) days. If the Register of Members shall be closed for the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members, the Register of Members shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding the meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of closure of the Register of Members.

 

11. In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

12. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

20


CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

13. A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorized by the Directors. The Directors may authorize certificates to be issued with the authorized signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and, subject to these Articles, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

14. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

15. No Shareholder may Transfer any Equity Securities unless such Transfer is conducted in compliance with all applicable Laws, the Shareholders Agreement and these Articles. Each Shareholder agrees not to circumvent or otherwise avoid the transfer restrictions or intent thereof set forth in Articles 15 to 18, whether by holding the Equity Securities indirectly through another Person or by causing or effecting, directly or indirectly, the Transfer or issuance of any Equity Securities in such Shareholder or another Person or otherwise. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Equity Securities not made in compliance with Articles 15 to 18 shall be null and void ab initio and shall not be entered into the Company’s Register of Members, and the purported transferee in any such Transfer shall not be treated (and the purported transferor shall continue be treated) as the owner of such Equity Securities for all purposes of these Articles.

 

16. Subject to Article 22, prior to a Qualified IPO, none of the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees shall, without the prior written approval of each of the Primavera Director and the New Oriental Director, Transfer any Equity Securities or any securities in any Group Company Beneficially Owned by such Party. Without prejudice to the foregoing sentence, any direct or indirect Transfer of Equity Securities or any securities in any Group Company Beneficially Owned by the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco or their respective Permitted Transferees shall also comply with the right of first refusal procedures set forth in Article 20 and the co-sale procedures set forth in Article 21.

 

21


17. Prior to the consummation of any Transfer of any Equity Securities (whether or not an Exempt Transfer), the transferring Shareholder shall (i) give written notice to the Company regarding such Transfer, and (ii) as a condition to such Transfer, cause the transferee thereof to execute and deliver to the Company a Deed of Adherence (unless such transferee is already a party to the Shareholders Agreement).

 

18. In addition to any legends required by applicable Law, each certificate representing the Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY.”

 

19. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

20. Subject to Article 22,

 

  20.1. If any of the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees (an “Offering Shareholder”) proposes to Transfer any of the Equity Securities held by it to any prospective purchaser, then, prior to consummating such proposed Transfer, the Offering Shareholder shall give all other Shareholder (the “ROFR Holders”) written notice of the Offering Shareholder’s proposal to consummate the Transfer (the “ROFR Notice”). The ROFR Notice shall (i) include a description of the Equity Securities proposed to be Transferred (the “Offered Securities”), the identity and address of such prospective purchaser, and the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made, (ii) certify that the Offering Shareholder has received a definitive offer from the prospective purchaser and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the ROFR Notice, and (iii) offer to sell all or a portion (as may be elected by the applicable ROFR Holder) of the Offered Securities to the ROFR Holders on the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFR Notice. The ROFR Notice shall also include, if any, a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer.

 

22


  20.2. Each ROFR Holder shall have an option for a period of twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Period”) to elect to purchase all or a portion of the Offered Securities, at the same price and subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the ROFR Notice by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing of the number of such Offered Securities that it elects to purchase. If the total number of the Offered Securities the ROFR Holders elect to purchase exceeds the total number of the Offered Securities available for purchase by the ROFR Holders, each ROFR Holder shall only be entitled to purchase a number of Offered Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of the Offered Securities by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all ROFR Holders on the date of the ROFR Notice.

 

  20.3. If any ROFR Holder does not exercise its right to purchase its pro rata share of the remaining Offered Securities in full and there is at least one ROFR Holder who has exercised its right to purchase the Offered Securities in full pursuant to Article 20.2 (each such ROFR Holder, a “Re-allotment Right Holder”), the Offering Shareholder shall deliver written notice (the “Re-allotment Notice”) within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the ROFR Period to each Re-allotment Right Holder specifying the number of unpurchased remaining Offered Securities. Each Re-allotment Right Holder shall have a right of re-allotment to purchase all or any portion of its pro rata share of such unpurchased remaining Offered Securities by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of the Re-allotment Notice (the “Re-allotment Period”) of the number of such unpurchased Offered Securities that it elects to purchase. For purposes of this Article 20.3, a Re-allotment Right Holder’s “pro rata share” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such Re- allotment Right Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all Re-allotment Right Holders, in each case, as of the date of the Re-allotment Notice.

 

  20.4. If any ROFR Holder gives the Offering Shareholder notice that it elects to purchase any Offered Securities, then payment for the Offered Securities to be purchased shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency to an account of the Offering Shareholder, against delivery of the duly executed instrument of transfer of such Offered Securities to be purchased, at a place agreed to by the Offering Shareholder and such ROFR Holder (or at the principal business office of the Company), at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall take place within twenty (20) Business Days following the delivery of notice by such ROFR Holder, as applicable (subject to the extension of such twenty (20) Business Days period for a reasonable time agreed between the Offering Shareholder and such ROFR Holder to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain any Governmental Approvals).

 

23


RIGHT OF CO-SALE

 

21. Subject to Article 22,

 

  21.1. To the extent any ROFR Holder other than the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees has not exercised its right of first refusal in full with respect to the Offered Securities pursuant to Article 20, such ROFR Holder shall have the right to participate in the sale of the remaining Offered Securities (the “Sale Securities”) by the Offering Shareholder on the terms and conditions specified in this Article 21, by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing (the “Tag Notice”) within ten (10) Business Days after the expiration of the Re-allotment Period (each such electing ROFR Holder, a “Tagging Shareholder”). The Tag Notice of a Tagging Shareholder shall specify the number of Equity Securities that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Article 21.

 

  21.2. Each Tagging Shareholder may elect to offer to sell, on the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Offering Shareholder, up to a number of Shares held by such Tagging Shareholder (as validly elected pursuant to this Article 21.2, the “Tag Securities” of such Tagging Shareholder) equal to the product of (x) the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such Tagging Shareholder on the date of the ROFR Notice, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerate of which is the number of Sale Securities and the denominator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by the Offering Shareholder on the date of the ROFR Notice, less the number of any Offered Securities purchased or to be purchased by any ROFR Holder pursuant to Article 20.

 

  21.3. Each Tagging Shareholder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Offering Shareholder for Transfer to the prospective purchaser, one or more share certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the duly executed instrument of transfer, which represents:

 

  (a) the number of Ordinary Shares which such Tagging Shareholder elects to sell;

 

  (b) that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Tagging Shareholder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the prospective purchaser objects to the delivery of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Tagging Shareholder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and deliver Ordinary Shares as provided in Article 21.3(a) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the prospective purchaser; or

 

  (c) a combination of the above.

 

24


  21.4. The share certificate or certificates that each Tagging Shareholder delivers to the Offering Shareholder pursuant to Article 21.3 shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Tag Notice, and the Offering Shareholder shall concurrently therewith cause the prospective purchaser to remit to such Tagging Shareholder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Tagging Shareholder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. In the event any prospective purchaser refuses to purchase all of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities sought to be sold by all Tagging Shareholders, the number of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities of each Tagging Shareholder shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Sale Securities and such Tag Securities) so that the total number of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities after reduction shall be equal to the number of Equity Securities the prospective purchaser elects to purchase (which in any event shall be no less than the number of Offered Securities set forth in the ROFR Notice). In selling their Tag Securities pursuant to their co-sale right hereunder, the Tagging Shareholders shall not be required to give any representations or warranties with respect to their Tag Securities except to confirm that they have not transferred or encumbered such Tag Securities.

 

  21.5. To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with Article 20, then, subject to the co-sale right of the ROFR Holders under this Article 21, the Offering Shareholder may, not later than forty (40) Business Days (which may be extended by an additional period of up to fifty (50) Business Days to the extent reasonably required to obtain any necessary Governmental Approvals) following delivery of the Tag Notice (the “Transfer Period”), conclude a Transfer of the Sale Securities, which shall be on substantially the same (and in any event no more favorable to the prospective purchaser) terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. Any proposed transfer of such Sale Securities on terms and conditions which are materially different from, or more favorable to the prospective purchaser than, those described in the ROFR Notice, or in the event the Offering Shareholder does not consummate the sale of such Sale Securities within the Transfer Period, any subsequent proposed Transfer of such Sale Securities or any other Equity Securities by the Offering Shareholder shall again be subject to the right of first refusal and the co-sale right of the ROFR Holders and shall require compliance by the Offering Shareholder with the procedures described in Articles 20 and 21. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Offering Shareholder may conclude a Transfer of the Sale Securities unless all Tag Securities are being sold at the same time with such Transfer of the Sale Securities in accordance with Article 21.4.

EXEMPT TRANSFER

 

22. Articles 16, 20 and 21 shall not apply to any Transfer of Equity Securities (i) to the Company pursuant to a repurchase right or right of first refusal held by the Company in the event of a termination of employment or consulting relationship by any employee of the Group Companies (other than the Founders), (ii) by a Shareholder to its Permitted Transferee (provided that adequate documentation therefor is provided to the holders of Preferred Shares to their satisfaction and that any such Permitted Transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the Shareholders Agreement by executing a Deed of Adherence; provided, further, that such transferor shall remain liable for any breach by such Permitted Transferee of any provision hereof), or (iii) any Transfer in connection with a Series B Drag Sale and a Series A Drag Sale (each, an “Exempt Transfer”).

 

25


EXPIRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

 

23. Articles 15 to 22 shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

CONVERSION

 

24. The holders of the Preferred Shares have the right to convert Preferred Shares held by them into Ordinary Shares as follows:

 

  24.1. Conversion Ratio. The number of Ordinary Shares to which a holder of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled upon conversion of each Preferred Share shall be the quotient of the Original Issue Price of such Preferred Share divided by the then effective Conversion Price of such Preferred Share.

 

  24.2. Optional Conversion. Subject to the Statute and these Articles, any Preferred Share may, at the option of the holders thereof, be converted at any time after the date of issuance of such Shares, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares based on the then effective Conversion Price of such Preferred Share.

 

  24.3. Automatic Conversion. Each Series A Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into fully-paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares at the then effective Conversion Price of such Series A Preferred Share, without the payment of additional consideration, upon the occurrence of the closing of a Series A Target IPO; and each Series A Preferred Share (if any), Series B Preferred Share and Series B+ Preferred Share shall automatically be converted into fully-paid and non- assessable Ordinary Shares at the then effective Conversion Price of such Series A Preferred Share, the then effective Conversion Price of such Series B Preferred Share or the then effective Conversion Price of such Series B+ Preferred Share, as applicable, without the payment of additional consideration, upon the occurrence of the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

  24.4. Conversion Mechanism. The conversion hereunder of any Preferred Share shall be effected in the following manner:

 

  (a) Except as provided in Article 24.4(a) and Article 24.4(c) below, before any holder of any Preferred Shares shall be entitled to convert the same into Ordinary Shares and to receive certificate(s) therefor, such holder shall, if the certificate or certificates therefor were issued, surrender such certificate or certificates (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor) at the principal corporate office of the Company or of any transfer agent for such share to be converted and shall give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of applicable Preferred Shares, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a cheque payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional Ordinary Shares in accordance with Article 24.4(e). Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such written notice and such surrender of the certificate or certificates for the Preferred Shares to be converted, the Register of Members of the Company shall be updated accordingly to reflect the same, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares as of such date.

 

26


  (b) If the conversion is in connection with a Qualified IPO, the conversion will be conditioned upon the closing of the Qualified IPO and the Person(s) entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall not be deemed to have converted the applicable Preferred Shares until immediately prior to such closing.

 

  (c) In the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to subsection (i) of Article 24.3, all holders of Preferred Shares to be automatically converted will be given at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date fixed (in the case of a Qualified IPO or a Series A Target IPO, at least three (3) days prior to the closing of such Qualified IPO or such Series A Target IPO, as applicable) and the place designated for automatic conversion of all such Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 24.4(c). Such notice shall be given pursuant to Articles 158 to 160, or to each record holder of such Preferred Shares at such holder’s address appearing on the Register of Members. On or before the date fixed for conversion, each holder of such Preferred Shares shall surrender the applicable certificate or certificates (if any) (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor) for all such shares to the Company at the place designated in such notice. On the date fixed for conversion, the Company shall promptly effect such conversion and update the Register of Members to reflect such conversion, and all rights with respect to such Preferred Shares so converted will terminate, with the exception of (i) the right of a holder thereof to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Shares, and upon surrender of the certificate or certificates therefor (if any) (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor), to receive certificates (if applicable) for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Shares have been converted, and (ii) the rights of a holder thereof specified under Article 24.4(e) and Article 24.4(f). All certificates evidencing such Preferred Shares shall, from and after the date of conversion, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the Preferred Shares represented thereby converted into Ordinary Shares for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.

 

27


  (d) The Company may effect the conversion of Preferred Shares in any manner available under applicable Law as may be determined by the Board.

 

  (e) No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of any Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective Conversion Price of the applicable Preferred Shares.

 

  (f) Upon conversion, all accrued but unpaid share dividends on the applicable Preferred Shares shall be paid in Shares and all accrued but unpaid cash dividends on the applicable Preferred Shares shall be paid in cash.

 

  24.5. Adjustment of the Conversion Price. The Conversion Price shall be adjusted and readjusted from time to time as provided below, being no less than par value, save that no adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price of any Preferred Share if such adjustment would result in the Conversion Price of such Preferred Share falling below the par value of the Ordinary Share into which such applicable Preferred Share is to be converted (in which case the Conversion Price of such Preferred Share shall be adjusted to be equal to the par value of the Ordinary Share):

 

  (a) Adjustment for Share Sub-Divisions and Consolidations. If the Company shall at any time after the date hereof, or from time to time, effect a subdivision of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision with respect to each Preferred Share shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time, or from time to time, consolidate the outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such consolidation with respect to each Preferred Share shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Article 24.5(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or consolidation becomes effective.

 

  (b) Adjustment for Ordinary Share Dividends and Distributions. If the Company makes (or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive) a dividend or other distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares payable in additional Ordinary Shares after the date hereof, the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to each Preferred Share shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance (or in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date) by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Ordinary Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

28


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Article 24.5(b) as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable class or series of Preferred Shares simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Ordinary Shares in a number equal to the number of shares of Ordinary Shares as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Shares had been converted into Ordinary Shares on the date of such event.

 

  (c) Adjustments for Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations, Reclassifications, Exchanges, Substitutions. If at any time, or from time to time, any capital reorganization or reclassification of the Ordinary Shares (other than as a result of a share dividend, subdivision or consolidation otherwise treated above) occurs or the Company is consolidated, merged or amalgamated with or into another Person (other than in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event), then in any such event, provision shall be made so that, upon conversion of any Preferred Share thereafter, the holder thereof shall receive the class and amount of shares and other securities and property which the holder of such shares would have received in connection with such event had the relevant Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares immediately prior to such event.

 

  (d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuance.

 

  (i) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share shall be made in respect of the issuance of New Securities unless the issue price per share for the New Securities issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance.

 

  (ii) Deemed Issuance of New Securities. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the date hereof shall issue any Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any series or class of shares entitled to receive any such Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number that would result in an adjustment pursuant to Article 24.5(d)(ii)(B)) issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be New Securities issued as of the time of such issuance or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which New Securities are deemed to be issued:

 

29


  (A) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share shall be made upon the subsequent issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

  (B) if such Convertible Securities by its terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Company, or change in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any affected Preferred Share computed upon the original issuance thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such change becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such change insofar as it affects such Convertible Securities;

 

  (C) no readjustment pursuant to Article 24.5(d)(ii)(B) shall have the effect of increasing the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share to an amount which exceeds the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share that would have been in effect had no adjustments in relation to the issuance of the Convertible Securities as referenced in Article 24.5(d)(ii)(B) been made;

 

  (D) upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised, unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Securities (or portion thereof), the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any affected Preferred Share computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as it would have been obtained had such Convertible Securities (or portion thereof) that is expired or terminated never been issued:

 

  (E) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share shall be adjusted pursuant to this Article 24.5(d)(ii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

30


  (iii) Adjustment of the Conversion Price upon Issuance of New Securities. In the event that an issuance of New Securities is for a consideration per Ordinary Share less than the then applicable Conversion Price of any Preferred Share:

 

  (A) If such Preferred Share is a Series B Preferred Share or a Series B+ Preferred Share, the applicable Conversion Price with respect to such Series B Preferred Share or Series B+ Preferred Share (as the case may be) shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to the price per share at which such New Securities are issued.

 

  (B) If such Preferred Share is a Series A Preferred Share, the applicable Conversion Price with respect to such Series A Preferred Share shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one- hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

        CP2 = CP1 * (A + B) / (A + C),

 

  where:

 

  (1) “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price of such Series A Preferred Share in effect immediately after such issue of New Securities;

 

  (2) “CP1” shall mean the Conversion Price of such Series A Preferred Share in effect immediately prior to such issue of New Securities;

 

  (3) “A” shall mean the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to such issue of New Securities, treating for this purpose as outstanding all Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of Options under all option plans immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Equity Securities (including the Preferred Shares) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Equity Securities) immediately prior to such issue;

 

  (4) “B” shall mean the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been issued if such New Securities had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Company in respect of such issue by CP1); and

 

  (5) “C” shall mean the number of such New Securities issued in such transaction.

 

31


  (e) Adjustments Based on Operating Cash Flow in 2017 and 2018.

 

  (i) If the Actual Operating Cash Flow for 2017 is lower than ninety percent (90%) of the 2017 Operating Cash Flow Target, subject to the other adjustments set forth in this Article 24.5, effective as of the Audit Opinion Date for 2017, the Conversion Price for each Series B Preferred Share and each Series B+ Preferred Share shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the Conversion Price for such Series B Preferred Share or Series B+ Preferred Share (as the case may be) immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by the 2017 Adjustment Ratio (the “2017 Adjustment”); and

 

  (ii) Subject to the other adjustments set forth in this Article 24.5 and to the extent the 2018 Adjustment Ratio is lower than the 2017 Adjustment Ratio, effective as of the Audit Opinion Date for 2018, the Conversion Price for each Series B Preferred Share and each Series B+ Preferred Share shall be adjusted to an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Conversion Price for such Series B Preferred Share or Series B+ Preferred Share (as the case may be) immediately prior to the 2017 Adjustment multiplied by the 2018 Adjustment Ratio and (ii) the then effective Conversion Price for such Series B Preferred Shares or Series B+ Preferred Share (as the case may be) immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

  (iii) Any adjustment to the Conversion Prices of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares made pursuant to this Article 24.5(e) shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other prior or subsequent adjustments made to the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Shares or the Series B+ Preferred Shares (as the case may be).

 

  (f) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Article 24, the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of any New Securities shall be computed as follows:

 

  (i) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

  (A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company before any discounts, commissions or placement fees payable by the Company to any underwriter or placement agent in connection with the issuance of any New Securities;

 

  (B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issuance, as determined and approved in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that no value shall be attributed to any services performed by any employee, officer or director of any Group Company; and

 

32


  (C) in the event New Securities are issued together with other Shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received which relates to such New Securities, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board.

 

  (ii) Convertible Securities. The consideration per Ordinary Share received by the Company for New Securities deemed to have been issued pursuant to Article 24.5(d)(ii) relating to Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Convertible Securities (determined in the manner described in paragraph (i) above), plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (y) the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

  (g) Adjustments for Other Distributions. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive any distribution payable in Equity Securities or assets of the Company other than Ordinary Shares, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Shares shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of Ordinary Shares receivable thereupon, the amount of Equity Securities or assets of the Company which they would have received had their Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such Equity Securities or assets receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Article 24.5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Shares.

 

  (h) No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of the Memorandum or these Articles or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities (including Equity Securities) or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 24.5 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the Preferred Shares against impairment.

 

33


  (i) Other Events. In the event that the Company (or any Subsidiary of the Company) takes any action to which the provisions hereof are not strictly applicable or if any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Article 24.5 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), which has the direct or indirect effect of adversely affecting the proportionate interest in the equity of the Company of any holder of the Preferred Shares, then, to the extent that the proportionate interest in the equity of the Company of such holder of the Preferred Shares is so adversely affected thereby an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made so as to protect the rights of such holder of the Preferred Shares under these Articles.

 

  (j) Certificate of Adjustment. In the case of any adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share, the Company at its expense shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall deliver such certificate to each registered holder of such Preferred Shares. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

 

  (k) Notice of Record Date. In the event the Company shall propose to take any action of the type or types requiring an adjustment set forth in this Article 24.5(d), the Company shall give notice to the holders of the Preferred Shares, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price with respect to the relevant Preferred Share, and the number, kind or class of Shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the occurrence of such action or deliverable upon the conversion of the relevant Preferred Shares. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least ten (10) days prior to the date so fixed, and in the case of all other actions, such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days prior to the taking of such proposed action.

 

  (l) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Shares, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Preferred Shares, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, be necessary to increase the Company’s authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

34


QUALIFIED IPO

 

25. The Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall use their reasonable best efforts to achieve the Qualified IPO of the Company as soon as practicable and within five (5) years after the date hereof. The Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall take all steps consistent with requirements of Laws to minimize lock-up period of the Preferred Shares (or Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion thereof) in the event of a Qualified IPO. Upon the proposal by the Founders to the Board and/or the Shareholders for a Qualified IPO, each Party other than the Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall use their respective reasonable efforts to support such proposal and the implementation thereof.

PUT OPTION

 

26. In the event that the Company (i) has not consummated a Qualified IPO as of the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date on the Series B Closing Date, or (ii) has consummated an initial public offering that is not a Qualified IPO at any time prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of the Series B Closing Date (the “Series B Put Trigger Event”), each Series B Preferred Shareholder shall have the option (the “Series B Put Option”) to, from time to time and at any time after the Series B Put Trigger Event and in accordance with the provisions of Articles 26 and 28, elect to sell all or a portion of the Series B Preferred Shares held by such Series B Preferred Shareholder to the Put Obligors at a price per Series B Preferred Share equal to:

OIP × (1.10)N

where

OIP = Series B Original Issue Price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub- divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), and

N = (x) the number of calendar days that have elapsed since the date of issuance of such Series B Preferred Share to the date on which the Series B Put Price of such Series B Preferred Share is paid in full (exclusive of the date of issuance but inclusive of date of payment), divided by (y) 365 days,

plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up to the date of the Put Notice (the “Series B Put Price” and, such sale, a “Series B Put Sale”).

 

35


26A. In the event that the Company (i) has not consummated a Qualified IPO as of the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of the Closing Date, or (ii) has consummated an initial public offering that is not a Qualified IPO at any time prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of the Closing Date (the “Series B+ Put Trigger Event”), each Series B+ Preferred Shareholder shall have the option (the “Series B+ Put Option”) to, from time to time and at any time after the Series B+ Put Trigger Event and in accordance with the provisions of Articles 26A and 28, elect to sell all or a portion of the Series B+ Preferred Shares held by such Series B+ Preferred Shareholder to the Put Obligors at a price per Series B+ Preferred Share equal to:

OIP × (1.10)N

where

OIP = Series B+ Original Issue Price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub- divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), and

N = (x) the number of calendar days that have elapsed since the date of issuance of such Series B+ Preferred Share to the date on which the Series B+ Put Price of such Series B+ Preferred Share is paid in full (exclusive of the date of issuance but inclusive of date of payment), divided by (y) 365 days,

plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up to the date of the Put Notice (the “Series B+ Put Price” and, such sale, a “Series B+ Put Sale”).

 

27. In the event that the Company has not consummated a Series A Target IPO as of the date that is thirty (30) months after the Series A Closing Date (or such other later date as approved at any time by the holders of not less than three fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares) (the “Series A Put Trigger Event”), each Series A Preferred Shareholder shall have the option (the “Series A Put Option” and, together with the Series B Put Option and the Series B+ Put Option, the “Put Option”) to, from time to time and at any time after the Series A Put Trigger Event and in accordance with the provisions of Articles 27 and 28, elect to sell all or a portion of the Series A Preferred Shares held by such Series A Preferred Shareholder to the Put Obligors at a price per Series A Preferred Share equal to:

OIP × (1 + 0.10 × N)

where

OIP = Series A Original Issue Price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub- divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), and

N = (x) the number of calendar days that have elapsed since the date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Share to the date on which the Series A Put Price of such Series A Preferred Share is paid in full (exclusive of the date of issuance but inclusive of date of payment), divided by (y) 365 days,

plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon up to the date of the Put Notice (the “Series A Put Price” and, together with the Series B Put Price and the Series B+ Put Price, the “Put Price” and, such sale, a “Series A Put Sale” and, together with the Series B Put Sale and the Series B+ Put Sale, the “Put Sales”).

 

28. Any Preferred Shareholder wishing to exercise its Put Option shall notify the Put Obligors and each other Preferred Shareholder in writing and shall specify in such notice (the “Put Notice”) the number of Preferred Shares to be sold pursuant to Article 26 to 27. The Put Obligors shall, no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the receipt of the Put Notice, purchase all of the Preferred Shares specified in the Put Notice and, in consideration therefore, pay in respect of each Preferred Share so purchased an amount (in U.S. dollars and in immediately available fund) equal to the sum of Put Price. Pending payment of the Put Price the Shareholder shall continue to enjoy all the rights attaching to their Preferred Shares.

 

36


29. In the event that more than one Shareholder has delivered a Put Notice to the Put Obligors and the Put Obligors shall not have sufficient funds to pay the Put Price in respect of all such Put Notices, any and all funds of the Put Obligors available for payment of the Put Price in respect of all Put Notices shall (i) first, be used to pay the Put Prices of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares that have been requested to be put to the Put Obligors (and, as between Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares, pro rata based on the amount of their Put Prices, and (ii) after the Put Prices for all Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares requested to be put to the Put Obligors have been paid in full, be used to pay the Put Price of the Series A Preferred Shares that have been requested to be put to the Put Obligors (and, as between Series A Preferred Shares, pro rata based on the amount of their Put Prices).

 

30. On the date on which any Preferred Share is to be purchased pursuant to Article 28, the holder thereof shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such Preferred Share to the applicable Put Obligor, and thereupon the Put Price in respect of such Preferred Share shall be immediately payable to such holder and each such certificate shall be cancelled. In the event that less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be promptly issued representing the unredeemed shares. The Company shall promptly update the Register of Members to reflect such purchase.

 

31. In the event that the Put Obligors shall have failed to timely pay the Put Price in full in respect of any Preferred Share in accordance with the provisions of Articles 26 to 29, the Put Obligors shall, subject to and without prejudice to the provisions of the Statute, (i) use its reasonable best efforts to seek financial resources to enable it to make such full payment, and (ii) not transfer material business contracts or other key assets of the Company on terms and conditions that are not arm’s length.

 

32. Notwithstanding anything in these Articles or the Shareholders Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares that requested to be sold pursuant to a Series A Put Option (the “Series A Put Shares”), if the Put Obligors have not purchased all of the Series A Put Shares within the applicable time period specified in Article 28, then, each Preferred Shareholder (other than the Preferred Shareholders who have delivered a Series A Put Notice prior to such time) (the “Series A Put ROFR Holders”) shall have an option for a period of twenty (20) Business Days thereafter (the “Series A Put ROFR Notice Period”) to elect to purchase all or a portion of the Series A Put Shares that have not been so purchased by the Put Obligors, at the per share price equal to the Series A Put Price, by notifying the Put Obligors and each other Preferred Shareholder in writing of the number of such Series A Put Shares that it elects to purchase. If the total number of the Series A Put Shares the Series A Put ROFR Holders elect to purchase exceeds the total number of the Series A Put Shares that have not been purchased by the Put Obligors, each Series A Put ROFR Holder shall only be entitled to purchase a number of Series A Put Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of the Series A Put Shares that have not been so purchased by the Put Obligors, and (ii) a faction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such Series A Put ROFR Holder and the denominator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all Series A Put ROFR Holders who have validly exercised such option. The closing of the sale and purchase of the Series A Put Shares elected to be purchased by the Series A Put ROFR Holders shall take place within twenty (20) Business Days following the expiration of the Series A Put ROFR Notice Period. No Put Obligor shall have any right or obligation to purchase any Series A Put Shares that have been validly elected by any Series A Put ROFR Holder in accordance with this Article 32. Nothing in this Article 32 shall be deemed to relieve any Put Obligor of its obligations with respect to the Series A Put Shares that have not been validly elected to be purchased by the Series A Put ROFR Holders pursuant to this Article 32.

 

37


33. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Put Option may be exercised with respect to any Preferred Shares that have been acquired by any Put Obligor or the Management Holdco or their respective Affiliates, whether such Preferred Shares were acquired pursuant to a prior exercise of a Put Option, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Article 32, or otherwise.

 

34. The obligations of the Put Obligors under Articles 26 to 31 are joint and several, provided, however, that if a Founder is a Put Obligor, the liabilities of such Founder under Articles 26 to 31 shall be without recourse to his personal assets other than the Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by him or his Affiliates.

DRAG SALE

 

35. In the event that any Series B Preferred Shareholder or Series B+ Preferred Shareholder has validly exercised its Series B Put Option or Series B+ Put Option by delivering a Put Notice (as applicable) but, as of the date falling ninety (90) Business Days after the date of such Put Notice, the Put Obligors shall have failed to pay such Series B Preferred Shareholder and/or Series B+ Preferred Shareholder its Put Price in full, then, at any time thereafter, the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares (voting as the same class and on an as-converted basis) then issued and outstanding (the “Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders”) shall be entitled to sell all or a portion of their Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares (which shall not be less than the number of the remaining Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares which are requested to be sold under such Put Notice but have not been paid within such ninety (90) Business Days, as applicable) (the “Remaining Series B/B+ Preferred Shares”) to any third party and, in connection therewith, require, by delivering a notice to the Put Obligors (the “Series B/B+ Drag Notice”) that each Put Obligor (other than the Company) (a “Drag Obligor”) sell to such third party all or a portion (as determined by the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders) of the Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by it (a “Series B/B+ Drag Sale”). In furtherance of the foregoing, the number of Equity Securities that the Drag Obligors may be required to sell in a Series B/B+ Drag Sale shall be (as reasonably determined by the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders in good faith) the minimum number of Equity Securities that will ensure, together with the Remaining Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares to be sold in such Series B/B+ Drag Sale, an aggregate amount of proceeds for the Series B/B+ Drag Sale that is not less than the sum of the Put Price for all Remaining Series B/B+ Preferred Shares sold in the Series B/B+ Drag Sale.

 

38


36. In connection with a Series B/B+ Drag Sale, each Drag Obligor shall, and shall procure its Affiliates Beneficially Owning any Equity Securities to:

 

  (a) sell such Equity Securities to the person to whom the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders propose to sell their Series B Preferred Shares and Series B+ Preferred Shares (as the case may be), at the same time and for the same per-share consideration (on an as-converted basis) and otherwise on substantially the same terms and conditions as the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders propose; and

 

  (b) execute and deliver all related documentation (including any instrument of transfer) and take such other action (including, where any such Equity Securities is Convertible Securities, exercise such Convertible Securities for Ordinary Shares at its own cost) in connection with or in support of the Series B/B+ Drag Sale as shall be requested by the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders.

 

37. All proceeds from a Series B/B+ Drag Sale shall be distributed among the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders and the Drag Obligors as follows:

 

  37.1. first, the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series B Preferred Share and each Series B+ Preferred Share sold in such Series B/B+ Drag Sale held by such Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholder, pari passu with each other and in preference to distribution to the Drag Obligors, an amount (the “Series B/B+ Drag Preference Amount”) equal to the higher of:

 

  (a) the Put Price of such Series B Preferred Share and such Series B+ Preferred Share, and

 

  (b) an amount equal to such Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholder’s share of proceeds if all of the Preferred Shares sold in such Series B/B+ Drag Sale were converted into Ordinary Shares and the proceeds were distributed pro rata among all Ordinary Shares sold in the Series B/B+ Drag Sale.

If the proceeds available for distribution to the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders are insufficient to permit the payment of all of the Series B/B+ Drag Preference Amounts in full, then such proceeds shall be distributed among the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders in proportion to the preferential amount that each such Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholder is otherwise entitled according to this Article 37.1; and

 

  37.2. second, after the full distribution of Series B/B+ Drag Preference Amounts, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the Drag Obligors in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares sold by the Drag Obligors in the Series B/B+ Drag Sale.

 

39


38. Following the consummation of a Series B/B+ Drag Sale, if any Series A Preferred

 

  Shareholder has validly exercised its Series A Put Option by delivering a Put Notice but, as of the date falling ninety (90) Business Days after the date of such Put Notice, the Put Obligors shall have failed to pay such Series A Preferred Shareholder its Put Price in full, then, at any time thereafter, the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding (the “Series A Dragging Shareholders”, together with the Series B/B+ Dragging Shareholders, the “Dragging Shareholders”) shall be entitled to sell all or a portion of their Series A Preferred Shares (which shall not be less than the number of the remaining Series A Preferred Shares which are requested to be sold under such Put Notice but have not been paid within such ninety (90) Business Days (the “Remaining Series A Preferred Shares”)) to any third party and, in connection therewith, require, by delivering a notice to the Put Obligors (the “Series A Drag Notice”) that each Drag Obligor sell to such third party all or a portion (as determined by the Series A Dragging Shareholders) of the Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by it (a “Series A Drag Sale”, together with the Series B/B+ Drag Sale, the “Drag Sale”). In furtherance of the foregoing, the number of Equity Securities that the Drag Obligors may be required to sell in a Series A Drag Sale shall be (as reasonably determined by the Series A Dragging Shareholders in good faith) the minimum number of Equity Securities that will ensure, together with the Remaining Series A Preferred Shares to be sold in such Series A Drag Sale, an aggregate amount of proceeds for the Series A Drag Sale that is not less than the sum of the Put Price for all Remaining Series A Preferred Shares sold in the Series A Drag Sale.

 

39. In connection with a Series A Drag Sale, each Drag Obligor shall, and shall procure its Affiliates Beneficially Owning any Equity Securities to:

 

  (a) sell such Equity Securities to the person to whom the Series A Dragging Shareholders propose to sell their Series A Preferred Shares, at the same time and for the same per-share consideration (on an as-converted basis) and otherwise on substantially the same terms and conditions as the Series A Dragging Shareholders propose; and

 

  (b) execute and deliver all related documentation (including any instrument of transfer) and take such other action (including, where any such Equity Securities is Convertible Securities, exercise such Convertible Securities for Ordinary Shares at its own cost) in connection with or in support of the Series A Drag Sale as shall be requested by the Series A Dragging Shareholders.

 

40. All proceeds from a Series A Drag Sale shall be distributed among the Series A Dragging Shareholders and the Drag Obligors as follows:

 

  40.1. first, the Series A Dragging Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share sold in such Series A Drag Sale held by such Series A Dragging Shareholders, pari passu with each other and in preference to distribution to the Drag Obligors, an amount (the “Series A Drag Preference Amount”) equal to the higher of:

 

  (a) the Put Price of such Series A Preferred Share, and

 

  (b) an amount equal to such Series A Dragging Shareholder’s share of proceeds if all of the Preferred Shares sold in such Series A Drag Sale were converted into Ordinary Shares and the proceeds were distributed pro rata among all Ordinary Shares sold in the Series A Drag Sale.

 

40


If, the proceeds available for distribution to the Series A Dragging Shareholder are insufficient to permit the payment of all of the Series A Drag Preference Amounts in full, then such proceeds shall be distributed among the Series A Dragging Shareholder in proportion to the preferential amount that each such Series A Dragging Shareholder is otherwise entitled according to this Article 40.1; and

 

  40.2. second, after the full distribution of Series A Drag Preference Amounts, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the Drag Obligors in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares sold by the Drag Obligors in the Series A Drag Sale.

 

  41. Without prejudice to Article 35 to 40, if (i) the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, (ii) the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and the then issued and outstanding Series B+ Preferred Shares (with the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares voting as the same class and on an as-converted basis), and (iii) the holders of not less than a majority of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, in each case, voting as a separate class, approve a Trade Sale, then all Shareholder shall approve such Trade Sale and take all necessary actions to complete it. For the avoidance of doubt, all proceeds from a Trade Sale, subject to Article 163, shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Article 161.

REDEMPTION

 

  42. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner as the Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares, without prejudicing the rights of holders of Preferred Shares.

 

  43. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the Articles (including without limitation Articles 26 to 31) and the rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares), in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member; provided that, the Company shall not purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares but excluding purchases pursuant to the ESOP) prior to the Series A Put Trigger Event, the Series B Put Trigger Event and the Series B+ Put Trigger Event without the consent of each of Primavera and New Oriental.

 

  44. The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital. Any redemption or repurchase of Preferred Shares shall be applied to all Preferred Shares on a pro rata basis, except that in the case of a redemption or repurchase of Preferred Shares pursuant to Articles 26 to 29, such redemption or repurchase shall be applied on a pro rata basis with respect to the Preferred Shares, holders of which have elected such Shares to be redeemed or repurchased pursuant to the terms hereunder.

 

41


45. The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

46. The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

47. The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

VARIATION OF RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

48. Subject to the provisions of the Articles (including without limitation Articles 125 and 126), if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of a majority of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class.

 

49. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every class meeting of the holders of one class of Shares except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

50. Subject to the provisions of the Articles (including without limitation Articles 125 and 126), the rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

NON RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

51. The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognize in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

LIEN ON SHARES

 

52. The Company shall have a first and paramount Lien on all Shares (whether fully paid- up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s Lien thereon. The Company’s Lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

42


53. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a Lien, if a sum in respect of which the Lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen (14) clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

54. To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under these Articles.

 

55. The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the Lien exists as is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like Lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

CALL ON SHARES

 

56. Subject to the terms of the allotment and Section 2.3(b) of the Share Subscription Agreement, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies due and payable but unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen (14) days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by installments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

57. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorizing such call was passed.

 

58. The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

59. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine, but the Directors may waive payment of the interest in whole or in part.

 

60. An amount payable in respect of a Share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and, if it is not paid, all the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

61. The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

43


62. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

63. No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

64. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest, which may have accrued. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with, the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

65. If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies declared payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

66. A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorize some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favor of that person.

 

67. A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

68. A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the fact as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

69. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

44


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

70. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to his interest. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, which had been jointly held by him.

 

71. Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect either to become the holder of the Share or to have some person nominated by him as the transferee. If he elects to become the holder, he shall give notice to the Company to that effect, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of that Member, as the case may be.

 

72. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

73. A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the Share. However, he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some other person nominated by him become the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of such Member or in any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety (90) days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

AMENDMENTS OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

74. Subject to the provisions of the Articles (including without limitation Articles 125 to 126), the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  74.1. increase the share capital by such sum as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

  74.2. consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

45


  74.3. by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its Share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

  74.4. cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

75. All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, Liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

76. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of these Articles (including without limitation Articles 125 to 126), the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

  76.1. change its name;

 

  76.2. alter or add to these Articles;

 

  76.3. alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

  76.4. reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

77. Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

78. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

79. The Company shall, if required by the Statute, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

80. The Company may hold an annual general meeting, but shall not (unless required by Statute) be obliged to hold an annual general meeting.

 

81. The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

82. A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten percent (10%) in par value of the capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

46


83. The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

84. If the Directors do not within twenty-one (21) days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one (21) days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one- half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one (21) days.

 

85. A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

86. At least fifteen (15) days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  86.1. in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  86.2. in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than seventy-five percent (75%) in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

87. The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

88. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding share capital of the Company (calculated on an as-converted basis), including (i) the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares, shall constitute a quorum; unless the Company has only one Member entitled to vote at such general meeting in which case the quorum shall be that one Member present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person) by a duly authorized representative or proxy.

 

47


89. A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

90. A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations, signed by their duly authorized representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

91. If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other day, time or such other place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the Members constituting a majority of the outstanding share capital of the Company (calculated on an as- converted basis) shall be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called, provided, that, such present Members shall only discuss and/or approve the matters as described in the meeting notice delivered in accordance with these Articles.

 

92. The chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

93. If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

94. The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present, (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

95. A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on the vote of the requisite majority pursuant to a poll of the Members. Unless otherwise required by the Statute or these Articles, such requisite majority shall be a simple majority of votes that are able to be cast.

 

48


VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

96. The Preferred Shares shall vote together with the Ordinary Shares on an as-converted basis, and not as a separate class, except as specifically provided otherwise in these Articles.

 

97. Except as otherwise required by Law or as set forth herein, (i) the holder of any Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding shall have one (1) vote for each Ordinary Share held by such holder, and (ii) the holder of any Preferred Shares shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Share could be converted at the record date for determination of the Members entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent or resolutions of Members is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other Shares of the Company having general voting power and as a class except (a) for matters that require a separate vote of a class or series of shares in accordance with these Articles and (b) as required by applicable Law.

 

98. In the case of joint holders of record the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

99. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

100. No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of a class of Shares unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

101. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

102. Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy. A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. All resolutions shall be determined by poll and not on a show of hands.

 

103. A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting.

 

49


PROXIES

 

104. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized for that purpose. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

105. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  105.1. not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  105.2. in the case of a poll taken more than forty-eight (48) hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  105.3. where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than forty-eight (48) hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

106. The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

107. Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

CORPORATE MEMBERS

 

108. Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

50


SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED

 

109. Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

DIRECTORS

 

110. Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business and affairs of the Company shall be conducted as directed by the Board of Directors of the Company. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it by Article 117, the Board shall have all such powers and authorities, and may do all such acts and things, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, these Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

 

111. The Board of Directors shall consist of five (5) Directors as follows:

 

  111.1. for so long as Primavera and its Affiliates continue to hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully-diluted basis, including all Equity Securities reserved under the ESOP), Primavera shall be entitled to appoint and remove one (1) Director (the “Primavera Director”);

 

  111.2. for so long as New Oriental and its Affiliates continue to hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully-diluted basis, including all Equity Securities reserved under the ESOP), New Oriental shall be entitled to appoint and remove one (1) Director (the “New Oriental Director”); and

 

  111.3. STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED shall be entitled to appoint and remove three (3) Directors.

 

112. The board of directors of each of the Group Companies shall be appointed and removed by the Board, or as otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, provided, however, that as soon as reasonably practicable after the written request of any Party with respect to any Group Company, the board of directors of such Group Company shall, to the maximum extent practicable and permissible by Law, be comprised of the same individuals who are Directors of the Company.

 

113. Each Shareholder shall have the sole and exclusive right and power at any time to remove (with or without cause) any Director appointed by such Shareholder. Unless and until an Shareholder shall otherwise consent in writing, no other Shareholder may take any action to seek or cause the removal of any Directors appointed by such Shareholder.

 

114. Each of Matrix, Xingwang and Orchid Asia shall be entitled to appoint one (1) observer (together, the “Observers”) to the Board. The Observers shall be entitled to attend meetings of the Board and receive copy of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that are provided to the directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to the directors, but shall not have any voting or consent right in respect of any matter submitted to or to be determined by the Board.

 

51


115. In the event that a Director appointed by a Shareholder ceases to be a Director (whether as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, removal or otherwise), the Shareholder who appointed such Director shall have the sole and exclusive right and power to appoint another individual to replace such Director (and shall make such appointment as soon as reasonably practicable). During the period of time between the date on which such outgoing Director ceased to act as a Director and the date on which the replacement Director is appointed to the Board pursuant to this Article 115, without prejudice to the provisions in Articles 125 to 126, no Group Company shall, and no party shall permit any Group Company to, take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the matters enumerated under Article 117, unless and until such matter is approved by the Board with at least one Director appointed by the Shareholder first mentioned in this Article 115 voting in favor.

 

116. The Board may establish any committee of the Board as the Board shall deem appropriate from time to time. Subject to the Shareholders Agreement, the Articles and applicable Law, committees of the Board shall have the rights, powers and privileges granted to such committees by the Board from time to time. Any delegation of authority to a committee of the Board to take any action must be approved in the same manner as would be required for the Board to approve such action directly. Any committee of the Board shall be composed of the same proportion of the Directors and Observers as the Shareholders shall then be entitled to appoint to the Board pursuant to Articles 111 to 115.

 

117. No Group Company shall, and the Parties shall procure that no Group Company shall, except as specifically required under the Share Subscription Agreement or the Restructuring Plan and except in connection with or to the extent necessary to consummate a Put Sale or a Series B Drag Sale, directly or indirectly take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following without the approval of a majority of the Directors then in office, which majority must include each of the Primavera Director and the New Oriental Director:

 

  117.1. approve or amend the Group Companies’ annual budget including any capital expenditure plan;

 

  117.2. establish any new direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Group Company or any Subsidiary or affiliated company of any Group Company, merge or consolidate with another entity or enter into any partnership, profit sharing agreement or joint venture or acquire any material stock or assets of another entity, in each case, in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) at any time in respect of any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

  117.3. acquire any business, share capital or other securities or assets of any Person (or commit to make any such acquisition), in each case, in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) at any time in respect of any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

52


  117.4. create, allow to arise or issue any debenture constituting a pledge, lien or charge (whether by way of fixed or floating charge, mortgage encumbrance or other security) on all or a material portion of the capital, undertaking, property, assets or rights of any Group Company;

 

  117.5. approve the making of any loan or advance or give any credit or any financial assistance by any Group Company to any Person who is not a Group Company or provide any guarantee by any Group Company for the benefit of any Person who is not a Group Company, where such loan, credit, financial assistance and guarantee in any financial year, in the aggregate, exceed US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

 

  117.6. approve or make adjustments or modifications to terms of transactions involving the interest of any Group Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand;

 

  117.7. declare or pay any dividend or distribution or otherwise results in the redemption or repurchase of any equity securities, other than any such action specifically required under the Shareholders Agreement or these Articles (including any redemption or repurchase of Preferred Shares to the extent necessary to effect a conversion of such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the provisions of these Articles);

 

  117.8. engage in any business materially different from the business as currently conducted by the Group Companies, or cease to engage in any business currently conducted by the Group Companies;

 

  117.9. transfer of any shares or equity interest in any Group Company (other than the Company), except any such transfer that does not reduce the ultimate Beneficial Ownership of the Company in such Group Company;

 

  117.10. make or incur capital expenditures in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

  117.11. sell, lease, transfer or dispose of assets (except for those sale, transfer or disposal of the assets of the Group Company in ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

  117.12. incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or assume any financial obligation or issue, assume, guarantee or create any liability for borrowed money in excess of US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

  117.13. appoint, remove or replace the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the chief strategy officer of the Company, or alter the salary, bonus, benefits and other compensation of any of the foregoing individuals by more than thirty percent (30%) from the compensation previously approved by the Board;

 

53


  117.14. change, amend or terminate any VIE Agreements;

 

  117.15. approve the valuation, terms and conditions of any public offering (including the initial public offering) of any equity securities of any Group Company (including the selection of stock exchange on which such equity securities will be listed for trading and, where more than one lead underwriter will be engaged for such public offering, at least one lead underwriter engaged for such public offering shall have been approved by the Primavera Director);

 

  117.16. approve or amend the ESOP or other share incentive plans, or approve, with respect to any batch of awards to be granted thereunder, the timing and the aggregate amount of awards to be granted in such batch;

 

  117.17. change the size of the board of directors or the size of any committee of the board of directors of the Company;

 

  117.18. adopt any accounting standard other than the Applicable Accounting Standard, change the accounting policies in any material respect, change the fiscal year of any Group Company, or appoint or change the auditors; and

 

  117.19. agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

118. Articles 110 through 117 shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR

 

119. The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  119.1. he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

  119.2. he dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  119.3. he is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

120. The Board shall meet at such times and in such places as the Board shall designate from time to time. A meeting of the Board may be called by any Director on no less than five (5) days’ prior written notice of the time, place and agenda of the meeting. Subject to these Articles, questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes of the Directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum, with each having one (1) vote and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

54


121. The Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board or of any committee of the Board by means of video conference, teleconference or other similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute such Director’s presence in person at the meeting.

 

122. The presence of a majority of Directors then in office shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is not present at any duly called meeting, such meeting may be adjourned to a time no earlier than forty-eight (48) hours after written notice of such adjournment has been given to the Directors. The Directors present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, provided that at least one (1) Director designated by each Shareholder is present at such adjourned meeting and the Directors present at such adjourned meeting may only discuss and/or approve the matters as described in the meeting notice delivered to the Directors in accordance with Article 120. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the preceding sentence shall prejudice the provisions of Article 117.

 

123. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts), signed by all the Directors for the time being or all the members of a committee of Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or committee as the case may be duly convened and held.

 

124. The Company shall pay all fees, charges and expenses (including travel and related expenses) incurred by each Director in connection with: (i) attending the meetings of the Board and all committees thereof (if any) and (ii) conducting any other Company business requested by the Company.

MATTERS REQUIRING SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

 

125. No Group Company shall, and the Parties shall procure that no Group Company shall, except as specifically required under the Share Subscription Agreement or the Restructuring Plan and except in connection with or to the extent necessary to consummate a Put Sale or a Series B Drag Sale, directly or indirectly take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following without the approval of (i) the holders of a simple majority of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares and (ii) the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and the then issued and outstanding Series B+ Preferred Shares (with the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares voting as the same class), in each case, voting as a separate class and on as-converted basis:

 

  125.1. alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any Preferred Share or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with any Preferred Share;

 

  125.2. increase, reduce (by redemption, repurchase or otherwise) or cancel the authorized or issued share capital of any Group Company, save for (i) the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares or the redemption of any Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms of issue, (ii) the redemption or repurchase of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the terms of the ESOP, and (iii) any such action specifically required under the Shareholders Agreement or these Articles;

 

55


  125.3. amend or waive any provision of the Charter Documents of any Group Company;

 

  125.4. sell, lease, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group Companies, taken as a whole;

 

  125.5. permit, authorize or approve any merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, split-up, spin-off, other change of control of any other form of business combination of any Group Company with or into one or more third parties;

 

  125.6. effect a recapitalization, reclassification or bankruptcy of the Company, pass any resolution for the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any Group Company or undertake any reorganization, reconstruction, Liquidation Event or liquidation exercise concerning any Group Company or apply for the appointment of a receiver, manager or judicial manager or like officer; and

 

  125.7. agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

 

126. Article 125 shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

127. A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

128. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

129. A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

130. A Director or alternate Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

56


131. No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

132. A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

MINUTES

 

133. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of Directors including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

134. Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

135. An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

136. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

137. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

138. An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

57


NO MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING

 

139. The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed, a Director is not required to hold Shares.

SEAL

 

140. The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorized by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

141. The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

142. A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

143. Each Preferred Share shall have the right to receive non-cumulative dividends, pari passu with the Ordinary Shares, on an as-converted basis, when, as and if declared by the Board.

 

144. Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Directors may declare dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorize payment of the dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. No dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realized or unrealized profits of the Company, or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

145. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

146. The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

147. The Directors may declare that any dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

58


148. Any dividend, distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of three or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

149. No dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

150. Any dividend which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six (6) months from the date of declaration of such dividend may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any dividend which remains unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

CAPITALIZATION

 

151. The Directors may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid- up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event, the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorize any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

152. The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

59


153. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Shareholders Agreement, the Statute or authorized by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

154. The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by Law.

AUDIT

 

155. Subject to Article 117, the Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors, and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

156. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

157. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

NOTICES

 

158. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested), (c) on the date sent by facsimile or email of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the third (3rd) day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the Company or the respective Member (as the case may be) at the addresses set forth in Schedule 4 to the Shareholders Agreement (or at such other address for the Company or the respective Member (as the case may be) as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Article 158, or in the case of a notice given to a Member, at the Member’s address as shown in the Register of Members or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member).

 

60


159. A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

160. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorized to every person shown as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the Member of record but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

WINDING UP

 

161. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up of the Company or any Deemed Liquidation Event (each, a “Liquidation Event”), subject to Article 163, the proceeds available for distribution to the Shareholders shall be distributed as follows:

 

  161.1. first, the Series B Preferred Shareholders and the Series B+ Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series B Preferred Share held by such Series B Preferred Shareholder and each Series B+ Preferred Share held by such Series B+ Preferred Shareholder (as applicable), pro rata based on the amounts of their respective Original Issue Prices, and in preference to distribution in respect of any Series A Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares, an amount (the “Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount”) equal to the higher of:

 

  (a) an amount calculated as

 

  OIP × (1.08)N

 

  where

OIP = Series B Original Issue Price or Series B+ Original Issue Price, as applicable (as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), and

N = (x) the number of calendar days that have elapsed since the date of issuance of such Series B Preferred Share or Series B+ Preferred Share (as applicable) to the date of the Liquidation Event (exclusive of the date of issuance but inclusive of date of the Liquidation Event), divided by (y) 365 days; and

 

61


  (b) an amount equal to such Series B Preferred Shareholder’s or Series B+ Preferred Shareholder’s (as applicable) share of proceeds if all the Preferred Shares were converted into Ordinary Shares and the proceeds were distributed among the holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by each such holder;

plus any declared but unpaid dividend on such Series B Preferred Share or Series B+ Preferred Share (as applicable). If the proceeds available for distribution to the Series B Preferred Shareholders and the Series B+ Preferred Shareholders are insufficient to permit the payment of all of the Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amounts in full, then such proceeds shall be distributed among the Series B Preferred Shareholders and the Series B+ Preferred Shareholders in proportion to the preferential amount that each such Series B Preferred Shareholder or Series B+ Preferred Shareholder is otherwise entitled according to this Article 161.1;

 

  161.2. second, after the full distribution of Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount, the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share held by such Series A Preferred Shareholder, pari passu with each other and in preference to distribution in respect of any Ordinary Shares, an amount (the “Series A Liquidation Preference Amount”) calculated as:

 

  OIP × (1.10)N

 

  where

OIP = Series A Original Issue Price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), and

N = (x) the number of calendar days that have elapsed since the Series A Closing Date to the date of the Liquidation Event (exclusive of the date of issuance but inclusive of date of the Liquidation Event), divided by (y) 365 days.

plus any declared but unpaid dividend on such Series A Preferred Share. If the proceeds available for distribution to the Series A Preferred Shareholders are insufficient to permit the payment of all the Series A Liquidation Preference Amounts, then such proceeds shall be distributed among the Series A Preferred Shareholders in proportion to the preferential amount that each such Series A Preferred Shareholder is otherwise entitled according to this Article 161.2.

 

  161.3. third, after the full distribution of Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount and the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount, any remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Ordinary Shares in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by each such holder on an as-converted basis.

 

62


  161.4.  Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Article 161.2 and 161.3, in the event that, after the full distribution of Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount set forth in Article 161.1, the Series A Preferred Shareholders would receive, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share held by such Series A Preferred Shareholder, an amount not less than two (2) times of the Original Series A Preferred Issue Price (as proportionally adjusted for share sub- divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events), if the remaining proceeds after the full distribution of Series B/B+ Liquidation Preference Amount were to be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Ordinary Shares pari passu on an as- converted basis, then the Series A Preferred Shareholders shall waive the Series A Liquidation Preference Amount and shall participate in the distribution of the remaining proceeds pari passu with the Ordinary Shares on an as-converted basis.

The Series A Preferred Shareholders’, Series B Preferred Shareholders’ and Series B+ Preferred Shareholders’ entitlement to their liquidation preference as set out in this Article 161 shall not be abrogated or diminished in the event part of the consideration in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event is subject to escrow.

 

162. Subject to Article 161, if the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

163. The provisions of Article 161 shall not apply in respect of a Drag Sale, the proceeds of which shall instead be distributed pursuant to Article 37.

INDEMNITY

 

164. Every Director, agent or officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out his functions other than such liability (if any) that he may incur by his own fraud or willful default. No such Director, agent or officer shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage in carrying out his functions unless that liability arises through the fraud or willful default of such Director, agent or officer.

FISCAL YEAR

 

165. Subject to Article 117, the fiscal year of the Company shall be determined by the Board from time to time.

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

166. If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

63


MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS

 

167. Subject to Articles 117 and 125, the Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

64

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose.

The purpose of the Studyvip Online Education International Limited (“Studyvip”) Share Incentive Plan is to enhance the ability of Studyvip to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals and to encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company.

Section 2. Structure.

Each Award (as defined below) granted by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Employee Stock Option Plan (“Plan”), shall be granted to each participant, and the corresponding Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Award (the “Award Shares”) shall be issued to the participants or an entity designated by the participants.

Section 3. Definitions.

As used in this Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)    “Plan” shall mean this Studyvip Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(b)     “Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

(c)    “Applicable Laws” shall mean all laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules or governmental requirements that are applicable to this Plan or any Award granted pursuant to this Plan, including but not limited to applicable laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), the United States and the Cayman Islands, and the rules and requirements of any applicable securities exchange.

(d)    “Award” shall mean any Option, award of Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit or Other Share-Based Award granted under this Plan.

(e)    “Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under this Plan.

(f)    “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

(g)    “Cause” shall mean an act or acts on the part of the Participant constituting a violation of the internal rules and procedures of the Company or an Affiliate that employs or retains such Participant.

 

1


(h)    “Committee” shall mean a compensation committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer this Plan.

(i)    “Company” shall mean Studyvip Online Education International Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, together with any successor thereto.

(j)    “Consultant” means any individual, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether or not compensated for such services.

(k)     “Discharge” shall mean that the relationship between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, whether it is employment or consultancy, is terminated due to economic layoffs or restructuring of the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be.

(l)     “Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities) the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.

(m)    “IPO” shall mean the initial public offering of the Shares (or securities representing the Shares) of the Company in the United States.

(n)    “Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 7 hereof.

(o)    “Other Share-Based Award” shall mean a right granted under Section 9 hereof.

(p)    “Participant” shall mean an individual granted an Award under this Plan.

(q)     “Restricted Share” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 hereof.

(r)    “Restricted Share Unit” shall mean a contractual right granted under Section 8 hereof that is denominated in Shares, each of which represents a right to receive the value of a Share (or a percentage of such value, which percentage may be higher than 100%) upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(s)    “Shares” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.00005per share.

(t)    “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by, or held by the employees of, a company or other entity or business acquired (directly or indirectly) by the Company or with which the Company combines.

 

2


Section 4. Eligibility.

(a)    Employees (each, an “Employee”) of the Company or an Affiliate and the Consultants are eligible to participate in this Plan. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

(b)    An individual who has agreed to accept employment by, or to provide services to, the Company or an Affiliate shall be deemed to be eligible for Awards hereunder as of the date of such agreement.

Section 5. Administration.

(a)    Before the Company’s IPO, this Plan shall be administered by the Board. After the Company’s IPO, this Plan shall be administered by the Committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board or the Committee, as applicable. The Administrator may delegate to a person or committee of its designation its authority under this Plan.

(b)    Subject to the terms of this Plan and Applicable Laws, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to each Participant under this Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer this Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, this Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this Plan; (ix) determine whether and to what extent Awards should comply or continue to comply with any requirement of statute or regulation; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan.

(c)    All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including the Company, the shareholders of the Company and the Participants and their beneficiaries.

Section 6. Shares Available for Awards.

(a)    Subject to adjustment as provided below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all Awards shall not exceed 483,846 Shares.

 

3


(b)    If, after the effective date of this Plan, any Shares covered by an Award, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, cancelled or if such an Award otherwise terminates without the delivery of Shares or of other consideration, then the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be, or shall become, available for issuance under this Plan.

(c)    In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder (other than a Substitute Award) is exercised through the delivery of Shares, or in the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from such Option or Award are satisfied by the withholding of Shares by the Company, the number of Shares available for Awards under this Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares so surrendered or withheld.

(d)    Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

(e)    In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate limit specified in Section 6(a) hereof, (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award, and (iv) the minimum number of Shares which may be purchased by the holder of an outstanding Award at any one time; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

(f)    Shares underlying Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares remaining available for issuance under this Plan.

Section 7. Options.

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement:

(a)    The purchase price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee.

(b)    The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee.

 

4


(c)    The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

Section 8. Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units.

(a)    The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units to Participants.

(b)    Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, any limitation on the right to vote a Restricted Share or the right to receive any dividend or other right or property), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(c)    Any Restricted Share granted under this Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a share certificate or certificates, creation of a new class of shares or amendment of the Memorandum and/or Articles of Association of the Company. In the event any share certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Shares granted under this Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share.

Section 9. Other Share-Based Awards.

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards (including, without limitation, share appreciation rights and rights to dividends and dividend equivalents) that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares) as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 9 shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall, except in the case of Substitute Awards, not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted.

Section 10. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a)    All Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and each Participant.

(b)    Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by Applicable Laws.

 

5


(c)    Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(d)    Subject to the terms of this Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

(e)    Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, no Award and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under Applicable Laws, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Award and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, charged, mortgaged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, charge, mortgage, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Award which has been fully exercised, earned or paid, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.

(f)    All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under this Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any Applicable Laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

6


(g)    No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of the Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sum required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

Section 11. Amendment and Termination.

(a)    Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in this Plan, the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan, or any Award Agreement hereunder or any portion hereof or thereof at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval with such legally mandated threshold for a resolution of the shareholders of the Company if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the Committee deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply, (ii) shareholder approval with such threshold for a resolution of the shareholders of the Company in respect of such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination as provided in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association for any amendment to this Plan that increases the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of this Plan, and (iii) with respect to any Award Agreement, the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award.

(b)    The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or beneficiary of an Award; provided, however, that no such action shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under this Plan; and provided further that, except as provided in Section 6(e) hereof, no such action shall reduce the exercise price of any Option established at the time of grant thereof.

(c)    The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 6(e) hereof affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles); whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Plan.

(d)    Any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, with the affected Participant’s consent, the Committee may cause any Award granted hereunder to be canceled in consideration of a cash payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such canceled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value of such canceled Award as of the time of the cancellation.

 

7


(e)    The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry this Plan into effect.

Section 12.    Withholding Taxes.

The exercise of each Award granted under this Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time, the Committee shall determine that the satisfaction of withholding tax is necessary or desirable in respect of such exercise, such exercise shall not be effective unless such withholding has been effected to the satisfaction of the Committee. In such circumstances, the Committee may require the exercising Participant to pay to the Company, in addition to and in the same manner as the Exercise Price for the Award Shares, such amount as the Company or any Affiliate is obliged to remit to the relevant taxing authority in respect of the exercise of the Awards. Alternatively, the Committee may direct the Company or an Affiliate thereof to withhold the appropriate amount of tax from the applicable Participant’s salary in connection with a requested exercise. Any such additional payment shall be due no later than the date as of which any amount with respect to the Award exercised first becomes includable in the gross income of the exercising Participant for tax purposes.

Section 13. Miscellaneous.

(a)    No employee, independent contractor, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, independent contractors, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under this Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b)    Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(c)    The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate.    Further, the Company or the applicable Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or terminate the services of an independent contractor, free from any liability, or any claim under this Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Plan or in any Award Agreement or in any other agreement binding the parties.

(d)    If any provision of this Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify this Plan or any Award under any Applicable Laws, such provision shall (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) be construed or deemed amended to conform to Applicable Laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8


(e)    Awards payable under this Plan shall be payable in Shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including Shares, except as expressly otherwise provided) of the Company or one of its subsidiaries by reason of any award hereunder.

(f)    Neither this Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(g)    No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(h)    This Plan shall be submitted to the competent foreign exchange regulatory authority and tax authority of the PRC for registration if applicable laws require, and shall be implemented in accordance with the applicable rules of these authorities with respect to Participants who are PRC residents.

(i)    In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides or is employed. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, restatements or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

(j)    The Company shall not be obligated to grant any Awards, permit the exercise of any Awards, issue any Award Shares upon the exercise of any Awards, make any payments or take any other action pursuant to this Plan if, in the opinion of the Committee, such action would conflict or be inconsistent with any Applicable Law, the Company’s trading policies or would result in any delay or other issues in connection with an IPO, and the Committee reserves the right to refuse to take such action for so long as such conflict or inconsistency or issue remains outstanding.

(k)    The Company shall maintain a register of Awards granted to the Participants and Award Shares issued to the Participants or an entity designated by the Participants, including the dates of grant of such Awards and the exercise of such Awards and any other details as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

9


(l)    The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Section 14. Effective Date of Plan.

The Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the Board of the Company.

 

10

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

OF

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

Dated as of September 1, 2017


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  

Article I Definitions

     4

Section 1.1

     Definitions      4

Section 1.2

     Interpretation and Rules of Construction      11

Article II Information Rights

     12

Section 2.1

     Information Rights      12

Section 2.2

     Inspection Rights      13

Section 2.3

     Expiration      13

Article III Registration Rights

     13

Section 3.1

     Applicability of Rights      13

Section 3.2

     Definitions      13

Section 3.3

     Demand Registration      14

Section 3.4

     Piggyback Registrations      17

Section 3.5

     Form S-3 or Form F-3 Registration      19

Section 3.6

     Obligations of the Company      20

Section 3.7

     Furnish Information      21

Section 3.8

     Indemnification      22

Section 3.9

     Rule 144 Reporting      24

Section 3.10

     Termination of the Company’s Obligations      25

Section 3.11

     No Registration Rights to Third Parties      25

Section 3.12

     “Market Stand-Off” Agreement      25

Section 3.13

     Public Offering Rights (Non-U.S. Offerings)      26

Section 3.14

     Re-sale Rights      26

Article IV Board of Directors

     26

Section 4.1

     Board of Directors      26

Section 4.2

     Matters Requiring Director Approval      27

Section 4.3

     Expiration      29

Section 4.4

     Expenses      29

Article V Shareholder Protective Provisions

     29

Section 5.1

     Matters Requiring Shareholder Approval      29

Section 5.2

     Expiration      30

Article VI Transfer Restrictions

     30

Section 6.1

     General Restrictions on Transfer      30

Section 6.2

     Right of First Refusal      31

Section 6.3

     Right of Co-Sale      32

Section 6.4

     Exempt Transfer      34

Section 6.5

     Expiration      34


              Page  

Article VII Pre-emptive Right

     35

Section 7.1

     Pre-emptive Right      35

Section 7.2

     Procedures      35

Section 7.3

     Expiration      36

Article VIII Additional Agreements

     36

Section 8.1

     Qualified IPO      36

Section 8.2

     Non-Compete Covenants      37

Section 8.3

     ESOP      37

Section 8.4

     Orchid Asia’s participation in the Public Offering      38

Section 8.5

     Expiration      38

Section 8.6

     Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase      38

Article IX Miscellaneous

     39

Section 9.1

     Governing Law      39

Section 9.2

     Dispute Resolution      39

Section 9.3

     Specific Performance      39

Section 9.4

     Entire Agreement      39

Section 9.5

     Successors and Assigns      40

Section 9.6

     No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership      40

Section 9.7

     Notices      40

Section 9.8

     Amendments; Waiver      41

Section 9.9

     Delays or Omissions      42

Section 9.10

     Counterparts      42

Section 9.11

     Severability      42

Section 9.12

     Expenses      42

Section 9.13

     Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure      42

Section 9.14

     Effectiveness; Termination      44

Section 9.15

     Shareholders’ Action      44

SCHEDULE 1 LIST OF KEY GROUP COMPANIES

  

SCHEDULE 2 LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS

  

SCHEDULE 3 ADDRESS FOR NOTICES

  

SCHEDULE 4 LIST OF COMPANY COMPETITORS

  

EXHIBIT A FORM OF DEED OF ADHERENCE

  

 

2


AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 1, 2017, by and among:

 

(1) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”);

 

(2) each Person listed in Schedule 1 hereto (each a “Key Group Company”);

 

(3) (i) MR. YIN JIANHONG LOGO , a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO LOGO a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913 ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founders”);

 

(4) (i) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founder Holdcos”);

 

(5) STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Management Holdco”);

 

(6) each Person listed on Schedule 2 - Part A hereto;

 

(7) each Person listed on Schedule 2 - Part B hereto (each a “Series A Preferred Shareholder”);

 

(8) each Person listed on Schedule 2 - Part C hereto (each a “Series B Preferred Shareholder”); and

 

(9) each Person listed on Schedule 2 - Part D hereto (each a “Series B+ Preferred Shareholder” and collectively with the Series A Preferred Shareholders and the Series B Preferred Shareholders, the “Preferred Shareholders”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Orchid Asia (as defined below) has subscribed from the Company, and the Company has issued and allotted to Orchid Asia, (i) certain number of Series B+ Preferred Shares (as defined below) pursuant to that Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2017 (the “Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement”), by and between the Company, Orchid Asia and certain other parties thereto, and (ii) certain number of Ordinary Shares pursuant to that Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2017, by and between the Company, Orchid Asia and certain other parties thereto (the “Orchid Asia Ordinary Subscription”).

 

3


WHEREAS, the Management Holdco and the Company entered into a Share Repurchase Agreement, dated September 1, 2017 (the “Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company will repurchase certain Ordinary Shares from the Management Holdco on the terms and conditions specified therein (the “Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase”).

WHEREAS, the Company, the Founders, the Founders Holdcos, the Management Holdco, the Series A Preferred Shareholders, the Series B Preferred Shareholder and other parties named therein have entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the “Prior Agreement”) on August 15, 2017.

NOW, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement and the Orchid Asia Ordinary Subscription, the parties hereto now desire to enter into this Agreement to supersede and replace in its entirety the Prior Agreement and to waive any and all rights they may have thereunder in exchange for their rights hereunder, for the purposes of regulating the rights and obligations among them as well as the business and management of the Group Companies (as defined below) from the date hereof.

Article I

Definitions

Section 1.1    Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

Additional Number” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no Shareholder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company, and vice versa. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her Immediate Family Members and their respective Affiliates.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Applicable Accounting Standard” means United States generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect from time to time applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

Articles” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company, as may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms herein and therein.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d- 3 of the Securities Act, and “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

Big Four Firms” means Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG and PricewaterhouseCoopers, including their local Affiliates.

 

4


Board” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Hong Kong, Singapore, the Cayman Islands or the PRC are authorized or required by Law or executive order to close.

Charter Documents” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c).

Commitment” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Competitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(a).

Contract” means a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, and other legally binding arrangement, whether written or oral.

Control” means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Convertible Securities” means securities issued by the Company that are exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into any Equity Securities in the Company.

Deed of Adherence” means the deed of adherence in form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

Disclosing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(c)(i).

Domestic Company” means Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

Equity Securities” means the equity securities in the Company, including the Ordinary Shares, the Preferred Shares and the other Convertible Securities, if any.

ESOP” means the equity based incentive plans of the Group Companies, as may be adopted and amended from time to time.

 

5


Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exempt Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Exercising Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Existing Competitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

Final Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(d).

Financing Terms” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(a).

Form S-3” and “Form F-3” have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(e).

Founder Holdcos” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Founders” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Government Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization or national or international stock exchange on which the securities of the applicable Party or its Affiliates are listed.

Governmental Approval” means any consent, approval, authorization, waiver, permit, grant, franchise, concession, agreement, license, certificate, exemption, order, registration, declaration, filing, report or notice of any Government Authority.

Group Companies” means the Company and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively, and each is herein referred to individually as a “Group Company”, provided, however, that KFYR shall not be deemed a Group Company for purposes of this Agreement.

HKIAC Rules” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, grandparents, children, grandchildren, siblings and siblings-in-law (in each case whether adoptive or biological), (b) spouses of such Person’s children, grandchildren and siblings (in each case whether adoptive or biological), and (c) estates, trusts, partnerships and other Persons which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries are Controlled by the foregoing.

Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d).

Information Rights Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Initiating Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b).

 

6


Issuance Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

Key Group Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

KFYR” means Beijing Kafei Yirong Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , a company incorporated in the PRC.

Law” means any federal, state, territorial, foreign or local law, common law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, measure, notice, circular, opinion or order of any Government Authority, including any rules promulgated by a stock exchange or regulatory body.

Liquidation Event” has the meaning set forth in the Articles.

Management Holdco” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Matrix” means LOGO .

New Oriental” means ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED.

New Oriental Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b)(ii).

New Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b)(ii).

Non-Competition Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

Non-Disclosing Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(c)(i).

Observer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

Offered Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

Offering Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

Orchid Asia” means DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED.

Orchid Asia Ordinary Subscription” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company.

Over-allotment Exercise Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Over-allotment New Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Over-allotment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

 

7


Party” or “Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Shareholder or its Affiliates, any Affiliate of such Shareholder.

Person” means any individual or any partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

Preferred Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Preferred Shares” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Shares, the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares, as applicable.

Pre-emptive Portion” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b)(i).

Pre-emptive Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

Pre-emptive Rights Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).

Primavera” means PV Pluto Limited.

Primavera Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b)(i).

“Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Public Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

Qualified IPO” means a firm commitment, underwritten public offering of the Shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board in accordance with the provisions herein, and in such public offering, (i) the number of Shares newly issued and sold to the public shall represent not less than 10% of the fully diluted share capital of the Company as of immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the per Share price to public is not less than the Series B+ Original Issue Price, as proportionally adjusted for share splits, share dividends, share combinations and similar events.

Re-allotment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(c).

Re-allotment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(c).

Re-allotment Right Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(c).

Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).

Registrable Securities then outstanding” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).

Related Party” means any of (i) any Person (other than any Group Company) who Beneficially Owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in any Group Company, (ii) the directors, officers and Senior Managers of any Group Company, and (iii) the Affiliates of the Persons enumerated under (i) and (ii).

 

8


Request Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Request Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Share Subscription Agreement.

Restructuring Agreements” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Share Subscription Agreement.

Restructuring Plan” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Share Subscription Agreement.

ROFR Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

ROFR Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a).

ROFR Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(b).

Sale and Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Sale Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Senior Managers” of a Person means such Person’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technical officer, chief sales and marketing officer and any other individuals serving in comparable positions or having comparable duties and responsibilities.

Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement” means the share subscription agreement, dated as of June 19, 2017, by and among the Company, certain Shareholders and certain other parties thereto.

Series A Preferred Shares” means the series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Articles and this Agreement.

Series A Request Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(i).

Series A Request Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(i).

 

9


Series A Target IPO” means a firm commitment, underwritten public offering of the Shares on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or such other stock exchange approved by the Board, and in such public offering, (i) the market capitalization of the Company is not less than US$500,000,000 immediately following such public offering, and (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than US$100,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) holders of not less than three- fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares may, by written notice to the Company and all other Shareholders at any time, reduce the amounts specified in sub-clauses (i) and (ii), and (y) the Founder Holdcos and holders of not less than three- fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, acting together, may, by written notice to the Company and all other Shareholders at any time after the occurrence of a Series A Put Trigger Event, adjust the requirements specified in sub-clauses (i) and (ii), provided that such adjustment shall not result in, and could not reasonably be expected to result in, an initial public offering that constitutes a Qualified IPO to not constitute a Series A Target IPO.

Series B Original Issue Price” means US$217.82 per Series B Preferred Share, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events.

Series B Preferred Shares” means the Series B preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Articles and this Agreement.

Series B Request Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(ii).

Series B Request Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a)(ii).

Series B+ Original Issue Price” means with respect to the Series B+ Preferred Shares, US$283.16 per Series B+ Preferred Share, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events.

Series B+ Preferred Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Series B+ Preferred Shares” means the Series B+ preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Articles and this Agreement.

Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Share Subscription Agreement” means the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement or the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement, as applicable.

Shareholders” means the members of the Company set forth in the Company’s register of members from time to time and who are Parties to this Agreement.

Shares” means the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares, collectively.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person in which the first Person (a) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests; (b) holds the rights to more than fifty percent (50%) of the economic interest of such other Person, including interests held through a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements; or (c) has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other Person may be consolidated into the financial statements of the first Person under applicable accounting conventions.

 

10


Tag Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Tag Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(b).

Tagging Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(a).

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Share Subscription Agreement, the Articles, the Restructuring Agreements, and any other agreement, document or instrument required to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Transfer” means to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, gift, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any Contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition, whether or not for consideration.

Transfer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(e).

US$” means the lawful money of the United States of America.

VIE Agreements” means, collectively, the agreements, contracts, arrangements and documents implementing the VIE Structure of the Group Companies.

VIE Structure” means the investment structure in which a PRC-domiciled operating entity and its PRC shareholder(s) enter into a number of Contracts with a non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) pursuant to which the non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) achieves Control of the PRC- domiciled operating entity and consolidates the financials of the PRC-domiciled entity with those of the non-PRC investor.

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a).

Xingwang” means LOGO

Section 1.2    Interpretation and Rules of Construction.

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(i)    the provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement;

(ii)    any reference in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All Exhibits and

 

11


(iii)    Schedules hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein;

(iv)    any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa;

(v)    the word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage otherwise requires) “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it;

(vi)    words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires;

(vii)    when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded;

(viii)    “fully-diluted” or any variation thereof means all of the issued and outstanding Shares, treating the maximum number of Shares issuable under any issued and outstanding Convertible Securities and all Shares reserved for issuance under the ESOP as issued and outstanding;

(ix)    references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all material respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party;

(x)    references to “writing,” “written” and comparable expressions include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form including emails and faxes, provided the sender complies with the provisions of Section 9.7; and

(xi)    if any payment hereunder would have been, but for this Section 1.2(a)(x), due and payable on a date that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall instead be due and payable on the first Business Day after such date.

(b)    In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Article II

Information Rights

Section 2.1    Information Rights.

The Company shall deliver to each Preferred Shareholder (each an “Information Rights Holder”):

 

12


(a)    within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year;

(b)    within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal quarter;

(c)    at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of any fiscal year of the Company, an annual consolidated budget of the Company for such following fiscal year; and

(d)    such other information as such Information Rights Holder may reasonably request from time to time.

All financial statements to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall include an income statement, a balance sheet and a cash flow statement for the relevant period and items (a) and (b) above shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard. All audits of the Group Companies shall be performed by one of the Big Four Firms or another internationally reputable accounting firm approved in accordance with Section 4.2(r) .

Section 2.2    Inspection Rights.

Each Information Rights Holder shall have the right to (i) inspect facilities and books and records of any Group Company, and (ii) discuss the business, operations and financial conditions of any Group Company with the directors, officers, employees, accountants, financial advisors and legal counsel of such Group Company, in each case, at any time during regular working hours on reasonable prior notice to the Company and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of such Group Company.

Section 2.3    Expiration.

This Article II shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Article III

Registration Rights

Section 3.1    Applicability of Rights.

The holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to the following rights with respect to any potential public offering of Ordinary Shares (or securities representing such Ordinary Shares) in the United States, and to any analogous or equivalent rights with respect to any other offering of shares in any other jurisdiction pursuant to which the Company undertakes to publicly offer or list such securities for trading on a recognized securities exchange.

Section 3.2    Definitions.

 

13


For purposes of this Article III:

(a)    Registration. The terms “register” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement under the Securities Act, and the declaration of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b)    Registrable Securities. The term “Registrable Securities” means: (i) Preferred Shares, (ii) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued or issuable (A) upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and (B) pursuant to the issuance of New Securities by the Company to the holders of Preferred Shares pursuant to Section 7.1(a); (iii) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any of the foregoing; (iv) any other Ordinary Share owned or hereafter acquired by the holders of Preferred Shares, including Ordinary Shares issued in respect of the Ordinary Shares described in (ii) and (iii) above upon any share split, share dividend, recapitalization or a similar event; and (v) any depositary receipts issued by an institutional depositary upon deposit of any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Registrable Securities” shall not include any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which rights under this Article III are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities sold in a public offering, whether sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or in a registered offering, or otherwise.

(c)    Registrable Securities Then Outstanding. The number of shares of “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall mean the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company that are Registrable Securities and are then issued and outstanding or would be outstanding assuming full conversion of all Registrable Securities which are convertible into Ordinary Shares.

(d)    Holder. The term “Holder” means any Person who holds Registrable Securities of record, whether such Registrable Securities were acquired directly from the Company or from another Holder in an Exempt Transfer, to whom the rights under this Article III have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of the Preferred Shares convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided, further, that (i) the Company shall in no event be obligated to register the Preferred Shares and that (ii) Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Preferred Shares into Ordinary Share in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately prior to the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement for the offering to which the registration relates.

(e)    Form S-3 and Form F-3. The terms “Form S-3” and “Form F-3” means such respective form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor or comparable registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC, which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

Section 3.3    Demand Registration.

(a)    Request by Holders.

 

14


(i)    Series A Request. If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (x) the thirty (30) months following the Series A Closing Date (as defined in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement), and (y) six (6) months following the closing of a Series A Target IPO, or such other period(s) as approved by the holders of three fourths (3/4) of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, a written request from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding that the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of a minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3.3, then the Company shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of such written request, give a written notice of such request (the “Series A Request Notice”) to such Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares. Such Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall send a written notice stating the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and included in such registration (the “Series A Preferred Shares Request Securities”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Series A Request Notice. The Company shall thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration of the Series A Request Securities, subject only to the limitations of this Section 3.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder may deliver a Series A Request Notice, and the Company shall have no obligations under this Section 3.3(a)(i), unless the prior written consent of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and the then issued and outstanding Series B+ Preferred Shares, voting as the same class and on an as-converted basis, has been obtained.

(ii)    Series B Request. If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (x) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Series B Closing Date (as defined in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement), and (y) six (6) months following the closing of a Qualified IPO, a written request from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares, voting as the same class and on an as-converted basis, then outstanding that the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of a minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3.3, then the Company shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of such written request, give a written notice of such request (the “Series B Request Notice”, together with Series A Request Notice, the “Request Notice”) to all Holders. The Holders shall send a written notice stating the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and included in such registration (the “Series B Request Securities”, together with the Series A Request Securities, the “Request Securities”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Series B Request Notice. The Company shall thereafter use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration of the Series B Request Securities, subject only to the limitations of this Section 3.3.

 

15


(b)    Underwriting. If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 3.3 (the “Initiating Holders”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 3.3 and the Company shall include such information in the Request Notice referred to in Section 3.3(a). In the event of an underwritten offering, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company and approved by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Registrable Securities on a pro-rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced (x) by more than seventy-five percent (75%) and (y) unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration including all shares that are not Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Further, if, as a result of such underwriter cutback, the Holders cannot include in the offering all of the Registrable Securities that they have requested to be included therein, then such registration shall not be deemed to constitute one of the two (2) demand registrations to which the Holders are entitled pursuant to this Section 3.3. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s), delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, the Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Holder that is a corporation, the Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder”, as defined herein.

(c)    Maximum Number of Demand Registrations. The Company shall have no obligation to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 3.3.

 

16


(d)    Deferral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 3.3, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

(e)    Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 3.3, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printer’s and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares of Registrable Securities sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all discounts and commissions relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay any expense of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 3.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree that such registration constitutes the use by the Holders of one (1) demand registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 (in which case such registration shall also constitute the use by all Holders of Registrable Securities of one (l) such demand registration); provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, or if the registration proceeding is terminated for any reason not specifically covered by this Section 3.3(e), then the Company shall be required to pay all of such expenses and such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration pursuant to this Section 3.3.

Section 3.4    Piggyback Registrations.

The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 3.3 or Section 3.5 or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein

 

17


(a)    Underwriting. If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 3.4 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro- rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however, that the right of the underwriter(s) to exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and underwriting as described above shall be restricted so that (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such registration is not reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities for which inclusion has been requested, even if this will cause the Company to reduce the number of shares it wishes to offer; and (ii) all shares that are not Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall first be excluded from such registration and underwriting before any Registrable Securities are so excluded. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, the Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Holder that is a corporation, the Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)    Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting and brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 3.4, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 3.4 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

 

18


(c)    Not Demand Registration. Registration pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall not be deemed to be a demand registration as described in Section 3.3. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 3.4.

Section 3.5    Form S-3 or Form F-3 Registration.

After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or Form F-3 or any comparable or successor form promptly and to maintain such qualification thereafter. If the Company is qualified to use Form S-3 or Form F-3, any Holder or Holders shall have a right to request in writing that the Company effect a registration on either Form S-3 or Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, and upon receipt of each such request, the Company shall perform the tasks set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) below:

(a)    Notice. Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b)    Registration. As soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after the date on which the Company provides the notice contemplated by Section 3.5(a); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 3.5:

(i)    if Form S-3 or Form F-3 becomes unavailable for such offering by the Holders;

(ii)    if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price of less than US$1,000,000 to the public; or

(iii)    if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected a registration under the Securities Act other than a registration from which the Registrable Securities of Holders have been excluded (with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities the Holders requested to be included in such registration) pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4(a).

(c)    Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting or brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 3.5, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 3.5 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

 

19


(d)    Maximum Frequency. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 3.5.

(e)    Deferral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 3.5, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

(f)    Not Demand Registration. Form S-3 or Form F-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 3.3.

(g)    Underwriting. If the requested registration under this Section 3.5 is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 3.3(b) shall apply.

(h)    If the Company fails to perform any of the Company’s obligations set forth above in this Section 3.5 relating to a demand registration made pursuant to Section 3.3, such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration under Section 3.3.

Section 3.6    Obligations of the Company.

Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as practicable:

(a)    Registration Statement. Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and keep any such registration statement effective for a period of one (1) year or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever is earlier;

(b)    Amendments and Supplements. Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;

(c)    Prospectuses. Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

 

20


(d)    Blue Sky. Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e)    Deposit Agreement. If the registration relates to an offering of depositary shares or other securities representing Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to a deposit agreement or similar facility, cause the depositary under such agreement or facility to accept for deposit under such agreement or facility all Registrable Securities requested by each Holder to be included in such registration in accordance with this Article III;

(f)    Underwriting. In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(g)    Notification. Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of (i) the issuance of any stop order by the SEC in respect of such registration statement, or (ii) the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. As soon as reasonably practicable at the request of any such Holder of Registrable Securities, file and furnish to all such Holders of Registrable Securities a supplement or amendment to such prospectus or free writing prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

(h)    Opinions and Comfort Letter. Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriter(s) for sale, if such Registrable Securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such Registrable Securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities becomes effective, (i) opinions, each dated as of such date, of the counsels representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort letter” dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

Section 3.7    Furnish Information.

 

21


It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Section 3.5 that the Holders shall furnish to the Company information regarding such Holders, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities as shall reasonably be required to timely effect the Registration of their Registrable Securities.

Section 3.8    Indemnification.

In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Section 3.5:

(a)    By the Company. To the extent permitted by Law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employee, legal counsel, agent, any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who Controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable Law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities or actions in respect thereof arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”):

(i)    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or Final Prospectus (as defined below) contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii)    the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or

(iii)    any violation or alleged violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable Law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employees, legal counsel, agents, underwriters or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 3.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, underwriter or controlling Person of such Holder.

 

22


(b)    By Selling Shareholders. To the extent permitted by Law, each selling Holder will, on a several and not joint basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who Controls the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors, officers, legal counsel or any Person who Controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, legal counsel, controlling Person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling Person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable Law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or actions in respect thereto arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in the Company’s reasonable reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 3.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 3.8(b) plus any amount under Section 3.8(e) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises absent gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraudulent misrepresentation in furnishing the requested information by such Holder.

(c)    Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.8 of notice of the commencement of any action, including any governmental action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 3.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof (a “Claim Notice”) and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, (i) during the period from the delivery of a Claim Notice until retention of counsel by the indemnifying party; and (ii) if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver a written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.8 to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced as a result thereof, but the omission to deliver a written notice to the indemnified party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 3.8.

(d)    Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus. The foregoing indemnity of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) (the “Final Prospectus”), such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was timely furnished to the indemnified party and was not furnished to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

 

23


(e)    Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling Person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 3.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling Person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 3.8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that, in any such case: (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement absent guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and (B) no Person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation as defined in Section 11(f) of the Securities Act will be entitled to contribution from any Person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f)    Survival. The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.8 shall survive for after the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, regardless of the expiration of any statutes of limitation or extensions of such statutes.

Section 3.9    Rule 144 Reporting.

With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a)    make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)    file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company; and

(c)    so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual, interim, quarterly or other report of the Company and, (iii) such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

24


Section 3.10    Termination of the Company’s Obligations.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Section 3.5 with respect to any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a holder of the Series A Preferred Shares in a registered public offering, (i) three (3) years after the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, or (ii) if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a holder of the Series A Preferred Shares may then be sold under Rule 144 in one transaction without exceeding the volume limitations thereunder; and (b) the Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Section 3.3, Section 3.4 or Section 3.5 with respect to any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registered public offering (i) three (3) years after the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may then be sold under Rule 144 in one transaction without exceeding the volume limitations thereunder.

Section 3.11    No Registration Rights to Third Parties.

Without the prior written consent of the Holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company covenants and agrees that it shall not grant, or cause or permit to be created, for the benefit of any Person or entity any registration rights of any kind, whether similar to the demand, “piggyback” or Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration rights described in this Article III, or otherwise, relating to any Equity Securities of the Company, other than rights that are subordinate to the rights of the Holders hereunder.

Section 3.12    Market Stand-Off Agreement.

Each Holder hereby agrees that, if and to the extent requested by the lead underwriter of securities of the Company in connection with a registration relating to a specific proposed public offering (other than a registration on Form S-8 or a related or successor form relating solely to an employee benefit plan or a registration on Form S-4 or a related or successor form relating solely to a transaction under SEC Rule 145), such Holder will, subject to the following conditions, enter into a lock-up or standoff agreement in customary form (subject to the following conditions) under which such Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other shares of the Company owned by such Holder as of the date of such registration for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the related registration statement. The obligations of each Holder under this Section 3.12 are subject to the following conditions: (i) the lockup or standoff agreement applies only to the first registration statement of the Company which covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering, but not to Registrable Securities actually sold pursuant to such registration statement; (ii) such Holder is satisfied that all directors, officers, and holders of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company are bound by substantially identical restrictions; (iii) the lockup or standoff agreement provides that if any securities of the Company are to be excluded or released in whole or part from such restrictions, the underwriter shall so notify each Holder within three (3) days and each Holder shall be excluded or released, in proportionate amounts to the extent of the exclusion or release with respect to any other holder of Company’s securities, including any director, officer, or holder of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company subject to such restrictions; and (iv) the lockup or standoff agreement by its terms permits transfers of Registrable Securities by any Holder to any Affiliate of such Holder during the restricted period, provided that such Affiliate executes a lock-up or standoff agreement substantively identical to that signed by the transferring Holder. The lock-up or standoff agreement shall expire no later than ninety (90) days after execution by the Holder if no underwritten public offering has occurred by the date of such execution. The Company may impose a stop-transfer restriction with respect to Registrable Securities that are subject to any such lockup or standoff agreement, but shall remove such restriction immediately upon the expiration or termination of such lockup or standoff agreement.

 

25


Section 3.13    Public Offering Rights (Non-U.S. Offerings).

If shares of the Company are offered in an underwritten public offering (whether or not a Qualified IPO) outside of the United States for the account of any holders of Ordinary Shares or other shareholders, each Holder shall have the right to include a pro-rata number of Shares (based on the number of Shares (on an as-converted basis) then held by such Holder and all other Shareholders of the Company selling in such offering) in such offering on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Holders than to any other selling Shareholder.

Section 3.14    Re-sale Rights.

The Company shall use its best efforts to assist each Holder in the sale or disposition of its Registrable Securities after a Qualified IPO, including the prompt delivery of applicable instruction letters by the Company and legal opinions from the Company’s counsels in forms reasonably satisfactory to the Holder’s counsel. In the event the Company has depositary receipts listed or traded on any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the Company shall pay all costs and fees related to such depositary facility, including conversion fees and maintenance fees for Registrable Securities held by the Holders.

Article IV

Board of Directors

Section 4.1    Board of Directors.

(a)    The business and affairs of the Company shall be conducted as directed by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”). In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it by Section 4.2, the Board shall have all such powers and authorities, and may do all such acts and things, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, the Articles and this Agreement.

(b)    The Board shall consist of up to five (5) members (each, a “Director”) as follows:

(i)    for so long as Primavera and its Affiliates continue to hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully-diluted basis, including all Equity Securities reserved under the ESOP), Primavera shall be entitled to appoint and remove one (1) Director (the “Primavera Director”);

 

26


(ii)    for so long as New Oriental and its Affiliates continue to hold, in the aggregate, at least five percent (5%) of the total number of issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully-diluted basis, including all Equity Securities reserved under the ESOP), New Oriental shall be entitled to appoint and remove one (1) Director (the “New Oriental Director”); and

(iii)    STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED shall be entitled to appoint and remove three (3) Directors.

(c)    The board of directors of each of the Group Companies shall be appointed and removed by the Board, or as otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, provided, however, that as soon as reasonably practicable after the written request of any Party with respect to any Group Company, the board of directors of such Group Company shall, to the maximum extent practicable and permissible by Law, be comprised of the same individuals who are Directors of the Company.

(d)    Each of Matrix, Xingwang and Orchid Asia shall be entitled to appoint one (1) observer (together, the “Observers”) to the Board. The Observers shall be entitled to attend meetings of the Board and receive copy of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that are provided to the directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to the directors, but shall not have any voting or consent right in respect of any matter submitted to or to be determined by the Board.

Section 4.2    Matters Requiring Director Approval.

No Group Company shall, and the Parties shall procure that no Group Company shall, except as specifically required under the Share Subscription Agreement or the Restructuring Plan and except in connection with or to the extent necessary to consummate a Put Sale (as defined in the Articles) or a Series B Drag Sale (as defined in the Articles), directly or indirectly take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following without the approval of a majority of the Directors then in office, which majority must include each of the Primavera Director and the New Oriental Director:

(a)    approve or amend the Group Companies’ annual budget including any capital expenditure plan;

(b)    establish any new direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Group Company or any Subsidiary or affiliated company of any Group Company, merge or consolidate with another entity or enter into any partnership, profit sharing agreement or joint venture or acquire any material stock or assets of another entity, in each case, in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) at any time in respect of any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(c)    acquire any business, share capital or other securities or assets of any Person (or commit to make any such acquisition), in each case, in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) at any time in respect of any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

27


(d)    create, allow to arise or issue any debenture constituting a pledge, lien or charge (whether by way of fixed or floating charge, mortgage encumbrance or other security) on all or a material portion of the capital, undertaking, property, assets or rights of any Group Company;

(e)    approve the making of any loan or advance or give any credit or any financial assistance by any Group Company to any Person who is not a Group Company or provide any guarantee by any Group Company for the benefit of any Person who is not a Group Company, where such loan, credit, financial assistance and guarantee in any financial year, in the aggregate, exceed US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency);

(f)    approve or make adjustments or modifications to terms of transactions involving the interest of any Group Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand;

(g)    declare or pay any dividend or distribution or otherwise results in the redemption or repurchase of any equity securities, other than any such action specifically required hereunder or under the Articles (including any redemption or repurchase of Preferred Shares to the extent necessary to effect a conversion of such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Articles);

(h)    engage in any business materially different from the business as currently conducted by the Group Companies, or cease to engage in any business currently conducted by the Group Companies;

(i)    transfer of any shares or equity interest in any Group Company (other than the Company), except any such transfer that does not reduce the ultimate Beneficial Ownership of the Company in such Group Company;

(j)    make or incur capital expenditures in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(k)    sell, lease, transfer or dispose of assets (except for those sale, transfer or disposal of the assets of the Group Company in ordinary course of business consistent with past practices) in excess of RMB10,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(l)    incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or assume any financial obligation or issue, assume, guarantee or create any liability for borrowed money in excess of US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in another currency) in any single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(m)    appoint, remove or replace the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the chief strategy officer of the Company, or alter the salary, bonus, benefits and other compensation of any of the foregoing individuals by more than thirty percent (30%) from the compensation previously approved by the Board;

(n)    change, amend or terminate any VIE Agreements;

(o)    approve the valuation, terms and conditions of any public offering (including the initial public offering) of any equity securities of any Group Company (including the selection of stock exchange on which such equity securities will be listed for trading and, where more than one lead underwriter will be engaged for such public offering, at least one lead underwriter engaged for such public offering shall have been approved by the Primavera Director);

 

28


(p)    approve or amend the ESOP or other share incentive plans, or approve, with respect to any batch of awards to be granted thereunder, the timing and the aggregate amount of awards to be granted in such batch;

(q)    change the size of the board of directors or the size of any committee of the board of directors of the Company;

(r)    adopt any accounting standard other than the Applicable Accounting Standard, change the accounting policies in any material respect, change the fiscal year of any Group Company, or appoint or change the auditors; and

(s)    agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

Section 4.3    Expiration.

This Article IV shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Section 4.4    Expenses.

All reasonable expenses incurred by the Primavera Director, New Oriental Director and the Observers in connection with their performance of duties as a director or observer of the Company, as applicable, shall be borne by the Company.

Article V

Shareholder Protective Provisions

Section 5.1    Matters Requiring Shareholder Approval.

No Group Company shall, and the Parties shall procure that no Group Company shall, except as specifically required under the Share Subscription Agreement or the Restructuring Plan and except in connection with or to the extent necessary to consummate a Put Sale (as defined in the Articles) or a Series B Drag Sale (as defined in the Articles), directly or indirectly take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following without the approval of (i) the holders of a simple majority of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, (ii) the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and the then issued and outstanding Series B+ Preferred Shares (with the Series B Preferred Shares and the Series B+ Preferred Shares voting as the same class), in each case, voting as a separate class and on as-converted basis:

(a)    alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any Preferred Share or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with any Preferred Share;

 

29


(b)    increase, reduce (by redemption, repurchase or otherwise) or cancel the authorized or issued share capital of any Group Company, save for (i) the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares or the redemption of any Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms of issue, (ii) the redemption or repurchase of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the terms of the ESOP, and (iii) any such action specifically required hereunder or under the Articles;

(c)    amend or waive any provision of the Charter Documents of any Group Company;

(d)    sell, lease, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group Companies, taken as a whole;

(e)    permit, authorize or approve any merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, split-up, spin-off, other change of control of any other form of business combination of any Group Company with or into one or more third parties;

(f)    effect a recapitalization, reclassification or bankruptcy of the Company, pass any resolution for the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any Group Company or undertake any reorganization, reconstruction, Liquidation Event or liquidation exercise concerning any Group Company or apply for the appointment of a receiver, manager or judicial manager or like officer; and

(g)    agree or commit to do any of the foregoing.

Section 5.2    Expiration.

This Article V shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Article VI

Transfer Restrictions

Section 6.1    General Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    No Shareholder may Transfer any Equity Securities unless such Transfer is conducted in compliance with all applicable Laws, this Agreement and the Articles. Each Shareholder agrees not to circumvent or otherwise avoid the transfer restrictions or intent thereof set forth in this Section 6.1, whether by holding the Equity Securities indirectly through another Person or by causing or effecting, directly or indirectly, the Transfer or issuance of any Equity Securities in such Shareholder or another Person or otherwise. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Equity Securities not made in compliance with this Section 6.1 shall be null and void ab initio and shall not be entered into the Company’s register of members, and the purported transferee in any such Transfer shall not be treated (and the purported transferor shall continue be treated) as the owner of such Equity Securities for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

30


(b)    Subject to Section 6.4, prior to a Qualified IPO, none of the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees shall, without the prior written approval of each of the Primavera Director and the New Oriental Director, Transfer any Equity Securities or any securities in any Group Company Beneficially Owned by such Party. Without prejudice to the foregoing sentence, any direct or indirect Transfer of Equity Securities or any securities in any Group Company Beneficially Owned by the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco or their respective Permitted Transferees shall also comply with the right of first refusal procedures set forth in Section 6.2 and the co-sale procedures set forth in Section 6.3.

(c)    Prior to the consummation of any Transfer of any Equity Securities (whether or not an Exempt Transfer), the transferring Shareholder shall (i) give written notice to the Company regarding such Transfer, and (ii) as a condition to such Transfer, cause the transferee thereof to execute and deliver to the Company a Deed of Adherence (unless such transferee is already a party to this Agreement).

(d)    In addition to any legends required by applicable Law, each certificate representing the Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF SHARES OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY.”

Section 6.2    Right of First Refusal.

Subject to Section 6.4:

(a)    If any of the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees (an “Offering Shareholder”) proposes to Transfer any of the Equity Securities held by it to any prospective purchaser, then, prior to consummating such proposed Transfer, the Offering Shareholder shall give all other Shareholder (the “ROFR Holders”) written notice of the Offering Shareholder’s proposal to consummate the Transfer (the “ROFR Notice”). The ROFR Notice shall (i) include a description of the Equity Securities proposed to be Transferred (the “Offered Securities”), the identity and address of such prospective purchaser, and the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made, (ii) certify that the Offering Shareholder has received a definitive offer from the prospective purchaser and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the ROFR Notice, and (iii) offer to sell all or a portion (as may be elected by the applicable ROFR Holder) of the Offered Securities to the ROFR Holders on the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFR Notice. The ROFR Notice shall also include, if any, a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer.

 

31


(b)    Each ROFR Holder shall have an option for a period of twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the ROFR Notice (the “ROFR Period”) to elect to purchase all or a portion of the Offered Securities, at the same price and subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the ROFR Notice by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing of the number of such Offered Securities that it elects to purchase. If the total number of the Offered Securities the ROFR Holders elect to purchase exceeds the total number of the Offered Securities available for purchase by the ROFR Holders, each ROFR Holder shall only be entitled to purchase a number of Offered Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of the Offered Securities by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as- converted basis) held by such ROFR Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all ROFR Holders on the date of the ROFR Notice.

(c)    If any ROFR Holder does not exercise its right to purchase its pro rata share of the remaining Offered Securities in full and there is at least one ROFR Holder who has exercised its right to purchase the Offered Securities in full pursuant to Section 6.2(b) (each such ROFR Holder, a “Re-allotment Right Holder”), the Offering Shareholder shall deliver written notice (the “Re-allotment Notice”) within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the ROFR Period to each Re- allotment Right Holder specifying the number of unpurchased remaining Offered Securities. Each Re-allotment Right Holder shall have a right of re-allotment to purchase all or any portion of its pro rata share of such unpurchased remaining Offered Securities by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of the Re-allotment Notice (the “Re- allotment Period”) of the number of such unpurchased Offered Securities that it elects to purchase. For purposes of this Section 6.2(c), a Re-allotment Right Holder’s “pro rata share” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such Re-allotment Right Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as- converted basis) held by all Re-allotment Right Holders, in each case, as of the date of the Re-allotment Notice.

(d)    If any ROFR Holder gives the Offering Shareholder notice that it elects to purchase any Offered Securities, then payment for the Offered Securities to be purchased shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency to an account of the Offering Shareholder, against delivery of the duly executed instrument of transfer of such Offered Securities to be purchased, at a place agreed to by the Offering Shareholder and such ROFR Holder (or at the principal business office of the Company absent such agreement), at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall take place within twenty (20) Business Days following the delivery of notice by such ROFR Holder, as applicable (subject to the extension of such twenty (20) Business Days period for a reasonable time agreed between the Offering Shareholder and such ROFR Holder to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain any Governmental Approvals).

Section 6.3    Right of Co-Sale.

Subject to Section 6.4:

 

32


(a)    To the extent any ROFR Holder other than the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and their respective Permitted Transferees has not exercised its right of first refusal in full with respect to the Offered Securities pursuant to Section 6.2, such ROFR Holder shall have the right to participate in the sale of the remaining Offered Securities (the “Sale Securities”) by the Offering Shareholder on the terms and conditions specified in this Section 6.3, by notifying the Offering Shareholder in writing (the “Tag Notice”) within ten (10) Business Days after the expiration of the Re-allotment Period (each such electing ROFR Holder, a “Tagging Shareholder”). The Tag Notice of a Tagging Shareholder shall specify the number of Equity Securities that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Section 6.3.

(b)    Each Tagging Shareholder may elect to offer to sell, on the same terms and conditions as applicable to the Offering Shareholder, up to a number of Shares held by such Tagging Shareholder (as validly elected pursuant to this Section 6.3(b), the “Tag Securities” of such Tagging Shareholder) equal to the product of (x) the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such Tagging Shareholder on the date of the ROFR Notice, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerate of which is the number of Sale Securities and the denominator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as- converted basis) held by the Offering Shareholder on the date of the ROFR Notice, less the number of any Offered Securities purchased or to be purchased by any ROFR Holder pursuant to Section 6.2.

(c)    Each Tagging Shareholder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Offering Shareholder for Transfer to the prospective purchaser, one or more share certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the duly executed instrument of transfer, which represents:

(i)    the number of Ordinary Shares which such Tagging Shareholder elects to sell;

(ii)    that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Tagging Shareholder elects to sell; provided in such case that, if the prospective purchaser objects to the delivery of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Tagging Shareholder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and deliver Ordinary Shares as provided in Section 6.3(c)(i) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the prospective purchaser; or

(iii)    a combination of the above.

(d)    The share certificate or certificates that each Tagging Shareholder delivers to the Offering Shareholder pursuant to Section 6.3(c) shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Tag Notice, and the Offering Shareholder shall concurrently therewith cause the prospective purchaser to remit to such Tagging Shareholder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Tagging Shareholder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. In the event any prospective purchaser refuses to purchase all of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities sought to be sold by all Tagging Shareholders, the number of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities of each Tagging Shareholder shall be reduced on a pro rata basis (based on the number of Sale Securities and such Tag Securities) so that the total number of the Sale Securities and the Tag Securities after reduction shall be equal to the number of Equity Securities the prospective purchaser elects to purchase (which in any event shall be no less than the number of Offered Securities set forth in the ROFR Notice). In selling their Tag Securities pursuant to their co-sale right hereunder, the Tagging Shareholders shall not be required to give any representations or warranties with respect to their Tag Securities except to confirm that they have not transferred or encumbered such Tag Securities.

 

33


(e)    To the extent the ROFR Holders do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities in accordance with Section 6.2, then, subject to the co-sale right of the ROFR Holders under this Section 6.3, the Offering Shareholder may, not later than forty (40) Business Days (which may be extended by an additional period of up to fifty (50) Business Days to the extent reasonably required to obtain any necessary governmental approvals) following delivery of the Tag Notice (the “Transfer Period”), conclude a Transfer of the Sale Securities, which shall be on substantially the same (and in any event no more favorable to the prospective purchaser) terms and conditions as those described in the ROFR Notice. Any proposed transfer of such Sale Securities on terms and conditions which are materially different from, or more favorable to the prospective purchaser than, those described in the ROFR Notice, or in the event the Offering Shareholder does not consummate the sale of such Sale Securities within the Transfer Period, any subsequent proposed Transfer of such Sale Securities or any other Equity Securities by the Offering Shareholder, shall again be subject to the right of first refusal and the co-sale right of the ROFR Holders and shall require compliance by the Offering Shareholder with the procedures described in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Offering Shareholder may conclude a Transfer of the Sale Securities unless all Tag Securities are being sold at the same time with such Transfer of the Sale Securities in accordance with Section 6.3(d).

Section 6.4    Exempt Transfer.

Section 6.1(b), Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 shall not apply to any Transfer of Equity Securities (i) to the Company pursuant to a repurchase right or right of first refusal held by the Company in the event of a termination of employment or consulting relationship by any employee of the Group Companies (other than the Founders), (ii) by a Shareholder to its Permitted Transferee, provided that adequate documentation therefor is provided to the holders of Preferred Shares to their satisfaction and that any such Permitted Transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement by executing a Deed of Adherence; provided, further, that such transferor shall remain liable for any breach by such Permitted Transferee of any provision hereof, or (iii) any Transfer in connection with a Series B Drag Sale (as defined in the Articles) or a Series A Drag Sale (as defined in the Articles) (each, an “Exempt Transfer”).

Section 6.5    Expiration.

This Article VI shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

 

34


Article VII

Pre-emptive Right

Section 7.1    Pre-emptive Right.

(a)    The Company hereby grants to each holder of Preferred Shares (each a “Pre-emptive Rights Holder”) the right to purchase such holder’s Pre-emptive Portion of any New Securities (the “Pre-emptive Right”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VII.

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement,

(i)    “Pre-emptive Portion” means, with respect to any Pre-emptive Rights Holder, the proportion that the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as- converted basis) held by such Pre-emptive Rights Holder bears to the number of all of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted and fully diluted basis, and all the Ordinary Shares reserved under the ESOP shall be treated as issued and outstanding for this purpose) immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities giving rise to the Pre-emptive Right.

(ii)    “New Securities” means any Equity Securities of the Company issued after the date of this Agreement, other than: (A) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to the ESOP; (B) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any pro rata share sub-division, share dividend or distribution or other similar event; (C) any Equity Securities issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities; (D) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to the bona fide acquisition (whether by consolidation, merger, amalgamation, reorganization or otherwise) of any other Person (or assets of any other Person) by any Group Company to relevant counterparties in such transaction, provided that such transaction shall have been duly approved by the Board; (E) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Qualified IPO; and (F) solely for purposes of determining any rights and privileges of the Series A Preferred Shares and the holders thereof, any Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Series A Target IPO.

Section 7.2    Procedures.

(a)    In the event that the Company proposes to issue any New Securities, it shall give written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “Issuance Notice”) to each Pre-emptive Rights Holder specifying the amount and type of New Securities proposed to be issued, the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities. Each Pre-emptive Rights Holder shall have twenty (20) Business Days from the date of such Issuance Notice (the “Exercise Period”) to agree to purchase up to such Pre-emptive Rights Holder’s Pre-emptive Portion of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Issuance Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating the quantity of New Securities it wishes to purchase.

 

35


(b)    If any Pre-emptive Rights Holder declines or fails to exercise its right to subscribe for its Pre-emptive Portion of the New Securities in full in accordance with Section 7.2(a) and there is at least one Participating Rights Holder who has fully exercised its Right of Participation (the “Exercising Shareholder”), the Company shall promptly give notice (the “Over-allotment Notice”) to the Exercising Shareholder in accordance with Section 7.2(a). Each Exercising Shareholder shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt of the Over-allotment Notice (the “Over-allotment Exercise Period”) to notify the Company of its wish to subscribe for more than its Pre-emptive Portion of the New Securities, stating the number of the additional New Securities it proposes to subscribe for (the “Additional Number”). If the total Additional Number the Exercising Shareholder propose to subscribe for exceeds the total number of the remaining New Securities that is subject to the Pre-Emptive Right available for subscription in such over-allotment (the “Over-allotment New Securities”), each Exercising Shareholder shall only be entitled to subscribe for such number of Over-allotment New Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the total number of the Over-allotment New Securities by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by such Exercising Shareholder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all Exercising Shareholders. Payment for the New Securities to be purchased shall be made by check or wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against delivery of such New Securities to be purchased at the business address of the Company at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the notice period under Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b), unless such notice contemplated a later closing with the prospective third party purchaser.

(c)    If any portion of the New Securities have not been subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of the Pre-emptive Rights in accordance with Section 7.2(b) before the expiration of the Over-allotment Exercise Period, or, in the event that no Pre-emptive Rights Holder exercises the Pre-emptive Rights within ten (10) Business Days following the date of the Issuance Notice, the Company shall have forty (40) Business Days (which may be extended by an additional period of up to fifty (50) Business Days to the extent reasonably required to obtain any necessary governmental approvals) thereafter to complete the sale of the New Securities described in the Issuance Notice with respect to which the Pre-emptive Rights hereunder were not exercised, at the same or higher price and upon non-price terms not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those specified in the Issuance Notice. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold such New Securities within such time period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Pre-emptive Rights Holders pursuant to this Article VII.

Section 7.3    Expiration.

This Article VII shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Article VIII

Additional Agreements

Section 8.1    Qualified IPO.

The Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall use their reasonable best efforts to achieve the Qualified IPO of the Company as soon as practicable and within five (5) years after the date hereof. The Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall take all steps consistent with requirements of Laws to minimize lock-up period of the Preferred Shares (or Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion thereof) in the event of a Qualified IPO. Upon the proposal by the Founders to the Board and/or the Shareholders for a Qualified IPO, each Party other than the Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Company shall use their respective reasonable efforts to support such proposal and the implementation thereof.

 

36


Section 8.2    Non-Compete Covenants.

Each Founder hereby undertakes to the Preferred Shareholders that commencing from the date of this Agreement until one (1) year following the effective date of a Qualified IPO (the “Non-Competition Period”), he shall commit all of his business efforts to furthering the businesses of the Group Companies and shall not, without the prior written consent of each of the Primavera Director and the New Oriental Director, either on his own account or through any of his Affiliates (for the purpose of this Section, the Founders’ Affiliates shall not include any Group Companies), or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person, directly or indirectly, (i) possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and business operation of any Person (whether through the ownership of any equity interest in such Person, by occupying half or more of the board seats of such Person, by contract, or otherwise), (ii) devote professional time to carry out the business operation of any Person (in each case of (i) and (ii), other than the Founder HoldCo and any Permitted Transferee of such Founder), (iii) carry out or engage in any business in direct or indirect competition with, or become a shareholder, director, employee, partner, agent of any Person whose principal business is in direct competition with, the principal businesses of the Group Companies on the date hereof or on the date when the Non-Competition Period begins, provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not prohibit any Founder from (a) acquiring or Beneficially Owning less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding share capital of any Person whose equity securities are listed for trading on a national or international securities exchange, (b) Beneficially Owning any equity interest in Beijing Haixuewang Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO and Beijing Duiawang Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO (each an “Existing Competitor”) to the extent such equity interests were acquired prior to the date of the Share Subscription Agreement, and (c) making any subsequent investment in any Existing Competitor to the extent that, after such subsequent investment, the aggregate percentage of the issued and outstanding equity interests in such Existing Competitor Beneficially Owned by such Founder and his Affiliates is not more than such percentage as of the date of the Share Subscription Agreement, (iv) offer or solicit for any employment to any officer, manager, or employee of any Group Company, and (v) solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away from any Group Company, any Person, firm, company or organization who is a customer, client, representative, agent or correspondent of such Group Company or in the habit of dealing with such Group Company. During the Non-Competition Period, in the event the principal business of any Person directly or indirectly established or managed by such Founder in direct or indirect competition with the principal businesses of the Group Companies, the Founders, as applicable, shall cause such Person to disclose any relevant information to the Information Rights Holder upon request and transfer such lawful business, at a nominal price, to the Company or any Group Company designated by the Company immediately.

Section 8.3    ESOP.

 

37


The Parties agree and acknowledge that, (a) as of the date hereof, the Group Companies have not formally adopted any ESOP, and (b) the Company intends to, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof and in accordance with the terms herein (including Section 4.2), adopt an ESOP under which a maximum of 241,923 Ordinary Shares may be issued (and have been reserved as contemplated by the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement).

Section 8.4    Orchid Asias participation in the Public Offering.

In connection with the initial public offering of the Shares (the “Public Offering”), the Company shall sell to Orchid Asia or its nominee, and Orchid Asia shall subscribe or procure its nominee to subscribe, such number of new Ordinary Shares to be issued in the Public Offering as cornerstone investor or through a concurrent private placement, a cornerstone investment or another manner which is subject to applicable laws and advice of the underwriters and the Company’s legal counsel for the Public Offering, for an aggregate consideration of US$30,000,000 (the “Commitment”), at the offer price of the Shares in the Public Offering. The Company is entitled to request Orchid Asia to subscribe or procure its nominee to subscribe, and if so requested Orchid Asia or its nominee shall subscribe, additional new Ordinary Shares of the Company in the Public Offering, at the offer price of the Shares in the Public Offering as cornerstone investor or through a concurrent private placement, a cornerstone investment or another manner which is subject to applicable laws and advice of the underwriters and the Company’s legal counsel for the Public Offering, for an aggregate consideration of up to US$50,000,000 (including the Commitment). In each of such events, all the other Parties shall take relevant and necessary actions to complete such purchase and subscription. For purposes of this paragraph, the nominee of Orchid Asia shall mean a Person nominated by an investment fund managed or advised by Orchid Asia V Group Management Limited or by its Affiliates, provided that such Person shall be an Affiliate of the investment funds managed or advised by Orchid Asia V Group Management Limited or by its Affiliates and approved by the Company in the condition that such approval shall not be withheld unreasonably.

Section 8.5    Expiration.

(a)    Section 8.1 to Section 8.3 shall immediately and automatically expire and cease to have any force or effect (i) with respect to holders of the Series A Preferred Shares (in their capacities as such), upon the consummation of a Series A Target IPO, and (ii) with respect to all Parties, upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

(b)    Except as agreed otherwise, Section 8.4 shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the date of the second anniversary of the date of the Closing Date (as defined in the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement); and (b) completion of a Public Offering.

Section 8.6    Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase.

The Company and the Management Holdco shall, within five (5) Business Days after the date hereof, consummate the Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase on the terms and conditions set forth in the Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase Agreement and shall, promptly upon any Investor’s request, deliver to such Investor a certified true copy of the register of members of the Company updated to reflect such consummation.

 

38


Article IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.1    Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the Laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (without giving effect to any choice of law principles thereof that would cause the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 9.2    Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Center in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. The HKIAC Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference to this clause. The tribunal shall be comprised of three arbitrators. The Company, on the one hand, and the relevant Preferred Shareholders, on the other hand, shall each nominate one arbitrator and the third, who shall serve as president of the tribunal, shall be nominated by the party-nominated arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to such arbitration as the sole and exclusive method of resolving any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, other than any proceedings to seek the remedies of specific performance as contemplated by Section 9.3.

(b)    The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree that they will not have recourse to any judicial proceedings, in any jurisdiction whatsoever, for the purpose of seeking appeal, annulment, setting aside, modification or any diminution or impairment of its terms or effect insofar as such exclusion can validly be made. Judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.

Section 9.3    Specific Performance.

Each Party acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limitation to any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to seek an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 9.4    Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, which are hereby expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between all the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representatives and warranties, whether written or oral, among all the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

39


Section 9.5    Successors and Assigns.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the Parties hereto. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of each Party hereunder may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Company and each of Primavera and New Oriental; provided that any Preferred Shareholder may assign its rights or obligations hereunder to its respective transferees in connection with any Transfer of Preferred Shares without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided further that no Preferred Shareholder may, other than in connection with an Exempt Transfer, assign its rights or obligations hereunder to any transferee who is a Company Competitor without the prior written consent of the Company. As a condition of such assignment, each successor or assignee shall agree in writing to be subject to each of the terms of this Agreement by execution of a Deed of Adherence and shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if the signature of such successor or assignee appeared on the signature pages of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party other than the Parties or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Company Competitor” means any Person on the list set forth in Schedule 4 hereto, provided that (A) the Board may update such schedule after the date hereof no more than once in every six (6) months by way of Board resolutions (which resolutions may be adopted by a simple majority of votes), (B) each such update may not replace more than three (3) Persons set forth in such list and may not add more than two (2) Persons to such list, and (C) any Person appearing on the list (whether as a replacement or an addition) must be, in the good faith judgment of the Board by resolutions adopted by a simple majority, engaged in business in competition with the Group Companies.

Section 9.6    No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership.

A Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not have any right under, nor shall any such Person be entitled to enforce any provision of, this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties hereto agree that any Person named herein as a Party who executes and delivers to the Company a counterpart signature page hereto, and any Person who executes and delivers to the Company a Deed of Adherence, after the date hereof shall be deemed to be a party to this agreement from the date of the delivery and shall be afforded the applicable rights and privileges and subject to the applicable obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Deed of Adherence, as applicable. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among any of the Parties hereto.

Section 9.7    Notices.

 

40


Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing to the number or address set forth in Schedule 3 hereto (or in the Deed of Adherence of such Party, as applicable) and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand-delivered to the other Parties, upon delivery; (b) when sent by facsimile or electronic mail at the number or address upon receipt of confirmation of error-free transmission or, in the case of electronic mail, upon such mail being sent unless the sending party subsequently learns that such electronic mail was not successfully delivered; (c) seven (7) Business Days after deposit in the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) three (3) Business Days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider. A party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 9.7, by giving the other Parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 9.8    Amendments; Waiver.

(a)    Any provision of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of each of (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (voting as a single class) and (iii) the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Preferred Shares (voting as a single class); provided that (A) the written consent of holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares in a particular series shall also be required with respect to any amendment to this Agreement hereunder that (x) adversely affects the rights of holders of such series of Preferred Shares as set forth herein in a manner not so affecting the rights of holders of other series of Preferred Shares, or (y) adversely affects the rights of holders of such series of Preferred Shares as set forth in the Articles in a manner not so affecting the rights of holders of other series of Preferred Shares, provided further that the written consent of the holder of a series of Preferred Shares shall also be required with respect to any amendment to this Agreement hereunder that (x) adversely affects the rights of such holder as set forth herein in a manner not so affecting the rights of the other holders of the same series of Preferred Shares, or (y) adversely affects the rights of such holder as set forth in the Articles in a manner not so affecting the rights of the other holders of the same series of Preferred Shares. Any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 9.8(a) shall be binding upon all the Parties.

(b)    No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective; provided that (i) a written waiver signed by the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Preferred Shares in a particular series shall be effective against all holders of Preferred Shares in such series, and (ii) a written waiver signed by the holders of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Preferred Shares (voting as a single class) shall be effective against all holders of Preferred Shares unless such waiver would (x) adversely affect the rights of holders of any particular series of Preferred Shares set forth herein in a manner not so affecting the rights of other series of Preferred Shares, or (y) adversely affects the rights or privileges of such series of Preferred Shares as set forth in the Articles in a manner not so affecting the rights of other series of Preferred Shares (and in the case of (x) and (y), such waiver shall be effective against all holders of Preferred Shares other than holders of such particular series of Preferred Shares).

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each and every Shareholder hereby irrevocably waives any and all pre-emptive rights, anti-dilution rights, rights of first refusal, put or call rights, co-sale rights, or other similar rights and preference (if any), which it may have or may be available to it under the Articles or arising under contract or at law or otherwise with respect to the Orchid Asia Ordinary Subscription, the Management Holdco Ordinary Repurchase and the issuance and allotment of the Series B+ Shares pursuant to the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement and the consummation of other transactions contemplated thereunder, and waives any applicable notice periods that it may be entitled to with respect to such transfer, issuance and/or allotment and each and every Shareholder hereby agrees that all consents or approvals as may be required from the Shareholders or any of them under the Articles for the Company to enter into the aforementioned agreements and perform all the transactions contemplated thereby are deemed obtained.

 

41


Section 9.9    Delays or Omissions.

No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto, upon any breach or default of any other party hereto under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or of an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall it be construed to be any waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party hereto of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded to any party hereto, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Section 9.10    Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures in portable document format (PDF) shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

Section 9.11    Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the Parties. In such event, the Parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly reflects the Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

Section 9.12    Expenses.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Transaction Documents, each Party will bear its own legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Section 9.13    Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

42


(a)    Disclosure of Terms. The terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents (collectively, the “Financing Terms”) and any information received by any Shareholder from the Company pursuant to Article II or otherwise (collectively, the “Confidential Information”) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below; provided that such Confidential Information shall not include, with respect to any Party, any information that is (i) in the public domain other than by reason of the breach of the confidentiality obligations hereunder by any Party hereto, (ii) already in the possession of such Party at the time the information was disclosed to such Party by other Parties hereto, (iii) is acquired by such Party from a source other than the other Parties hereto, which source, to the knowledge of the receiving Party, is not in breach of any obligation owed to any Party hereto in respect of such disclosure, (iv) independently developed by such Party without using or making reference to any Confidential Information, or (v) agreed in writing by the Company and the other Parties hereto not to be confidential.

(b)    Press Releases, etc. Each Party may not disclose the existence of the transactions contemplated under the Financing Terms except by way of a press release in form and substance jointly approved by the Company and the Preferred Shareholders; provided, however, that any press release containing the name of, or making specific reference to, any Preferred Shareholder or any of its Affiliates shall require the prior written consent of such Preferred Shareholder.

(c)    Permitted Disclosures.

(i)    In the event that any Party is requested by any Government Authority or becomes legally compelled (including, without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations and in connection with any legal, judicial, arbitration or administrative proceedings) to disclose the existence of this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents, any of the exhibits and schedules attached to such agreements, or any of the Financing Terms hereof in contravention of the provisions of this Section 9.13, such Party (the “Disclosing Party”) shall to the extent practicable and permitted by Laws, provide the other Parties (the “Non-Disclosing Parties”) with prompt written notice of that fact and use all commercially reasonable efforts to seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other Parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy with respect to the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable efforts to keep confidential such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party;

(ii)    any Party may disclose any of the Financing Terms to its current or bona fide prospective investors investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys, in each case only where such Persons are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Preferred Shareholders shall be entitled to disclose the Financing Terms for the purposes of fund reporting or inter-fund reporting or to their fund manager, other funds managed by their fund manager and their respective auditors, counsel, directors, officers, employees, shareholders or investors; and

 

43


(iii)  each Preferred Shareholder may, without disclosing the identities of the other Shareholders or the Financing Terms of their respective investments in the Company without their consent, disclose such Preferred Shareholder’s investment in the Company and the Financing Terms of its investment to third parties or to the public at its sole discretion and, if it does so, the other Parties shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement by such Preferred Shareholder.

Section 9.14    Effectiveness; Termination.

This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution hereof by the Parties or, if not all Preferred Shareholders are executing this Agreement at the same time, upon the execution hereof by the Company, the Key Group Companies, the Founders, the Founder Holdcos, the Management Holdco and those Preferred Shareholders who have executed this Agreement (in which case this Agreement shall be effective only with respect to the Parties who have executed this Agreement or subsequently become a party hereto by way of delivering a signature page hereto). This Agreement shall terminate (i) with respect to all Parties, upon mutual consent of all of the Parties, or (ii) with respect to any Shareholder, upon the time when it no longer holds any Shares. If this Agreement is terminated with respect to any Party, such Party shall be released from its obligations, and shall cease to enjoy any rights, under this Agreement, provided that (x) the obligations expressly stated herein to survive any termination of this Agreement and the provisions of Article IX shall survive such termination, (y) no such termination shall release any Party from any liability arising prior to such termination, and (z) any such termination with respect to a Party shall not prejudice any rights or obligations of such Party that were duly assigned in accordance with the terms hereof prior to such termination, which rights and obligations shall continue unaffected by such termination.

Section 9.15    Shareholders Action.

The Shareholders shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, take all necessary actions to give full force and effect to the provisions of this Agreement. If there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Charter Documents of any Group Company, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as among the Shareholders, and the Parties shall procure that the Charter Documents of such Group Company are promptly amended, to the extent permitted by applicable Laws, in order to remove such conflict.

** REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK **

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

GROUP COMPANIES:
STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director

 

Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited LOGO
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited

 

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION HK LIMITED LOGO
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director

 

45


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ seal of GU Kun                    

Name: GU Kun

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                        

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                        

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.

YIN Jianhong LOGO

/s/ YIN Jianhong

 

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

LIU Tongbo LOGO

/s/ LIU Tongbo

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED
By:   /s/ LIU Tongbo
Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director

 

STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED
By:   /s/ LIU Tongbo
Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SERIES A PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS: ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:   /s/ YANG Zhihui
Name:   YANG Zhihui
Title:   Director

 

49


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SERIES A PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS:
Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership) LOGO
By:  

/s/ XIAO Ping

Name: XIAO Ping
Title:   Authorized Representative of the Managing Partner
/s/ Seal of Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

50


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SERIES A PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS:
Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership) LOGO
By:   /s/ XIONG Mingwang                
Name:   XIONG Mingwang
Title:   Authorized Representative of the Managing Partner
/s/ Seal of Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership)

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SERIES B PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS: PV PLUTO LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ena Leung

Name:   Ena Leung
Title:   Director

 

52


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SERIES B+ PREFERRED SHAREHOLDER:
DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Gabriel Li

Name:   Gabriel Li
Title:   Director

 

53

EX-10.11
Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.11

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

dated as of June 19, 2017

by and among

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

THE SERIES A INVESTORS,

THE SERIES B INVESTORS

and

OTHER PARTIES NAMED HEREIN


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

Article I Definitions

     2  

Section 1.1. Certain Definitions

     2  

Section 1.2. Interpretation and Rules of Construction

     11  

Article II Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

     12  

Section 2.1. Agreement to Subscribe and Issue

     12  

Section 2.2. Closings

     13  

Section 2.3. Series A Closing Deliverables

     14  

Section 2.4. Series B Closing Deliverables

     16  

Section 2.5. Additional Agreements

     17  

Article III Representations and Warranties of Warrantors in favor of Series A Investors

     18  

Section 3.1. Organization and Authority

     18  

Section 3.2. Capitalization

     19  

Section 3.3. Due Authorization and Enforceability

     19  

Section 3.4. No Conflicts; Consents

     20  

Section 3.5. Valid Issuance of Shares

     20  

Article IV Representations and Warranties of Warrantors in favor of Series B Investors

     20  

Section 4.1. Organization and Authority

     20  

Section 4.2. Capitalization

     21  

Section 4.3. Subsidiaries

     22  

Section 4.4. Due Authorization and Enforceability

     22  

Section 4.5. No Conflicts; Consents

     23  

Section 4.6. Valid Issuance of Shares

     23  

Section 4.7. Corporate Books and Records

     23  

Section 4.8. Financial Statements

     24  

Section 4.9. No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency

     25  

Section 4.10. Absence of Certain Changes

     25  

Section 4.11. Title to Properties and Assets

     26  

Section 4.12. Intellectual Property

     26  

Section 4.13. Material Contracts

     28  

Section 4.14. Litigation

     29  

Section 4.15. Compliance with Laws

     29  

Section 4.16. Taxes

     30  

Section 4.17. Employee Matters

     32  

Section 4.18. Transactions with Related Parties

     32  

Section 4.19. Material Licenses

     33  

Section 4.20. Entire Business

     33  

Section 4.21. Full Disclosure

     33  

Section 4.22. Exempt Offering

     33  

Section 4.23. Brokers

     33  

 

i


Table of Contents
     PAGE  

Article V Representations and Warranties of the Investors

     33  

Section 5.1. Organization and Good Standing

     34  

Section 5.2. Authorization

     34  

Section 5.3. No Conflicts

     34  

Section 5.4. Outbound Investment Registration

     34  

Article VI Covenants and Agreements

     34  

Section 6.1. Access to Information

     34  

Section 6.2. Conduct of Business

     35  

Section 6.3. Notice of Certain Matters

     35  

Section 6.4. Use of Proceeds

     36  

Section 6.5. Further Assurances

     36  

Section 6.6. Restructuring

     37  

Section 6.7. Amended Articles

     38  

Section 6.8. Circular 37 Registration

     38  

Section 6.9. Post-Incorporation Registrations

     38  

Section 6.10. Right to Appoint Nominee Shareholder

     38  

Section 6.11. Certain Additional Covenants

     38  

Article VII Conditions

     39  

Section 7.1. Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party

     39  

Section 7.2. Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Each Series A Investor

     40  

Section 7.3. Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Each Series B Investor

     40  

Section 7.4. Additional Conditions to the Obligation of the Company

     42  

Section 7.5. Waiver of Certain Closing Conditions; Continuing Obligations

     42  

Article VIII Indemnification

     43  

Section 8.1. Indemnification by the Warrantors

     43  

Section 8.2. Survival of Representations and Warranties

     43  

Section 8.3. Limitation

     43  

Section 8.4. Procedure

     44  

Article IX Miscellaneous

     45  

Section 9.1. Governing Law

     45  

Section 9.2. Dispute Resolution

     45  

Section 9.3. Specific Performance

     45  

Section 9.4. Entire Agreement

     46  

Section 9.5. Successors and Assigns

     46  

Section 9.6. No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership

     46  

Section 9.7. Notices

     46  

Section 9.8. Amendments and Waivers

     46  

Section 9.9. Delays or Omissions

     46  

Section 9.10. Counterparts

     47  

Section 9.11. Severability

     47  

Section 9.12. Expenses

     47  

Section 9.13. Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure

     47  

Section 9.14. Termination of this Agreement

     48  

Section 9.15. Effectiveness, Obligations of Investors

     50  

 

ii


Table of Contents

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1        List of Key Group Companies
Schedule 2        First Ordinary Subscription Shares
Schedule 3        Series A Investors and Series A Investor Subscription Shares
Schedule 4        Second Ordinary Subscription Shares
Schedule 5        Series B Investors and Series B Investor Subscription Shares
Schedule 6        Series B Investors and Series B Warrant Shares
Schedule 7        Company Bank Account
Schedule 8        Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 9        Address for Notices
Schedule 10        Restructuring Plan
Schedule 11        List of Specified Persons
Schedule 12        List of Certain Employees
Exhibit A        Form of Shareholders Agreement
Exhibit B        Form of Amended Articles
Exhibit C        Form of Cayman Legal Opinion
Exhibit D        Form of PRC Legal Opinion
Exhibit E        Form of Series B Warrant
Exhibit F        Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit G    Form of Restructuring Documents
Exhibit H        Executed Restructuring Documents

 

iv


Table of Contents

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 19, 2017, by and among:

(1)    STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”);

(2)    each Person listed in SCHEDULE 1 hereto (each a “Key Group Company”);

(3)    (i) MR. YIN JIANHONG LOGO , a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO LOGO a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913 ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founders”);

(4)    (i) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founder Holdcos”);

(5)    STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Management Holdco”);

(6)    each Person listed on SCHEDULE 3 hereto under the heading “Series A Investor Name” (each a “Series A Investor” and collectively, the “Series A Investors”); and

(7)    each Person listed on SCHEDULE 5 hereto under the heading “Series B Investor Name” (each a “Series B Investor” and collectively, the “Series B Investors” and, collectively with the Series A Investors, the “Investors”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and allot to each Series A Investor, and each Series A Investor desires to subscribe for, certain Series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Shares”) pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and allot to each Series B Investor, and each Series B Investor desires to subscribe for, certain Series B preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Shares”) pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Group Companies will undertake an internal restructuring in accordance with the provisions herein; and


Table of Contents

WHEREAS, the Company and each Investor desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements with each other in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Article I

Definitions

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

Action” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Government Authority.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, no Investor shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company, and vice versa. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her Immediate Family Members.

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Amended Articles” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

Applicable Accounting Standard” means, with respect to any Group Company, the generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC.

Approvals” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.4.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d- 3 of the Securities Act, and “Beneficially Own” shall have correlative meanings.

Benefit Plan” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.17.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business” means, in respect of a Group Company, the business as it currently conducts and as it currently proposes to conduct and, in respect of the Group Companies, the business as the Group Companies currently conduct and as they currently propose to conduct.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Hong Kong, New York, Singapore, the Cayman Islands or the PRC are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

 

2


Table of Contents

Charter Documents” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

Circular 37” means the Circular No. 37 LOGO [2014]37 LOGO issued by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange on July 4, 2014, titled “Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Investment and Financing and Round Trip Investment via Special Purpose Companies LOGO LOGO )”, including any amendment, implementing rules, or official interpretation thereof or any replacement, successor or alternative legislation having the same subject matter thereof.

Claim Notice” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.4.

Closing” with respect to an Investor means the Series A Closing or Series B

Closing, as applicable, with respect to such Investor.

Closing Date” with respect to an Investor means the Series A Closing Date or Series B Closing Date, as applicable, of such Investor.

Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Company Intellectual Property” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.12(a).

Company IP Agreements” means (a) licenses of Company Intellectual Property by any Group Company to any third party, (b) licenses of Intellectual Property by any third party to any Group Company, (c) agreements between any Group Company and any third party relating to the development or use of Intellectual Property, and (d) consents, settlements, decrees, orders, injunctions, judgments or rulings governing the use, validity or enforceability of Company Intellectual Property.

Company Security Holder” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.15(e).

Company Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person that will become a Subsidiary of the Company at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the Restructuring.

Contract” means a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, and other legally binding agreement, whether written or oral.

Control” means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

3


Table of Contents

Disclosing Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.13(c)(i).

Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule attached hereto as SCHEDULE 8, as may be updated prior to the Closing of the Series B Investors pursuant to Section 6.3(b).

Domestic Company” means Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.( LOGO , a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

ESOP” means the equity based incentive plans of the Group Companies, as may be adopted and amended from time to time.

Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.8(a). “Financing Terms” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.13(a). “First Ordinary Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(a).

First Ordinary Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(a).

First Ordinary Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a).

First Ordinary Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(a).

Founder Holdcos” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Founders” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Government Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization or national or international stock exchange on which the securities of the applicable party or its Affiliates are listed.

Group Companies” means the Company and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively, and each is herein referred to individually as a “Group Company”, provided, however, that KFYR shall not be deemed a Group Company for purposes of this Agreement.

HK Co” means Studyvip Online Education HK Limited LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong.

HKIAC” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.2(a).

HKIAC Rules” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.2(a).

 

4


Table of Contents

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, grandparents, children, grandchildren, siblings and siblings-in-law (in each case whether adoptive or biological), (b) spouses of such Person’s children, grandchildren and siblings (in each case whether adoptive or biological), and (c) estates, trusts, partnerships and other Persons which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries are Controlled by the foregoing.

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal of and, accreted value, accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment premiums or penalties and fees and expenses or similar breakage costs or other fees required to be paid under such indebtedness to be satisfied and discharged in full in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practice of such Person); (iii) all capitalized lease obligations; (iv) all obligations and Liabilities payable upon termination of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest rate or exchange rate hedging or swap arrangements; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of any Persons the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).

Indemnifiable Losses” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.1.

Indemnified Party” or “Indemnified Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.1.

Intellectual Property” means all U.S. and non-U.S. intellectual property, including (i) all intellectual property rights in inventions, discoveries, and processes, and all patents, and patent disclosures, (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, Internet domain names and corporate names, and, to the extent recognized under applicable Law, other source indicators, and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby, (iii) all copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including all designs, (iv) all computer software, databases and programs, (v) all trade secrets, know-how, and other proprietary or confidential information and (vi) all applications, registrations, renewals, foreign counterparts, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, re- examinations, reissues, and divisionals of the foregoing.

Investor Subscription Price” means the Series A Investor Subscription Price or the Series B Investor Subscription Price, as applicable.

 

5


Table of Contents

Investor Subscription Shares” means the Series A Investor Subscription Shares or the Series B Investor Subscription Shares, as applicable.

Investors” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Joinder Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.15.

Key Group Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

KFYR” means Beijing Kafei Yirong Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated in the PRC.

Knowledge” means the knowledge actually possessed, or should have been possessed after due inquiry.

Law” means any federal, state, territorial, foreign or local law, common law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, measure, notice, circular, opinion or order of any Government Authority, including any rules promulgated by a stock exchange or regulatory body.

Legacy ESOP Platform” has the meaning ascribed to the term “ LOGO ” in the Restructuring Plan.

Liability” means any indebtedness, liability or obligation (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due), including those arising under any Law, Order, Action or Contract and including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

Licensed Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property licensed to any Group Company pursuant to the Company IP Agreements to which it is a party.

Lien” means any encumbrance, right, interest or restriction, including any mortgage, judgment lien, materialman’s lien, mechanic’s lien, other lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, encroachment, easement, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, right of pre-emption, right of first refusal, claim, option, limitation, forfeiture, penalty, equity, adverse interest or other third party right or security interest of any kind or an agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing.

Long Stop Date” means the date falling three (3) months after the date of this Agreement.

Management Holdco” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble. “Material Adverse Effect” means any change, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is or would be materially adverse to (a) the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Group Companies, taken as a whole; or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents.

Material Contract” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.13(a).

 

6


Table of Contents

Material License” means all franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and any similar document issued or granted by any Government Authority that are, individually or in the aggregate, material for the conduct of the Business of the Group Companies.

Matrix” means Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership).

New Oriental” means ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED.

Non-Disclosing Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 9.13(c)(i).

ODI Alternative Plans” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.2(c).

ODI Condition” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.5(a). “ODI Delayed Event” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.5(a). “ODI Investor” means Matrix or Xingwang, as applicable.

ODI Long Stop Date” means the date falling one month after the date of this Agreement.

ODI Registration” means all necessary filings and registrations with, and all

necessary approvals from, the relevant Government Authorities and banks in connection with the outbound investment by an ODI Investor into the Company contemplated hereunder.

Order” means any written order, injunction, judgment, decree, legally binding notice, ruling, writ, assessment or arbitration award of a Government Authority.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares with a par value of US $0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company.

Party” or “Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Person” means any individual or any partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

Primavera” means PV Pluto Limited, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

Related Party” means any of (i) any Person (other than any Group Company) who Beneficially Owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in any Group Company, (ii) the directors, officers and Senior Managers of any Group Company, and (iii) the Affiliates of the Persons enumerated under (i) and (ii).

Related Party Contracts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.18(a).

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1(d).

 

7


Table of Contents

Restructuring Documents” means, collectively, (i) the agreements that have been or will be entered into by the relevant parties pursuant to the Restructuring Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the restructuring agreement providing for the overall arrangement of the Restructuring (the “Restructuring Agreement”), the various loan agreements contemplated by the Restructuring Plan, the capital increase agreement, equity interest transfer agreement and the joint venture contract relating to Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO , the equity interest transfer agreements and capital reduction agreements relating to the transfer and reduction, respectively, of registered capital of the Domestic Company, and the VIE Agreements), the final forms or the latest drafts, as applicable, of which are attached as EXHIBIT G hereto as of the date hereof and the executed versions of all which will be attached to this Agreement as EXHIBIT H hereto on the Series B Closing Date by the Company, and (ii) such other agreements, contracts, arrangements or documents that may be entered into in connection with the Restructuring.

Restructuring Plan” means the restructuring plan set forth in SCHEDULE 10 hereto.

RMB” means the lawful currency of the PRC.

SAFE” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange.

SAFE Regulations” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.15(e).

Second Ordinary Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(c).

Second Ordinary Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(c).

Second Ordinary Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(c).

Second Ordinary Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(c).

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Senior Manager” of a Person means such Person’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technical officer, chief sales and marketing officer and any other individuals serving in comparable positions or having comparable duties and responsibilities.

Series A Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(b).

Series A Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(b).

Series A Investor” or “Series A Investors” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Series A Investor Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Series A Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b).

 

8


Table of Contents

Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals. “Series B Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(d). “Series B Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2(d).

Series B Investor” or “Series B Investors” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(b).

Series B Investor Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(d).

Series B Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(d).

Series B Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

Series B Warrant” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1(e).

Series B Warrant Shares” mans the Series B Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to an exercise of a Series B Warrant.

Shareholders Agreement” means the shareholders agreement, to be entered into by and among the Company, the Series A Investors, the Series B Investors and certain other parties thereto, in substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.

Statement Date” means April 30, 2017.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person in which the first Person (a) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests; (b) holds the rights to more than fifty percent (50%) of the economic interest of such other Person, including interests held through a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements; or (c) has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other Person may be consolidated into the financial statements of the first Person under applicable accounting conventions.

Subsidiary Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.3(a).

Tax” or “Taxes” means any national, provincial, municipal, or local taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income (including enterprise income tax and individual income withholding tax), turnover (including value-added tax, business tax, and consumption tax), resource (including urban and township land use tax), special purpose (including land value-added tax, urban maintenance and construction tax, and additional education tax), property (including urban real estate tax and land use taxes), documentation (including stamp duty and deed tax), filing, recording, social insurance (including pension, medical, unemployment, housing, and other social insurance withholding), tariffs (including import duty and import value-added tax), and estimated and provisional taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Government Authority, and all interest, penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), or additional amounts imposed in connection with any of the foregoing tax items.

 

9


Table of Contents

Tax Return” means any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes any Group Company.

Third Party Claim” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.4.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Joinder Agreements, the Shareholders Agreement, the Amended Articles, the Restructuring Documents, the Series B Warrants and any other agreement, document or instrument required to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

VIE Agreements” means, collectively, the agreements, contracts, arrangements and documents implementing the VIE Structure of the Group Companies consisting of (i) Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement LOGO , to be entered by and between the WFOE and the Domestic Company, (ii) Business Operation Agreement LOGO LOGO , to be entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and the Irrevocable Voting Proxy LOGO , to be entered into by the shareholders of the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, attached to the Business Operation Agreement LOGO , (iii) Option Agreement LOGO , to be entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, (iv) Equity Pledge Agreement LOGO , to be entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and (v) Letter of Consent LOGO , to be entered into by the spouse of each Founder.

VIE Structure” means the investment structure in which a PRC-domiciled operating entity and its PRC shareholder(s) enter into a number of contracts with a non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) pursuant to which the non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) achieves Control of the PRC- domiciled operating entity and consolidates the financials of the PRC-domiciled entity with those of the non-PRC investor.

Warrantors” means the Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Group Companies, collectively.

Warrantor Fundamental Warranties” means, collectively, the representations and warranties of the Warrantors as set forth in Section 4.1 (Organization and Authority), Section 4.2 (Capitalization), Section 4.3 (Subsidiaries), Section 4.4 (Due Authorization and Enforceability), Section 4.5 (No Conflicts; Consents) and Section 4.6 (Valid Issuance of Shares).

WFOE” means the company to be incorporated in the PRC in connection with the Restructuring as the wholly-owned subsidiary of the HK Co.

Xingwang” means Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership).

 

10


Table of Contents

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Rules of Construction.

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(i)    the provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement;

(ii)    any reference in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All Exhibits and Schedules hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein;

(iii)    any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa;

(iv)    the word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage otherwise requires) “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it;

(v)    words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires;

(vi)    when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded;

(vii)    references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party;

(viii)    references to “writing,” “written” and comparable expressions include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non- transitory form including emails and faxes, provided the sender complies with the provisions of Section 9.7.

(ix)    if any payment hereunder would have been, but for this Section 1.2(a)(ix), due and payable on a date that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall instead be due and payable on the first Business Day after such date; and

 

11


Table of Contents

(x)    the term “non-assessable,” when used with respect to any shares, means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof.

(b)    In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Article II

Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

Section 2.1 Agreement to Subscribe and Issue.

(a)    First Ordinary Share Issuance and Reservation of Ordinary Shares for ESOP. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to each Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco, and each Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the First Ordinary Closing Date, the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite such Founder Holdco’s and the Management Holdco’s name, respectively, under the heading “Number of First Ordinary Subscription Shares” in SCHEDULE 2 (the “First Ordinary Subscription Shares” of such Founder Holdco or Management Holdco, as applicable), for the aggregate subscription price set forth opposite such Founder Holdco’s or Management Holdco’s name, respectively, under the heading “First Ordinary Subscription Price” in SCHEDULE 2 (the “First Ordinary Subscription Price” of such Founder Holdco or Management Holdco, as applicable). The First Ordinary Subscription Price of each Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco reflects a per share subscription price of US$0.0001. The Company hereby irrevocably confirms and acknowledges that it has received the First Ordinary Subscription Price in full. On the First Ordinary Closing Date, the Company shall simultaneously reserve 180,296 Ordinary Shares for the purpose of the ESOP.

(b)    Series A Preferred Share Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to each Series A Investor, and each Series A Investor, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the Series A Closing Date, the number of Series A Preferred Shares set forth opposite such Series A Investor’s name under the heading “Number of Series A Investor Subscription Shares” in SCHEDULE 3 (the “Series A Investor Subscription Shares” of such Series A Investor), for the aggregate subscription price set forth opposite such Series A Investor’s name under the heading “Series A Investor Subscription Price” in SCHEDULE 3 (the “Series A Investor Subscription Price” of such Series A Investor). The Series A Investor Subscription Price of each Series A Investor reflects a per share subscription price of the US$ equivalent of RMB 611.98.

 

12


Table of Contents

(c)    Second Ordinary Share Issuance and Reservation of Additional Ordinary Shares for ESOP. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to the Management Holdco, and the Management Holdco hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the Second Ordinary Closing Date, the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite the Management Holdco’s name under the heading “Number of Second Ordinary Subscription Shares” in SCHEDULE 4 (the “Second Ordinary Subscription Shares” of the Management Holdco), for the aggregate subscription price set forth opposite the Management Holdco’s name under the heading “Second Ordinary Subscription Price” in SCHEDULE 4 (the “Second Ordinary Subscription Price” of the Management Holdco). The Second Ordinary Subscription Price of the Management Holdco reflects a per share subscription price of US$0.0001. The Company hereby irrevocably confirms and acknowledges that it has received the Second Ordinary Subscription Price in full. On the Second Ordinary Closing Date, the Company shall simultaneously reserve additional 61,627 Ordinary Shares for the purpose of the ESOP.

(d)    Series B Preferred Share Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to each Series B Investor, and each Series B Investor, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the Series B Closing Date with respect to such Series B Investor, the number of Series B Preferred Shares set forth opposite such Series B Investor’s name under the heading “Number of Series B Investor Subscription Shares” in SCHEDULE 5 (the “Series B Investor Subscription Shares” of such Series B Investor), for the aggregate subscription price set forth opposite such Series B Investor’s name under the heading “Series B Investor Subscription Price” in SCHEDULE 5 (the “Series B Investor Subscription Price” of such Series B Investor). The Series B Investor Subscription Price of each Series B Investor reflects a per share subscription price of US$217.82.

(e)    Series B Warrant Issuance. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to, on the Series B Closing Date with respect to a Series B Investor, issue to such Series B Investor, for no additional consideration, a warrant to subscribe for additional Series B Preferred Shares (the “Series B Warrant” of such Series B Investor), by which such Series B Investor shall have the right to subscribe for, in the aggregate, a number of Series B Preferred Shares not exceeding the number set forth opposite such Series B Investor’s name under the heading “Number of Series B Warrant Shares” in SCHEDULE 6 (as may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Series B Warrant) for an aggregate subscription price not exceeding the amount set forth opposite such Series B Investor’s name under the heading “Series B Warrant Shares Subscription Price” in SCHEDULE 6.

Section 2.2 Closings.

(a)    First Ordinary Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the First Ordinary Subscription Shares of each Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco (the “First Ordinary Closing”) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures no later than ten (10) Business Days after all conditions specified in Section 7.1, Section 7.2, Section 7.3 and Section 7.4 have been waived or satisfied (other than those conditions to be satisfied at the Series A Closing or Series B Closing, as applicable, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof at the Series A Closing or the Series B Closing), or at such other time and place as the Company, such Series A Investor and the Series B Investors shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the First Ordinary Closing takes place, the “First Ordinary Closing Date”).

 

13


Table of Contents

(b)    Series A Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of all Series A Investors (the “Series A Closing”) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures immediately after the First Ordinary Closing on the same date, or at such other time and place as the Company, the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Series A Closing take place, the “Series A Closing Date”).

(c)    Second Ordinary Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the Second Ordinary Subscription Shares of the Management Holdco (the “Second Ordinary Closing”) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures immediately after the Series A Closing on the same date, or at such other time and place as the Company, the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Second Ordinary Closing takes place, the “Second Ordinary Closing Date”).

(d)    Series B Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the Series B Investor Subscription Shares and the Series B Warrant of each Series B Investor (the “Series B Closing” with respect to such Series B Investor) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures immediately after the Second Ordinary Closing on the same date, or at such other time and place as the Company and such Series B Investor shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Series B Closing with respect to a Series B Investor takes place, the “Series B Closing Date” with respect to such Series B Investor).

(e)    Same Day Closing. For the avoidance of doubt but without prejudice to Article VII, the Parties hereby agree that the First Ordinary Closing, the Series A Closing, the Second Ordinary Closing and the Series B Closing will occur on the same date. Without the prior written consent of the Series B Investors, no Party shall proceed to consummate the First Ordinary Closing, the Series A Closing or the Second Ordinary Closing unless the conditions to the Series B Investors’ obligation to proceed to its Series B Closing as set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.3 have been satisfied or duly waived.

Section 2.3 Series A Closing Deliverables. At the Series A Closing, with respect to each Series A Investor,

(a)    such Series A Investor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company:

(i)    the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by such Series A Investor; and

 

14


Table of Contents

(ii)    if such Series A Investor is an ODI Investor and the other Investors have not waived their ODI Condition (whether pursuant to Section 7.5(a) or otherwise), true and complete copies of ODI Registration documents evidencing that such ODI Investor (or its applicable Beneficial Owner) has completed all necessary filings and registrations with, and obtained all necessary approvals from, the relevant Government Authorities and banks in connection with its outbound investment into the Company; and

(b)    the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such Series A Investor:

(i)    a copy of the register of members of the Company, dated as of the Series A Closing Date of such Series A Investor and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing that the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor have been issued and credited as non-paid and registered under the name of such Series A Investor;

(ii)    a copy of a share certificate in the name of such Series A Investor, dated as of the Series A Closing Date of such Series A Investor and duly executed on behalf of the Company, evidencing such Series A Investor’s ownership of its Series A Investor Subscription Shares;

(iii)    the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by the Company and the other parties thereto (other than the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors);

(iv)    subject to Section 2.5(a), if, pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles, such Series A Investor has the right to designate one or more directors to the Board, a copy of the register of directors of the Company, dated as of the Series A Closing Date of such Series A Investor and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing the appointment of the individual(s) designed by such Series A Investor as director(s) of the Company and that the composition of the Board is otherwise in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles;

(v)    a copy of this Agreement (excluding the Restructuring Documents which the Series A Investors have executed) duly executed by the Company and the other parties thereto (other than the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors); and

(vi)    copies of the duly adopted resolutions of the Board and the shareholders of the Company, duly certified by legal counsel to the Company, approving the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and adopting the Amended Articles effective no later than immediately prior to the Series A Closing and, in the case of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Company, waiving any pre-emptive right, right of first refusal, anti-dilution rights and any other similar rights that the shareholders may have in respect of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Shares contemplated hereby.

 

15


Table of Contents

Section 2.4 Series B Closing Deliverables. At the Series B Closing with respect to any Series B Investor,

(a)    such Series B Investor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company:

(i)    to the extent not previously delivered, an amount equal to the Series B Investor Subscription Price of such Series B Investor by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the bank account of the Company set forth in SCHEDULE 7;

(ii)    the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by such Series B Investor; and

(iii)    the Series B Warrant of such Series B Investor, duly executed by such Series B Investor.

(b)    the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such Series B Investor:

(i)    a copy of the register of members of the Company, dated as of the Series B Closing Date of such Series B Investor and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing that the Series B Investor Subscription Shares of such Series B Investor have been issued and credited as fully-paid and registered under the name of such Series B Investor;

(ii)    a copy of a share certificate in the name of such Series B Investor, dated as of the Series B Closing Date of such Series B Investor and duly executed on behalf of the Company, evidencing such Series B Investor’s ownership of its Series B Investor Subscription Shares;

(iii)    the Series B Warrant of such Series B Investor, duly executed by the Company;

(iv)    an opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga, as Cayman Islands counsel to the Company, addressed to such Series B Investor and dated as of the Series B Closing Date of such Series B Investor, in the form set forth in EXHIBIT C hereto, and an opinion of Beijing Dentons Law Offices, LLP, as PRC counsel to the Company, addressed to such Series B Investor and dated as of the Series B Closing Date of such Series B Investor, in the form set forth in EXHIBIT D hereto;

(v)    a copy of this Agreement, with all executed Restructuring Documents attached as EXHIBIT H (including but not limited to the Restructuring Agreement and the VIE Agreements), and each Restructuring Document shall have been entered into in accordance with Section 6.6;

 

16


Table of Contents

(vi)    the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by the Company and the other parties thereto (other than the Series B Investors);

(vii)    if, pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles, such Series B Investor has the right to designate one or more directors to the Board, a copy of the register of directors of the Company, dated as of the Series B Closing Date of such Series B Investor and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing the appointment of the individual(s) designed by such Series B Investor as director(s) of the Company and that the composition of the Board is otherwise in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles; and

(viii)    copies of the duly adopted resolutions of the Board and the shareholders of the Company, duly certified by legal counsel to the Company, approving the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and adopting the Amended Articles effective no later than immediately prior to the Series B Closing and, in the case of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Company, waiving any pre-emptive right, right of first refusal, anti-dilution rights and any other similar rights that the shareholders may have in respect of the issuance of the Series B Preferred Shares, the Series B Warrants and the Series B Warrant Shares contemplated hereby.

Section 2.5 Additional Agreements.

(a)    Upon the consummation of the Series B Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Founder Holdcos and the Series A Investor who has the right to designate one or more directors to the Board a copy of the register of directors of the Company, dated as of the Series B Closing Date and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing the appointment of the individual(s) designed by the Founder Holdcos and such Series A Investor as director(s) of the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles.

(b)    The Company shall deliver to each Investor the original of the share certificate evidencing such Investor’s Investor Subscription Shares as soon as practicable (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after the Closing of such Investor.

(c)    Subject to the condition that the Series A Closing has occurred, except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, each Series A Investor shall, within ten (10) Business Days of and only if the Domestic Company having paid or caused to be paid any amount of the consideration for the capital reduction of the Domestic Company in respect of the registered capital held by such Series A Investor or its applicable Affiliate as contemplated by the Restructuring Plan, pay or cause to be paid to the Company such amount in equivalent USD as part of the Series A Investor Subscription Price of such Series A Investor, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the bank account of the Company set forth in SCHEDULE 7, until such Series A Investor has fully paid the Series A Investor Subscription Price of such Series A Investor. Upon the Company receiving the full amount of the Series A Investor Subscription Price of the Series A Investor, the Company shall update its register of members to reflect that the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor have been fully paid, and shall deliver a certified copy of the updated register of members to such Series A Investor. In the event of a breach by any Series A Investor of its obligations under this Section 2.5(c), unless the Parties agree otherwise, the Company shall forfeit, for no consideration, a pro rata portion of the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor equal to the portion of the Series A Investor Subscription Price of such Series A Investor that is not timely paid by such Series A Investor to the Company in accordance with this Section 2.5(c), whereupon the Company shall have no further obligation to issue any Series A Shares to such Series A Investor, and such Series A Investor shall have no further right to subscribe for any Series A Preferred Shares from the Company, in each case, without prejudice to any other rights and obligations that may have accrued prior to such forfeiture.

 

17


Table of Contents

(d)    Each Series A Investor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) consents to the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Series B Investors, and (ii) waives any and all preemptive right, right of first refusal, anti- dilution right and any other similar rights that it may have now or in the future respect of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Series B Investors, in each case of (i) and (ii), whether pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, the Amended Articles or otherwise.

Article III

Representations and Warranties of Warrantors in favor of Series A Investors

Except as specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Warrantors hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Series A Investor that the statements contained in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date of such Series A Investor (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

Section 3.1 Organization and Authority.

(a)    Each Group Company is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the Business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Document to which it is a party. Each Group Company has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Group Companies has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

 

18


Table of Contents

(b)    Each Founder Holdco is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Founder Holdco has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Founder Holdcos has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

(c)    Each Founder is of sound mind, has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party, has entered into or will enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party on his own will, and understands the nature of the obligations to be assumed by him under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party.

(d)    The Restructuring Plan sets forth a complete and accurate summary of the restructuring transactions that will be taken by the Group Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Restructuring”). The Restructuring will not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on any Group Company.

Section 3.2 Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the Series A Closing, the authorized share capital of the Company will be US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares consisting of the following:

(a)    Ordinary Shares. A total of 498,993,126 authorized Ordinary Shares, of which 1,909,309 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding.

(b)    Preferred Shares. (i) a total of 477,137 authorized Series A Preferred Shares, of which none has been issued, and (ii) a total of 529,737 authorized Series B Preferred Shares, of which none has been issued.

Section 3.3 Due Authorization and Enforceability. Each Group Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate action on the part of such Group Company necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance of all obligations of such Group Company thereunder, and, the issuance, sale, transfer and delivery of the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor by the Company has been taken or will be taken prior to or at the Series A Closing with respect to such Series A Investor. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Group Company, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which such Group Company is a party will be duly executed and delivered by such Group Company. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Group Company shall be (assuming due execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto), valid and legally binding obligations of such Group Company enforceable against such Group Company in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general equity principles.

 

19


Table of Contents

Section 3.4 No Conflicts; Consents. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of and compliance with this Agreement and other Transaction Documents to which any Group Company is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby by such Group Company, will (a) result in any violation or breach of any Group Company’s Charter Documents, (b) result in any violation, breach or default under any Material Contract, (c) result in any violation of any applicable Law, or (d) require any consents, waivers, permits, approvals, Orders, licenses, authorizations, registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings by or with any Government Authority or any third party (collectively, “Approvals”), including without limitation waivers of preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to be obtained or made by any of the Company in respect of the Series A Investor Subscription Shares (other than (x) Approvals which have been obtained or granted on or prior to the date of this Agreement and (y) Approvals of relevant Government Authorities in connection with the Restructuring).

Section 3.5 Valid Issuance of Shares. The Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor, when issued and allotted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly authorized, validly issued and non-paid (and, upon performance by such Series A Investor of its obligations under Section 2.5(a), fully-paid and non-assessable), and free and clear of any Liens (other than any Liens due to the non-paid status of such Series A Investor Subscription Shares).

Article IV

Representations and Warranties of Warrantors in favor of Series B Investors

Except as specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Warrantors hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Series B Investor that the statements contained in this Article IV are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date of such Series B Investor (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

Section 4.1 Organization and Authority.

(a)    Each Group Company is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the Business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Group Company has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Group Companies has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

 

20


Table of Contents

(b)    Each Founder Holdco is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Founder Holdco has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Founder Holdcos has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

(c)    Each Founder is of sound mind, has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party, has entered into or will enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party on his own will, and understands the nature of the obligations to be assumed by him under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party.

(d)    The Restructuring Plan sets forth a complete and accurate summary of the Restructuring. The transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Plan are in compliance with all applicable Laws and will not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on any Group Company.

Section 4.2 Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the Series B Closing of such Series B Investor, the authorized share capital of the Company will be US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares consisting of the following:

(a)    Ordinary Shares. A total of 498,993,126 authorized Ordinary Shares, of which 1,982,774 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding.

(b)    Preferred Shares. (i) a total of 477,137 authorized Series A Preferred Shares, all of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) a total of 529,737 authorized Series B Preferred Shares, of which none has been issued. Section 4.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate capitalization table of the Company as of immediately prior to the Series B Closing of such Series B Investor.

(c)    Options, Warrants, Reserved Shares. Other than certain equity interests in the Domestic Company held by the Legacy ESOP Platform as disclosed in the Restructuring Plan (all of which equity interests will be pledged in favor of the WFOE in connection with the Restructuring and the VIE Agreement), no ESOP has been adopted by any Group Company. Except for (i) the rights of the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors to subscribe for their respective Series A Investor Subscription Shares, Series B Investor Subscription Shares and Series B Warrants, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the rights of the Series B Investors to subscribe for their respective Series B Warrant Shares pursuant to the Series B Warrants, and (iii) rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights or agreements presently outstanding to purchase, convert into, exercise for or exchange any of the shares of the Company, and no shares of the Company’s outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person) or any agreement that affects the voting or relates to the giving of written consents with respect to such shares.

 

21


Table of Contents

Section 4.3 Subsidiaries.

(a)    Section 4.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of the Company Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date of such Series B Investor and, for each such Subsidiary, its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, names of its shareholders and the shareholding percentage of each such shareholder. As of the Closing Date of such Series B Investor, all of the issued and outstanding shares of, or other equity or voting interests in the Company Subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Shares”) will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable and will be Beneficially Owned by the Company, free and clear of all Liens.

(b)    Except for the Subsidiary Shares, there are no equity securities of any class of any Company Subsidiary or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities, subscriptions, call rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights or any other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the issued or unissued share capital of any Company Subsidiary or obligating any Group Subsidiary to issue or sell any shares of, or any other interest in, such Company Subsidiary. There are no outstanding or authorized share appreciation rights, phantom shares, performance-based rights or profit participation or similar rights or obligations of any Company Subsidiary. There are no voting trusts, shareholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any of the Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of any Company Subsidiary.

(c)    As of the Closing Date of such Series B Investor, except for the Subsidiary Shares, no Group Company has any direct or indirect equity interest or similar interest by share ownership or otherwise in any Person or is a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, and no Group Company is obligated to make any investment in or capital contribution in or on behalf of any other Person.

(d)    Since their respective dates of incorporation, each of the Company, the HK Co and the WFOE has not conducted any business, owned any assets or had any Liability other than in connection with the transactions specifically contemplated hereby or by the Restructuring Plan or the Restructuring Documents, the acquisition and holding of their respective equity interests in the applicable Company Subsidiaries and business activities incidental thereto in the normal and ordinary course of holding such equity interests.

Section 4.4 Due Authorization and Enforceability. Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate action on the part of such Warrantor who is not a natural person necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance of all obligations of such Warrantor thereunder, and, the issuance, sale, transfer and delivery of the Series B Investor Subscription Shares of such Series B Investor by the Company has been taken or will be taken prior to or at the Closing with respect to such Series B Investor. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Warrantor, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which such Warrantor is a party will be duly executed and delivered by such Warrantor. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Warrantor shall be (assuming due execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto), valid and legally binding obligations of such Warrantor enforceable against such Warrantor in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general equity principles.

 

22


Table of Contents

Section 4.5 No Conflicts; Consents. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of and compliance with this Agreement and other Transaction Documents to which any Warrantor is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby by such Warrantor, will (a) result in any violation or breach of the Charter Documents of any Group Company or Founder Holdco, (b) result in any violation, breach or default under any Material Contract, (c) result in any violation of any applicable Law, or (d) require any Approvals, including without limitation waivers of preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to be obtained or made by any of the Group Companies in respect of the Series B Investor Subscription Shares, the Series B Warrants and the Series B Warrant Shares of such Series B Investor (other than (x) Approvals which have been obtained or granted on or prior to the date of this Agreement and (y) Approvals of relevant Government Authorities in connection with the Restructuring).

Section 4.6 Valid Issuance of Shares. The Series B Investor Subscription Shares of such Series B Investor, when issued and allotted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any Liens. The Series B Warrant Shares will be duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise of the applicable Series B Warrant and, when issued and allotted in accordance with the terms of the applicable Series B Warrant for the consideration expressed therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any Liens.

Section 4.7 Corporate Books and Records. True and complete copies of all minute books of each Group Company have been provided to such Series B Investor and such copies contain all amendments and all minutes of meetings and actions taken by the applicable Group Company’s shareholders and directors since the date of its incorporation, and reflects all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects, and true and complete copies of all resolutions of the board and the shareholders of the Company and each other Group Company have been provided to such Series B Investor and such copies contain resolutions of all meetings of directors and shareholders of each Group Company and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the directors and shareholders of each Group Company since the date of its incorporation and accurately reflects all actions by the directors (and any committee thereof) and shareholders of each Group Company with respect to all transactions referred to in such resolutions in all material respects. All board and shareholder resolutions, Charter documents (and any amendments thereto) and any other required filings of the Group Companies have been duly filed with the relevant Government Authority within the required deadlines in all material respects.

 

23


Table of Contents

Section 4.8 Financial Statements.

(a)    Correct and complete copies of (A) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of each of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for each of the fiscal years then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, and (B) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of April 30, 2017, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for the four-month period then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto ((A) and (B) collectively, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to such Series B Investor. The Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with the books of account and other financial records of the Group Companies, (ii) present fairly the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, (iii) have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Group Companies, and (iv) include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that are necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial condition of the Group Companies and the results of the operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

(b)    The books of account and other financial records of the Company and other Group Companies (i) reflect all items of income and expense and all assets and Liabilities required to be reflected therein in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, and in each case, applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Company, (ii) are in all material respects complete and correct, and do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies, and (iii) have been, in all material respects, maintained in accordance with all applicable Laws and good business and accounting practices.

(c)    All of the accounts receivable owing to any of the Group Companies, including without limitation all accounts receivable set forth on the Financial Statements, constitute valid and enforceable claims and are good and collectible in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, and reserves therefor shown on the Financial Statements are adequate and on a basis consistent with the Applicable Accounting Standard. No further goods or services are required to be provided in order to complete the sales and to entitle the respective Group Company to collect such accounts receivable in full. There are no material contingent or asserted claims, refusals to pay, or other rights of set-off with respect to any of the Group Companies.

 

24


Table of Contents

Section 4.9 No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency.

(a)    None of the Group Companies has any Liabilities other than (i) Liabilities reflected on, reserved against, or disclosed in the Financial Statements, (ii) incurred since the Statement Date in the ordinary course of business of the Group Companies which do not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    None of the Group Companies is insolvent under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or unable to pay its debts as they fall due. There are no ongoing proceedings or negotiations involving any Group Company in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors and no Order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed by or on behalf of any Group Company for the winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy of any Group Company, and there has not been any petition or Order for administration, winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy filed against a Group Company or any appointment of a receiver or liquidator in respect of the assets of a Group Company.

Section 4.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents, or as set forth in the Financial Statements or Section 4.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Statement Date, with respect to the Group Companies, there has not been any:

(a)    change which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    entry into any transaction that was not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or material changes in the customary methods of operations of any Group Company;

(c)    purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to any Group Company other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(d)    waiver, termination, cancellation, settlement or compromise by any Group Company of a right, debt or claim owed to it that is material to any Group Companies;

(e)    declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Group Companies’ shares, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such shares by any Group Company, in each case, other than any such transaction between the Group Companies;

(f)    amendment to or early termination of any Material Contract, entry of any new agreement or contract that would have been a Material Contract if in effect on the date hereof, or any amendment to any Charter Document;

 

25


Table of Contents

(g)    any amendment to or termination of any material claim of any Group Company or waiver of any other material right of value to any Group Company;

(h)    authorization, sale, issuance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any equity or debt securities, or issuance or sale of any option, warrant or other rights to acquire any equity or debt securities, of any Group Company;

(i)    damages, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, resulting in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j)    material change in the accounting methods or practices followed by any Group Company;

(k)    capital expenditure or commitment for any capital expenditure in excess of US$1,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency) in a single transaction;

(l)    incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of any material Lien or Indebtedness (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses or Liens, guarantees, loans or advances that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(m)    material change in any compensation or benefit arrangement or agreement with any employee of any Group Company; or adoption of any ESOP or issuance of any award thereunder; or

(n)    agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 4.10.

Section 4.11 Title to Properties and Assets. Each Group Company solely owns or leases all properties and assets reasonably necessary to conduct the Business. Each Group Company has good and marketable title to all its properties and assets, both real and personal, including without limitation all properties and assets set forth on the Financial Statements, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case not being subject to any Liens. With respect to leased properties and assets, each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable leases. All properties and assets of each Group Company are in a good state of repair and in good working condition other than any normal wear and tear. None of the assets of any Group Company is a state-owned asset.

Section 4.12 Intellectual Property.

(a)    Section 4.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of (i) all Intellectual Property owned by each Group Company (“Company Intellectual Property”) and (ii) all Company IP Agreements.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 4.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is the exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property, and has a valid license to use the Licensed Intellectual Property in connection with the Business. Each Group Company is entitled to use all Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property in the continued operation of its Business without limitation, subject only to the terms of the Company IP Agreements.

 

26


Table of Contents

(c)    The Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, include all of the Intellectual Property required for the conduct of or used in connection with the Business, and there are no other items of Intellectual Property that are material to the conduct of the Business. The Company Intellectual Property and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, the Licensed Intellectual Property are subsisting, valid and enforceable, and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part. Each item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority is in compliance with all applicable Laws, and all filings, payments and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such Intellectual Property rights in full force and effect have been made or taken in all material respects. Except as set forth in Section 4.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority has lapsed or expired or is scheduled to lapse or expire within the next twelve (12) months hereafter.

(d)    The conduct of the Business and the use of the Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, do not conflict with, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any third party, and no Action alleging any of the foregoing is pending, and no claim has been asserted against any Group Company alleging any of the foregoing. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there are no infringements or other violations of any Company Intellectual Property by any third party. No Company Intellectual Property is subject to any pending, or to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened Order or Action challenging or restricting the use of such Company Intellectual Property or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 4.12(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has granted in writing any license or other right to any third party with respect to the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will alter or impair the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 4.12(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Founders, the directors of each Group Company, current and former employee employed, and current and former consultant engaged, by each Group Company as of the Closing of such Series B Investor is under written obligation for the benefit of the Group Companies, to maintain in confidence all confidential and proprietary information acquired by them during the course of their employment and all rights and title to and ownership of all inventions made by them within the scope of their employment during such employment and for a reasonable period thereafter are vested in and remain with the Group Companies. Each Group Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the secrecy, and confidentiality of all of their material trade secrets and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized disclosure of any material data or information which, but for any such

 

27


Table of Contents

unauthorized disclosure, such Group Company would consider to be a material trade secret owned by such Group Company.

Section 4.13 Material Contracts.

(a)    Section 4.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following currently effective Contracts (other than the Transaction Documents) to which a Group Company is a party or otherwise bound (each such Contract, a “Material Contract”) that:

(i)    involves payments (or a series of payments), contingent or otherwise, of RMB2,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency), in cash, property or services;

(ii)    is with a Government Authority;

(iii)    limits or restricts any Group Company’s ability to compete or otherwise conduct the Business in any material respect, or that contains any exclusivity or change in control provision;

(iv)    grants a power of attorney, agency or similar authority;

(v)    relates to Indebtedness, provides for an extension of credit, provides for indemnification or any guaranty, or provides for a “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition of another Person;

(vi)    relates to any Intellectual Property, other than “shrink- wrap” or “off-the-shelf” commercially available software;

(vii)    is a Related Party Contract;

(viii)    is a lease on real or personal property;

(ix)    is an insurance policy;

(x)    is outside the ordinary course of business of any Group Company; or

(xi)    is otherwise material to any Group Company or is a Contract on which any Group Company is substantially dependent.

 

28


Table of Contents

(b)    Each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Group Company that is a party thereto, the performance of which does not and will not violate any applicable Law or Order, and is in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, such Group Company has duly performed all of its obligations under each Material Contract to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and no breach or default, alleged breach or alleged default, or event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a breach or default thereunder by such Group Company or any other party or obligor with respect thereto, has occurred, or as a result of the execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Documents will occur. No Group Company has given notice (whether or not written) that it intends to terminate a Material Contract or that any other party thereto has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any notice (whether written or not) that it has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract or that any other party thereto intends to terminate such Material Contract.

Section 4.14 Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Action against any Group Company, or against any employee, officer or director of any Group Company in connection with their relationship with the Group Companies, pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened, including but not limited to any Actions that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents, the right of any Group Company to enter into the Transaction Documents to which such Group Company is a party, the rights and obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by such Transaction Documents, or that would result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no Order in effect against any Group Company and no Action initiated by any Group Company pending or which any of them intends to initiate.

Section 4.15 Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Orders that are applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of the Business or the ownership or use of any of its properties, assets and Intellectual Property.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that (with or without notice or lapse of time) (i) may constitute or result in a violation by any Group Company of, or a failure on the part of such Group Company to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) may give rise to any obligation on the part of any Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

(c)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has received any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Government Authority regarding (i) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential obligation on the part of such Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

 

29


Table of Contents

(d)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the operations of the Group Companies in all material respects. All filings and registrations with the relevant Government Authorities required in respect of the Group Companies, including but not limited to the registrations with the Ministry of Commerce (or any predecessors), the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, and tax bureau and the local counter part of each of the aforementioned PRC Government Authorities, as applicable, have been duly completed in accordance with the relevant Laws in all material respects. No Group Company has received any letter or notice from any relevant Government Authority notifying it of the revocation of any authorization of any Government Authority, permit or license issued to it for non-compliance or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by any Group Company. Each Group Company has been conducting its business activities within the permitted scope of business or is otherwise operating its Businesses in full compliance with all relevant Laws and Orders in all material respects, including producing, processing and/or distributing products with all requisite licenses, permits and approvals granted by the competent Government Authorities. None of the Group Companies expects that any authorization of any Government Authority, license or permit requisite for the conduct of any part of its Business which is subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed by the relevant Government Authorities.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, each holder or beneficiary owner of shares or convertible securities of the Company (each, a “Company Security Holder”), who is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 has been in compliance with such reporting and/or registration requirements under Circular 37 and any other then applicable SAFE regulations, (collectively, the “SAFE Regulations”). To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, none of the Company Security Holders and the Group Companies has received any oral or written inquiries, notifications, Orders or any other forms of official correspondence from SAFE or any of its local branches with respect to any actual or alleged non-compliance with the SAFE Regulations and the Company and the Company Security Holders have made all oral or written filings, registrations, reporting or any other communications required by SAFE or any of its local branches.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 4.15(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, any increase or decrease of the registered capital, or any issuance or repurchase of shares of each Group Company, and any equity interest transfer or share transfer of each Group Company have been in compliance with all Laws and the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the foregoing changes of the Group Companies.

Section 4.16 Taxes.

(a)    Each Group Company has duly and timely filed all Tax Returns as required by Law to have been filed by it and all such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete. Except as set forth in Section 4.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company has paid in full all Taxes required to be paid by it and no Tax Liens (other than for current Taxes not yet due or payable) are currently in effect against any of the assets of any Group Company. The provisions for Taxes in the Financial Statements fully reflect all unpaid Taxes of each Group Company, whether or not assessed or disputed as of the date of the applicable Financial Statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

(b)    No examination or audit of any Tax Returns of any Group Company by any Government Authority is currently in progress or has been threatened. No assessment of Tax has been proposed in writing against any Group Company or any of their assets or properties. None of the Group Companies is subject to any waivers or extensions of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to Taxes for any year. Since the Statement Date, none of the Group Companies has incurred any Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business. None of the Group Companies has received any written claim from a Government Authority in a jurisdiction where a Group Company does not file Tax Returns that such Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. None of the Group Companies is treated as a resident for Tax purposes of, or is otherwise subject to income Tax in, a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it has been established.

(c)    Each Group Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts due, owing to or paid to any Person.

(d)    Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all terms, conditions and formalities necessary for the continuance of any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order available under any applicable Tax Law. Each such Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order enjoyed by any Group Company has been made or granted in compliance with all applicable Laws and is expected to remain in full effect throughout the current effective period thereof after the Closing Date of such Series B Investor and no Group Company has received any notice to the contrary. Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all transfer pricing requirements in all jurisdictions in which they are required to comply with applicable transfer pricing regulations, and all the transactions between any Group Company and other related Persons (including any Group Company) have been effected on an arm’s length basis. All exemptions, reductions and rebates of material Taxes granted to any Group Company by a Government Authority are in full force and effect and have not been terminated. None of the Group Companies is responsible for Taxes of any other Person by reason of Contract, successor Liability, operation of Law or otherwise.

(e)    No Group Company will be required to include material amounts in income, or exclude material items of deduction, or qualification for Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive or Tax refund, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date of such Series B Investor as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date of such Series B Investor. The transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party are not in violation of any applicable Law regarding Tax, and will not result in any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund being revoked, cancelled or terminated or trigger any Tax liability for the Group Companies.

 

31


Table of Contents

Section 4.17 Employee Matters. The Founders and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all other full-time employees of each Group Company are devoting their full professional time to such Group Company. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no employee of any Group Company is in violation of any Law or Order, or any provision of any Contract, relating to such employee’s relationship with the Group Company or any prior employer. Except as disclosed in Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule or as required by applicable Law, none of the Group Companies has any Benefit Plan. For purposes hereof, “Benefit Plan” means any plan, Contract or other arrangement, formal or informal, whether oral or written, providing any benefit to any present or former officer, director or employee, or dependent or beneficiary thereof, including any employment agreement or profit sharing, deferred compensation, share option, performance share, employee share purchase, bonus, severance, retirement, health or insurance plan. No employee of the Group Companies is owed any back wages or other compensation for services rendered except as set forth on the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no labor strike, labor slow down, labor claim, labor dispute or labor union organization activities pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened between any Group Company and its employees. Each Group Company has complied with all applicable Laws related to employment and related to the Benefit Plans (including Laws related to the contribution of social insurance and related benefits).

Section 4.18 Transactions with Related Parties.

(a)    All Contracts (other than (i) the Transaction Documents, (ii) the employment agreements, and (iii) the confidential information, invention assignment, non-compete and non-solicitation agreements) to or by which any Group Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand, are or have been a party or otherwise bound or affected (the “Related Party Contracts”) are set forth on Section 4.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. Each Related Party Contract was made on terms and conditions as favorable to such Group Company as would have been obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

(b)    Except as set forth on Section 4.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule no Related Party has any direct or indirect ownership in any Person with which any Group Company has a business relationship, or any Person that competes with or could reasonably be expected to compete with any Group Company, except for ownership of less than one percent (1%) of any class or other equity of publicly traded companies. Except for transactions in the ordinary course of business of a Group Company on terms and conditions as favorable to the Group Companies as would have been obtainable by them at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party, no Related Party has any Contract, understanding, business relationship with, proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company, nor is any Group Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them (other than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other standard employee benefits). Except as set forth in Section 4.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Related Party has had, either directly or indirectly, a material interest in: (i) any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services; or (ii) any Contract to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.

 

32


Table of Contents

Section 4.19 Material Licenses. Each Group Company has all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as now being conducted, and the Group Companies can be reasonably expected to obtain all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as proposed to be conducted. Section 4.19 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all Material Licenses held by each Group Company and the termination date of each such Material License. The Material Licenses currently held by the Group Company are, and will remain, in full force and effect for not less than one (1) year after the Closing of such Series B Investor. No other Material License is necessary for, or otherwise material to, the conduct of the Business by any such Group Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents will not result in the termination or revocation of any of the Material Licenses. None of the Group Companies is in default in any material respect under any of its Material Licenses and has not received any notice (whether written or not) relating to the suspension, revocation or modification of any such Material Licenses.

Section 4.20 Entire Business. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with any other Person, which are used in connection with the Business of the Group Companies.

Section 4.21 Full Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any Exhibit or Schedule hereto contains any untrue statement of any material fact or omits to state any material fact reasonably necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

Section 4.22 Exempt Offering. Subject to the accuracy of the representations of each of the Series B Investors set forth in Article V below, the offer, sale and issuance of the Series B Investor Subscription Shares, the Series B Warrant and the Series B Warrant Shares to such Series B Investor in conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Section 4.23 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to receive from any Group Company any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any Group Company.

Article V

Representations and Warranties of the Investors

Each Investor hereby, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Article V are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date of such Investor (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

 

33


Table of Contents

Section 5.1 Organization and Good Standing. Such Investor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 5.2 Authorization. Such Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Investor is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Investor is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Investor. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which such Investor is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by such Investor and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and the other Transaction Documents to which such Investor is a party will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.

Section 5.3 No Conflicts. None of the execution, delivery and performance by such Investor of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which such Investor is a party, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or compliance by such Investor with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will breach or conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), any provision of (i) the memorandum and articles of association of such Investor; or (ii) any Order or Law applicable to such Investor, in each case of (i) and (ii), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of such Investor to carry out its obligations hereunder and under the other Transactions Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Section 5.4 Outbound Investment Registration. If such Investor is an ODI Investor, unless the ODI Condition for each of the other Investors has been duly waived (whether pursuant to Section 7.5(a) or otherwise), as of the Closing of such ODI Investor, such ODI Investor (or its applicable Beneficial Owner) has completed all necessary filings and registrations with, and obtained all necessary approvals from, the relevant Government Authorities and banks in connection with its outbound investment into the Company.

Article VI

Covenants and Agreements

Section 6.1 Access to Information. From the date hereof until the Closing Date of an Investor, the Warrantors shall, and shall cause the Company’s and the other Group Companies’ directors, officers, employees, and other representatives to, give to such Investor, reasonable access during regular business hours to the offices, properties and books and records of the Company and the other Group Companies and furnish to such Investor such financial and operating data and any other information relating to any of the Group Companies as such Investor may reasonably request.

 

34


Table of Contents

Section 6.2 Conduct of Business. From the date hereof until the Closing of an Investor, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or with the prior written consent of such Investor, the Group Companies shall, and the Founders shall cause the Group Companies to:

(a)    conduct the respective Business of the Group Companies in the ordinary course and consistent with the Group Companies’ past practice;

(b)    continue the respective promotional activities and pricing and purchasing policies of the Group Companies consistent with past practice;

(c)    use their best efforts to (i) preserve the present business operations, organization and goodwill of the Group Companies, (ii) keep available the services of its current officers and employees, (iii) preserve the present relationships with clients of the Group Companies, and (iv) not engage in any practice, take any action, fail to take any action or enter into any transaction which could cause any representation or warranty with respect to the Group Companies in this Agreement to be untrue or result in a breach of any covenant made by the Company in this Agreement; and

(d)    not take any of the actions enumerated in Section 4.10.

Section 6.3 Notice of Certain Matters.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing of an Investor, each Party shall promptly notify the other Parties of any occurrence of which it is aware that is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VII becoming incapable of being satisfied; provided, however, that any Party’s failure to give notice of any such occurrence as required pursuant to this Section 6.3(a) shall not be (i) deemed to be a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 6.3(a), but instead shall (if applicable) constitute only a breach of the applicable underlying representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, or (ii) taken into account in determining whether the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VII have been satisfied.

(b)    Without limitation to Section 6.3(a), if there occurs any facts, events or circumstances after the date hereof and before the Closing of a Series A Investor that constitutes a material breach of any representations or warranties of the Company, the Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco that are to be repeated at the Closing of such Series A Investor, the Company, the Founder Holdco and the Management Holdco shall promptly execute a certificate detailing such facts, events or circumstances and deliver such certificate to such Series A Investor.

 

35


Table of Contents

(c)    Without limitation to Section 6.3(a), if there occurs any facts, events or circumstances after the date hereof and before the Closing of a Series B Investor that constitutes a breach of any representations or warranties of the Warrantors that are to be repeated at the Closing of such Series B Investor, the Warrantors shall promptly execute a certificate detailing such facts, events or circumstances and deliver such certificate to such Series B Investor, whereupon the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to have been updated with such facts, events or circumstances as set forth in such certificate (but such update shall be deemed to qualify only the representations and warranties (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) that are repeated at the Closing of such Series B Investor). Upon and after any such update to the Disclosure Schedule,

(i)    if the Warrantors acknowledge that such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or such Series B Investor in a material respect, such Series B Investor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement as between the Company and such Series B Investor by written notice to the Company, and

(ii)    if such Series B Investor and the Warrantors, in their respective reasonable beliefs, disagree as to whether such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or such Series B Investor in a material respect, such Series B Investor and the Warrantors shall consult with each other in good faith with a view to resolving such disagreement (including agreeing on any adjustments to the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby that may be necessary) as soon as reasonably practicable, provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, such Series B Investor (x) shall not be obligated to proceed with its Closing unless and until such Series B Investor and the Warrantors have resolved such disagreement through mutual consultation, and

(d)    shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement as between the Company and such Series B Investor by written notice to the Company at any time after the Long Stop Date if the Closing of such Series B Investor shall not have occurred as of the Long Stop Date.

Section 6.4 Use of Proceeds. The Company agrees and covenants with each Investor that without the prior written consent of the Investors, the proceeds from the issue of the Investor Subscription Shares hereunder shall only be used for payment of the consideration or loans payable by a Group Company in connection with the Restructuring, on the terms and conditions expressly set out in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents, and any remaining proceeds shall only be used for business operations, strategic investments, and other general corporate purposes of the Group Companies.

Section 6.5 Further Assurances. Each Party hereto shall use (and the Company shall cause each other Group Company to use) its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) take all actions necessary or appropriate and do all things (including to execute and deliver documents and other papers) necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to the other Parties’ respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

36


Table of Contents

Section 6.6 Restructuring.

(a)    The Group Companies shall (and the Founders shall cause the Group Companies to), and each other Party who (or whose Affiliate) is or will become a party to any Restructuring Document shall (and shall cause its applicable Affiliate to), take all necessary steps to complete the Restructuring as soon as practicable in accordance with the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents (including the timing requirements and the other terms and conditions set forth therein) and in compliance with applicable Laws. The Group Companies and the Founders shall keep the Investors reasonably informed of the status and progress of the Restructuring, and shall promptly notify the Investors upon the completion of each step of the Restructuring and provide all relevant evidence relating thereto.

(b)    Prior to entering into any Contract (including any Restructuring Document) in connection with the Restructuring (but other than any such standard short-form Contract solely to be used for filing with the relevant Government Authority, which do not conflict with or override the arrangements set forth in the Restructuring Documents), the Warrantors shall provide the final execution form of such Contract to the Series B Investors for review and approval, and may not enter into any such Contract unless the Series B Investors shall have provided written consent (including consents by emails) in respect thereof (whereupon such Contract, if not already a Restructuring Document, shall be deemed a Restructuring Document), provided, however, that (i) if such Contract is in the final form as set forth in EXHIBIT G or in substantially the form of the latest draft for such Contract as set forth in EXHIBIT G, the Series B Investors shall not withhold such consent, and (ii) in all other cases, the Series B Investors may grant or withhold such consent as reasonably determined by the Series B Investors (such reasonableness to be determined by the Series B Investors in good faith)).

(c)    Subject to and without limitation to Section 6.6(a) and Section 6.6(b), the Warrantors shall not, without the prior written consent of the Series B Investors (which may be granted or withheld as reasonably determined by the Series B Investors (such reasonableness to be determined by the Series B Investors in good faith)), (i) take, or agree to take, any action in connection with the Restructuring that is not provided for in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents or not in accordance with the terms and conditions therein, or (ii) terminate, amend, modify or supplement any Restructuring Document or any provision thereof, grant or permit to be granted any waiver or consents thereunder, or fail to pursue and rights or remedies thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt,

(iii)    execution and delivery of Restructuring Documents in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.6(a) and Section 6.6(b) and performance of the Restructuring Documents in accordance with the terms therein shall not be deemed to be granting of consents for purposes of Section 6.6(c)(ii), and (y) Section 6.6(c)(ii) shall not apply to any replacement of VIE Agreements that is specifically required by the Restructuring Plan, provided that the provisions of Section 6.6(a) and Section 6.6(b) shall nevertheless apply with respect to any VIE Agreement proposed to be entered into in connection with such replacement.

 

37


Table of Contents

Section 6.7 Amended Articles. The Company shall, and the Founders shall procure that the Company duly file the Amended Articles filed with the appropriate corporate registration authorities of the Cayman Islands within 30 days after the first Closing to occur.

Section 6.8 Circular 37 Registration. Each Company Security Holder who is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 shall, and each Warrantor shall cause such Company Security Holder to, complete all of its necessary reporting and/or registration of Circular 37 and provide evidence relating thereto within two (2) months after the Series B Closing.

Section 6.9 Post-Incorporation Registrations. The WFOE shall, and the Warrantors shall cause the WFOE to, complete all necessary filings and registrations with the relevant commercial committee, SAFE and the bank authorized by SAFE in connection with the due establishment of the WFOE and provide relevant evidence relating thereto within one (1)month after the Series B Closing.

Section 6.10 Right to Appoint Nominee Shareholder. After the Closing of Primavera, Primavera shall have the right to designate a nominee (and to replace any such designee) from time to time to hold a percentage of the registered capital of the Domestic Company that is equal to the percentage of issued and outstanding Shares held by Primavera and its Affiliates in the Company, and the Warrantors and the other Parties hereto shall take all necessary actions to effectuate the foregoing (including without limitation entering into relevant transaction agreements, amending the organizational documents of the Domestic Company, adopting or causing to be adopted shareholders and/or board resolutions and completing the related registrations with the relevant Government Authority). Primavera shall procure its nominee and the other Parties shall cause their respective onshore Affiliate to enter into all applicable VIE Agreements and to perform their obligations thereunder (including to cooperate with the other parties thereto in connection with the registration of the pledge of the nominee’s equity interests in the Domestic Company created thereby). After any sale of the Shares held by it or its Affiliates to third parties (other than its Affiliates) resulting in a material reduction in the percentage interest held by Primavera and its Affiliates in the Company, Primavera shall procure its nominee to correspondingly reduce the percentage equity interest in the Domestic Company held by its nominee (and the Warrantors and the other Parties hereto shall take all necessary actions to effectuate the foregoing). Without prejudice to the relevant Parties’ rights and obligations under this Section 6.10, the Company and Primavera will discuss in good faith and endeavour to reasonably agree on the implementation details of the arrangements contemplated by this Section 6.10 with the mutual goal of minimizing costs and administrative burdens to the Company and Primavera in connection with the foregoing.

Section 6.11 Certain Additional Covenants. The Warrantors hereby jointly and severally undertake in favor of each Investor as follows:

 

38


Table of Contents

(a)    after the Closing of such Series B Investor, the Group Companies shall, and the Founders shall procure that the Group Companies will, use reasonable best efforts obtain all permits and licenses necessary for the operation of the Business;

(b)    the Group Companies incorporated in the PRC and their respective branches shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to include “ LOGO ” and/or “ LOGO ” in the business scope of their respective business licenses;

(c)    the Warrantors shall cause each of the Persons listed in SCHEDULE 11 to be liquidated and de-registered, or all of the equity interests in each such Person to be transferred to a third party who is not an Affiliate of any Warrantor, as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within two (2) years) after the Closing of such Series B Investor; and

(d)    the Warrantors shall (i) ensure that LOGO LOGO LOGO LOGO shall, no later than December 31, 2017, repay all amounts owed by it to the Domestic Company and any other Group Company (whether due to intercompany payables, loans or otherwise) (such amounts as of the date hereof being RMB 44,042,793.23 in the aggregate), and (ii) provide written evidence of such full repayment to the Series B Investors no later than December 31, 2017. The Warrantors further agree that, in the event that any such amount is not repaid as of December 31, 2017, for purposes of determining the amount of losses suffered by the Series B Investors under Article VIII in connection with such event, each Series B Investor shall be deemed to have suffered a loss equal to such unpaid amount multiplied by the shareholding percentage of such Series B Investor in the Company at such time.

Article VII

Conditions

Section 7.1 Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party. The obligations of the Company, on the one hand, and each Investor, on the other hand, to proceed to the Closing with respect to such Investor is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and such Investor (where legally permissible) of the following conditions:

(a)    there shall not be in effect any Law or Order by a Government Authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to such Investor; and

(b)    no Action shall have been commenced by or before any Government Authority against such Party seeking to restrain or materially and adversely alter the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to such Investor which would render it impossible or unlawful to consummate such transactions, provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 7.1(b) shall not apply if such Party has directly or indirectly solicited or encouraged any such Action.

 

39


Table of Contents

Section 7.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Each Series A Investor. The obligations of each Series A Investor to proceed to the Closing with respect to such Series A Investor is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by such Series A Investor of the following additional conditions:

(a)    The representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III shall be true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing of such Series A Investor with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing of such Series A Investor;

(b)    the Warrantors shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date of such Series A Investor;

(c)    (i) the steps contemplated by Sections V.1 LOGO BVI2 LOGO BVI LOGO LOGO (for avoidance of doubt, excluding the completion of the registration of Circular 37), V.2 LOGO , V.4 LOGO (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any alternative plans noted thereunder (the “ODI Alternative Plans”)), V.5 LOGO WFOE), V.6 LOGO and V.7 LOGO VIE LOGO of the Restructuring Plan shall have been completed in accordance with the Restructuring Plan and the relevant Restructuring Documents and in compliance with applicable Laws, and (ii) such Series A Investor shall have received written evidence (including photographs) of the completion of the foregoing steps to the reasonable satisfaction of such Series A Investor; and

(d)    such Series A Investor shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized signatory of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b) and Section 7.2(c)(i) have been satisfied.

Section 7.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Each Series B Investor. The obligations of each Series B Investor to proceed to the Closing with respect to such Series B Investor is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by such Series B Investor of the following additional conditions:

(a)    (i) the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall be true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing of such Series B Investor with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date), and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article IV (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) (A) that are not qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing of such Series B Investor with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing of such Series B Investor, and (B) that are qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing of such Series B Investor with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing of such Series B Investor, in each case of (A) and (B), other than such representations and warranties that relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date);

 

40


Table of Contents

(b)    the Warrantors shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date of such Series B Investor;

(c)    (i) the steps contemplated by Sections V.1 LOGO BVI2 LOGO BVI LOGO LOGO 37 LOGO (for avoidance of doubt, excluding the completion of the registration of Circular 37), V.2 LOGO , V.4 LOGO (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any ODI Alternative Plan), V.5 LOGO WFOE), V.6 LOGO LOGO ), V.7 LOGO VIE LOGO and V.8 LOGO of the Restructuring Plan shall have been completed in accordance with the Restructuring Plan and the relevant Restructuring Documents and in compliance with applicable Laws, and (ii) such Series B Investor shall have received written evidence of the completion of the foregoing steps to the reasonable satisfaction of such Series B Investor (for avoidance of doubt, as for evidence about the application for the registration of Circular 37 under Section V.1 ( LOGO BVI2 LOGO BVI LOGO , LOGO 37 LOGO of the Restructuring Plan, the Company shall notify the Series B Investor reasonably in advance of the submission of such application, and the Series B Investor shall be entitled to designate a representative to witness such submission, provided that such representative shall timely appear and witness such submission in good faith);

(d)    from and after the date hereof, there shall have been no change, event, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e)    each of the employees set forth in SCHEDULE 12 shall have entered into an employment agreement containing customary non-competition, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants with the applicable Group Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to such Series B Investor and a copy of each such employment agreement shall have been provided to such Series B Investor;

(f)    the WFOE shall have joined this Agreement as a party by way of a Joinder Agreement pursuant to Section 9.15;

(g)    the First Ordinary Closing, the Series A Closing and the Second Ordinary Closing shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions herein immediately prior to the Series B Closing of such Series B Investor;

(h)    such Series B Investor shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized signatory of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(b), Section 7.3(c)(i), Section 7.3(d) and Section 7.3(g) have been satisfied; and

 

41


Table of Contents

(i)    no disagreement between such Series B Investor and the Warrantors as described in Section 6.3(c)(ii) shall have arisen, or such disagreement has arisen but has been resolved in accordance with Section 6.3(c)(ii).

Section 7.4 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of the Company. The obligation of the Company to proceed to the Closing with respect to any Investor is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company of the following additional conditions:

(a)    the representations and warranties of such Investor in Article V shall be true and correct in all material respects when made and as of the Closing of such Investor with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing of such Investor; and

(b)    such Investor shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by such Investor on or prior to the Closing Date of such Investor.

Section 7.5 Waiver of Certain Closing Conditions; Continuing Obligations.

(a)    Without prejudice to any Investor’s general right to waive any condition to its obligation to proceed to its Closing, in the event that, as of the ODI Long Stop Date, each of the ODI Investors shall have duly and timely submitted its application for ODI Registration but any ODI Investor shall not have duly completed its ODI Registration as of the ODI Long Stop Date despite its reasonable best efforts (an “ODI Delayed Event”), then, the Warrantors shall be entitled to execute and deliver a certificate to each other Investor certifying that an ODI Delayed Event has occurred. Upon its receipt of such certificate relating to any ODI Investor or, in the absence of such certificate, a written confirmation from the Series B Investors that the Series B Investors have waived the ODI Condition, each Investor shall be deemed to have waived the condition to its obligation to proceed to its Closing relating to the completion of the ODI Registration by such ODI Investor as contemplated by Section V.4 LOGO (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any ODI Alternative Plan) of the Restructuring Plan and Section 7.2(c) or Section 7.3(c), as applicable, of this Agreement (the “ODI Condition”).

(b)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that any Investor waives any condition to its obligation to proceed to its Closing, the relevant Parties shall nevertheless fulfill or cause to be fulfilled the terms of such condition as soon as practicable after the Closing. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the event that any Investor waives, or is deemed to have waived, pursuant to Section 7.5(a) or otherwise, the ODI Condition, the relevant ODI Investor hereby undertakes to (i) complete its ODI Registration as soon as practicable and in any event within such timeframe set forth in Section 3.4 of the Restructuring Agreement, and (ii) in the event that its ODI Registration is still not completed within such timeframe, immediately effect one of the ODI Alternative Plans and, in connection therewith, the relevant Parties will cooperate in good faith to promptly (x) enter into applicable Restructuring Documents (or amendments thereto), and (y) amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the consideration of such ODI Investor in respect of its Investor Subscription Shares and the payment arrangements relating thereto, in each case of (x) and (y), to the extent necessary to give effect to such ODI Alternative Plan and as approved in writing by the Series B Investors, provided, however, that the actions contemplated by sub-clause (x) shall not require the approval of the Series B Investors if such actions implement the ODI Alternative Plan on the terms and conditions as described in the Restructuring Plan and are not otherwise adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or the Series B Investor in any material respect.

 

42


Table of Contents

Article VIII

Indemnification

Section 8.1 Indemnification by the Warrantors. Each of the Warrantors (each, an “Indemnifying Party”) hereby shall, from and after the Closing, jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and its successors and assigns (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation or defense of any of the same or in responding to or cooperating with any governmental investigation), interest, awards, judgments, fines and penalties suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (in each case, whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise and whether or not resulting from Third Party Claims) (hereinafter “Indemnifiable Losses”), arising out of or relating to:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty given by any Warrantor to such Investor in this Agreement or any other representations, warranties or statements set forth in the other certificates, schedules or other documents delivered by or on behalf of any Warrantor to such Investor hereunder; and

(b)    any breach of any covenant of any Warrantor (other than any covenant that is specifically made only in favor of another Investor).

Section 8.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III shall survive indefinitely after the Closing of the applicable Series A Investor. Each of the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall survive indefinitely after the Closing of the applicable Series B Investor, and each representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article IV (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) shall survive until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date of the applicable Series B Investor.

Section 8.3 Limitation.

(a)    The aggregate indemnification amount claimed by an Investor or its Indemnified Parties against all the Warrantors pursuant to Section 8.1(a) shall not exceed an amount equal to the Investor Subscription Price paid by such Investor under this Agreement.

 

43


Table of Contents

(b)    The Founders shall not be obligated to use any of his personal assets (other than any equity interest in the Group Companies beneficially owned by him or any of his Affiliates) to satisfy his indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    The aggregate indemnification amount claimed by an Investor or its Indemnified Parties against all the Warrantors pursuant to Section 8.1(b) shall not exceed the Put Price (as defined in the Amended Articles) of the Indemnified Party.

(d)    If any loss incurred by any Indemnified Party is due to the breach or violation of any Warrantors as set forth in Section 8.1(b) hereunder, and such breach or violation has been fairly disclosed in writing to such Indemnified Party and has been acknowledged and consented to in writing by such Indemnified Party or the director(s) appointed by such Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party with respect to such loss.

(e)    Notwithstanding Section 8.3(a) through Section 8.3(d), the limitations set forth in Section 8.3(a) through Section 8.3(d) shall not apply with respect to any claims for losses arising out of fraud or willful misconduct.

Section 8.4 Procedure. Any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification under this Article VIII shall give written notice (a “Claim Notice”) to the Indemnifying Party. The Claim Notice shall include a description in reasonable detail of (i) the basis for, and nature of, such claim, including the facts constituting the basis for such claim, and (ii) the estimated amount of Indemnifiable Losses that have been or reasonably will be sustained by the Indemnified Party in connection with such claim. In the event of any claim, demand, action or proceeding asserted against any Indemnified Party by a third party with respect to which such Indemnified Party may claim indemnification under Section 8.1 (a “Third Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice within ten (10) Business Days of receiving written notice of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party fails to provide each such notice within such time period, the Indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice as to whether the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assume the defense, (x) the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such defense and to engage separate counsel of its own choosing at its own cost and expense and (y) the Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnified Party has not consented to in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless such settlement or compromise includes only the payment of monetary damages which shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability in respect of such Third Party Claim. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party will, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnifying Party in defending such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may assume the defense thereof at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, provided that the Indemnified Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnifying Party has not consented in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

44


Table of Contents

Article IX

Miscellaneous

Section 9.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (without giving effect to any choice of law principles thereof that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

Section 9.2 Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. The HKIAC Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference to this clause. The tribunal shall be comprised of three arbitrators. The Investor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall each nominate one arbitrator and the third, who shall serve as president of the tribunal, shall be nominated by the party-nominated arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to such arbitration as the sole and exclusive method of resolving any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, other than any proceedings to seek the remedies of specific performance as contemplated by Section 9.3.

(b)    The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree that they will not have recourse to any judicial proceedings, in any jurisdiction whatsoever, for the purpose of seeking appeal, annulment, setting aside, modification or any diminution or impairment of its terms or effect insofar as such exclusion can validly be made. Judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.

Section 9.3 Specific Performance. Each Party acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limitation to any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching Party will have the right to seek an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

 

45


Table of Contents

Section 9.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, which are hereby expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between all the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representatives and warranties, whether written or oral, among all the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 9.5 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such amendments. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder, as between the Company and each Investor, may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the Company (in the case of an assignment by such Investor) or the prior written consent of such Investor (in the case of an assignment by the Company), provided, however, that each Investor may assign its rights and obligations to any of its Affiliates or, in connection with a transfer that is not prohibited by the Amended Articles or the Shareholders Agreement, to any transferee of any Investor Subscription Shares, the Series B Warrants or the Series B Warrant Shares of such Investor without the prior written consent of any other Party.

Section 9.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership. A Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not have any right under, nor shall any such Person be entitled to enforce any provision of, this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among any of the parties hereto.

Section 9.7 Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing to the number or address set forth in SCHEDULE 9 hereto, and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand-delivered to the other parties, upon delivery; (b) when sent by facsimile or electronic mail, upon receipt of confirmation of error-free transmission or, in the case of electronic mail, upon such mail being sent unless the sending party subsequently learns that such electronic mail was not successfully delivered; (c) seven (7) Business Days after deposit in the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) three (3) Business Days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider. A Party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 9.7, by giving the other parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 9.8 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and each of the Investors. Any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is effective.

Section 9.9 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party hereto, upon any breach or default of any other Party hereto under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or of an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall it be construed to be any waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party hereto of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Party hereto of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party hereto, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

46


Table of Contents

Section 9.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures in portable document format (PDF) shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

Section 9.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the parties. In such event, the parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly reflects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

Section 9.12 Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party hereto will bear its own legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Section 9.13 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

(a)    Disclosure of Terms. The existence of the investment hereof and the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents (collectively, the “Financing Terms”) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party hereto to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below; provided that such confidential information shall not include, with respect to any Party hereto, any information that is (i) in the public domain other than by reason of the breach of the confidentiality obligations hereunder by such Party, (ii) already in the possession of such Party at the time the information was disclosed to such Party by other parties hereto, (iii) is acquired by such Party from a source other than the other parties hereto, which source, to the Knowledge of the receiving party, is not in breach of any obligation owed to any Party hereto in respect of such disclosure, (iv) independently developed by such Party without using or making reference to any confidential information, or (v) agreed in writing by the Company and the other Parties hereto not to be confidential.

 

47


Table of Contents

(b)    Press Releases, Etc. Each Party may not disclose the existence of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the Financing Terms except by way of a press release in form and substance jointly approved by the Company and the Investors; provided, however, that any press release containing the name of, or making specific reference to, any Investor or any of its Affiliates shall require the prior written consent of such Investor.

(c)    Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i)    in the event that any Party is requested by any Government Authority or becomes legally compelled (including, without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations and in connection with any legal, judicial, arbitration or administrative proceedings) to disclose the existence of this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents, any of the exhibits and schedules attached to such agreements, or any of the Financing Terms hereof in contravention of the provisions of this Section 9.13, such Party (the “Disclosing Party”) shall to the extent practicable and permitted by laws, provide the other parties (the “Non-Disclosing Parties”) with prompt written notice of that fact and use all commercially reasonable efforts to seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy with respect to the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable efforts to keep confidential such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party;

(ii)    any Party may disclose any of the Financing Terms to its current or bona fide prospective investors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys, in each case only where such Persons are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Investors shall be entitled to disclose the Financing Terms for the purposes of fund reporting or inter-fund reporting or to their fund manager, other funds managed by their fund manager and their respective auditors, counsel, directors, officers, employees, shareholders or investors; and

(iii)    each Investor may, without disclosing the identities of the other Investors or the Financing Terms of their respective investments in the Company without their consent, but subject to the consent of the Company, disclose such Investor’s investment in the Company and the Financing Terms of its investment to third parties or to the public at its sole discretion and, if it does so, the other Parties shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement by such Investor.

Section 9.14 Termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

48


Table of Contents

(a)    as between the Company, on the one hand, and any Investor, on the other hand:

(i)    by mutual written consent of the Company and such Investor;

(ii)    by either the Company or such Investor if the Closing with respect to such Investor shall not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date, provided, however, that the Company or such Investor, as applicable, shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this subsection (ii) if such Party has breached this Agreement and such breach has resulted in the Closing with respect to such Investor to not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date;

(iii)    by the Company if, between the date hereof and the Closing with respect to such Investor, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of such Investor set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.4 not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to such Investor by the Company; or

(iv)    by such Investor if, between the date hereof and the Closing with respect to such Investor, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of any Warrantor set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 (if such Investor is a Series A Investor) or Section 7.3 (if such Investor is a Series B Investor) not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to such Warrantor by such Investor;

(b)    as among all parties hereto, by mutual written consent of the Company and the Investors; and

(c)    if such Investor is a Series B Investor, by such Series B Investor pursuant to Section 6.3(b).

Upon any termination of this Agreement under this Section 9.14, this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no effect with respect to the applicable parties and the applicable parties shall be released from all future obligations hereunder, provided that (i) nothing herein shall relieve any such Party from Liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, and (ii) the provisions of Section 9.1 through Section 9.13 shall remain in final force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.14.

 

49


Table of Contents

Section 9.15 Effectiveness, Obligations of Investors. This Agreement shall take effect with respect to each Party (other than the WFOE) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each such Party. Upon the WFOE having been incorporated, the Warrantors shall promptly procure that the WFOE join this Agreement as a party by executing and delivering to each Investor a joinder agreement in the form set out in EXHIBIT F hereto (a “Joinder Agreement”), whereupon this Agreement shall also take effect with respect to the WFOE and shall be regarded as having become effective to WFOE as of the date hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each transaction contemplated hereby between the Warrantors, on the one hand, and each Investor, on the other hand, is a separate and distinct transaction and, accordingly, (i) the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations of each Investor under this Agreement, including each Investor’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to such Investor, as applicable, shall be several and not joint; and (ii) except as expressly provided herein, the failure or delay by any Investor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to such Investor shall not affect the rights and obligations of any Warrantor or any other Investor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to such Investor on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

** REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK **

 

50


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Studyvip Online Education HK Limited LOGO LOGO

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.


Table of Contents

Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

By: /s/ GU Kun                    

Name: GU Kun

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

YIN Jianhong LOGO

/s/ YIN Jianhong                    

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong                    

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

LIU Tongbo LOGO

/s/ LIU Tongbo                


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED

By: /s/ YANG Zhihui                

Name: YANG Zhihui

Title: Director


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership) LOGO LOGO )

By: /s/ XIAO Ping                    

Name: XIAO Ping

Title: Authorized Representative of the Managing Partner

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership)


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership) LOGO LOGO LOGO )

By: /s/ XIONG Mingwang                    

Name: XIONG Mingwang

Title: Authorized Representative of the Managing Partner

/s/ Seal of Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership)


Table of Contents

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

PV PLUTO LIMITED

By: /s/ Ena Leung                    

Name: Ena Leung

Title: Director

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

dated as of September 1, 2017

by and among

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

and

OTHER PARTIES NAMED HEREIN

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Article I Definitions

     6

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions

     6

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Rules of Construction

     14

Article II Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

     15

Section 2.1 Agreement to Subscribe and Issue

     15

Section 2.2 Closing

     16

Section 2.3 Closing Deliverables

     16

Section 2.4 Additional Agreement

     17

Article III Representations and Warranties of Warrantors

     17

Section 3.1 Organization and Authority

     17

Section 3.2 Capitalization

     18

Section 3.3 Subsidiaries

     18

Section 3.4 Due Authorization and Enforceability

     19

Section 3.5 No Conflicts; Consents

     20

Section 3.6 Valid Issuance of Shares

     20

Section 3.7 Corporate Books and Records

     20

Section 3.8 Financial Statements

     20

Section 3.9 No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency

     21

Section 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes

     22

Section 3.11 Title to Properties and Assets

     23

Section 3.12 Intellectual Property

     23

Section 3.13 Material Contracts

     24

Section 3.14 Litigation

     26

Section 3.15 Compliance with Laws

     26

Section 3.16 Taxes

     27

Section 3.17 Employee Matters

     28

Section 3.18 Transactions with Related Parties

     29

Section 3.19 Material Licenses

     30

Section 3.20 Entire Business

     30

Section 3.21 Full Disclosure

     30

Section 3.22 Exempt Offering

     30

Section 3.23 Brokers

     30

Article IV Representations and Warranties of Orchid Asia

     30

Section 4.1 Organization and Good Standing

     30

Section 4.2 Authorization

     31

 

2


     Page  

Section 4.3 No Conflicts

     31

Article V Covenants and Agreements

     31

Section 5.1 Access to Information

     31

Section 5.2 Conduct of Business

     31

Section 5.3 Notice of Certain Matters

     32

Section 5.4 Use of Proceeds

     33

Section 5.5 Further Assurances

     33

Section 5.6 Restructuring

     33

Section 5.7 Amended Articles

     33

Section 5.8 Circular 37 Registration

     34

Section 5.9 Certain Additional Covenants

     34

Article VI Conditions

     34

Section 6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party

     34

Section 6.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Orchid Asia

     35

Section 6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of the Company

     36

Article VII Indemnification

     36

Section 7.1 Indemnification by the Warrantors

     36

Section 7.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties

     36

Section 7.3 Limitation

     37

Section 7.4 Procedure

     37

Article VIII Miscellaneous

     38

Section 8.1 Governing Law

     38

Section 8.2 Dispute Resolution

     38

Section 8.3 Specific Performance

     39

Section 8.4 Entire Agreement

     39

Section 8.5 Successors and Assigns

     39

Section 8.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership

     39

Section 8.7 Notices

     39

Section 8.8 Amendments and Waivers

     40

Section 8.9 Delays or Omissions

     40

Section 8.10 Counterparts

     40

Section 8.11 Severability

     40

Section 8.12 Expenses

     40

Section 8.13 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure

     40

Section 8.14 Termination of this Agreement

     42

Section 8.15 Effectiveness

     43

 

3


SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1    List of Key Group Companies
Schedule 2    Company Bank Account
Schedule 3    Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 4    Address for Notices
Schedule 5    Restructuring Plan
Schedule 6    List of Specified Persons
Schedule 7    List of Certain Employees
Exhibit A    Form of Shareholders Agreement
Exhibit B    Form of Amended Articles
Exhibit C    Form of Cayman Legal Opinion
Exhibit D    Form of PRC Legal Opinion
Exhibit E    Executed Restructuring Documents

 

4


SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 1, 2017, by and among:

 

(1) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”);

 

(2) each Person listed in SCHEDULE 1 hereto (each a “Key Group Company”);

 

(3) MR. YIN JIANHONG LOGO , a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO LOGO a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913 ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founders”);

 

(4) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founder Holdcos”);

 

(5) STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Management Holdco”); and

 

(6) DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a company incorporated under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at c/o Vistra Corporate Services Centre Wickhams Cay II Road Town Tortola VG1110, the British Virgin Islands ( “Orchid Asia”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and allot to Orchid Asia, and Orchid Asia desires to subscribe for, certain Series B+ preferred shares with a par value of US$0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company (the “Series B+ Preferred Shares”) pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, on or about the date of this Agreement, the Company and Orchid Asia have also entered into a share subscription agreement pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell to Orchid Asia, and Orchid Asia has agreed to purchase from the Company, 31,857 Ordinary Shares (as defined below) on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in such sale and purchase agreement.

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Group Companies will undertake an internal restructuring in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

5


WHEREAS, the Company and Orchid Asia desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements with each other in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

Article I

Definitions

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

Action” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Government Authority.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, Orchid Asia shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company, and vice versa. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her Immediate Family Members.

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Amended Articles” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.

Applicable Accounting Standard” means, with respect to any Group Company, the generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC.

Approvals” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.5.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Act, and “Beneficially Own” shall have correlative meanings.

Benefit Plan” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.17.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business” means, in respect of a Group Company, the business as it currently conducts and as it currently proposes to conduct and, in respect of the Group Companies, the business as the Group Companies currently conduct and as they currently propose to conduct.

 

6


Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Hong Kong, New York, Singapore, the Cayman Islands or the PRC are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

Charter Documents” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

Circular 37” means the Circular No. 37 LOGO [2014]37 LOGO issued by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange on July 4, 2014, titled “Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Investment and Financing and Round Trip Investment via Special Purpose Companies LOGO LOGO ”, including any amendment, implementing rules, or official interpretation thereof or any replacement, successor or alternative legislation having the same subject matter thereof.

Claim Notice” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4.

Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2.

Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2.

Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Company Intellectual Property” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.12(a).

Company IP Agreements” means (a) licenses of Company Intellectual Property by any Group Company to any third party, (b) licenses of Intellectual Property by any third party to any Group Company, (c) agreements between any Group Company and any third party relating to the development or use of Intellectual Property, and (d) consents, settlements, decrees, orders, injunctions, judgments or rulings governing the use, validity or enforceability of Company Intellectual Property.

Company Security Holder” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15(e).

Company Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person that will become a Subsidiary of the Company at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the Restructuring.

 

7


Contract” means a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, and other legally binding agreement, whether written or oral.

Control” means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Disclosing Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(c)(i).

Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3, as may be updated prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 5.3(b).

Domestic Company” means Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

ESOP” means the equity based incentive plans of the Group Companies, as may be adopted and amended from time to time.

Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.8(a).

Financing Terms” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(a).

Founder Holdcos” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Founders” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Government Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization or national or international stock exchange on which the securities of the applicable party or its Affiliates are listed.

Group Companies” means the Company and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively, and each is herein referred to individually as a “Group Company”, provided, however, that KFYR shall not be deemed a Group Company for purposes of this Agreement.

HK Co” means Studyvip Online Education HK Limited LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong.

HKIAC” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(a).

 

8


HKIAC Rules” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(a).

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, grandparents, children, grandchildren, siblings and siblings-in-law (in each case whether adoptive or biological), (b) spouses of such Person’s children, grandchildren and siblings (in each case whether adoptive or biological), and (c) estates, trusts, partnerships and other Persons which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries are Controlled by the foregoing.

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal of and, accreted value, accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment premiums or penalties and fees and expenses or similar breakage costs or other fees required to be paid under such indebtedness to be satisfied and discharged in full in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practice of such Person); (iii) all capitalized lease obligations; (iv) all obligations and Liabilities payable upon termination of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest rate or exchange rate hedging or swap arrangements; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of any Persons the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).

Indemnifiable Losses” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

Indemnified Party” or “Indemnified Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

Intellectual Property” means all U.S. and non-U.S. intellectual property, including (i) all intellectual property rights in inventions, discoveries, and processes, and all patents, and patent disclosures, (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, Internet domain names and corporate names, and, to the extent recognized under applicable Law, other source indicators, and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby, (iii) all copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including all designs, (iv) all computer software, databases and programs, (v) all trade secrets, know-how, and other proprietary or confidential information and (vi) all applications, registrations, renewals, foreign counterparts, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, and divisionals of the foregoing.

Key Group Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

 

9


“KFYR” means Beijing Kafei Yirong Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated in the PRC.

Knowledge” means the knowledge actually possessed, or should have been possessed after due inquiry.

Law” means any federal, state, territorial, foreign or local law, common law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, measure, notice, circular, opinion or order of any Government Authority, including any rules promulgated by a stock exchange or regulatory body.

Legacy ESOP Platform” has the meaning ascribed to the term “ LOGO LOGO ” in the Restructuring Plan.

Liability” means any indebtedness, liability or obligation (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due), including those arising under any Law, Order, Action or Contract and including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

Licensed Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property licensed to any Group Company pursuant to the Company IP Agreements to which it is a party.

Lien” means any encumbrance, right, interest or restriction, including any mortgage, judgment lien, materialman’s lien, mechanic’s lien, other lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, encroachment, easement, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, right of pre-emption, right of first refusal, claim, option, limitation, forfeiture, penalty, equity, adverse interest or other third party right or security interest of any kind or an agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing.

Long Stop Date” means the date falling thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement.

Management Holdco” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Material Adverse Effect” means any change, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is or would be materially adverse to (a) the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Group Companies, taken as a whole; or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents.

Material Contract” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.13(a).

Material License” means all franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and any similar document issued or granted by any Government Authority that are, individually or in the aggregate, material for the conduct of the Business of the Group Companies.

 

10


Non-Disclosing Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(c)(i).

Order” means any written order, injunction, judgment, decree, legally binding notice, ruling, writ, assessment or arbitration award of a Government Authority.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares with a par value of US $0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company.

Party” or “Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Person” means any individual or any partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

Related Party” means any of (i) any Person (other than any Group Company) who Beneficially Owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in any Group Company, (ii) the directors, officers and Senior Managers of any Group Company, and the Affiliates of the Persons enumerated under (i) and (ii).

Related Party Contracts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.18(a).

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.1(d).

Restructuring Documents” means, collectively, (i) the agreements that have been or will be entered into by the relevant parties pursuant to the Restructuring Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the restructuring agreement providing for the overall arrangement of the Restructuring (the “Restructuring Agreement”), the various loan agreements contemplated by the Restructuring Plan, the capital increase agreement, equity interest transfer agreement and the joint venture contract relating to Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , the equity interest transfer agreements and capital reduction agreements relating to the transfer and reduction, respectively, of registered capital of the Domestic Company, and the VIE Agreements), the executed versions of which are attached as EXHIBIT E hereto as of the date hereof, and (ii) such other agreements, contracts, arrangements or documents that may be entered into in connection with the Restructuring.

Restructuring Plan” means the restructuring plan set forth in SCHEDULE 5 hereto.

RMB” means the lawful currency of the PRC.

SAFE” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange.

 

11


SAFE Regulations” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15(e).

Second Ordinary Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Senior Manager” of a Person means such Person’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technical officer, chief sales and marketing officer and any other individuals serving in comparable positions or having comparable duties and responsibilities.

Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement” means the Share Subscription Agreement entered into by and among the Company, the Series A Investors, the Series B Investor and certain other parties on June 19, 2017 (as may be amended from time to time).

Series A Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series A Investor” or “Series A Investors” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series A Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Investor” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B+ Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

Shareholders Agreement” means the shareholders agreement, to be entered into by and among the Company, the Series A Investors, the Series B Investor, Orchid Asia and certain other parties thereto, in substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.

 

12


Statement Date” means June 30, 2017.

Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person in which the first Person (a) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests; (b) holds the rights to more than fifty percent (50%) of the economic interest of such other Person, including interests held through a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements; or (c) has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other Person may be consolidated into the financial statements of the first Person under applicable accounting conventions.

Subsidiary Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.3(a).

Tax” or “Taxes” means any national, provincial, municipal, or local taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income (including enterprise income tax and individual income withholding tax), turnover (including value-added tax, business tax, and consumption tax), resource (including urban and township land use tax), special purpose (including land value-added tax, urban maintenance and construction tax, and additional education tax), property (including urban real estate tax and land use taxes), documentation (including stamp duty and deed tax), filing, recording, social insurance (including pension, medical, unemployment, housing, and other social insurance withholding), tariffs (including import duty and import value-added tax), and estimated and provisional taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Government Authority, and all interest, penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), or additional amounts imposed in connection with any of the foregoing tax items.

Tax Return” means any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes any Group Company.

Third Party Claim” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Joinder Agreements, the Shareholders Agreement, the Amended Articles, the Restructuring Documents and any other agreement, document or instrument required to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

13


VIE Agreements” means, collectively, the agreements, contracts, arrangements and documents implementing the VIE Structure of the Group Companies consisting of (i) Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement LOGO LOGO entered by and between the WFOE and the Domestic Company, (ii) Business Operation Agreement LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and the Irrevocable Voting Proxy LOGO entered into by the shareholders of the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, attached to the Business Operation Agreement LOGO LOGO , (iii) Option Agreement LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, (iv) Equity Pledge Agreement LOGO LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and (v) Letter of Consent LOGO entered into by the spouse of each Founder.

VIE Structure” means the investment structure in which a PRC-domiciled operating entity and its PRC shareholder(s) enter into a number of contracts with a non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) pursuant to which the non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) achieves Control of the PRC-domiciled operating entity and consolidates the financials of the PRC-domiciled entity with those of the non-PRC investor.

Warrantors” means the Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Group Companies, collectively.

Warrantor Fundamental Warranties” means, collectively, the representations and warranties of the Warrantors as set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization and Authority), Section 3.2 (Capitalization), Section 3.3 (Subsidiaries), Section 3.4 (Due Authorization and Enforceability), Section 3.5 (No Conflicts; Consents) and Section 3.6 (Valid Issuance of Shares).

WFOE” means Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited LOGO ..

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Rules of Construction.

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(i)    the provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement;

(ii)    any reference in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All Exhibits and Schedules hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein;

 

14


(iii)    any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa;

(iv)    the word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage otherwise requires) “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it;

(v)    words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires;

(vi)    when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded;

(vii)    references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party;

(viii)    references to “writing,” “written” and comparable expressions include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form including emails and faxes, provided the sender complies with the provisions of Section 8.7.

(ix)    if any payment hereunder would have been, but for this Section 1.2(a)(ix), due and payable on a date that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall instead be due and payable on the first Business Day after such date; and

(x)    the term “non-assessable,” when used with respect to any shares, means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof.

(b)    In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Article II

Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

Section 2.1 Agreement to Subscribe and Issue. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to Orchid Asia, and Orchid Asia hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the Closing Date, 70,632 Series B+ Preferred Shares (the “Subscription Shares”), for the aggregate subscription price of US$20,000,000 (the “Subscription Price”). The Subscription Price of Orchid Asia reflects a per share subscription price of US$ 283.16.

 

15


Section 2.2 Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the Subscription Shares of Orchid Asia (the “Closing”) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures on September 1, 2017, or at such other time and place as the Company and Orchid Asia shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Closing takes place, the “Closing Date”).

Section 2.3 Closing Deliverables. At the Closing,

(a)    Orchid Asia shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company:

(i)    to the extent not previously delivered, an amount equal to the Subscription Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the bank account of the Company set forth in SCHEDULE 2; and

(ii)    the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by Orchid Asia.

(b)    the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Orchid Asia:

(i)    a copy of the register of members of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing that the Subscription Shares have been issued and credited as fully-paid and registered under the name of Orchid Asia;

(ii)    a copy of a share certificate in the name of Orchid Asia, dated as of the Closing Date and to be duly executed on behalf of the Company, evidencing Orchid Asia’s ownership of the Subscription Shares;

(iii)    an opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga, as Cayman Islands counsel to the Company, addressed to Orchid Asia and dated as of the Closing Date, in the form set forth in EXHIBIT C hereto, and an opinion of Beijing Dentons Law Offices, LLP, as PRC counsel to the Company, addressed to Orchid Asia and dated as of the Closing Date, in the form set forth in EXHIBIT D hereto;

(iv)    a copy of this Agreement, with all executed Restructuring Documents attached as EXHIBIT E (including but not limited to the Restructuring Agreement and the VIE Agreements), and each Restructuring Document shall have been entered into in accordance with Section 5.6;

(v)    a copy of the Shareholders Agreement, duly executed by the Company and the other parties thereto (other than Orchid Asia); and

 

16


(vi)    copies of the duly adopted resolutions of the Board and the shareholders of the Company, duly certified by any authorized signatory of the Company, approving the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and adopting the Amended Articles effective no later than immediately prior to the Closing and, in the case of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Company, waiving any pre-emptive right, right of first refusal, anti-dilution rights and any other similar rights that the shareholders may have in respect of the issuance of the Series B+ Preferred Shares contemplated hereby.

Section 2.4 Additional Agreement. The Company shall deliver to Orchid Asia the original of the share certificate evidencing the Subscription Shares as soon as practicable (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after the Closing.

Article III

Representations and Warranties of Warrantors

Except as specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Warrantors hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to Orchid Asia that the statements contained in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

Section 3.1 Organization and Authority.

(a)    Each Group Company is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the Business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Group Company has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Group Companies has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

(b)    Each Founder Holdco is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Founder Holdco has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Founder Holdcos has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

(c)    Each Founder is of sound mind, has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party, has entered into or will enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party on his own will, and understands the nature of the obligations to be assumed by him under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party.

 

17


(d)    The Restructuring Plan sets forth a complete and accurate summary of the restructuring transactions that will be taken by the Group Companies in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Restructuring”). The transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Plan are in compliance with all applicable Laws and will not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on any Group Company.

Section 3.2 Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized share capital of the Company will be US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares consisting of the following:

(a)    Ordinary Shares. A total of 498,922,494 authorized Ordinary Shares, of which 1,982,774 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding.

(b)    Preferred Shares. (i) a total of 477,137 authorized Series A Preferred Shares, all of which are issued and outstanding, (ii) a total of 529,737 authorized Series B Preferred Shares, of which 413,194.5 are issued and outstanding, and a total of 70,632 authorized Series B+ Preferred Shares, of which none are issued and outstanding. Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate capitalization table of the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing.

(c)    Options, Warrants, Reserved Shares. Other than certain equity interests in the Domestic Company held by the Legacy ESOP Platform as disclosed in the Restructuring Plan (all of which equity interests will be pledged in favor of the WFOE in connection with the Restructuring and the VIE Agreement), no ESOP has been adopted by any Group Company. Except for (i) the rights of the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors to subscribe for their respective Series A Investor Subscription Shares and Series B Investor Subscription Shares, as applicable, pursuant to the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement, (ii) the rights of Orchid Asia to subscribe for its Subscription Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and (iii) rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights or agreements presently outstanding to purchase, convert into, exercise for or exchange any of the shares of the Company, and no shares of the Company’s outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person) or any agreement that affects the voting or relates to the giving of written consents with respect to such shares.

Section 3.3 Subsidiaries.

 

18


(a)    Section 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of the Company Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and, for each such Subsidiary, its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, names of its shareholders and the shareholding percentage of each such shareholder. As of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding shares of, or other equity or voting interests in the Company Subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Shares”) will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable and will be Beneficially Owned by the Company, free and clear of all Liens.

(b)    Except for the Subsidiary Shares, there are no equity securities of any class of any Company Subsidiary or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities, subscriptions, call rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights or any other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the issued or unissued share capital of any Company Subsidiary or obligating any Group Subsidiary to issue or sell any shares of, or any other interest in, such Company Subsidiary. There are no outstanding or authorized share appreciation rights, phantom shares, performance-based rights or profit participation or similar rights or obligations of any Company Subsidiary. There are no voting trusts, shareholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any of the Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of any Company Subsidiary.

(c)    As of the Closing Date, except for the Subsidiary Shares, no Group Company has any direct or indirect equity interest or similar interest by share ownership or otherwise in any Person or is a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, and no Group Company is obligated to make any investment in or capital contribution in or on behalf of any other Person.

(d)    Since their respective dates of incorporation, each of the Company, the HK Co and the WFOE has not conducted any business, owned any assets or had any Liability other than in connection with the transactions specifically contemplated hereby or by the Restructuring Plan or the Restructuring Documents, the acquisition and holding of their respective equity interests in the applicable Company Subsidiaries and business activities incidental thereto in the normal and ordinary course of holding such equity interests.

Section 3.4 Due Authorization and Enforceability. Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate action on the part of such Warrantor who is not a natural person necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance of all obligations of such Warrantor thereunder, and, the issuance, sale, transfer and delivery of the Subscription Shares by the Company has been taken or will be taken prior to or at the Closing. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Warrantor, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which such Warrantor is a party will be duly executed and delivered by such Warrantor. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Warrantor shall be (assuming due execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto), valid and legally binding obligations of such Warrantor enforceable against such Warrantor in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general equity principles.

 

19


Section 3.5 No Conflicts; Consents. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of and compliance with this Agreement and other Transaction Documents to which any Warrantor is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby by such Warrantor, will (a) result in any violation or breach of the Charter Documents of any Group Company or Founder Holdco, (b) result in any violation, breach or default under any Material Contract, (c) result in any violation of any applicable Law, or (d) require any consents, waivers, permits, approvals, Orders, licenses, authorizations, registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings by or with any Government Authority or any third party (collectively, “Approvals”), including without limitation waivers of preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to be obtained or made by any of the Group Companies in respect of the Subscription Shares (other than (x) Approvals which have been obtained or granted on or prior to the date of this Agreement and (y) Approvals of relevant Government Authorities in connection with the Restructuring).

Section 3.6 Valid Issuance of Shares. The Subscription Shares, when issued and allotted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any Liens.

Section 3.7 Corporate Books and Records. True and complete copies of all minute books of each Group Company have been provided to Orchid Asia and such copies contain all amendments and all minutes of meetings and actions taken by the applicable Group Company’s shareholders and directors since the date of its incorporation, and reflects all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects, and true and complete copies of all resolutions of the board and the shareholders of the Company and each other Group Company have been provided to Orchid Asia and such copies contain resolutions of all meetings of directors and shareholders of each Group Company and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the directors and shareholders of each Group Company since the date of its incorporation and accurately reflects all actions by the directors (and any committee thereof) and shareholders of each Group Company with respect to all transactions referred to in such resolutions in all material respects. All board and shareholder resolutions, Charter documents (and any amendments thereto) and any other required filings of the Group Companies have been duly filed with the relevant Government Authority within the required deadlines in all material respects.

Section 3.8 Financial Statements.

 

20


(a)    Correct and complete copies of (A) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of each of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for each of the fiscal years then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, and (B) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of April 30, 2017, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for the four-month period then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto ((A) and (B) collectively, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to Orchid Asia. The Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with the books of account and other financial records of the Group Companies, (ii) present fairly the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, (iii) have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Group Companies, and (iv) include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that are necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial condition of the Group Companies and the results of the operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

(b)    The books of account and other financial records of the Company and other Group Companies (i) reflect all items of income and expense and all assets and Liabilities required to be reflected therein in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, and in each case, applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Company, (ii) are in all material respects complete and correct, and do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies, and (iii) have been, in all material respects, maintained in accordance with all applicable Laws and good business and accounting practices.

(c)    All of the accounts receivable owing to any of the Group Companies, including without limitation all accounts receivable set forth on the Financial Statements, constitute valid and enforceable claims and are good and collectible in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, and reserves therefor shown on the Financial Statements are adequate and on a basis consistent with the Applicable Accounting Standard. No further goods or services are required to be provided in order to complete the sales and to entitle the respective Group Company to collect such accounts receivable in full. There are no material contingent or asserted claims, refusals to pay, or other rights of set-off with respect to any of the Group Companies.

Section 3.9 No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency.

(a)    None of the Group Companies has any Liabilities other than (i) Liabilities reflected on, reserved against, or disclosed in the Financial Statements, (ii) incurred since the Statement Date in the ordinary course of business of the Group Companies which do not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21


(b)    None of the Group Companies is insolvent under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or unable to pay its debts as they fall due. There are no ongoing proceedings or negotiations involving any Group Company in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors and no Order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed by or on behalf of any Group Company for the winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy of any Group Company, and there has not been any petition or Order for administration, winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy filed against a Group Company or any appointment of a receiver or liquidator in respect of the assets of a Group Company.

Section 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents, or as set forth in the Financial Statements or Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Statement Date, with respect to the Group Companies, there has not been any:

(a)    change which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    entry into any transaction that was not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or material changes in the customary methods of operations of any Group Company;

(c)    purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to any Group Company other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(d)    waiver, termination, cancellation, settlement or compromise by any Group Company of a right, debt or claim owed to it that is material to any Group Companies;

(e)    declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Group Companies’ shares, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such shares by any Group Company, in each case, other than any such transaction between the Group Companies;

(f)    amendment to or early termination of any Material Contract, entry of any new agreement or contract that would have been a Material Contract if in effect on the date hereof, or any amendment to any Charter Document;

(g)    any amendment to or termination of any material claim of any Group Company or waiver of any other material right of value to any Group Company;

(h)    authorization, sale, issuance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any equity or debt securities, or issuance or sale of any option, warrant or other rights to acquire any equity or debt securities, of any Group Company;

(i)    damages, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, resulting in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

22


(j)    material change in the accounting methods or practices followed by any Group Company;

(k)    capital expenditure or commitment for any capital expenditure in excess of US$1,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency) in a single transaction;

(l)    incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of any material Lien or Indebtedness (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses or Liens, guarantees, loans or advances that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(m)    material change in any compensation or benefit arrangement or agreement with any employee of any Group Company; or adoption of any ESOP or issuance of any award thereunder; or

(n)    agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 3.10.

Section 3.11 Title to Properties and Assets. Each Group Company solely owns or leases all properties and assets reasonably necessary to conduct the Business. Each Group Company has good and marketable title to all its properties and assets, both real and personal, including without limitation all properties and assets set forth on the Financial Statements, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case not being subject to any Liens. With respect to leased properties and assets, each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable leases. All properties and assets of each Group Company are in a good state of repair and in good working condition other than any normal wear and tear. None of the assets of any Group Company is a state-owned asset.

Section 3.12 Intellectual Property.

(a)    Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of (i) all Intellectual Property owned by each Group Company (“Company Intellectual Property”) and (ii) all Company IP Agreements.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is the exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property, and has a valid license to use the Licensed Intellectual Property in connection with the Business. Each Group Company is entitled to use all Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property in the continued operation of its Business without limitation, subject only to the terms of the Company IP Agreements.

 

23


(c)    The Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, include all of the Intellectual Property required for the conduct of or used in connection with the Business, and there are no other items of Intellectual Property that are material to the conduct of the Business. The Company Intellectual Property and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, the Licensed Intellectual Property are subsisting, valid and enforceable, and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part. Each item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority is in compliance with all applicable Laws, and all filings, payments and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such Intellectual Property rights in full force and effect have been made or taken in all material respects. Except as set forth in Section 3.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority has lapsed or expired or is scheduled to lapse or expire within the next twelve (12) months hereafter.

(d)    The conduct of the Business and the use of the Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, do not conflict with, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any third party, and no Action alleging any of the foregoing is pending, and no claim has been asserted against any Group Company alleging any of the foregoing. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there are no infringements or other violations of any Company Intellectual Property by any third party. No Company Intellectual Property is subject to any pending, or to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened Order or Action challenging or restricting the use of such Company Intellectual Property or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has granted in writing any license or other right to any third party with respect to the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will alter or impair the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Founders, the directors of each Group Company, current and former employee employed, and current and former consultant engaged, by each Group Company as of the Closing is underwritten obligation for the benefit of the Group Companies, to maintain in confidence all confidential and proprietary information acquired by them during the course of their employment and all rights and title to and ownership of all inventions made by them within the scope of their employment during such employment and for a reasonable period thereafter are vested in and remain with the Group Companies. Each Group Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the secrecy, and confidentiality of all of their material trade secrets and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized disclosure of any material data or information which, but for any such unauthorized disclosure, such Group Company would consider to be a material trade secret owned by such Group Company.

Section 3.13 Material Contracts.

(a)    Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following currently effective Contracts (other than the Transaction Documents) to which a Group Company is a party or otherwise bound (each such Contract, a “Material Contract”) that:

 

24


(i)    involves payments (or a series of payments), contingent or otherwise, of RMB2,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency), in cash, property or services;

(ii)    is with a Government Authority;

(iii)    limits or restricts any Group Company’s ability to compete or otherwise conduct the Business in any material respect, or that contains any exclusivity or change in control provision;

(iv)    grants a power of attorney, agency or similar authority;

(v)    relates to Indebtedness, provides for an extension of credit, provides for indemnification or any guaranty, or provides for a “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition of another Person;

(vi)     relates to any Intellectual Property, other than “shrink-wrap” or “off-the-shelf” commercially available software;

(vii)    is a Related Party Contract;

(viii)    is a lease on real or personal property;

(ix)    is an insurance policy;

(x)    is outside the ordinary course of business of any Group Company; or

(xi)    is otherwise material to any Group Company or is a Contract on which any Group Company is substantially dependent.

(b)    Each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Group Company that is a party thereto, the performance of which does not and will not violate any applicable Law or Order, and is in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, such Group Company has duly performed all of its obligations under each Material Contract to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and no breach or default, alleged breach or alleged default, or event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a breach or default thereunder by such Group Company or any other party or obligor with respect thereto, has occurred, or as a result of the execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Documents will occur. No Group Company has given notice (whether or not written) that it intends to terminate a Material Contract or that any other party thereto has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any notice (whether written or not) that it has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract or that any other party thereto intends to terminate such Material Contract.

 

25


Section 3.14 Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Action against any Group Company, or against any employee, officer or director of any Group Company in connection with their relationship with the Group Companies, pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened, including but not limited to any Actions that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents, the right of any Group Company to enter into the Transaction Documents to which such Group Company is a party, the rights and obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by such Transaction Documents, or that would result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no Order in effect against any Group Company and no Action initiated by any Group Company pending or which any of them intends to initiate.

Section 3.15 Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Orders that are applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of the Business or the ownership or use of any of its properties, assets and Intellectual Property.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that (with or without notice or lapse of time) (i) may constitute or result in a violation by any Group Company of, or a failure on the part of such Group Company to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) may give rise to any obligation on the part of any Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

(c)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has received any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Government Authority regarding (i) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential obligation on the part of such Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

 

26


(d)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the operations of the Group Companies in all material respects. All filings and registrations with the relevant Government Authorities required in respect of the Group Companies, including but not limited to the registrations with the Ministry of Commerce (or any predecessors), the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, and tax bureau and the local counter part of each of the aforementioned PRC Government Authorities, as applicable, have been duly completed in accordance with the relevant Laws in all material respects. No Group Company has received any letter or notice from any relevant Government Authority notifying it of the revocation of any authorization of any Government Authority, permit or license issued to it for non-compliance or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by any Group Company. Each Group Company has been conducting its business activities within the permitted scope of business or is otherwise operating its Businesses in full compliance with all relevant Laws and Orders in all material respects, including producing, processing and/or distributing products with all requisite licenses, permits and approvals granted by the competent Government Authorities. None of the Group Companies expects that any authorization of any Government Authority, license or permit requisite for the conduct of any part of its Business which is subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed by the relevant Government Authorities.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, each holder or beneficiary owner of shares or convertible securities of the Company (each, a “Company Security Holder”), who is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 has been in compliance with such reporting and/or registration requirements under Circular 37 and any other then applicable SAFE regulations, (collectively, the “SAFE Regulations”). To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, none of the Company Security Holders and the Group Companies has received any oral or written inquiries, notifications, Orders or any other forms of official correspondence from SAFE or any of its local branches with respect to any actual or alleged non-compliance with the SAFE Regulations and the Company and the Company Security Holders have made all oral or written filings, registrations, reporting or any other communications required by SAFE or any of its local branches.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, any increase or decrease of the registered capital, or any issuance or repurchase of shares of each Group Company, and any equity interest transfer or share transfer of each Group Company have been in compliance with all Laws and the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the foregoing changes of the Group Companies.

Section 3.16 Taxes.

(a)    Each Group Company has duly and timely filed all Tax Returns as required by Law to have been filed by it and all such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete. Except as set forth in Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company has paid in full all Taxes required to be paid by it and no Tax Liens (other than for current Taxes not yet due or payable) are currently in effect against any of the assets of any Group Company. The provisions for Taxes in the Financial Statements fully reflect all unpaid Taxes of each Group Company, whether or not assessed or disputed as of the date of the applicable Financial Statements.

 

27


(b)    No examination or audit of any Tax Returns of any Group Company by any Government Authority is currently in progress or has been threatened. No assessment of Tax has been proposed in writing against any Group Company or any of their assets or properties. None of the Group Companies is subject to any waivers or extensions of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to Taxes for any year. Since the Statement Date, none of the Group Companies has incurred any Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business. None of the Group Companies has received any written claim from a Government Authority in a jurisdiction where a Group Company does not file Tax Returns that such Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. None of the Group Companies is treated as a resident for Tax purposes of, or is otherwise subject to income Tax in, a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it has been established.

(c)    Each Group Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts due, owing to or paid to any Person.

(d)    Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all terms, conditions and formalities necessary for the continuance of any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order available under any applicable Tax Law. Each such Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order enjoyed by any Group Company has been made or granted in compliance with all applicable Laws and is expected to remain in full effect throughout the current effective period thereof after the Closing Date and no Group Company has received any notice to the contrary. Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all transfer pricing requirements in all jurisdictions in which they are required to comply with applicable transfer pricing regulations, and all the transactions between any Group Company and other related Persons (including any Group Company) have been effected on an arm’s length basis. All exemptions, reductions and rebates of material Taxes granted to any Group Company by a Government Authority are in full force and effect and have not been terminated. None of the Group Companies is responsible for Taxes of any other Person by reason of Contract, successor Liability, operation of Law or otherwise.

(e)    No Group Company will be required to include material amounts in income, or exclude material items of deduction, or qualification for Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive or Tax refund, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date. The transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party are not in violation of any applicable Law regarding Tax, and will not result in any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund being revoked, cancelled or terminated or trigger any Tax liability for the Group Companies.

 

28


Section 3.17 Employee Matters. The Founders and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all other full-time employees of each Group Company are devoting their full professional time to such Group Company. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no employee of any Group Company is in violation of any Law or Order, or any provision of any Contract, relating to such employee’s relationship with the Group Company or any prior employer. Except as disclosed in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule or as required by applicable Law, none of the Group Companies has any Benefit Plan. For purposes hereof, “Benefit Plan” means any plan, Contract or other arrangement, formal or informal, whether oral or written, providing any benefit to any present or former officer, director or employee, or dependent or beneficiary thereof, including any employment agreement or profit sharing, deferred compensation, share option, performance share, employee share purchase, bonus, severance, retirement, health or insurance plan. No employee of the Group Companies is owed any back wages or other compensation for services rendered except as set forth on the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no labor strike, labor slow down, labor claim, labor dispute or labor union organization activities pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened between any Group Company and its employees. Each Group Company has complied with all applicable Laws related to employment and related to the Benefit Plans (including Laws related to the contribution of social insurance and related benefits).

Section 3.18 Transactions with Related Parties.

(a)    All Contracts (other than (i) the Transaction Documents, (ii) the employment agreements, and (iii) the confidential information, invention assignment, non-compete and non-solicitation agreements) to or by which any Group Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand, are or have been a party or otherwise bound or affected (the “Related Party Contracts”) are set forth on Section 3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. Each Related Party Contract was made on terms and conditions as favorable to such Group Company as would have been obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

(b)    Except as set forth on Section 3.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule no Related Party has any direct or indirect ownership in any Person with which any Group Company has a business relationship, or any Person that competes with or could reasonably be expected to compete with any Group Company, except for ownership of less than one percent (1%) of any class or other equity of publicly traded companies. Except for transactions in the ordinary course of business of a Group Company on terms and conditions as favorable to the Group Companies as would have been obtainable by them at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party, no Related Party has any Contract, understanding, business relationship with, proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company, nor is any Group Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them (other than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other standard employee benefits). Except as set forth in Section 3.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Related Party has had, either directly or indirectly, a material interest in: (i) any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services; or (ii) any Contract to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.

 

29


Section 3.19 Material Licenses. Each Group Company has all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as now being conducted, and the Group Companies can be reasonably expected to obtain all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as proposed to be conducted. Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all Material Licenses held by each Group Company and the termination date of each such Material License. The Material Licenses currently held by the Group Company are, and will remain, in full force and effect for not less than one (1) year after the Closing. No other Material License is necessary for, or otherwise material to, the conduct of the Business by any such Group Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents will not result in the termination or revocation of any of the Material Licenses. None of the Group Companies is in default in any material respect under any of its Material Licenses and has not received any notice (whether written or not) relating to the suspension, revocation or modification of any such Material Licenses.

Section 3.20 Entire Business. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with any other Person, which are used in connection with the Business of the Group Companies.

Section 3.21 Full Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any Exhibit or Schedule hereto contains any untrue statement of any material fact or omits to state any material fact reasonably necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

Section 3.22 Exempt Offering. Subject to the accuracy of the representations of Orchid Asia set forth in Article IV below, the offer, sale and issuance of the Subscription Shares to Orchid Asia in conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Section 3.23 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to receive from any Group Company any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any Group Company.

Article IV

Representations and Warranties of Orchid Asia

Orchid Asia hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Article IV are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

 

30


Section 4.1 Organization and Good Standing. Orchid Asia is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 4.2 Authorization. Orchid Asia has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Orchid Asia. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by Orchid Asia and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Orchid Asia, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.

Section 4.3 No Conflicts. None of the execution, delivery and performance by Orchid Asia of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or compliance by Orchid Asia with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will breach or conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), any provision of (i) the memorandum and articles of association of Orchid Asia; or (ii) any Order or Law applicable to Orchid Asia, in each case of (i) and (ii), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of Orchid Asia to carry out its obligations hereunder and under the other Transactions Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Article V

Covenants and Agreements

Section 5.1 Access to Information. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Warrantors shall, and shall cause the Company’s and the other Group Companies’ directors, officers, employees, and other representatives to, give to Orchid Asia, reasonable access during regular business hours to the offices, properties and books and records of the Company and the other Group Companies and furnish to Orchid Asia such financial and operating data and any other information relating to any of the Group Companies as Orchid Asia may reasonably request.

Section 5.2 Conduct of Business. From the date hereof until the Closing, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or with the prior written consent of Orchid Asia, the Group Companies shall, and the Founders shall cause the Group Companies to:

 

31


(a)    conduct the respective Business of the Group Companies in the ordinary course and consistent with the Group Companies’ past practice;

(b)    continue the respective promotional activities and pricing and purchasing policies of the Group Companies consistent with past practice;

(c)    use their best efforts to (i) preserve the present business operations, organization and goodwill of the Group Companies, (ii) keep available the services of its current officers and employees, (iii) preserve the present relationships with clients of the Group Companies, and (iv) not engage in any practice, take any action, fail to take any action or enter into any transaction which could cause any representation or warranty with respect to the Group Companies in this Agreement to be untrue or result in a breach of any covenant made by the Company in this Agreement; and

(d)    not take any of the actions enumerated in Section 3.10.

Section 5.3 Notice of Certain Matters.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing, each Party shall promptly notify the other Parties of any occurrence of which it is aware that is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VI becoming incapable of being satisfied; provided, however, that any Party’s failure to give notice of any such occurrence as required pursuant to this Section 5.3(a) shall not be (i) deemed to be a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 5.3(a), but instead shall (if applicable) constitute only a breach of the applicable underlying representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, or (ii) taken into account in determining whether the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VI have been satisfied.

(b)    Without limitation to Section 5.3(a), if there occurs any facts, events or circumstances after the date hereof and before the Closing that constitutes a material breach of any representations or warranties of the Warrantors that are to be repeated at the Closing, the Warrantors shall promptly execute a certificate detailing such facts, events or circumstances and deliver such certificate to Orchid Asia, whereupon the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to have been updated with such facts, events or circumstances as set forth in such certificate (but such update shall be deemed to qualify only the representations and warranties (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) that are repeated at the Closing). Upon and after any such update to the Disclosure Schedule,

(i)    if the Warrantors acknowledge that such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or Orchid Asia in a material respect, Orchid Asia shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company, and

 

32


(ii)    if Orchid Asia and the Warrantors, in their respective reasonable beliefs, disagree as to whether such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or Orchid Asia in a material respect, Orchid Asia and the Warrantors shall consult with each other in good faith with a view to resolving such disagreement (including agreeing on any adjustments to the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby that may be necessary) as soon as reasonably practicable, provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Orchid Asia (x) shall not be obligated to proceed with the Closing unless and until Orchid Asia and the Warrantors have resolved such disagreement through mutual consultation, and (y) shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company at any time after the Long Stop Date if the Closing shall not have occurred as of the Long Stop Date.

Section 5.4 Use of Proceeds. The Company agrees and covenants with Orchid Asia that without the prior written consent of Orchid Asia, the proceeds from the issue of the Subscription Shares hereunder shall only be used for payment of the consideration or loans payable by a Group Company in connection with the Restructuring, on the terms and conditions expressly set out in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents, and any remaining proceeds shall only be used for business operations, strategic investments, and other general corporate purposes of the Group Companies.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Party hereto shall use (and the Company shall cause each other Group Company to use) its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) take all actions necessary or appropriate and do all things (including to execute and deliver documents and other papers) necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to the other Parties’ respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Restructuring.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement, the Group Companies shall (and the Founders shall cause the Group Companies to), and each other Party who (or whose Affiliate) is or will become a party to any Restructuring Document shall (and shall cause its applicable Affiliate to), take all necessary steps to complete the Restructuring as soon as practicable in accordance with the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents (including the timing requirements and the other terms and conditions set forth therein) and in compliance with applicable Laws. The Group Companies and the Founders shall keep Orchid Asia reasonably informed of the status and progress of the Restructuring, and shall promptly notify Orchid Asia upon the completion of each step of the Restructuring and provide all relevant evidence relating thereto.

Section 5.7 Amended Articles. The Company shall, and the Founders shall procure that the Company duly file the Amended Articles filed with the appropriate corporate registration authorities of the Cayman Islands within thirty (30) days after the Closing.

 

33


Section 5.8 Circular 37 Registration. Each Company Security Holder who is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 shall, and each Warrantor shall cause such Company Security Holder to, complete all of its necessary reporting and/or registration of Circular 37 and provide evidence relating thereto within two (2) months after the Closing.

Section 5.9 Certain Additional Covenants. The Warrantors hereby jointly and severally undertake in favor of Orchid Asia as follows:

(a)    after the Closing, the Group Companies shall, and the Founders shall procure that the Group Companies will, use reasonable best efforts obtain all permits and licenses necessary for the operation of the Business;

(b)    the Group Companies incorporated in the PRC and their respective branches shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to include “ LOGO ” and/or “ LOGO ” in the business scope of their respective business licenses;

(c)    the Warrantors shall cause each of the Persons listed in SCHEDULE 6 to be liquidated and de-registered, or all of the equity interests in each such Person to be transferred to a third party who is not an Affiliate of any Warrantor, as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within two (2) years) after the Series B Closing; and

(d)    the Warrantors shall (i) ensure that LOGO LOGO shall, no later than December 31, 2017, repay all amounts owed by it to the Domestic Company and any other Group Company (whether due to intercompany payables, loans or otherwise) (such amounts as of the date hereof being RMB 44,042,793.23 in the aggregate), and (ii) provide written evidence of such full repayment to Orchid Asia no later than December 31, 2017. The Warrantors further agree that, in the event that any such amount is not repaid as of December 31, 2017, for purposes of determining the amount of losses suffered by Orchid Asia under Article VII in connection with such event, Orchid Asia shall be deemed to have suffered a loss equal to such unpaid amount multiplied by the shareholding percentage of Orchid Asia in the Company at such time.

Article VI

Conditions

Section 6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party. The obligations of the Company, on the one hand, and Orchid Asia, on the other hand, to proceed to the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and Orchid Asia (where legally permissible) of the following conditions:

(a)    there shall not be in effect any Law or Order by a Government Authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

34


(b)    no Action shall have been commenced by or before any Government Authority against such Party seeking to restrain or materially and adversely alter the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which would render it impossible or unlawful to consummate such transactions, provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 6.1(a) shall not apply if such Party has directly or indirectly solicited or encouraged any such Action.

Section 6.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Orchid Asia. The obligations of Orchid Asia to proceed to the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Orchid Asia of the following additional conditions:

(a)    (i) the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall be true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date), and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) (A) that are not qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, and (B) that are qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, in each case of (A) and (B), other than such representations and warranties that relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date);

(b)    the Warrantors shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date;

(c)    from and after the date hereof, there shall have been no change, event, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)    each of the employees set forth in SCHEDULE 7 shall have entered into an employment agreement containing customary non-competition, confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants with the applicable Group Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to Orchid Asia and a copy of each such employment agreement shall have been provided to Orchid Asia;

(e)    Orchid Asia shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized signatory of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a), Section 6.2(b), Section 6.2(c) and Section 6.2(d) have been satisfied; and

 

35


(f)    no disagreement between Orchid Asia and the Warrantors as described in Section 5.3(b)(ii) shall have arisen, or such disagreement has arisen but has been resolved in accordance with Section 5.3(b)(ii);

Section 6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of the Company. The obligation of the Company to proceed to the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company of the following additional conditions:

(a)    the representations and warranties of Orchid Asia in Article IV shall be true and correct in all material respects when made and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing; and

(b)    Orchid Asia shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by Orchid Asia on or prior to the Closing Date.

Article VII

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Indemnification by the Warrantors. Each of the Warrantors (each, an “Indemnifying Party”) hereby shall, from and after the Closing, jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Orchid Asia and its successors and assigns (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation or defense of any of the same or in responding to or cooperating with any governmental investigation), interest, awards, judgments, fines and penalties suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (in each case, whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise and whether or not resulting from Third Party Claims) (hereinafter “Indemnifiable Losses”), arising out of or relating to:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty given by any Warrantor to Orchid Asia in this Agreement or any other representations, warranties or statements set forth in the other certificates, schedules or other documents delivered by or on behalf of any Warrantor to Orchid Asia hereunder; and

(b)    any breach of any covenant of any Warrantor.

Section 7.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Each of the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall survive indefinitely after the Closing, and each representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) shall survive until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

36


Section 7.3 Limitation.

(a)    The aggregate indemnification amount claimed by Orchid Asia or its Indemnified Parties against all the Warrantors pursuant to Section 7.1(a) shall not exceed an amount equal to the Subscription Price paid by Orchid Asia under this Agreement.

(b)    The Founders shall not be obligated to use any of his personal assets (other than any equity interest in the Group Companies beneficially owned by him or any of his Affiliates) to satisfy his indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    The aggregate indemnification amount claimed by Orchid Asia or its Indemnified Parties against all the Warrantors pursuant to Section 7.1(b) shall not exceed the Put Price (as defined in the Amended Articles) of the Indemnified Party.

(d)    If any loss incurred by any Indemnified Party is due to the breach or violation of any Warrantors as set forth in Section 7.1(b) hereunder, and such breach or violation has been fairly disclosed in writing to such Indemnified Party and has been acknowledged and consented to in writing by such Indemnified Party or the director(s) appointed by such Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party with respect to such loss.

(e)    Notwithstanding Section 7.3(a) through Section 7.3(d), the limitations set forth in Section 7.3(a) through Section 7.3(d) shall not apply with respect to any claims for losses arising out of fraud or willful misconduct.

Section 7.4 Procedure. Any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification under this Article VII shall give written notice (a “Claim Notice”) to the Indemnifying Party. The Claim Notice shall include a description in reasonable detail of (i) the basis for, and nature of, such claim, including the facts constituting the basis for such claim, and (ii) the estimated amount of Indemnifiable Losses that have been or reasonably will be sustained by the Indemnified Party in connection with such claim. In the event of any claim, demand, action or proceeding asserted against any Indemnified Party by a third party with respect to which such Indemnified Party may claim indemnification under Section 7.1 (a “Third Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice within ten Business Days of receiving written notice of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party fails to provide each such notice within such time period, the Indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice as to whether the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assume the defense, (x) the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such defense and to engage separate counsel of its own choosing at its own cost and expense and (y) the Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnified Party has not consented to in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless such settlement or compromise includes only the payment of monetary damages which shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability in respect of such Third Party Claim. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party will, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnifying Party in defending such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may assume the defense thereof at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, provided that the Indemnified Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnifying Party has not consented in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

37


Article VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (without giving effect to any choice of law principles thereof that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

Section 8.2 Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. The HKIAC Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference to this clause. The tribunal shall be comprised of three arbitrators. Orchid Asia, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall each nominate one arbitrator and the third, who shall serve as president of the tribunal, shall be nominated by the party-nominated arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to such arbitration as the sole and exclusive method of resolving any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, other than any proceedings to seek the remedies of specific performance as contemplated by Section 8.3.

(b)    The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree that they will not have recourse to any judicial proceedings, in any jurisdiction whatsoever, for the purpose of seeking appeal, annulment, setting aside, modification or any diminution or impairment of its terms or effect insofar as such exclusion can validly be made. Judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.

 

38


Section 8.3 Specific Performance. Each Party acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limitation to any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching Party will have the right to seek an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 8.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, which are hereby expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between all the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representatives and warranties, whether written or oral, among all the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 8.5 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the Parties whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such amendments. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the Company (in the case of an assignment by Orchid Asia) or the prior written consent of Orchid Asia (in the case of an assignment by the Company), provided, however, that Orchid Asia may assign its rights and obligations to any of its Affiliates or, in connection with a transfer that is not prohibited by the Amended Articles or the Shareholders Agreement, to any transferee of any Subscription Shares without the prior written consent of any other Party.

Section 8.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership. A Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not have any right under, nor shall any such Person be entitled to enforce any provision of, this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among any of the Parties.

Section 8.7 Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing to the number or address set forth in SCHEDULE 4 hereto, and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand-delivered to the other parties, upon delivery; (b) when sent by facsimile or electronic mail, upon receipt of confirmation of error-free transmission or, in the case of electronic mail, upon such mail being sent unless the sending party subsequently learns that such electronic mail was not successfully delivered; (c) seven Business Days after deposit in the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) three (3) Business Days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider. A Party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 8.7, by giving the other parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

 

39


Section 8.8 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia. Any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is effective.

Section 8.9 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or of an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall it be construed to be any waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Section 8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures in portable document format (PDF) shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

Section 8.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the parties. In such event, the parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly reflects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

Section 8.12 Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear its own legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Section 8.13 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

40


(a)    Disclosure of Terms. The existence of the investment hereof and the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents (collectively, the “Financing Terms”) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party hereto to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below; provided that such confidential information shall not include, with respect to any Party, any information that is (i) in the public domain other than by reason of the breach of the confidentiality obligations hereunder by such Party, (ii) already in the possession of such Party at the time the information was disclosed to such Party by other parties hereto, (iii) is acquired by such Party from a source other than the other parties hereto, which source, to the Knowledge of the receiving party, is not in breach of any obligation owed to any Party in respect of such disclosure, (iv) independently developed by such Party without using or making reference to any confidential information, or (v) agreed in writing by the Company and the other Parties not to be confidential.

(b)    Press Releases, Etc. Each Party may not disclose the existence of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the Financing Terms except by way of a press release in form and substance jointly approved by the Company and Orchid Asia; provided, however, that any press release containing the name of, or making specific reference to, Orchid Asia or any of its Affiliates shall require the prior written consent of Orchid Asia.

(c)    Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i)    in the event that any Party is requested by any Government Authority or becomes legally compelled (including, without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations and in connection with any legal, judicial, arbitration or administrative proceedings) to disclose the existence of this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents, any of the exhibits and schedules attached to such agreements, or any of the Financing Terms hereof in contravention of the provisions of this Section 8.13, such Party (the “Disclosing Party”) shall to the extent practicable and permitted by laws, provide the other parties (the “Non-Disclosing Parties”) with prompt written notice of that fact and use all commercially reasonable efforts to seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy with respect to the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable efforts to keep confidential such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party;

(ii)    any Party may disclose any of the Financing Terms to its current or bona fide prospective investors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys, in each case only where such Persons are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Orchid Asia shall be entitled to disclose the Financing Terms for the purposes of fund reporting or inter-fund reporting or to their fund manager, other funds managed by their fund manager and their respective auditors, counsel, directors, officers, employees, shareholders or investors; and

 

41


(iii)    Orchid Asia may, subject to the consent of the Company, disclose its investment in the Company and the Financing Terms of its investment to third parties or to the public at its sole discretion and, if it does so, the other Parties shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement by Orchid Asia.

Section 8.14 Termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)    as between the Company, on the one hand, and Orchid Asia, on the other hand:

(i)    by mutual written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia;

(ii)    by either the Company or Orchid Asia if the Closing shall not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date, provided, however, that the Company or Orchid Asia, as applicable, shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this subsection (ii) if such Party has breached this Agreement and such breach has resulted in the Closing to not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date;

(iii)    by the Company if, between the date hereof and the Closing, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Orchid Asia set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.3 not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to Orchid Asia by the Company; or

(iv)    by Orchid Asia if, between the date hereof and the Closing, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of any Warrantor set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to such Warrantor by Orchid Asia;

(b)    as among all parties hereto, by mutual written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia; and

(c)    by Orchid Asia pursuant to Section 5.3(b).

Upon any termination of this Agreement under this Section 8.14 this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no effect with respect to the applicable Parties and the applicable Parties shall be released from all future obligations hereunder, provided that (i) nothing herein shall relieve any such Party from Liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, and (ii) the provisions of Section 8.1 through Section 8.13 shall remain in final force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.14.

 

42


Section 8.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall take effect with respect to each Party upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each such Party.

** REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK **

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:   /s/ YIN Jianhong                    
Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
BEIJING SHANGZHI JIAYE EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. LOGO
By:   /s/ YIN Jianhong                    
Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.
STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION HK LIMITED LOGO LOGO
By:   /s/ YIN Jianhong                    
Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director

Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited

LOGO LOGO

By:   /s/ LIU Tongbo                      
Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

LOGO

By: /s/ seal of GU Kun                

Name: GU Kun

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

LOGO

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                    

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

45


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

YIN Jianhong LOGO

/s/ YIN Jianhong                    

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED

By: /s/ YIN Jianhong              

Name: YIN Jianhong

Title: Director

LIU Tongbo LOGO

/s/ LIU Tongbo                        

SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                        

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED

By: /s/ LIU Tongbo                   

Name: LIU Tongbo

Title: Director

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

By: /s/ Gabriel Li                    

Name: Gabriel Li

Title: Director

 

47

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

dated as of September 1, 2017

by and among

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED

and

OTHER PARTIES NAMED HEREIN

 

 

 

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Article I Definitions

     6  

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions.

     6  

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Rules of Construction.

     13  

Article II Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

     14  

Section 2.1 Agreement to Subscribe and Issue.

     14  

Section 2.2 Closing.

     14  

Section 2.3 Closing Deliverables.

     14  

Section 2.4 Additional Agreement.

     15  

Article III Representations and Warranties of Warrantors

     15  

Section 3.1 Organization and Authority.

     15  

Section 3.2 Capitalization.

     16  

Section 3.3 Subsidiaries.

     16  

Section 3.4 Due Authorization and Enforceability.

     17  

Section 3.5 No Conflicts; Consents.

     18  

Section 3.6 Valid Issuance of Shares.

     18  

Section 3.7 Corporate Books and Records.

     18  

Section 3.8 Financial Statements.

     18  

Section 3.9 No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency.

     19  

Section 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes.

     19  

Section 3.11 Title to Properties and Assets.

     20  

Section 3.12 Intellectual Property.

     21  

Section 3.13 Material Contracts.

     22  

Section 3.14 Litigation.

     23  

Section 3.15 Compliance with Laws.

     23  

Section 3.16 Taxes.

     24  

Section 3.17 Employee Matters.

     25  

Section 3.18 Transactions with Related Parties.

     26  

Section 3.19 Material Licenses.

     26  

Section 3.20 Entire Business.

     26  

Section 3.21 Full Disclosure.

     27  

Section 3.22 Exempt Offering.

     27  

Section 3.23 Brokers.

     27  

Article IV Representations and Warranties of Orchid Asia

     27  

Section 4.1 Organization and Good Standing.

     27  

Section 4.2 Authorization.

     27  

Section 4.3 No Conflicts.

     27  

Article V Covenants and Agreements

     28  

 

2


     Page  

Section 5.1 Access to Information.

     28  

Section 5.2 Notice of Certain Matters.

     28  

Section 5.3 Use of Proceeds.

     29  

Section 5.4 Further Assurances.

     29  

Article VI Conditions

     29  

Section 6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party.

     29  

Section 6.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Orchid Asia.

     29  

Article VII Indemnification

     30  

Section 7.1 Indemnification by the Warrantors.

     30  

Section 7.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

     30  

Section 7.3 Limitation.

     31  

Section 7.4 Procedure.

     31  

Article VIII Miscellaneous

     32  

Section 8.1 Governing Law.

     32  

Section 8.2 Dispute Resolution.

     32  

Section 8.3 Specific Performance.

     32  

Section 8.4 Entire Agreement.

     32  

Section 8.5 Successors and Assigns.

     33  

Section 8.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership.

     33  

Section 8.7 Notices.

     33  

Section 8.8 Amendments and Waivers.

     33  

Section 8.9 Delays or Omissions.

     33  

Section 8.10 Counterparts.

     33  

Section 8.11 Severability.

     34  

Section 8.12 Expenses.

     34  

Section 8.13 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

     34  

Section 8.14 Termination of this Agreement.

     35  

Section 8.15 Effectiveness.

     36  

 

3


SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1    List of Key Group Companies
Schedule 2    Company Bank Account
Schedule 3    Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 4    Address for Notices

 

4


SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 1, 2017, by and among:

 

(1) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”);

 

(2) each Person listed in SCHEDULE 1 hereto (each a “Key Group Company”);

 

(3) MR. YIN JIANHONG LOGO , a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO LOGO a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913 ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founders”);

 

(4) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founder Holdcos”);

 

(5) STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Management Holdco”); and

 

(6) DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED, a company incorporated under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at c/o Vistra Corporate Services Centre Wickhams Cay II Road Town Tortola VG1110, the British Virgin Islands (“Orchid Asia”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires to buy back from the Management Holdco, and the Management Holdco desires to sell to the Company, 31,857 Ordinary Shares (as defined below) (the “Ordinary Share Buy-back”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and allot to Orchid Asia, and Orchid Asia desires to subscribe for, the same number of Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and Orchid Asia desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements with each other in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

5


Article I

Definitions

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1:

Action” means any claim, action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Government Authority.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such specified Person, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, Orchid Asia shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company, and vice versa. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her Immediate Family Members.

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Amended Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as amended and restated pursuant to the terms of the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement and as may be amended and restated from time to time).

Applicable Accounting Standard” means, with respect to any Group Company, the generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC.

Approvals” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.5.

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to “beneficial owner” in Rule 13d- 3 of the Securities Act, and “Beneficially Own” shall have correlative meanings.

Benefit Plan” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.17.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business” means, in respect of a Group Company, the business as it currently conducts and as it currently proposes to conduct and, in respect of the Group Companies, the business as the Group Companies currently conduct and as they currently propose to conduct.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Hong Kong, New York, Singapore, the Cayman Islands or the PRC are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

Charter Documents” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

Circular 37” means the Circular No. 37 LOGO [2014]37 LOGO issued by the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange on July 4, 2014, titled “Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Investment and Financing and Round Trip Investment via Special Purpose Companies LOGO LOGO LOGO ”, including any amendment, implementing rules, or official interpretation thereof or any replacement, successor or alternative legislation having the same subject matter thereof.

 

6


Claim Notice” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4.

Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2.

Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.2.

Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Company Intellectual Property” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.12(a).

Company IP Agreements” means (a) licenses of Company Intellectual Property by any Group Company to any third party, (b) licenses of Intellectual Property by any third party to any Group Company, (c) agreements between any Group Company and any third party relating to the development or use of Intellectual Property, and (d) consents, settlements, decrees, orders, injunctions, judgments or rulings governing the use, validity or enforceability of Company Intellectual Property.

Company Security Holder” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15(e).

Company Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of the Company and any other Person that will become a Subsidiary of the Company at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the Restructuring.

Contract” means a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, and other legally binding agreement, whether written or oral.

Control” means, as used with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Disclosing Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(c)(i).

Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule attached hereto as SCHEDULE 3, as may be updated prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

Domestic Company” means Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO , a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

ESOP” means the equity based incentive plans of the Group Companies, as may be adopted and amended from time to time.

Financial Statements” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.8(a).

Financing Terms” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(a).

Founder Holdcos” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

 

7


Founders” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Government Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization or national or international stock exchange on which the securities of the applicable party or its Affiliates are listed.

Group Companies” means the Company and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively, and each is herein referred to individually as a “Group Company”, provided, however, that KFYR shall not be deemed a Group Company for purposes of this Agreement.

HK Co” means Studyvip Online Education HK Limited LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong.

HKIAC” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(a).

HKIAC Rules” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2(a).

Immediate Family Members” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) such Person’s spouse, parents, parents-in-law, grandparents, children, grandchildren, siblings and siblings-in-law (in each case whether adoptive or biological), (b) spouses of such Person’s children, grandchildren and siblings (in each case whether adoptive or biological), and (c) estates, trusts, partnerships and other Persons which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries are Controlled by the foregoing.

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal of and, accreted value, accrued and unpaid interest, prepayment premiums or penalties and fees and expenses or similar breakage costs or other fees required to be paid under such indebtedness to be satisfied and discharged in full in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practice of such Person); (iii) all capitalized lease obligations; (iv) all obligations and Liabilities payable upon termination of interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest rate or exchange rate hedging or swap arrangements; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of any Persons the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person).

Indemnifiable Losses” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

Indemnified Party” or “Indemnified Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1.

 

8


Intellectual Property” means all U.S. and non-U.S. intellectual property, including (i) all intellectual property rights in inventions, discoveries, and processes, and all patents, and patent disclosures, (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, trade dress rights, logos, Internet domain names and corporate names, and, to the extent recognized under applicable Law, other source indicators, and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby, (iii) all copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including all designs, (iv) all computer software, databases and programs, (v) all trade secrets, know-how, and other proprietary or confidential information and (vi) all applications, registrations, renewals, foreign counterparts, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, re- examinations, reissues, and divisionals of the foregoing.

Key Group Company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

KFYR” means Beijing Kafei Yirong Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO , a company incorporated in the PRC.

Knowledge” means the knowledge actually possessed, or should have been possessed after due inquiry.

Law” means any federal, state, territorial, foreign or local law, common law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, measure, notice, circular, opinion or order of any Government Authority, including any rules promulgated by a stock exchange or regulatory body.

Legacy ESOP Platform” has the meaning ascribed to the term “ LOGO ” in the Restructuring Plan.

Liability” means any indebtedness, liability or obligation (whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due), including those arising under any Law, Order, Action or Contract and including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

Licensed Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property licensed to any Group Company pursuant to the Company IP Agreements to which it is a party.

Lien” means any encumbrance, right, interest or restriction, including any mortgage, judgment lien, materialman’s lien, mechanic’s lien, other lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, encroachment, easement, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, right of pre-emption, right of first refusal, claim, option, limitation, forfeiture, penalty, equity, adverse interest or other third party right or security interest of any kind or an agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing.

Long Stop Date” means the date falling thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement.

Management Holdco” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Material Adverse Effect” means any change, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, is or would be materially adverse to (a) the business, operations, assets, Liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Group Companies, taken as a whole; or (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents.

 

9


Material Contract” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.13(a).

Material License” means all franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and any similar document issued or granted by any Government Authority that are, individually or in the aggregate, material for the conduct of the Business of the Group Companies.

Non-Disclosing Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.13(c)(i).

Order” means any written order, injunction, judgment, decree, legally binding notice, ruling, writ, assessment or arbitration award of a Government Authority.

Ordinary Share Buy-back” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals.

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares with a par value of US $0.0001 per share in the share capital of the Company.

Party” or “Parties” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Preamble.

Person” means any individual or any partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity.

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

Related Party” means any of (i) any Person (other than any Group Company) who Beneficially Owns more than 5% of the issued and outstanding equity interests in any Group Company, (ii) the directors, officers and Senior Managers of any Group Company, and the Affiliates of the Persons enumerated under (i) and (ii).

Related Party Contracts” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.18(a).

Restructuring” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement.

Restructuring Documents” means, collectively, (i) the agreements that have been or will be entered into by the relevant parties pursuant to the Restructuring Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the restructuring agreement providing for the overall arrangement of the Restructuring (the “Restructuring Agreement”), the various loan agreements contemplated by the Restructuring Plan, the capital increase agreement, equity interest transfer agreement and the joint venture contract relating to Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO , the equity interest transfer agreements and capital reduction agreements relating to the transfer and reduction, respectively, of registered capital of the Domestic Company, and the VIE Agreements), and (ii) such other agreements, contracts, arrangements or documents that may be entered into in connection with the Restructuring.

Restructuring Plan” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement.

RMB” means the lawful currency of the PRC.

 

10


SAFE” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange.

SAFE Regulations” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15(e).

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Senior Manager” of a Person means such Person’s president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, chief technical officer, chief sales and marketing officer and any other individuals serving in comparable positions or having comparable duties and responsibilities.

Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement” means the Share Subscription Agreement entered into by and among the Company, the Series A Investors, the Series B Investor and certain other parties on June 19, 2017 (as may be amended from time to time).

Series A Investor” or “Series A Investors” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series A Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series A Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Closing” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Investor” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Investor Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B+ Closing” means closing of issue of the Series B+ Preferred Shares to Orchid Asia pursuant to the terms of the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B+ Preferred Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement.

Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement” means the Share Subscription Agreement entered into by and among the Company, Orchid Asia and certain other parties on September 1, 2017 (as may be amended from time to time).

Shareholders Agreement” means the shareholders agreement entered into by and among the Company and the parties named therein dated September 1, 2017 (as amended pursuant to the terms of the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement and as may be amended from time to time).

 

11


Statement Date” means June 30, 2017.

Subscription Price” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

Subscription Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, each other Person in which the first Person (a) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, share capital or other equity interests representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock or other equity interests; (b) holds the rights to more than fifty percent (50%) of the economic interest of such other Person, including interests held through a VIE Structure or other contractual arrangements; or (c) has a relationship such that the financial statements of the other Person may be consolidated into the financial statements of the first Person under applicable accounting conventions.

Subsidiary Shares” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.3(a).

Tax” or “Taxes” means any national, provincial, municipal, or local taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income (including enterprise income tax and individual income withholding tax), turnover (including value-added tax, business tax, and consumption tax), resource (including urban and township land use tax), special purpose (including land value-added tax, urban maintenance and construction tax, and additional education tax), property (including urban real estate tax and land use taxes), documentation (including stamp duty and deed tax), filing, recording, social insurance (including pension, medical, unemployment, housing, and other social insurance withholding), tariffs (including import duty and import value-added tax), and estimated and provisional taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by any Government Authority, and all interest, penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), or additional amounts imposed in connection with any of the foregoing tax items.

Tax Return” means any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes any Group Company.

Third Party Claim” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.4.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement and any other agreement, document or instrument required to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

VIE Agreements” means, collectively, the agreements, contracts, arrangements and documents implementing the VIE Structure of the Group Companies consisting of (i) Exclusive Technology Consulting and Service Agreement LOGO entered by and between the WFOE and the Domestic Company, (ii) Business Operation Agreement LOGO LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and the Irrevocable Voting Proxy LOGO entered into by the shareholders of the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, attached to the Business Operation Agreement LOGO , (iii) Option Agreement LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, (iv) Equity Pledge Agreement LOGO entered by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and certain other parties thereto, and (v) Letter of Consent LOGO entered into by the spouse of each Founder.

 

12


VIE Structure” means the investment structure in which a PRC-domiciled operating entity and its PRC shareholder(s) enter into a number of contracts with a non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) pursuant to which the non-PRC investor (or a foreign-invested enterprise incorporated in the PRC invested by the non-PRC investor) achieves Control of the PRC- domiciled operating entity and consolidates the financials of the PRC-domiciled entity with those of the non-PRC investor.

Warrantors” means the Founders, the Founder Holdcos and the Group Companies, collectively.

Warrantor Fundamental Warranties” means, collectively, the representations and warranties of the Warrantors as set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization and Authority), Section 3.2 (Capitalization), Section 3.3 (Subsidiaries), Section 3.4 (Due Authorization and Enforceability), Section 3.5 (No Conflicts; Consents) and Section 3.6 (Valid Issuance of Shares).

WFOE” means Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited LOGO ..

Section 1.2 Interpretation and Rules of Construction.

(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided, for purposes of this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply:

(i)    the provision of a Table of Contents, the division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this Agreement;

(ii)    any reference in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or a Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated. All Exhibits and Schedules hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein;

(iii)    any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders, and words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa;

(iv)    the word “including” or any variation thereof means (unless the context of its usage otherwise requires) “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it;

(v)    words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires;

 

13


(vi)    when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded;

(vii)    references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party;

(viii)    references to “writing,” “written” and comparable expressions include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non- transitory form including emails and faxes, provided the sender complies with the provisions of Section 8.7.

(ix)    if any payment hereunder would have been, but for this Section 1.2(a)(ix) , due and payable on a date that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall instead be due and payable on the first Business Day after such date; and

(x)    the term “non-assessable,” when used with respect to any shares, means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof.

(b)    In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

Article II

Agreement to Subscribe and Issue Shares

Section 2.1 Agreement to Subscribe and Issue. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company hereby agrees to issue and allot to Orchid Asia, and Orchid Asia hereby agrees to subscribe for, on the Closing Date, 31,857 Ordinary Shares (the “Subscription Shares”), for the aggregate subscription price of US$7,632,825 (the “Subscription Price”). The Subscription Price of Orchid Asia reflects a per share subscription price of US$239.60.

Section 2.2 Closing. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the issuance and subscription of the Subscription Shares of Orchid Asia (the “Closing”) shall take place via the remote exchange of electronic documents and signatures on September 1, 2017, or at such other time and place as the Company and Orchid Asia shall mutually agree in writing (the date on which the Closing takes place, the “Closing Date”).

Section 2.3 Closing Deliverables. At the Closing,

(a)    Orchid Asia shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company to the extent not previously delivered, an amount equal to the Subscription Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the bank account of the Company set forth in SCHEDULE 2.

 

14


(b)    the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Orchid Asia:

(i)    a copy of the register of members of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and duly certified by the registered agent of the Company, evidencing that the Subscription Shares have been issued and credited as fully-paid and registered under the name of Orchid Asia;

(ii)    a copy of a share certificate in the name of Orchid Asia, dated as of the Closing Date and to be duly executed on behalf of the Company, evidencing Orchid Asia’s ownership of the Subscription Shares;

(iii)    copies of the duly adopted resolutions of the Board and the shareholders of the Company, duly certified by any authorized signatory of the Company, approving the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby (including the Ordinary Share Buy-back and the issuance of the Ordinary Shares contemplated hereby) and, in the case of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Company, waiving any pre-emptive right, right of first refusal, anti-dilution rights and any other similar rights that the shareholders may have in respect of the Ordinary Share Buy-back and the issuance of the Ordinary Shares contemplated hereby.

Section 2.4 Additional Agreement. The Company shall deliver to Orchid Asia the original of the share certificate evidencing the Subscription Shares as soon as practicable (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) after the Closing.

Article III

Representations and Warranties of Warrantors

Except as specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, each of the Warrantors hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to Orchid Asia that the statements contained in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

Section 3.1 Organization and Authority.

(a)    Each Group Company is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the Business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Group Company has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Group Companies has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

(b)    Each Founder Holdco is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its respective properties and assets and to conduct the business, and to perform each of its obligations hereunder and under any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Founder Holdco has been in compliance with its Charter Documents in all material respects, and none of the Founder Holdcos has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents.

 

15


(c)    Each Founder is of sound mind, has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party, has entered into or will enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party on his own will, and understands the nature of the obligations to be assumed by him under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which he is a party.

(d)    Pursuant to the Ordinary Share Buy-back, the Company shall buy back 31,857 Ordinary Shares at an aggregate consideration of not more than US$ 7,632,825. The transactions contemplated by the Ordinary Share Buy-back shall have been duly authorized and shall be in compliance with all applicable Laws and will not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on any Group Company.

Section 3.2 Capitalization. As of immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized share capital of the Company will be US$50,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares consisting of the following:

(a)    Ordinary Shares. A total of 498,922,494 authorized Ordinary Shares, of which 1,950,917 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding (assuming Ordinary Share Buy-back has taken place).

(b)    Preferred Shares. (i) a total of 477,137 authorized Series A Preferred Shares, all of which are issued and outstanding, (ii) a total of 529,737 authorized Series B Preferred Shares, of which 413,194.5 are issued and outstanding, and a total of 70,632 authorized Series B+ Preferred Shares, of which 70,632 are issued and outstanding. Section 3.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate capitalization table of the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing.

(c)    Options, Warrants, Reserved Shares. Other than certain equity interests in the Domestic Company held by the Legacy ESOP Platform as disclosed in the Restructuring Plan (all of which equity interests will be pledged in favor of the WFOE in connection with the Restructuring and the VIE Agreement), no ESOP has been adopted by any Group Company. Except for (i) the rights of the Series A Investors and the Series B Investors to subscribe for their respective Series A Investor Subscription Shares and Series B Investor Subscription Shares, as applicable, pursuant to the Series A and Series B Share Subscription Agreement, (ii) the rights of Orchid Asia to subscribe for its Series B+ Preferred Shares pursuant to the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement, (iii) the rights of Orchid Asia to subscribe for its Subscription Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) rights provided in the Shareholders Agreement and the Amended Articles, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights or agreements presently outstanding to purchase, convert into, exercise for or exchange any of the shares of the Company, and no shares of the Company’s outstanding share capital, or shares issuable upon exercise or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person) or any agreement that affects the voting or relates to the giving of written consents with respect to such shares.

Section 3.3 Subsidiaries.

 

16


(a)    Section 3.3(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of the Company Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and, for each such Subsidiary, its name, jurisdiction of incorporation, names of its shareholders and the shareholding percentage of each such shareholder. As of the Closing Date, all of the issued and outstanding shares of, or other equity or voting interests in the Company Subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Shares”) will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable and will be Beneficially Owned by the Company, free and clear of all Liens.

(b)    Except for the Subsidiary Shares, there are no equity securities of any class of any Company Subsidiary or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such equity securities issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities, subscriptions, call rights, redemption rights, repurchase rights or any other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the issued or unissued share capital of any Company Subsidiary or obligating any Group Subsidiary to issue or sell any shares of, or any other interest in, such Company Subsidiary. There are no outstanding or authorized share appreciation rights, phantom shares, performance-based rights or profit participation or similar rights or obligations of any Company Subsidiary. There are no voting trusts, shareholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or sale or transfer of any of the Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of any Company Subsidiary.

(c)    As of the Closing Date, except for the Subsidiary Shares, no Group Company has any direct or indirect equity interest or similar interest by share ownership or otherwise in any Person or is a participant in any joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, and no Group Company is obligated to make any investment in or capital contribution in or on behalf of any other Person.

(d)    Since their respective dates of incorporation, each of the Company, the HK Co and the WFOE has not conducted any business, owned any assets or had any Liability other than in connection with the transactions specifically contemplated hereby or by the Restructuring Plan or the Restructuring Documents, the acquisition and holding of their respective equity interests in the applicable Company Subsidiaries and business activities incidental thereto in the normal and ordinary course of holding such equity interests.

Section 3.4 Due Authorization and Enforceability. Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All corporate action on the part of such Warrantor who is not a natural person necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance of all obligations of such Warrantor thereunder, and, the issuance, sale, transfer and delivery of the Subscription Shares by the Company has been taken or will be taken prior to or at the Closing. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Warrantor, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which such Warrantor is a party will be duly executed and delivered by such Warrantor. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Warrantor shall be (assuming due execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto), valid and legally binding obligations of such Warrantor enforceable against such Warrantor in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general equity principles.

 

17


Section 3.5 No Conflicts; Consents. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of and compliance with this Agreement and other Transaction Documents to which any Warrantor is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby by such Warrantor, will (a) result in any violation or breach of the Charter Documents of any Group Company or Founder Holdco, (b) result in any violation, breach or default under any Material Contract, (c) result in any violation of any applicable Law, or (d) require any consents, waivers, permits, approvals, Orders, licenses, authorizations, registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings by or with any Government Authority or any third party (collectively, “Approvals”), including without limitation waivers of preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to be obtained or made by any of the Group Companies in respect of the Subscription Shares (other than (x) Approvals which have been obtained or granted on or prior to the date of this Agreement and (y) Approvals of relevant Government Authorities in connection with the Restructuring).

Section 3.6 Valid Issuance of Shares. The Subscription Shares, when issued and allotted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free and clear of any Liens.

Section 3.7 Corporate Books and Records. True and complete copies of all minute books of each Group Company have been provided to Orchid Asia and such copies contain all amendments and all minutes of meetings and actions taken by the applicable Group Company’s shareholders and directors since the date of its incorporation, and reflects all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects, and true and complete copies of all resolutions of the board and the shareholders of the Company and each other Group Company have been provided to Orchid Asia and such copies contain resolutions of all meetings of directors and shareholders of each Group Company and all actions by written consent without a meeting by the directors and shareholders of each Group Company since the date of its incorporation and accurately reflects all actions by the directors (and any committee thereof) and shareholders of each Group Company with respect to all transactions referred to in such resolutions in all material respects. All board and shareholder resolutions, Charter documents (and any amendments thereto) and any other required filings of the Group Companies have been duly filed with the relevant Government Authority within the required deadlines in all material respects.

Section 3.8 Financial Statements.

(a)    Correct and complete copies of (A) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of each of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for each of the fiscal years then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto, and (B) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Group Companies as of April 30, 2017, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Group Companies for the four-month period then ended, together with all related notes and schedules thereto ((A) and (B) collectively, the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to Orchid Asia. The Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with the books of account and other financial records of the Group Companies, (ii) present fairly the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, (iii) have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Group Companies, and (iv) include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that are necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial condition of the Group Companies and the results of the operations of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

 

18


(b)    The books of account and other financial records of the Company and other Group Companies (i) reflect all items of income and expense and all assets and Liabilities required to be reflected therein in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, and in each case, applied on a basis consistent with the past practices of the Company, (ii) are in all material respects complete and correct, and do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies, and (iii) have been, in all material respects, maintained in accordance with all applicable Laws and good business and accounting practices.

(c)    All of the accounts receivable owing to any of the Group Companies, including without limitation all accounts receivable set forth on the Financial Statements, constitute valid and enforceable claims and are good and collectible in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, and reserves therefor shown on the Financial Statements are adequate and on a basis consistent with the Applicable Accounting Standard. No further goods or services are required to be provided in order to complete the sales and to entitle the respective Group Company to collect such accounts receivable in full. There are no material contingent or asserted claims, refusals to pay, or other rights of set-off with respect to any of the Group Companies.

Section 3.9 No Undisclosed Liability; Solvency.

(a)    None of the Group Companies has any Liabilities other than (i) Liabilities reflected on, reserved against, or disclosed in the Financial Statements, (ii) incurred since the Statement Date in the ordinary course of business of the Group Companies which do not and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    None of the Group Companies is insolvent under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or unable to pay its debts as they fall due. There are no ongoing proceedings or negotiations involving any Group Company in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors and no Order has been made or petition presented or resolution passed by or on behalf of any Group Company for the winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy of any Group Company, and there has not been any petition or Order for administration, winding-up, liquidation or bankruptcy filed against a Group Company or any appointment of a receiver or liquidator in respect of the assets of a Group Company.

Section 3.10 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in the Restructuring Plan and the Restructuring Documents, or as set forth in the Financial Statements or Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the Statement Date, with respect to the Group Companies, there has not been any:

(a)    change which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

19


(b)    entry into any transaction that was not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or material changes in the customary methods of operations of any Group Company;

(c)    purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to any Group Company other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(d)    waiver, termination, cancellation, settlement or compromise by any Group Company of a right, debt or claim owed to it that is material to any Group Companies;

(e)    declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Group Companies’ shares, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such shares by any Group Company, in each case, other than any such transaction between the Group Companies;

(f)    amendment to or early termination of any Material Contract, entry of any new agreement or contract that would have been a Material Contract if in effect on the date hereof, or any amendment to any Charter Document;

(g)    any amendment to or termination of any material claim of any Group Company or waiver of any other material right of value to any Group Company;

(h)    authorization, sale, issuance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any equity or debt securities, or issuance or sale of any option, warrant or other rights to acquire any equity or debt securities, of any Group Company;

(i)    damages, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, resulting in a Material Adverse Effect;

(j)    material change in the accounting methods or practices followed by any Group Company;

(k)    capital expenditure or commitment for any capital expenditure in excess of US$1,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency) in a single transaction;

(l)    incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of any material Lien or Indebtedness (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses or Liens, guarantees, loans or advances that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice);

(m)    material change in any compensation or benefit arrangement or agreement with any employee of any Group Company; or adoption of any ESOP or issuance of any award thereunder; or

(n)    agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 3.10.

Section 3.11 Title to Properties and Assets. Each Group Company solely owns or leases all properties and assets reasonably necessary to conduct the Business. Each Group Company has good and marketable title to all its properties and assets, both real and personal, including without limitation all properties and assets set forth on the Financial Statements, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case not being subject to any Liens. With respect to leased properties and assets, each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable leases. All properties and assets of each Group Company are in a good state of repair and in good working condition other than any normal wear and tear. None of the assets of any Group Company is a state-owned asset.

 

20


Section 3.12 Intellectual Property.

(a)    Section 3.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of (i) all Intellectual Property owned by each Group Company (“Company Intellectual Property”) and (ii) all Company IP Agreements.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is the exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property, and has a valid license to use the Licensed Intellectual Property in connection with the Business. Each Group Company is entitled to use all Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property in the continued operation of its Business without limitation, subject only to the terms of the Company IP Agreements.

(c)    The Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, include all of the Intellectual Property required for the conduct of or used in connection with the Business, and there are no other items of Intellectual Property that are material to the conduct of the Business. The Company Intellectual Property and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, the Licensed Intellectual Property are subsisting, valid and enforceable, and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable in whole or part. Each item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority is in compliance with all applicable Laws, and all filings, payments and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain such Intellectual Property rights in full force and effect have been made or taken in all material respects. Except as set forth in Section 3.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, no item of Company Intellectual Property registered with a Government Authority has lapsed or expired or is scheduled to lapse or expire within the next twelve (12) months hereafter.

(d)    The conduct of the Business and the use of the Company Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property, do not conflict with, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property of any third party, and no Action alleging any of the foregoing is pending, and no claim has been asserted against any Group Company alleging any of the foregoing. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there are no infringements or other violations of any Company Intellectual Property by any third party. No Company Intellectual Property is subject to any pending, or to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened Order or Action challenging or restricting the use of such Company Intellectual Property or that would impair the validity or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has granted in writing any license or other right to any third party with respect to the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will alter or impair the Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

21


(f)    Except as set forth in Section 3.12(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Founders, the directors of each Group Company, current and former employee employed, and current and former consultant engaged, by each Group Company as of the Closing is under written obligation for the benefit of the Group Companies, to maintain in confidence all confidential and proprietary information acquired by them during the course of their employment and all rights and title to and ownership of all inventions made by them within the scope of their employment during such employment and for a reasonable period thereafter are vested in and remain with the Group Companies. Each Group Company has taken commercially reasonable measures to protect the secrecy, and confidentiality of all of their material trade secrets and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized disclosure of any material data or information which, but for any such unauthorized disclosure, such Group Company would consider to be a material trade secret owned by such Group Company.

Section 3.13 Material Contracts.

(a)    Section 3.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each of the following currently effective Contracts (other than the Transaction Documents) to which a Group Company is a party or otherwise bound (each such Contract, a “Material Contract”) that:

(i)    involves payments (or a series of payments), contingent or otherwise, of RMB2,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof in another currency), in cash, property or services;

(ii)    is with a Government Authority;

(iii)    limits or restricts any Group Company’s ability to compete or otherwise conduct the Business in any material respect, or that contains any exclusivity or change in control provision;

(iv)    grants a power of attorney, agency or similar authority;

(v)    relates to Indebtedness, provides for an extension of credit, provides for indemnification or any guaranty, or provides for a “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition of another Person;

(vi)    relates to any Intellectual Property, other than “shrink- wrap” or “off-the-shelf” commercially available software;

(vii)    is a Related Party Contract;

(viii)    is a lease on real or personal property;

(ix)    is an insurance policy;

(x)    is outside the ordinary course of business of any Group Company; or

(xi)    is otherwise material to any Group Company or is a Contract on which any Group Company is substantially dependent.

 

22


(b)    Each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Group Company that is a party thereto, the performance of which does not and will not violate any applicable Law or Order, and is in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, such Group Company has duly performed all of its obligations under each Material Contract to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and no breach or default, alleged breach or alleged default, or event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a breach or default thereunder by such Group Company or any other party or obligor with respect thereto, has occurred, or as a result of the execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Documents will occur. No Group Company has given notice (whether or not written) that it intends to terminate a Material Contract or that any other party thereto has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any notice (whether written or not) that it has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract or that any other party thereto intends to terminate such Material Contract.

Section 3.14 Litigation. Except as set forth in Section 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Action against any Group Company, or against any employee, officer or director of any Group Company in connection with their relationship with the Group Companies, pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened, including but not limited to any Actions that questions the validity of the Transaction Documents, the right of any Group Company to enter into the Transaction Documents to which such Group Company is a party, the rights and obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by such Transaction Documents, or that would result, either individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no Order in effect against any Group Company and no Action initiated by any Group Company pending or which any of them intends to initiate.

Section 3.15 Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Orders that are applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of the Business or the ownership or use of any of its properties, assets and Intellectual Property.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that (with or without notice or lapse of time) (i) may constitute or result in a violation by any Group Company of, or a failure on the part of such Group Company to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) may give rise to any obligation on the part of any Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

(c)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has received any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Government Authority regarding (i) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Law or Order or (ii) any actual, alleged, possible, or potential obligation on the part of such Group Company to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature.

(d)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the operations of the Group Companies in all material respects. All filings and registrations with the relevant Government Authorities required in respect of the Group Companies, including but not limited to the registrations with the Ministry of Commerce (or any predecessors), the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, and tax bureau and the local counter part of each of the aforementioned PRC Government Authorities, as applicable, have been duly completed in accordance with the relevant Laws in all material respects. No Group Company has received any letter or notice from any relevant Government Authority notifying it of the revocation of any authorization of any Government Authority, permit or license issued to it for non-compliance or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by any Group Company. Each Group Company has been conducting its business activities within the permitted scope of business or is otherwise operating its Businesses in full compliance with all relevant Laws and Orders in all material respects, including producing, processing and/or distributing products with all requisite licenses, permits and approvals granted by the competent Government Authorities. None of the Group Companies expects that any authorization of any Government Authority, license or permit requisite for the conduct of any part of its Business which is subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed by the relevant Government Authorities.

 

23


(e)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, each holder or beneficiary owner of shares or convertible securities of the Company (each, a “Company Security Holder”), who is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 has been in compliance with such reporting and/or registration requirements under Circular 37 and any other then applicable SAFE regulations, (collectively, the “SAFE Regulations”). To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, none of the Company Security Holders and the Group Companies has received any oral or written inquiries, notifications, Orders or any other forms of official correspondence from SAFE or any of its local branches with respect to any actual or alleged non-compliance with the SAFE Regulations and the Company and the Company Security Holders have made all oral or written filings, registrations, reporting or any other communications required by SAFE or any of its local branches.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 3.15(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, any increase or decrease of the registered capital, or any issuance or repurchase of shares of each Group Company, and any equity interest transfer or share transfer of each Group Company have been in compliance with all Laws and the Group Companies have obtained all approvals and authorizations from the relevant Government Authorities and have fulfilled any and all fillings and registration requirements with the relevant Government Authorities required for the foregoing changes of the Group Companies.

Section 3.16 Taxes.

(a)    Each Group Company has duly and timely filed all Tax Returns as required by Law to have been filed by it and all such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete. Except as set forth in Section 3.16(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company has paid in full all Taxes required to be paid by it and no Tax Liens (other than for current Taxes not yet due or payable) are currently in effect against any of the assets of any Group Company. The provisions for Taxes in the Financial Statements fully reflect all unpaid Taxes of each Group Company, whether or not assessed or disputed as of the date of the applicable Financial Statements.

(b)    No examination or audit of any Tax Returns of any Group Company by any Government Authority is currently in progress or has been threatened. No assessment of Tax has been proposed in writing against any Group Company or any of their assets or properties. None of the Group Companies is subject to any waivers or extensions of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to Taxes for any year. Since the Statement Date, none of the Group Companies has incurred any Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business. None of the Group Companies has received any written claim from a Government Authority in a jurisdiction where a Group Company does not file Tax Returns that such Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. None of the Group Companies is treated as a resident for Tax purposes of, or is otherwise subject to income Tax in, a jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction in which it has been established.

 

24


(c)    Each Group Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts due, owing to or paid to any Person.

(d)    Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all terms, conditions and formalities necessary for the continuance of any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order available under any applicable Tax Law. Each such Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund or other Tax reduction agreement or order enjoyed by any Group Company has been made or granted in compliance with all applicable Laws and is expected to remain in full effect throughout the current effective period thereof after the Closing Date and no Group Company has received any notice to the contrary. Each Group Company is in compliance in all material respects with all transfer pricing requirements in all jurisdictions in which they are required to comply with applicable transfer pricing regulations, and all the transactions between any Group Company and other related Persons (including any Group Company) have been effected on an arm’s length basis. All exemptions, reductions and rebates of material Taxes granted to any Group Company by a Government Authority are in full force and effect and have not been terminated. None of the Group Companies is responsible for Taxes of any other Person by reason of Contract, successor Liability, operation of Law or otherwise.

(e)    No Group Company will be required to include material amounts in income, or exclude material items of deduction, or qualification for Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive or Tax refund, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date. The transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which a Group Company is a party are not in violation of any applicable Law regarding Tax, and will not result in any Tax exemption, Tax holiday, Tax credit, Tax incentive, Tax refund being revoked, cancelled or terminated or trigger any Tax liability for the Group Companies.

Section 3.17 Employee Matters. The Founders and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all other full-time employees of each Group Company are devoting their full professional time to such Group Company. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no employee of any Group Company is in violation of any Law or Order, or any provision of any Contract, relating to such employee’s relationship with the Group Company or any prior employer. Except as disclosed in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule or as required by applicable Law, none of the Group Companies has any Benefit Plan. For purposes hereof, “Benefit Plan” means any plan, Contract or other arrangement, formal or informal, whether oral or written, providing any benefit to any present or former officer, director or employee, or dependent or beneficiary thereof, including any employment agreement or profit sharing, deferred compensation, share option, performance share, employee share purchase, bonus, severance, retirement, health or insurance plan. No employee of the Group Companies is owed any back wages or other compensation for services rendered except as set forth on the Financial Statements. Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no labor strike, labor slow down, labor claim, labor dispute or labor union organization activities pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened between any Group Company and its employees. Each Group Company has complied with all applicable Laws related to employment and related to the Benefit Plans (including Laws related to the contribution of social insurance and related benefits).

 

25


Section 3.18 Transactions with Related Parties.

(a)    All Contracts (other than (i) the Transaction Documents, (ii) the employment agreements, and (iii) the confidential information, invention assignment, non-compete and non-solicitation agreements) to or by which any Group Company, on the one hand, and any Related Party, on the other hand, are or have been a party or otherwise bound or affected (the “Related Party Contracts”) are set forth on Section 3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule. Each Related Party Contract was made on terms and conditions as favorable to such Group Company as would have been obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

(b)    Except as set forth on Section 3.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule no Related Party has any direct or indirect ownership in any Person with which any Group Company has a business relationship, or any Person that competes with or could reasonably be expected to compete with any Group Company, except for ownership of less than one percent (1%) of any class or other equity of publicly traded companies. Except for transactions in the ordinary course of business of a Group Company on terms and conditions as favorable to the Group Companies as would have been obtainable by them at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party, no Related Party has any Contract, understanding, business relationship with, proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company, nor is any Group Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them (other than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other standard employee benefits). Except as set forth in Section 3.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Related Party has had, either directly or indirectly, a material interest in: (i) any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services; or (ii) any Contract to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.

Section 3.19 Material Licenses. Each Group Company has all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as now being conducted, and the Group Companies can be reasonably expected to obtain all the Material Licenses for the conduct of the Business as proposed to be conducted. Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all Material Licenses held by each Group Company and the termination date of each such Material License. The Material Licenses currently held by the Group Company are, and will remain, in full force and effect for not less than one (1) year after the Closing. No other Material License is necessary for, or otherwise material to, the conduct of the Business by any such Group Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents will not result in the termination or revocation of any of the Material Licenses. None of the Group Companies is in default in any material respect under any of its Material Licenses and has not received any notice (whether written or not) relating to the suspension, revocation or modification of any such Material Licenses.

Section 3.20 Entire Business. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with any other Person, which are used in connection with the Business of the Group Companies.

 

26


Section 3.21 Full Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any Exhibit or Schedule hereto contains any untrue statement of any material fact or omits to state any material fact reasonably necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

Section 3.22 Exempt Offering. Subject to the accuracy of the representations of Orchid Asia set forth in Article IV below, the offer, sale and issuance of the Subscription Shares to Orchid Asia in conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Section 3.23 Brokers. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to receive from any Group Company any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any Group Company.

Article IV

Representations and Warranties of Orchid Asia

Orchid Asia hereby represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Article IV are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (unless any representations and warranties expressly relate to another date, in which case as of such other date).

Section 4.1 Organization and Good Standing. Orchid Asia is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 4.2 Authorization. Orchid Asia has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Orchid Asia. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party will be at or prior to the Closing, duly and validly executed and delivered by Orchid Asia and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Orchid Asia, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms.

Section 4.3 No Conflicts. None of the execution, delivery and performance by Orchid Asia of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which Orchid Asia is a party, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or compliance by Orchid Asia with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will breach or conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), any provision of (i) the memorandum and articles of association of Orchid Asia; or (ii) any Order or Law applicable to Orchid Asia, in each case of (i) and (ii), except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of Orchid Asia to carry out its obligations hereunder and under the other Transactions Documents to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

27


Article V

Covenants and Agreements

Section 5.1 Access to Information. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Warrantors shall, and shall cause the Company’s and the other Group Companies’ directors, officers, employees, and other representatives to, give to Orchid Asia, reasonable access during regular business hours to the offices, properties and books and records of the Company and the other Group Companies and furnish to Orchid Asia such financial and operating data and any other information relating to any of the Group Companies as Orchid Asia may reasonably request.

Section 5.2 Notice of Certain Matters.

(a)    From the date hereof until the Closing, each Party shall promptly notify the other Parties of any occurrence of which it is aware that is reasonably likely to result in any of the conditions set forth in Article VI becoming incapable of being satisfied; provided, however, that any Party’s failure to give notice of any such occurrence as required pursuant to this Section 5.2(a) shall not be (i) deemed to be a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 5.2(a), but instead shall (if applicable) constitute only a breach of the applicable underlying representation, warranty, covenant or agreement, or (ii) taken into account in determining whether the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VI have been satisfied.

(b)    Without limitation to Section 5.2(a), if there occurs any facts, events or circumstances after the date hereof and before the Closing that constitutes a material breach of any representations or warranties of the Warrantors that are to be repeated at the Closing, the Warrantors shall promptly execute a certificate detailing such facts, events or circumstances and deliver such certificate to Orchid Asia, whereupon the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to have been updated with such facts, events or circumstances as set forth in such certificate (but such update shall be deemed to qualify only the representations and warranties (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) that are repeated at the Closing). Upon and after any such update to the Disclosure Schedule,

(i)    if the Warrantors acknowledge that such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or Orchid Asia in a material respect, Orchid Asia shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company, and

(ii)    if Orchid Asia and the Warrantors, in their respective reasonable beliefs, disagree as to whether such facts, events or circumstances are adverse to the interests of the Group Companies or Orchid Asia in a material respect, Orchid Asia and the Warrantors shall consult with each other in good faith with a view to resolving such disagreement (including agreeing on any adjustments to the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby that may be necessary) as soon as reasonably practicable, provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Orchid Asia (x) shall not be obligated to proceed with the Closing unless and until Orchid Asia and the Warrantors have resolved such disagreement through mutual consultation, and (y) shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company at any time after the Long Stop Date if the Closing shall not have occurred as of the Long Stop Date.

 

28


Section 5.3 Use of Proceeds. The Company agrees and covenants with Orchid Asia that without the prior written consent of Orchid Asia, the proceeds from the issue of the Subscription Shares hereunder shall only be used for payment of the consideration payable by the Company for the Ordinary Share Buy-back.

Section 5.4 Further Assurances. Each Party hereto shall use (and the Company shall cause each other Group Company to use) its commercially reasonable efforts to (a) take all actions necessary or appropriate and do all things (including to execute and deliver documents and other papers) necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (b) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of all of the conditions to the other Parties’ respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Article VI

Conditions

Section 6.1 Conditions to the Obligation of Each Party. The obligations of the Company, on the one hand, and Orchid Asia, on the other hand, to proceed to the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and Orchid Asia (where legally permissible) of the following conditions:

(a)    there shall not be in effect any Law or Order by a Government Authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(b)    no Action shall have been commenced by or before any Government Authority against such Party seeking to restrain or materially and adversely alter the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which would render it impossible or unlawful to consummate such transactions, provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 6.1(a) shall not apply if such Party has directly or indirectly solicited or encouraged any such Action.

Section 6.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligation of Orchid Asia. The obligations of Orchid Asia to proceed to the Closing is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Orchid Asia of the following additional conditions:

(a)    (i) the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall be true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date), and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) (A) that are not qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, and (B) that are qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifiers shall have been true and correct in all respects when made and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as if made as of the Closing, in each case of (A) and (B), other than such representations and warranties that relate to another date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such other date with the same force and effect as if made as of such other date);

 

29


(b)    the Warrantors shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each of the obligations and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Closing Date;

(c)    the Company shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to Orchid Asia each of the documents contemplated in Section 2.3(b) of the Series B+ Share Subscription Agreement;

(d)    the Company shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to Orchid Asia copies of the duly executed agreement in relation to the Ordinary Share Buy-back and the duly executed board and shareholder resolutions of the Company approving and confirming the Ordinary Share Buy-back and the transactions contemplated thereunder, certified as true and correct by a director of the Company;

(e)    from and after the date hereof, there shall have been no change, event, effect or circumstance that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f)    Orchid Asia shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized signatory of the Company certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a), Section 6.2(b), Section 6.2(c), Section 6.2(d) and Section 6.2(e)have been satisfied; and

(g)    no disagreement between Orchid Asia and the Warrantors as described in Section 5.2(b)(ii) shall have arisen, or such disagreement has arisen but has been resolved in accordance with Section 5.2(b)(ii).

Article VII

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Indemnification by the Warrantors. Each of the Warrantors (each, an “Indemnifying Party”) hereby shall, from and after the Closing, jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless Orchid Asia and its successors and assigns (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all Liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the investigation or defense of any of the same or in responding to or cooperating with any governmental investigation), interest, awards, judgments, fines and penalties suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (in each case, whether absolute, accrued, conditional or otherwise and whether or not resulting from Third Party Claims) (hereinafter “Indemnifiable Losses”), arising out of or relating to:

(a)    any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty given by any Warrantor to Orchid Asia in this Agreement or any other representations, warranties or statements set forth in the other certificates, schedules or other documents delivered by or on behalf of any Warrantor to Orchid Asia hereunder; and

(b)    any breach of any covenant of any Warrantor.

Section 7.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Each of the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties shall survive indefinitely after the Closing, and each representations and warranties of the Warrantors set forth in Article III (other than the Warrantor Fundamental Warranties) shall survive until the second (2nd) anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

30


Section 7.3 Limitation.

(a)    The aggregate indemnification amount claimed by Orchid Asia or its Indemnified Parties against all the Warrantors pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) (as the case may be) shall in each case not exceed an amount equal to the Subscription Price paid by Orchid Asia under this Agreement.

(b)    The Founders shall not be obligated to use any of his personal assets (other than any equity interest in the Group Companies beneficially owned by him or any of his Affiliates) to satisfy his indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    If any loss incurred by any Indemnified Party is due to the breach or violation of any Warrantors as set forth in Section 7.1(b) hereunder, and such breach or violation has been fairly disclosed in writing to such Indemnified Party and has been acknowledged and consented to in writing by such Indemnified Party or the director(s) appointed by such Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party with respect to such loss.

(d)    Notwithstanding Section 7.3(a) through Section 7.3(c), the limitations set forth in Section 7.3(a) through Section 7.3(c) shall not apply with respect to any claims for losses arising out of fraud or willful misconduct.

Section 7.4 Procedure. Any Indemnified Party seeking indemnification under this Article VII shall give written notice (a “Claim Notice”) to the Indemnifying Party. The Claim Notice shall include a description in reasonable detail of (i) the basis for, and nature of, such claim, including the facts constituting the basis for such claim, and (ii) the estimated amount of Indemnifiable Losses that have been or reasonably will be sustained by the Indemnified Party in connection with such claim. In the event of any claim, demand, action or proceeding asserted against any Indemnified Party by a third party with respect to which such Indemnified Party may claim indemnification under Section 7.1 (a “Third Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party written notice within ten Business Days of receiving written notice of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnified Party fails to provide each such notice within such time period, the Indemnifying Party will not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice as to whether the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense of such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party assume the defense, (x) the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such defense and to engage separate counsel of its own choosing at its own cost and expense and (y) the Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnified Party has not consented to in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless such settlement or compromise includes only the payment of monetary damages which shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability in respect of such Third Party Claim. If requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party will, at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, provide reasonable cooperation to the Indemnifying Party in defending such Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may assume the defense thereof at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, provided that the Indemnified Party shall not agree to any compromise or settlement to which the Indemnifying Party has not consented in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

31


Article VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (without giving effect to any choice of law principles thereof that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

Section 8.2 Dispute Resolution.

(a)    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. The HKIAC Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference to this clause. The tribunal shall be comprised of three arbitrators. Orchid Asia, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall each nominate one arbitrator and the third, who shall serve as president of the tribunal, shall be nominated by the party-nominated arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to such arbitration as the sole and exclusive method of resolving any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, other than any proceedings to seek the remedies of specific performance as contemplated by Section 8.3.

(b)    The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree that they will not have recourse to any judicial proceedings, in any jurisdiction whatsoever, for the purpose of seeking appeal, annulment, setting aside, modification or any diminution or impairment of its terms or effect insofar as such exclusion can validly be made. Judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.

Section 8.3 Specific Performance. Each Party acknowledges that money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with its terms, and it is therefore agreed that in addition to and without limitation to any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching Party will have the right to seek an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 8.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, which are hereby expressly incorporated herein by this reference, constitute the entire understanding and agreement between all the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representatives and warranties, whether written or oral, among all the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

32


Section 8.5 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the Parties whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such amendments. This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the Company (in the case of an assignment by Orchid Asia) or the prior written consent of Orchid Asia (in the case of an assignment by the Company), provided, however, that Orchid Asia may assign its rights and obligations to any of its Affiliates or, in connection with a transfer that is not prohibited by the Amended Articles or the Shareholders Agreement, to any transferee of any Subscription Shares without the prior written consent of any other Party.

Section 8.6 No Third Party Beneficiaries; No Partnership. A Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not have any right under, nor shall any such Person be entitled to enforce any provision of, this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among any of the Parties.

Section 8.7 Notices. Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing to the number or address set forth in SCHEDULE 4 hereto, and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand-delivered to the other parties, upon delivery; (b) when sent by facsimile or electronic mail, upon receipt of confirmation of error-free transmission or, in the case of electronic mail, upon such mail being sent unless the sending party subsequently learns that such electronic mail was not successfully delivered; (c) seven Business Days after deposit in the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) three (3) Business Days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid with next-business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider. A Party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 8.7, by giving the other parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 8.8 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia. Any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is effective.

Section 8.9 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or of an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall it be construed to be any waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

Section 8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures in portable document format (PDF) shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

33


Section 8.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the parties. In such event, the parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly reflects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

Section 8.12 Expenses. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party will bear its own legal, accounting and other costs and expenses incurred by such Party in connection with the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Section 8.13 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

(a)    Disclosure of Terms. The existence of the investment hereof and the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents (collectively, the “Financing Terms”) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party hereto to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below; provided that such confidential information shall not include, with respect to any Party, any information that is (i) in the public domain other than by reason of the breach of the confidentiality obligations hereunder by such Party, (ii) already in the possession of such Party at the time the information was disclosed to such Party by other parties hereto, (iii) is acquired by such Party from a source other than the other parties hereto, which source, to the Knowledge of the receiving party, is not in breach of any obligation owed to any Party in respect of such disclosure, (iv) independently developed by such Party without using or making reference to any confidential information, or (v) agreed in writing by the Company and the other Parties not to be confidential.

(b)    Press Releases, Etc. Each Party may not disclose the existence of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement or the Financing Terms except by way of a press release in form and substance jointly approved by the Company and Orchid Asia; provided, however, that any press release containing the name of, or making specific reference to, Orchid Asia or any of its Affiliates shall require the prior written consent of Orchid Asia.

(c)    Permitted Disclosures. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i)    in the event that any Party is requested by any Government Authority or becomes legally compelled (including, without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations and in connection with any legal, judicial, arbitration or administrative proceedings) to disclose the existence of this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents, any of the exhibits and schedules attached to such agreements, or any of the Financing Terms hereof in contravention of the provisions of this Section 8.13, such Party (the “Disclosing Party”) shall to the extent practicable and permitted by laws, provide the other parties (the “Non-Disclosing Parties”) with prompt written notice of that fact and use all commercially reasonable efforts to seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy with respect to the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed. In such event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed and shall exercise reasonable efforts to keep confidential such information to the extent reasonably requested by any Non-Disclosing Party;

 

34


(ii)    any Party may disclose any of the Financing Terms to its current or bona fide prospective investors, employees, investment bankers, lenders, accountants and attorneys, in each case only where such Persons are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Orchid Asia shall be entitled to disclose the Financing Terms for the purposes of fund reporting or inter-fund reporting or to their fund manager, other funds managed by their fund manager and their respective auditors, counsel, directors, officers, employees, shareholders or investors; and

(iii)    Orchid Asia may, subject to the consent of the Company, disclose its investment in the Company and the Financing Terms of its investment to third parties or to the public at its sole discretion and, if it does so, the other Parties shall have the right to disclose to third parties any such information disclosed in a press release or other public announcement by Orchid Asia.

Section 8.14 Termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(a)    as between the Company, on the one hand, and Orchid Asia, on the other hand:

(i)    by mutual written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia;

(ii)    by either the Company or Orchid Asia if the Closing shall not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date, provided, however, that the Company or Orchid Asia, as applicable, shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this subsection (ii) if such Party has breached this Agreement and such breach has resulted in the Closing to not have been consummated as of 11:59 p.m., Beijing time, on the Long Stop Date;

(iii)    by the Company if, between the date hereof and the Closing, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Orchid Asia set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to Orchid Asia by the Company; or

(iv)    by Orchid Asia if, between the date hereof and the Closing, there is a breach of any representation or warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of any Warrantor set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 not to be satisfied on or before the Long Stop Date and cannot be cured, or if curable, is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice of such breach is given to such Warrantor by Orchid Asia;

 

35


(b)    as among all parties hereto, by mutual written consent of the Company and Orchid Asia; and

(c)    by Orchid Asia pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

Upon any termination of this Agreement under this Section 8.14 this Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no effect with respect to the applicable Parties and the applicable Parties shall be released from all future obligations hereunder, provided that (i) nothing herein shall relieve any such Party from Liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, and (ii) the provisions of Section 8.1 through Section 8.13 shall remain in final force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.14.

Section 8.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall take effect with respect to each Party upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each such Party.

** REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK **

 

36


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
BEIJING SHANGZHI JIAYE EDUCATION TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. LOGO LOGO
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.
STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION HK LIMITED LOGO
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited LOGO LOGO
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.
Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd
Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO
By:  

/s/ seal of GU Kun

Name: GU Kun
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.
Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
/s/ Seal of Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

YIN Jianhong LOGO

/s/ YIN Jianhong

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name: YIN Jianhong
Title: Director
LIU Tongbo LOGO

/s/ LIU Tongbo

SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director
STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name: LIU Tongbo
Title: Director

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Gabriel Li

Name: Gabriel Li
Title: Director

 

40

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

 

 

SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT OF

THE SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

dated as of November 25, 2017

by and among

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION INTERNATIONAL LIMITED,

THE SERIES A INVESTORS,

THE SERIES B INVESTOR

THE SERIES B+ INVESTOR

RAINBOW LAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

and

OTHER PARTIES NAMED HEREIN

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
Section 1    Certain Definitions      3  
Section 2    Transfer of Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares      3  
Section 3    Payment of Xingwang Shares Subscription Price      3  
Section 4    Consent and Waiver of Rights      3  
Section 5    Governing Law      3  
Section 6    Dispute Resolution      4  
Section 7    Amendments and Waivers      4  
Section 8    Counterparts      4  
Section 9    Severability      4  
Section 10    Effectiveness      4  

 

i


SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT

THIS SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT OF THE SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of November 25, 2017, by and among:

(1)    SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”);

(2)    each Person listed in SCHEDULE 1 hereto (each a “Key Group Company”);

(3)    (i) MR. YIN JIANHONG (殷戬弘), a PRC citizen with the ID number of 370684197703270054, and (ii) MR. LIU TONGBO (刘通博) a PRC citizen with the ID number of 510402198603030913 ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founders”);

(4)    (i) STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and (ii) SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands ((i) and (ii), collectively, the “Founder Holdcos”);

(5)    STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Management Holdco”);

(6)    each Person listed on SCHEDULE 2 hereto under the heading “Series A Investors” (each a “Series A Investor” and collectively, the “Series A Investors”);

(7)    the Person listed on SCHEDULE 2 hereto under the heading “Series B Investor” (the “Series B Investor”);

(8)    the Person listed on SCHEDULE 2 hereto under the heading “Series B+ Investor” (the “Series B+ Investor” and, collectively with the Series A Investors and the Series B Investor, the “Investors”); and

(9)    RAINBOW LAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a business company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “Xingwang SPV”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Series A Investors and other parties, each named therein, are among the parties to that Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2017 (as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, the “Share Subscription Agreement”), relating to, among other things, the issuance by the Company and subscription by the Series A Investors of certain Series A Preferred Shares;

WHEREAS, the Parties (except Xingwang SPV) are among the parties to that Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2017 (as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms therein, the “Shareholders Agreement”), relating to, among other things, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors;


WHEREAS, pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, subject to the condition that the Series A Closing has occurred, except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, each Series A Investor shall, within ten (10) Business Days of and only if the Domestic Company having paid or caused to be paid any amount of the consideration for the capital reduction of the Domestic Company in respect of the registered capital held by such Series A Investor or its applicable Affiliate as contemplated by the Restructuring Plan, pay or cause to be paid to the Company such amount in equivalent USD as part of the Series A Investor Subscription Price of such Series A Investor, by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the bank account of the Company, until such Series A Investor has fully paid the Series A Investor Subscription Price of such Series A Investor. Upon the Company receiving the full amount of the Series A Investor Subscription Price of the Series A Investor, the Company shall update its register of members to reflect that the Series A Investor Subscription Shares of such Series A Investor have been fully paid, and shall deliver a certified copy of the updated register of members to such Series A Investor.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, Xingwang, as one of the ODI Investors, shall duly and timely submit its application for and complete the ODI Registration. In the event that its ODI Registration cannot be completed within such timeframe, immediately effect one of the ODI Alternative Plans and, in connection therewith, the relevant Parties will cooperate in good faith to promptly (x) enter into applicable Restructuring Documents (or amendments thereto), and (y) amend the provisions of this Agreement relating to the consideration of such ODI Investor in respect of its Investor Subscription Shares and the payment arrangements relating thereto.

WHEREAS, as its ODI Registration cannot be completed within such timeframe, Xingwang desires to effect one of the ODI Alternative Plans and transfer its Series A Preferred Shares of the Company, i.e. 163,404 Series A Preferred Shares (the “Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares”), to Xingwang SPV. Further, as Xingwang will receive RMB77,636.06 for the capital reduction of the Domestic Company in respect of the registered capital held by Xingwang, the consideration for the subscription of the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares would be changed.

WHEREAS, except as otherwise expressly provided under the Share Subscription Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement respectively, the provisions thereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties thereto whose rights or obligations thereunder are affected by the amendments. The Share Subscription Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement and the rights and obligations thereunder respectively, as between the Company and each Investor, may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the Company (in the case of an assignment by such Investor) or the prior written consent of such Investor (in the case of an assignment by the Company), provided, however, that each Investor may assign its rights and obligations to any of its Affiliates or, in connection with a transfer that is not prohibited by the Amended Articles or the Shareholders Agreement, to any transferee of any Investor Subscription Shares.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1    Certain Definitions.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Share Subscription Agreement.

2    Transfer of the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Xingwang hereby agrees to transfer and assign all the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares and any rights and privileges in connection with such shares to Xingwang SPV, and Xingwang SPV agrees to purchase the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares and undertake the relevant rights and obligations under the Share Subscription Agreement (the “Xingwang Transfer”).

3    Payment of the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares Subscription Price

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Xingwang SPV agrees to pay an aggregated amount of RMB77,636.06 or its equivalent in USD for the subscription of the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares (the “Xingwang Subscription Price”) after the completion of the Xingwang Transfer on the same date, or at such other time and place as the Company and Xingwang SPV shall mutually agree in writing. The USD-RMB exchange rate hereof shall be determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Restructuring Agreement (as defined in the Share Subscription Agreement). Upon the Company receiving the full amount of the Xingwang Subscription Price paid by Xingwang SPV, the Company shall update its register of members to reflect that the Xingwang Series A Preferred Shares have been fully paid, and shall deliver a certified copy of the updated register of members to Xingwang SPV(the “Xingwang Payment”, together with the Xingwang Transfer, the “Transactions”).

4    CONSENT AND WAIVER OF RIGHTS

Each Party hereby expressly unconditionally and irrevocably consents all the Transactions as contemplated hereof, and waives any right of participation, pre-emptive right, anti-dilution rights, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer or other similar rights in connection with the Transactions or any other rights of consent, rights of first offer/refusal, veto or entitlement whether arising at contract or in law or pursuant to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, including any right vested in the director appointed by it with respect to the consummation of all the transactions as contemplated hereof.

5    Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (without giving effect to any choice of law principles thereof that would cause the application of the laws of another jurisdiction).

 

3


6    Dispute Resolution

(a)    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Center (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Center Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. The HKIAC Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference to this clause. The tribunal shall be comprised of three arbitrators. The Investor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall each nominate one arbitrator and the third, who shall serve as president of the tribunal, shall be nominated by the party-nominated arbitrators. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. Each Party irrevocably and unconditionally consents to such arbitration as the sole and exclusive method of resolving any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination.

(b)    The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Parties agree that they will not have recourse to any judicial proceedings, in any jurisdiction whatsoever, for the purpose of seeking appeal, annulment, setting aside, modification or any diminution or impairment of its terms or effect insofar as such exclusion can validly be made. Judgment upon any award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, or application may be made to such court for a judicial acceptance of the award and an order of enforcement, as the case may be.

7    Amendments and Waivers

Any term of this Agreement may be amended only with the written consent of the Company and each of the Investors. Any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is effective.

8    Effectiveness

This Agreement shall take effect with respect to each Party upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each such Party. This Agreement shall be deemed as further supplementary provisions of the Share Subscription Agreement. In the case of any discrepancy between the Share Subscription Agreement and this Supplementary Agreement, those provisions set out in this Agreement shall prevail; otherwise, all others in the Share Subscription Agreement shall remain unchanged.

9    Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures in portable document format (PDF) shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

4


10    Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the parties. In such event, the parties shall use their best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most nearly reflects the parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

** REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK **

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION GROUP
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name:   YIN Jianhong
Title:   Director

 

SUNLANDS ONLINE EDUCATION HK
LIMITEDLOGO LOGO
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name:   YIN Jianhong
Title:   Director

 

Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology

Co., Ltd. (北京尚德在线教育科技有限公司)

By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name:   LIU Tongbo
Title:   Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology

Co., Ltd. (北京尚智嘉业教育科技有限公司)

By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name:   YIN Jianhong
Title:   Director
/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Beijing Shangren Chongye Education

Technology Co., Ltd. (北京尚仁崇业教育科技有限公司)

By:  

/s/ GU Kun

Name:   GU Kun
Title:   Director

/s/ Seal of Beijing Shangren Chongye Education

Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd. (广东尚德在线教育科技有限公司)
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name:   LIU Tongbo
Title:   Director

/s/ Seal of Guangdong Shangde Online Education

Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education Technology Limited (武汉直播优选在线教育科技有限公司)
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name:   LIU Tongbo
Title:   Director

/s/ Seal of Wuhan Zhibo Youxuan Online Education

Technology Limited


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

YIN Jianhong 殷戬弘

/s/ YIN Jianhong

STUDYVIP ONLINE EDUCATION LIMITED
By:  

/s/ YIN Jianhong

Name:   YIN Jianhong
Title:   Director
LIU Tongbo 刘通博

/s/ LIU Tongbo

SCUPT GLOBAL LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name:   LIU Tongbo
Title:   Director
STUDYVIP E-LEARNING LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LIU Tongbo

Name:   LIU Tongbo
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ELITE CONCEPT HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ YANG Zhihui

Name:   YANG Zhihui
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (上海创稷投资中心(有限合伙))
By:  

/s/ XIAO Ping

Name:   XIAO Ping
Title:  

Authorized Representative of the Managing

Partner

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Chuang Ji Investment

Center (Limited Partnership)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership)(深圳兴旺互联二号投资中心(有限合伙))
By:  

/s/ XIONG Mingwang

Name:   XIONG Mingwang
Title:   Authorized Representative of the Managing Partner

/s/ Seal of Shenzhen Xingwang Hulian II Investment Center (Limited Partnership)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PV PLUTO LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ena Leung

Name:   Ena Leung
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

DIAMOND TOWER INVESTMENTS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Gabriel Li

Name:   Gabriel Li
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

RAINBOW LAND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  

/s/ XIONG Mingwang

Name:   XIONG Mingwang
Title:   Authorized Signatory
EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

List of subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE of the Registrant

 

Subsidiaries    Place of Incorporation
Sunlands Online Education HK Limited    Hong Kong
Tianjing Studyvip Education Co., Limited    PRC
Wuhan Studyvip Online Education Co., Limited    PRC
VIE    Place of Incorporation
Beijing Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
VIE’s subsidiaries    Place of Incorporation
Beijing Shangzhi Jiaye Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Beijing Shangren Chongye Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Guangdong Shangde Online Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Guangzhou Shangzhi Side Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Guangzhou Youhe Self-study Training School    PRC
Beijing Shangren Chongde Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Shanghai Shangchi Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Beijing Shangren Side Education Technology Co., Ltd.    PRC
Shanghai Shangchi Institute    PRC